615909 Catalog 1
345598-Catalog 345598-Catalog 345598-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog cesco-content
2014-07-05
: Pdf 615909-Catalog 1 615909-Catalog_1 785901 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 204
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
2012
Supplemental and Obsolescence
Digest 176
Global Specialist in Energy Management
Power
Management
Process & Machines
Management
IT/Server Room
Management
Building
Management
Security
Management
The only good watt
is a negawatt.
Mining
Generation
100 energy units
Transmission
35 energy units
Point of use
33 energy units
Due to intrinsic inefficiencies, 33 units of energy consumed at the point of use
require 100 units of primary energy.
What’s a negawatt? The one you didn’t use.
Energy saved is money saved.
Yes, the smart grid is coming and we are actively implementing intelligence and
innovations to help make it a reality. But we need a solution that will save energy and
drive efficiency today as we are building the smarter grids of tomorrow.
Introducing EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from
Power Plant to Plug™.
Right now, EcoStruxure™ solutions from Schneider Electric™ can reduce your energy
is where our focus needs to be! The percentage of revenue spent on energy by
companies could reach 30% by 2020. And there is an urgent need to reduce CO2
emissions, especially as energy demand escalates. Energy management is the key
– the fastest and most effective solution to curb greenhouse gas emissions while
improving business performance. In fact, by 2030, energy efficiency and behavior
change will offset more CO2 than all the new wind, solar, and other alternative energy
generation methods combined.*
Get smarter about energy
Download this White Paper, “Growing a Green
Corporation,” a $199 value, for FREE.
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to
Plug, and Efficient Enterprise are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 35 rue Joseph Monier,
*Source: World Energy Outlook 2009, IEA/OECD
30% 30% 30%
EcoStruxure solutions cut energy costs today.
As energy prices continue to climb, every unit
of energy you save matters. One unit saved at
the point of use means three units of primary
energy not consumed. Today, only EcoStruxure
Active Energy Management architecture can
deliver up to 30% energy savings across your
buildings, industrial plants, and data centers.
You deserve an Efficient Enterprise™!
www.schneider-electric.us
Table of Contents
01 LOAD CENTERS................................................................................... 1-1
Fusible Pullouts .................................................................................................................. 1-2
Circuit Breaker Covers ....................................................................................................... 1-3
02 SAFETY SWITCHES ............................................................................. 2-1
General Duty Safety Switches............................................................................................ 2- 4
Accessories .................................................................................................................. 2-4
Heavy Duty Safety Switches .............................................................................................. 2- 3
Accessories .................................................................................................................. 2-3
Key Interlock Systems ................................................................................................. 2-4
Sample Applications .................................................................................................... 2-4
03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND ENCLOSURES ............. 3-1
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers ............................................................................................ 3-3
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers ........................................................... 3-3
PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers ....................................................................... 3-4
PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers ...................................................................... 3-5
PowerPact™ Automatic Switches ....................................................................................... 3-6
Molded Case Circuit Breakers............................................................................................. 3-7
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................... 3-7
K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-9
L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 3-11
L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-13
Molded Case Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 3-15
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector .......................................................................... 3-15
Molded Case Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 3-16
GJ-Frame MCP Selection .......................................................................................... 3-16
Special Construction Circuit Breakers............................................................................... 3-17
Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs ..................................................................... 3-17
Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,
Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle .............................................. 3-18
Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration ................................................................... 3-18
Rear-Connected Studs .............................................................................................. 3-18
Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 3-18
Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers ................................ 3-18
Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge) .............................. 3-18
P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and
Exchange Program .................................................................................................... 3-19
Special Terminations ................................................................................................. 3-20
Grounded BØ Systems .............................................................................................. 3-21
Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ) (Corner-Grounded Delta) Systems
(No Additional Charge) .............................................................................................. 3-21
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 3-22
UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................... 3-22
Circuit Breaker Accessories .............................................................................................. 3-23
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories ................................................ 3-23
Factory-Installed Accessories .................................................................................... 3-24
Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 3-24
Field-Installable Accessories ..................................................................................... 3-25
Field-Installable Electrical Accessories ...................................................................... 3-25
Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks,
and Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks ................................................................. 3-26
Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections ............................................ 3-27
Mechanical Lug Information ....................................................................................... 3-28
Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors .............................................. 3-29
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories ....................................... 3-30
Electronic Products ........................................................................................................... 3-31
Neutral Current Transformers and
Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit Accessories .............................................................. 3-31
Restraint Interface Module ......................................................................................... 3-32
Circuit Breaker Dimensions............................................................................................... 3-33
Enclosures......................................................................................................................... 3-34
Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures ......................................................................... 3-34
Enclosures......................................................................................................................... 3-35
Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions ......................................................... 3-35
Accessories ................................................................................................................ 3-36
Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only ......................................................... 3-37
Special Applications ................................................................................................... 3-38
04 PANELBOARDS ................................................................................... 4-1
Panelboards ........................................................................................................................ 4-2
General Information ..................................................................................................... 4-2
General Instructions ..................................................................................................... 4-2
Pricing Instructions ....................................................................................................... 4-2
Metric Conversion ........................................................................................................ 4-2
I-Line™ Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing ....................................................... 4-2
Special Features ................................................................................................................. 4-3
Mains and Branches .................................................................................................... 4-3
i-1
© 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.schneider-electric.us
Mains ........................................................................................................................... 4-3
Branches ...................................................................................................................... 4-3
Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-4
Increased Enclosure Depth .......................................................................................... 4-4
Increased Side Gutters
(Type 1 Enclosures Only) ............................................................................................ 4-4
Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters ....................................................................... 4-4
Drip Hoods a ................................................................................................................ 4-4
Special Finishes ........................................................................................................... 4-4
Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) c .................................................. 4-4
Special Trims ............................................................................................................... 4-4
Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-5
Padlock Hasp ............................................................................................................... 4-5
Special Locks ............................................................................................................... 4-5
Multi-Section Panels .................................................................................................... 4-5
Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-6
Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a ............................................................ 4-6
Wireway a .................................................................................................................... 4-6
Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-7
Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures ................................................................................. 4-7
Space Heater ............................................................................................................... 4-7
Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-8
Special Enclosures a ................................................................................................... 4-8
NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD—240 Vac, 48 Vdc .................. 4-9
Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise .................................................................................. 4-10
Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories .................................................................... 4-10
Copper Equipment Ground Bars ................................................................................ 4-10
Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits ............................................................................. 4-10
Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts ................................................................ 4-10
Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards.................................................................. 4-11
Trim Clamps and Screws ........................................................................................... 4-11
Locks and Keys .......................................................................................................... 4-12
CTC Cabinets.................................................................................................................... 4-13
Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards.................................................................. 4-14
Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet ...................................................................... 4-14
Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures ...................................... 4-14
05 SWITCHBOARDS ..................................................................................5-1
Power-Style™ CMM Switchboards ......................................................................................5-2, 5-3
Replacement Parts ...................................................................................................... 5-2
Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits ........................................................................ 5-2
Tenant Main Disconnects ............................................................................................ 5-3
Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads ............................................................ 5-3
Speed-D™ Switchboards..................................................................................................... 5-4
Service Selection ......................................................................................................... 5-4
06 TRANSFORMERS .................................................................................6-1
General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below................................................................ 6-2
Energy Efficient ............................................................................................................ 6-2
K-Rated ........................................................................................................................ 6-3
EE NL and NLP Series Transformers .......................................................................... 6-3
Drive Isolation Transformers .......................................................................................... 6-4
Open Core and Coil ..................................................................................................... 6-5
Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General Applications
for 600 V and Below ..................................................................................................... 6-5
Industrial Control ................................................................................................................. 6-6
Type EO ....................................................................................................................... 6-6
Type T .......................................................................................................................... 6-7
Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers .......................................................................... 6-7
Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ 6-7
Instrument 600 Volt Class .................................................................................................. 6-8
Voltage Transformers .................................................................................................. 6-8
Current Transformers ................................................................................................... 6-8
Current Transformers: Torroidal .................................................................................. 6-9
Torroidal Current Transformers .......................................................................... 6-9, 6-10
Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks ...................................... 6-10
Shorting Terminal Blocks ........................................................................................... 6-10
Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core ...................................... 6-11
Multi-Ratio Current Transformers .............................................................................. 6-11
Rectangular Window Current Transformers .............................................................. 6-11
Split-Core Current Transformers ................................................................................ 6-11
Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary .................................................................. 6-12
Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz ................................................................ 6-12
Auxiliary Current Transformers .................................................................................. 6-12
07 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS .....................................................7-1
International Miniature Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 7-2
QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches ........................................ 7-2
General Description ..................................................................................................... 7-2
Characteristics ............................................................................................................. 7-2
Accessories .................................................................................................................. 7-2
Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD .......................................................................... 7-3
Load Centers....................................................................................................................... 7-4
IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) ..................................................... 7-4
08 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES ...............................................8-1
i-2
© 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.schneider-electric.us
General Duty Safety Switches............................................................................................. 8-2
International ................................................................................................................. 8-2
CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac ............................................................ 8-2
Heavy Duty Safety Switches ............................................................................................... 8-3
International ................................................................................................................. 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac .............................................................. 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac .............................................................. 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac ...................................................... 8-4
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications ........................................................ 8-4
Double-Throw Safety Switches ........................................................................................... 8-5
International ................................................................................................................. 8-5
CSA Certified Double-Throw ........................................................................................ 8-5
Accessories .................................................................................................................. 8-6
CSA Certified Switch Accessories ............................................................................... 8-6
09 INTERNATIONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................. 9-1
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers..................................................................................... 9-2
SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. ......................................... 9-2
Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 9-3
P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-3
R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-4
P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-5
R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-6
Breaking Capacities ............................................................................................................ 9-7
Circuit Breaker Dimensions................................................................................................. 9-8
10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS ................................................... 10-1
Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboard ........................................................ 10-2
11 OBSOLESCENT AND OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............... 11-1
Obsolescent and Obsolete Types ..................................................................................... 11-2
Circuit Breaker Availability ......................................................................................... 11-2
Pictorial and Dimensions .................................................................................. 11-4, 11-5
Obsolescent Circuit Breakers............................................................................................ 11-6
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-6
K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................ 11-7
Automatic Molded-Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-8
Automatic Molded Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-8
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector ............................................................... 11-9, 11-10
UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 11-11
Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch Circuit Breakers
and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards ................................................................ 11-12
Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .................................... 11-13
EH/EHB Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................... 11-14
FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .................................................................. 11-15
QE Metering Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 11-16
KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-17
NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker ............................................. 11-18
SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit ........................................................ 11-19
SE Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................... 11-20
Molded Case Circuit Breakers......................................................................................... 11-21
M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .......................................................... 11-21
Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................................ 11-22
Field-Installable Accessories ................................................................................... 11-22
Field-Installable Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 11-22
Mechanical Lug Information ..................................................................................... 11-23
Electronic Products ......................................................................................................... 11-24
Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets ...................................................... 11-24
Ground-Fault Protection .................................................................................................. 11-25
Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) ................................................. 11-25
Obsolescent Circuit Breakers.......................................................................................... 11-26
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed ............................... 11-26
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units ............................................ 11-27
For pricing contact your local Schneider Electric distributor. ................................... 11-27
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................. 11-28
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts .............................................. 11-30
12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ...................................... 12-1
Model 4 Branch Feeder Units .................................................................................... 12-2
Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters
1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-3
Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units
1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-4
Series 5600 General Information ............................................................................... 12-5
Telemecanique™ Series 5600 History ....................................................................... 12-5
Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D™ Brand Model 6 12-5
Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type
Combination Starter Units .......................................................................................... 12-6
13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS ..................................................... 13-1
QMB Fusible Panelboards ................................................................................................ 13-2
Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc ................................................................. 13-2
QMB Layout Information ............................................................................................ 13-2
Main Switch Replacement Units ................................................................................ 13-3
Branch Switch Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-4
Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units ........................................................ 13-5
i-3
© 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.schneider-electric.us
30–200 A Obsolescent Switch Units—Series D2 ...................................................... 13-5
Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units .............................................................. 13-6
Replacement Parts............................................................................................................ 13-7
Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks ............................................. 13-7
Series Ratings ................................................................................................................... 13-8
NQOD Panelboards ................................................................................................... 13-8
NQOD Panelboards .......................................................................................................... 13-9
Pricing Procedure Examples ...................................................................................... 13-9
NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure ................................................................... 13-9
NQOD Merchandised Panelboards................................................................................. 13-10
NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ....................................13-10, 13-11
NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ............................................... 13-12
For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral) .......................................................... 13-13
NQOD Panelboards ........................................................................................................ 13-14
Terminal Data .......................................................................................................... 13-14
14 BUSWAY..............................................................................................14-1
I-Line™ Busway ................................................................................................................ 14-2
Special Purpose Plug-In Units ................................................................................... 14-2
APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway) ....................................... 14-2
Capacitor and Transformer Units ............................................................................... 14-2
Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway) ...................................... 14-2
Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs ..................................................................... 14-2
15 LIMIT SWITCHES ................................................................................15-1
Heavy Duty, Industrial Precision and Oiltight .................................................................... 15-1
Type XA ..................................................................................................................... 15-1
Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact ................................................................................ 15-2
Type C ....................................................................................................................... 15-2
16 MEDICAL PRODUCTS ........................................................................16-1
Medical Products............................................................................................................... 16-2
Isolated Power Panels ............................................................................................... 16-2
OR, ICU/CCU, and Controlled Isolation Power Panels—UL Listed ........................... 16-2
Duplex Panels ............................................................................................................ 16-3
Surgical Facility Panels .............................................................................................. 16-4
Dual Output Voltage Panels ....................................................................................... 16-5
Accessories ................................................................................................................ 16-6
17 NEMA CONTACTORS AND STARTERS............................................17-1
IEC Style Disconnect Switches ......................................................................................... 17-2
UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches ................................................................................... 17-8
Vario ........................................................................................................................... 17-8
NEMA Style Disconnect Switches..................................................................................... 17-9
Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms ........................................................................... 17-10
Approximate Dimensions ................................................................................................ 17-11
Bracket-Mounted Disconnect Devices ............................................................................ 17-13
Flexible Cable Mechanisms ............................................................................................ 17-14
Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers ...................... 17-14
Disconnect Switch Accessories....................................................................................... 17-15
Reversing Drum Switches ............................................................................................... 17-17
NEMA Types 1, 3R, 4, and 13 Without Overload .................................................... 17-17
Approximate Dimensions—Class 2601 Reversing Drum Switches ......................... 17-17
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters................................................................. 17-18
Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors ................................................. 17-18
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters ......................................................... 17-18
Multispeed Magnetic Starters.......................................................................................... 17-24
Application Data ............................................................................................17-24, 17-25
3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz ..............................17-25, 17-26, 17-27
Two-Speed Combination Starters ............................................................................ 17-26
Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters ................................................................ 17-27
Two-Speed Magnetic Starters ................................................................................. 17-28
Approximate Dimensions ......................................................................................... 17-29
Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Type .............................................................. 17-29
Lighting Contactors ......................................................................................................... 17-30
General Information ................................................................................................. 17-30
Well-Guard™ Pump Panel........................................................................................................17-31
Factory Modifications (Forms)......................................................................................... 17-32
Definite Purpose Contactors ........................................................................................... 17-35
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style......................................................................... 17-36
Motor Logic Plus—Class 9065 ................................................................................. 17-36
Example ................................................................................................................... 17-36
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CONDITIONS OF SALE ................................... A-1
Coordinated Projects ....................................................................................................A-1
Standard .......................................................................................................................A-3
i-4
© 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 1
Load Centers
Class T Fusible Pullouts
1-2
Dimensions
1-2
LOAD CENTERS
Fusible Pullouts
Circuit Breaker Covers
1-3
Dimensions
1-3
1
Circuit Breaker Covers
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
1-1
Fusible Pullouts
Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us
1
Class T Fusible Pullouts
•
•
•
2- or 3-pole fusible pullouts
200 A maximum 300 V Class T fuses (not included)
1Ø3W 120/240 V
1Ø2W 240 V
3Ø3W 240 V delta
3Ø4W 240/120 V delta
3Ø4W 208Y/120 V
UL Listed 100 kA short circuit current rating
•
LOAD CENTERS
•
FTL3200
FTL2200
Table 1.1:
Fusible Pullouts
Mains
System
Two-pole
Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Three-pole
Rating
Cat. No.
1Ø3W 120/240 V
1Ø2W 240 V
100 A
FTL2100a
200 A
FTL2200a
3Ø3W 240 V delta
3Ø4W 240/120 V delta
3Ø4W 208Y/120 V
100 A
—
—
FTL3100
1000.00
200 A
—
—
FTL3200
1045.00
a
$ Price
Fuse Pullout Only
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Al or Cu
380.00
—
—
4050704950a
128.00
400.00
—
—
4050703850a
151.00
4050707050a
196.00
4050705950a
288.00
4–250
Not stocked in PDS. Order point Lexington.
Dimensions
3.00
4.46
76
2.96
3.80
75
97
76
1.50
1.85
38
80
2.98
57
1.48
3.16
113
2.23
38
47
1.48
38
.78
20
5.03
3.20
81
3.44
87
6.38
47
2.19
102
4.25
6.61
108
168
(2) .187 Dia. Hole
.34 Dia. C'bore
.63
16
2.85
72
(4) .187 Dia. Mounting Holes
.34 Dia. C'bore, .38 Deep
3.80
56
1-2
4.25
4.00
162
108
1.85
Pull 200A
128
Pull
200A
97
DE5
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker Covers
Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us
Available now from Square D™ / Schneider Electric™ are two different versions of rainproof circuit breaker covers
which are UL component recognized as being suitable for use as circuit breaker handle covers.
They are constructed of durable impact-resistant material and are intended for use by OEMs where a rainproof cover is
needed (e.g. on heat pumps and air conditioners with built-in disconnects). Both models have a built-in latch with
padlock provisions.
The BCH covers are for use on a horizontally-mounted circuit breaker and fit over Square D two-pole QO™, QOU, Q2,
EH and three-pole Q2 and EH circuit breakers.
The BCV covers are for use on vertically-mounted circuit breakers and will fit over Square D two- and three-pole QO,
QOU, Q2, EH, FA and KA circuit breakers.
Table 1.2:
Covers
Quantity
1
1
Cat. No.
BCH
BCV
$ Price
20.50
20.50
LOAD CENTERS
Circuit Breaker Covers
1
Dimensions
2.141
4.58
5
116
.30
8
2.50
59
1.32
34
4.82
4.40
122
4.62
112
1.10
117
28
BCH
Horizontal Cover
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
28
80
2.33
64
1.09
3.14
BCV
Vertical Cover
DE2E
Discount
Schedule
1-3
www.schneider-electric.us
1
LOAD CENTERS
1-4
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 2
Safety Switches
General Duty Safety Switches
General Duty Safety Switches
2-2
Heavy Duty Safety Switches
2-3
Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch
2-3
Key Interlock Systems
2-4
Sample Applications
2-4
2
SAFETY SWITCHES
Voltage-Indicating Safety Switches
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
2-1
General Duty Safety
Switches
Accessories
Class 3130
www.schneider-electric.us
Field-Installed Lug Kit
Kit consists of three line, three load, and two neutral lugs as required for a three-pole 400 A or 600 A general duty switch.
Kit can be installed in field on 400 or 600 A General Duty switches.
Table 2.1:
Lug Kit
Wire Range/NEC Lug Wire Range per Lug
312.6
$ Price
AWG/kcmil
AWG/kcmil
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–600 or
400 or 600 Aa
GD4060LK
(2) 1/0–500 or
404.00
(4) 1/0–250
(4) 1/0–250
a
400 Amp NEMA 1 Series E03 only. 600 Amp NEMA 1 and 3R Series E01, E02 and E03.
Switch Rating
(A)
Lug Kit
Cat. No.
2
SAFETY SWITCHES
2-2
DE1
DE3A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Heavy Duty Safety
Switches
Accessories
Class 3130
www.schneider-electric.us
Voltage-Indicating Safety Switches
Voltage-indicating safety switches indicate when voltage is present, helping to prevent arc-flash hazards and electric
shocks during maintenance work. Voltage indicators are a factory-installed only option. Order the indicators by adding
the appropriate suffix below to the switch catalog number. Not available on the following: NEMA 7 and 9 and NEMA 4 X
Fiberglass and Krydon Enclosures.
Voltage-indicating safety switches can be combined with other safety features such as visible blades, viewing windows
and color-coded handles.
Table 2.2:
Voltage Indicators
Suffix
Description
$ Pricea
SI
Line Side Indicator
1208.00
LI
Load Side Indicator
1208.00
LI2
Li ne and Load Side Indicators
2416.00
a
Add an additional $120.00 for 30 and 60 A NEMA TYPE 1, 3R and 12 enclosures.
In addition to the suffix in Table 2.2, a 3 must be added to the switch catalog number for all 30 and 60 Amp switches,
i.e. H361AWK becomes H3613AWKLI.
Available engraved and mounted on all heavy duty safety switches, except NEMA 7 and 9. Legend engraved in 1/4 in.
high white letters on black background. Customer must provide legend. UL Listed.
To order, add suffix NP to standard Cat. No.
Example: H363-NP
Price adder per legend plate—$167.00
Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch
Table 2.3:
Suffix
SI
LI
LI2
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
2
Push buttons, pilot lights or selector switches are available factory-installed in the cover of NEMA 1, 3R, (4-4X-5)
stainless steel or NEMA 12 heavy duty non-fusible safety switches and all double throw switches. Wiring to contact
blocks is not available. Customer must furnish catalog number of push button, pilot light or selector switch device
desired. UL Listed.
Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number and availablility prior to quoting a job.
Factory-installed price adder — $584. for Heavy Duty and $1168. for Double Throw Switches. Price does not include
cost of buttons/lights. For enclosure sizing, 30 and 60 Amperes switches will be in 100 Ampere enclosures.
Electrical Interlock Contact Ratings
Description
Line Side Indicator
Load Side Indicator
Li ne and Load Side Indicators
DE1
DE3A
$ Pricea
1208.00
1208.00
2416.00
Discount
Schedule
SAFETY SWITCHES
Phenolic Legend Plate
2-3
Heavy Duty Safety
Switches
Key Interlock Systems
www.schneider-electric.us
Key Interlock Systems
Factory-installed only on heavy duty and double throw
safety switches.
Interlocks are used to prevent the operator from making
an unauthorized operation. Not available on hazardous
location devices (NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass reinforced
polyester (NEMA 4X).
The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of
applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to
the above equipment so as to require operation in a
predetermined sequence. UL Listed.
Quoting:
Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability
and pricing prior to quoting a job.
Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key
A-1 is held in circuit breaker B interlock.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open circuit breaker.
Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock
open. Key A-1 is now free.
Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to
unlock.
Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to
restore service.
Sample Application—3
To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is
closed. Permits re-closing of circuit breaker for servicing
when switch is locked open.
A
Ordering:
B
Order cannot be released for production until the following
information has been provided:
2
•
•
Locking Position—
Designations
End User—Company name, address;
Function of each lock (e.g., switch to be locked open with key
removed, key held when switch is closed);
Existing Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with equipment
already on site, provide brand of existing lock and key number;
Other New Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with new
equipment not yet installed at the site, then provide contact
person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated;
Additional information may be required upon order entry;
Schneider Electric locks supplied unless otherwise specified.
•
•
SAFETY SWITCHES
Devices locked open
with key removed
•
•
L-O-R
Devices locked closed
with key removed
L-C-R
Devices locked open
or closed with key
removed
L-O-C-R
Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers:
•
•
•
KI = 1 lock per switch
KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders per switch
KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch
Table 2.4:
Devices locked open
with key held
L-O-H
b
Devices locked closed
with key held
Price Adder Per Lockb
Switch Type
$ Price
30–1200 A Heavy Duty
2055.00
30–600 A Double Throw
1988.00
Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these
schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device.
Sample Applications
A1
L-O-C-R
L-O-R
Figure 3
Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key
A-1 is held in circuit breaker interlock.
5.
6.
Open circuit breaker.
Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock
open. Key A-1 is now free.
7. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to
unlock.
8. Open switch A.
9. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open.
Key A-1 is now free.
10. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for
operation during servicing period.
Reverse sequence to restore service.
Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main)
To prevent paralleling of lines A and B; two loads, fed from
either source.
Sample Application—1
L-C-H
A-1
To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.
Devices locked open or
closed with key held
A
A-1
A
B
B
L-O-C-H
L-O-R
B
A
Multi-lock interlock
(More than one key
per lock)
A-1
A-1
Diagram Symbols
Note:
Device locked open =
switch in OFF (O) position
Device locked closed =
switch in ON (I) position
Device normally
open
Device normally
closed
Direction of key
transfer
C
A 1
L-O-R
A1
A1
L-O-R
L-O-R
L-O-R
N
M
Figure 1
Figure 4
Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are
not closed at the same time. With the interlocks arranged
as shown only one key is required in the interlocking
system. Both devices are shown open, therefore, the key
is free. To close any one device the key is inserted and
turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock
until the device is again locked open. This simple
interlocking sequence lends itself to a multitude of
applications. The procedure is the same for two devices,
neither of which is to be opened at the same time.
Sample Application—2
Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit
breaker B is closed to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C
is open. Keys A-1 are held in interlocks on both circuit
breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot be closed
unless either A or B is locked open.
To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:
To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is
closed.
A
Key
A-1 A-2 A-3 interchange
number
B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open circuit breaker B.
Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock
open. Key A-1 is now free.
Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and
turn to unlock. Key A-1 is now held.
Close tie-circuit breaker C.
Reverse sequence to restore service.
Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar
manner.
Key
A-1
A1
L-C-R
L-O-R
Figure 2
2-4
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 3
Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Enclosures
3-4
PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers
3-5
PowerPact™ Automatic Switches
PowerPact™ D-frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
3-6
3-6
3-7
3-7—3-8
3-9—3-10
L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
3-11—3-12
L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers
3-13—3-14
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector
3-15
GJ-Frame MCP Selection
3-16
Special Construction Circuit Breakers
3-17
Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs
3-17
Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,
Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle
3-18
Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,
Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle
3-18
P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and
Exchange Program
3-19
Special Terminations
3-20
Grounded BØ Systems
3-21
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers
3-22
Circuit Breaker Accessories
3-23
™
PowerPact
Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories
3-23
Factory-Installed Accessories
3-24
Field-Installable Accessories
3-25
Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks
3-26
Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections
3-27
Mechanical Lug Information
3-28
Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors
3-29
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories
3-30
Electronic Products
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3-2–3-3
PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers
3-31
Neutral Current Transformers and Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit
Accessories
3-31
Restraint Interface Module
3-32
Circuit Breaker Dimensions
3-33
Enclosures
3-34
Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures
3-34
Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions
3-35
Accessories
3-36
Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only
3-37
Special Applications
3-38
3-1
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
3-3
3
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers
Table 3.1:
Ampere
Rating
Ampere
Rating
Fixed AC
Magnetic Trip
Hold
D Interrupting
Trip
750 A
750 A
750 A
750 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1700 A
1700 A
1700 A
1700 A
G Interrupting
Je Interrupting
Cat.
No.b
Le Interrupting
Terminal
Wire Range
$ Price
80% Rated
H(a)L36015(
H(a)L36020(
H(a)L36025(
H(a)L36030(
H(a)L36035(
H(a)L36040(
H(a)L36045(
H(a)L36050(
H(a)L36060(
H(a)L36070(
H(a)L36080(
H(a)L36090(
H(a)L36100(
H(a)L36110(
H(a)L36125(
H(a)L36150(
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
100% Rated
1088.00
1088.00
1088.00
1088.00
1088.00
1088.00
1088.00
1088.00
1088.00
1328.00
1328.00
1328.00
1328.00
2600.00
2600.00
2600.00
80% Rated
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1592.00
1592.00
1592.00
1592.00
3120.00
3120.00
3120.00
100% Rated
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1701.00
1701.00
1701.00
1701.00
3599.00
3599.00
3599.00
80% Rated
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
2042.00
2042.00
2042.00
2042.00
4319.00
4319.00
4319.00
100% Rated
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
2099.00
2099.00
2099.00
2099.00
5174.00
5174.00
5174.00
80% Rated
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
6209.00
6209.00
6209.00
100% Rated
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
3149.00
3149.00
3149.00
3149.00
6749.00
6749.00
6749.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
8099.00
8099.00
8099.00
AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG
Al or Cu
J-Frame 250 A UL Current-Limitinge Circuit Breaker Frame with Field-Interchangeable
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unitsc (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
Adjustable AC
Magnetic Trip
Low
3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
150 A
750 A
175 A
875 A
200 A
1000 A
225 A
1125 A
250 A
1250 A
D Interrupting
High
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
G Interrupting
Je Interrupting
Cat.
No.b
3
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Trip Unit
Le Interrupting
Terminal
Wire Range
$ Price
80% Rated
100% Rated
80% Rated
100% Rated
80% Rated
100% Rated
80% Rated
100% Rated
J(a)L36150( )
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
7086.00
8504.00
AL175JD
J(a)L36175( )
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
7086.00
8504.00 4--4/0 AWG Al or Cu
J(a)L36200( )
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
7086.00
8504.00
AL250JD
J(a)L36225( )
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
7086.00
8504.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al
or Cu
J(a)L36250( )
3749.00
4499.00
5001.00
6002.00
7238.00
8685.00
8993.00
10791.00
a
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L)
b
For 80% rated use “T” or for 100% rated Use “R” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL36015T or HDL36015R). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit
breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
c
Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.
Only available on standard (80%) rated 3P unit-mount circuit breakers; not available with I-Line™ or Plug-In constructions.
Table 3.3:
H-Frame 150A and J-Frame 250 A 3P Basic UL Current-Limitinge Circuit Breaker Frame Without
Terminationsd or Trip Unit (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
Circuit Breaker
Frame
Ampere
Rating
D Interrupting
G Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
15–60 A
HDF36000F06
525.00 HGF36000F06
H-Frame
70–150 A
HDF36000F15
585.00 HGF36000F15
J-Frame
150–250 A
JDF36000F25
1538.00 JGF36000F25
d
See Digest page 7-39–3-41 for lug and termination kits.
e
J and L interrupts are UL Certified as current limiting.
H-Frame
www.schneider-electric.us
H-Frame 150 A UL Current-Limitinge Circuit Breaker Frame with Field-Interchangeable
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unitsc (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
15 A
350 A
20 A
350 A
25 A
350 A
30 A
350 A
35 A
400 A
40 A
400 A
45 A
400 A
50 A
400 A
60 A
800 A
70 A
800 A
80 A
800 A
90 A
800 A
100 A
900 A
110 A
900 A
125 A
900 A
150 A
900 A
Table 3.2:
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
Table 3.4:
Table 3.5:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Table 3.6:
Cat. No.
HJF36000F06
HJF36000F15
JJF36000F25
Le Interrupting
$ Price
1386.00
3149.00
5027.00
Cat. No.
HLF36000F06
HLF36000F15
JLF36000F25
$ Price
2286.00
4724.00
6782.00
H-Frame and J-Frame 3P Field-Installable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
15–60 A H-Frame
Amperage
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
Je Interrupting
$ Price
930.00
1574.00
2790.00
Cat. No.
HT3015
HT3020
HT3025
HT3030
HT3035
HT3040
HT3045
HT3050
HT3060
70–150 A H-Frame
$ Price
563.00
563.00
563.00
563.00
563.00
563.00
563.00
563.00
563.00
Amperage
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
—
—
Cat. No.
HT3070
HT3080
HT3090
HT3100
HT3110
HT3125
HT3150
—
—
150–250 A J-Frame
$ Price
743.00
743.00
743.00
743.00
2025.00
2025.00
2025.00
—
—
Amperage
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
250 A
—
—
—
—
Cat. No.
JT3150
JT3175
JT3200
JT3225
JT3250
—
—
—
—
$ Price
1193.00
1193.00
1193.00
1193.00
2213.00
—
—
—
—
H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
25 KA
18 kA
14 kA
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
H- and J-Frame Termination Options
Termination Letter
For factory-installed
A - I-Line (See Section 9)
termination, place termination
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)f
letter in the third block of the
L = Lugs both ends
circuit breaker catalog number.
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
HDL36015T
N = Plug-in g
Termination Letter
D = Drawout g
S = Rear Connected g
f
Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit.
g
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on Digest page 7-41 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing
on Digest page 7-37 to price.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-35
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-38
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-53
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-54
3-2
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
www.schneider-electric.us
H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units cd
(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P) cd
Table 3.7:
Electronic Trip Unit
Type
Micrologic
Standard
Micrologic
Standard
Micrologic
Ammeter
Micrologic
Energy
Micrologic
Ammeter
Micrologic
Energy
LSI
LSI
LSI
LSIG
LSIG
3.2
3.2S
5.2A
5.2E
6.2A
6.2E
60 A
100 A
150 A
H(a)L36060( )U31X
H(a)L36100( )U31X
H(a)L36150( )U31X
G Interrupting
J Interrupting
L Interrupting
Terminal
Wire Range
$ Price
80% Rated 100% Rated
1247.00
1455.00
1487.00
1735.00
2759.00
3220.00
80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated
1652.00
1928.00
2108.00
2460.00
3008.00
3510.00
1860.00
2171.00
2258.00
2635.00
3308.00
3860.00
3758.00
4386.00
5333.00
6224.00
6908.00
8062.00
AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
250 A
J(a)L36250( )U31X
2957.00
3451.00
4006.00
4675.00
5659.00
6604.00
7313.00
60 A
100 A
150 A
H(a)L36060( )U33X
H(a)L36100( )U33X
H(a)L36150( )U33X
1433.00
1673.00
2945.00
1641.00
1921.00
3405.00
1838.00
2046.00
3944.00
2113.00
2356.00
4571.00
2294.00
2444.00
5519.00
2646.00
2821.00
6409.00
3194.00
3494.00
7094.00
AL250JD
8534.00 3/0 AWG–350
kcmil Al or Cue
3696.00
AL150HD
4046.00
14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
8247.00
250 A
J(a)L36250( )U33X
3221.00
3715.00
4270.00
4939.00
5923.00
6868.00
7577.00
8798.00
AL250JD
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cue
60 A
100 A
150 A
H(a)L36060( )U43X
H(a)L36100( )U43X
H(a)L36150( )U43X
2031.00
2271.00
3543.00
2240.00
2520.00
4004.00
2436.00
2644.00
4542.00
2712.00
2955.00
5170.00
2892.00
3042.00
6117.00
3244.00
3419.00
7008.00
3792.00
4092.00
7692.00
4295.00
4645.00
8846.00
AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
250 A
J(a)L36250( )U43X
4075.00
4569.00
5124.00
5793.00
6777.00
7722.00
8431.00
60 A
100 A
150 A
H(a)L36060( )U53X
H(a)L36100( )U53X
H(a)L36150( )U53X
2391.00
2631.00
3903.00
2599.00
2879.00
4363.00
2796.00
3004.00
4902.00
3072.00
3314.00
5529.00
3252.00
3402.00
6477.00
3604.00
3779.00
7367.00
4152.00
4458.00
8052.00
AL250JD
9653.00 3/0 AWG–350
kcmil Al or Cue
4654.00
AL150HD
5004.00
14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
9205.00
250 A
J(a)L36250( )U53X
4588.00
5082.00
5637.00
6306.00
7290.00
8235.00
8944.00
60 A
100 A
150 A
H(a)L36060( )U44X
H(a)L36100( )U44X
H(a)L361504( )U44X
2751.00
2991.00
4263.00
2960.00
3240.00
4724.00
3156.00
3364.00
5262.00
3432.00
3675.00
5890.00
3612.00
3762.00
6837.00
3964.00
4139.00
7728.00
4512.00
4812.00
8412.00
250 A
J(a)L36250( )U44X
5100.00
5594.00
6149.00
6818.00
7802.00
8747.00
9456.00
60 A
100 A
150 A
H(a)L36060( )U54X
H(a)L36100( )U54X
H(a)L36150( )U54X
3111.00
3351.00
4623.00
3319.00
3599.00
5083.00
3516.00
3724.00
5622.00
3792.00
4034.00
6249.00
3972.00
4122.00
7197.00
4324.00
4499.00
8087.00
4872.00
5172.00
8772.00
AL250JD
10678.00 3/0 AWG–350
kcmil Al or Cue
5374.00
AL150HD
5724.00
14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
9925.00
250 A
J(a)L36250( )U54X
5613.00
6107.00
6662.00
7331.00
8315.00
9260.00
9969.00
AL250JD
11190.00 3/0 AWG–350
kcmil Al or Cue
AL250JD
10165.00 3/0 AWG–350
kcmil Al or Cue
5015.00
AL150HD
5365.00
14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
9566.00
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L)
For 80% rated use “T” or for 100% rated Use “R” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36015TU31X or HGL36015RU31X). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper
lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.
Only available on 3P unit-mount circuit breakers. Not available with I-Line™ or Plug-in constructions.
For smaller wire (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug wire binding screws with longer binding screws provided.
Table 3.8:
H-Frame 150A and J-Frame 250 A 3P Basic UL Current-Limitingg Circuit Breaker Frame Without
Terminationsf or Trip Unit (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
Circuit Breaker
Frame
Ampere
Rating
Table 3.9:
Micrologic Field-Installable Trip Unit
D Interrupting
G Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
15–60 A
HDF36000F06
525.00
H-Frame
70–150 A
HDF36000F15
585.00
J-Frame
150–250 A
JDF36000F25
1538.00
f
See Digest page 7-38 for lug and termination kits.
g
J and L interrupts are UL Certified as current limiting.
Model
Trip
Function
Trip
Unit
LI
3.2
LSI
3.2S
LSI
5.2A
LSIG
6.2A
LSI
5.2E
LSIG
6.2E
Micrologic
Standard
Micrologic
Ammeter
Micrologic
Energy
Table 3.10:
Voltage
Cat. No.
HGF36000F06
HGF36000F15
JGF36000F25
Contiuous Current
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
Jg Interrupting
$ Price
930.00
1574.00
2790.00
Trip Unit
Cat. No.
HE3060U31X
HE3100U31X
HE3150U31X
JE3250U31X
HE3060U33X
HE3100U33X
HE3150U33X
JE3250U33X
HE3060U43X
HE3100U43X
HE3150U43X
JE3250U43X
HE3060U44X
HE3100U44X
HE3150U44X
JE3250U44X
HE3060U53X
HE3100U53X
HE3150U53X
JE3250U53X
HE3060U54X
HE3100U54X
HE3150U54X
JE3250U54X
Cat. No.
HJF36000F06
HJF36000F15
JJF36000F25
$ Price
722.00
902.00
2184.00
1216.00
908.00
1088.00
2370.00
1480.00
1506.00
1686.00
2968.00
2334.00
1866.00
2046.00
3318.00
2847.00
2226.00
2406.00
4038.00
3359.00
2586.00
2766.00
4038.00
3872.00
Lg Interrupting
$ Price
1386.00
3149.00
5027.00
Cat. No.
HLF36000F06
HLF36000F15
JLF36000F25
$ Price
2286.00
4724.00
6782.00
Termination Letter
A - I-Line (See Section 9)
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)h
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
N = Plug-in i
D = Drawout i
S = Rear Connected i
For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of the
circuit breaker catalog number.
HDL36015T
h
i
Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without
terminal nut kit.
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on
Digest page 7-42 to price. For S pricing, add
termination pricing on Digest page 7-38 to
price.
H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
G
J
L
240 Vac
25 KA
65 kA
100 kA
125 kA
480 Vac
18 kA
35 kA
65 kA
100 kA
600 Vac
14 kA
18 kA
25 kA
50 kA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-36
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-56
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
c
d
e
LI
Cat.
No.b
3
a
b
Trip
Function Unit
Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
D Interrupting
Sensor
Rating
3-3
PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers
Table 3.11:
Trip
Function Unit
Micrologic
Standard
LI
Micrologic
Standard
LSI
www.schneider-electric.us
L-Frame 3 Pole, 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)ad
Electronic Trip Unit
Type
PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612, 615 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101, 0616CT0801
D Interrupting
Sensor
Rating
G Interrupting
Cat.
No.b
J Interrupting
L Interrupting
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated
250 A
L(a)L36250( )U31
4287.00
5648.00
5081.00
5945.00
8487.00
9919.00
9918.00
400 A
600 A
L(a)L36400( )U31X
L(a)L36600( )U31X
4827.00
7109.00
5648.00
—
5081.00
7484.00
5945.00
—
8487.00
10541.00
9919.00
—
9918.00
11837.00
250 A
L(a)L36250( )U33X
5391.00
6211.00
5674.00
6538.00
9071.00
10513.00
10511.00
3.3
3.3S
AL400L61K3D
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al
11604.00
AL600S52K3
—
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
AL400L61K3D
12198.00 (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al
12198.00
AL600S52K3
—
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
13105.00
—
14103.00
—
AL600S52K3
15101.00 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
—
16099.00
—
11604.00
400 A L(a)L36400( )U33X
5391.00
6211.00
5674.00
6538.00
9071.00
10513.00
10511.00
600 A L(a)L36600( )U33X
7673.00
—
8077.00
—
11134.00
—
12430.00
Micrologic
400
A
L(a)L36400(
)U43X
6253.00
7073.00
6582.00
7445.00
9979.00
11420.00
11419.00
LSI
5.3A
Ammeter
600 A L(a)L36600( )U43X
8535.00
—
8984.00
—
12041.00
—
13337.00
Micrologic
A L(a)L36400( )U53X
7200.00
8021.00
7579.00
8443.00
10976.00
12418.00
12416.00
LSI
5.3E 400
Energy
600 A L(a)L36600( )U53X
9483.00
—
9982.00
—
13039.00
—
14335.00
Micrologic LSIG 6.3A 400 A L(a)L36400( )U44X
8149.00
8969.00
8578.00
9441.00
11975.00
13416.00
13415.00
Ammeter
600 A L(a)L36600( )U44X 10431.00
—
10980.00
—
14037.00
—
15333.00
Micrologic LSIG 6.3E 400 A L(a)L36400( )U54X
9097.00
9917.00
9575.00
10439.00
12972.00
14414.00
14412.00
Energy
600 A L(a)L36600( )U54X 11379.00
—
11978.00
—
15035.00
—
16331.00
a
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L)
b
For 80% rated use “T” or for 100% rated Use “R” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400TU31X or LGL36400RU31X). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper
lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
c
Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.
d
Only available on 3P unit-mount circuit breakers.
Table 3.12:
L-Frame 3 Pole, 600 A Circuit Breaker Breaker Frame without Trip Units (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
D Interrupting
Ampere
Rating
250 A (70–250 A)
400 A (125–400 A
600 A (200–600 A)
Table 3.13:
Cat. No.
LDF36000F25
LDF36000F40
LDF36000F60
G Interrupting
$ Price
1328.00
2628.00
5199.00
Cat. No.
LGF36000F25
LGF36000F40
LGF36000F60
J Interrupting
$ Price
1480.00
2766.00
5472.00
Cat. No.
LJF36000F25
LJF36000F40
LJF36000F60
L Interrupting
$ Price
4616.00
6164.00
8226.00
Cat. No.
LLF36000F25
LLF36000F40
LLF36000F60
$ Price
6069.00
7602.00
9522.00
L-Frame 3P Field-Installable Micrologic Electronic Trip Units
Electronic Trip Unit
Type
Function
LI
3.3
LSI
3.3S
LSI
5.3A
LSIG
6.3A
LSI
5.3E
LSIG
6.3E
3
Micrologic
Standard
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Micrologic
Ammeter
Micrologic Energy
Table 3.14:
Termination Letter
A
F
L
M
P
Ne
De
Se
Trip Unit
Cat. No.
Continuous Current
Code
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
Termination Options
Table 3.15:
Termination Option
I-Line (See Section 9)
No lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
Lugs both ends
Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end
Plug In
Drawout
Rear Connected
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
$ Price
LE3250U31X
LE3400U31X
LE3600U31X
LE3250U33X
LE3400U33X
LE3600U33X
LE3400U43X
LE3600U43X
LE3400U44X
LE3600U44X
LE3400U53X
LE3600U53X
LE3400U54X
LE3600U54X
2315.00
2315.00
2315.00
2908.00
2908.00
2908.00
3816.00
3816.00
4813.00
4813.00
5812.00
5812.00
6809.00
6809.00
L-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in
the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.
M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or L G L 3 6 6 0 0 U 4 4 X
Termination Letter
e
3-4
For N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price. See Digest
page 7-42.
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest pages 7-36–7-45
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest pages 7-39–7-40
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers
PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612, 615 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101, 0616CT0801
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 3.16:
D-Frame (600 A 600 Vac) 3P 50/60 Hz Circuit Breaker with Lugs and Electronic Trip Unitsa
Electronic Trip Trip Function
Unit Type
LS
Standard
LSI
LSIG
LSI
STR23SP
SR53UP-Fb
STR53UP-FTb
STR53UP-FIb
Ammeter
LSIG
STR53UP-FTIb
J Interrupting
L Interrupting
150 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
150 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
150 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
150 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
150 A
250 A
400 A
Cat. No.
DGL36150E20
DGL36250E20
DGL36400E20
DGL36600E20
DGL36150E53
DGL36250E53
DGL36400E53
DGL36600E53
DGL36150E54
DGL36250E54
DGL36400E54
DGL36600E54
DGL36150E58
DGL36250E58
DGL36400E58
DGL36600E58
DGL36150E59
DGL36250E59
DGL36400E59
$ Price
5081.00
5081.00
5081.00
8315.00
6200.00
6200.00
6200.00
9429.00
7527.00
7527.00
7527.00
10761.00
7661.00
7661.00
7661.00
10895.00
8990.00
8990.00
8990.00
Cat. No.
DJL36150E20
DJL36250E20
DJL36400E20
DJL36600E20
DJL36150E53
DJL36250E53
DJL36400E53
DJL36600E53
DJL36150E54
DJL36250E54
DJL36400E54
DJL36600E54
DJL36150E58
DJL36250E58
DJL36400E58
DJL36600E58
DJL36150E59
DJL36250E59
DJL36400E59
$ Price
8478.00
8478.00
8478.00
11712.00
9597.00
9597.00
9597.00
12813.00
10925.00
10925.00
10925.00
14159.00
11058.00
11058.00
11058.00
14292.00
12387.00
12387.00
12387.00
Cat. No.
DLL36150E20
DLL36250E20
DLL36400E20
DLL36600E20
DLL36150E53
DLL36250E53
DLL36400E53
DLL36600E53
DLL36150E54
DLL36250E54
DLL36400E54
DLL36600E54
DLL36150E58
DLL36250E58
DLL36400E58
DLL36600E58
DLL36150E59
DLL36250E59
DLL36400E59
$ Price
9918.00
9918.00
9918.00
13152.00
11037.00
11037.00
11037.00
14721.00
12365.00
12365.00
12365.00
15599.00
12498.00
12498.00
12498.00
15732.00
13827.00
13827.00
13827.00
600 A
DGL36600E59
9434.00
DJL36600E59
15621.00
DLL36600E59
17061.00
Terminal Wire Range
(AWG/kcmil)
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0 –
500 Al
D-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated. 600 A is standard (80%) rated only.
F = Fault indicator; T = Residual-type ground-fault protection; I = Ammeter
Available with lugs (L) or bus (F) connections only.
D-Frame 3P 600 A Circuit Breaker, Frame Only, and Field-Installable Trip Units
Basic Frame Only (600 Vac)d
Ampere
Rating
G Interrupting
Field Installable D-Frame Electronic Trip Unit
J Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
150 A
DGL36150F40
2766.00 DJL36150F40
250 A
DGL36250F40
2766.00 DJL36250F40
400 A
DGL36400F40
2766.00 DJL36400F40
600 A
DGL36600F60
5904.00 DJL36600F60
d
Available with lugs (L) or bus (F) connections only.
Table 3.18:
$ Price
6164.00
6164.00
6164.00
9302.00
L Interrupting
Cat. No.
DLL36150F40
DLL36250F60
DLL36400F40
DLL36600F60
Long-time, Short-time and Instantaneous Protection
$ Price
7602.00
7602.00
7602.00
10740.00
Description
STR23SP
STR53UP-F
STR53UP-FT
STR53UP-FI
STR53UP-FTI
Factory Code
E20
E53
E54
E58
E59
Trip Function
LS
LSI
LSIG
LSI
LSIG
Cat. No.
36940
36942
36943
36944
36945
Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Plug-in Mounting
Description
3
4
3
4
Plug-in base
Stationary Part
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
N
N
Poles
Kit (stationary and moving parts)
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
32546
M32547
32514
M32515
Drawout Mounting
$ Price
1542.00
2082.00
1065.00
1439.00
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
D
D
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
32548
M32549
32514
M32515
32532
Fixed part of chassis
HJ00
710.00
HJ00
Moving part of chassis
Moving Part
3
4
3
4
Short terminal covers
Power connections
a
3x
4x
149.00
161.00
95.00
95.00
3x
4x
32533
32562
32563
32518a
32518a
2466.00
3281.00
1065.00
1439.00
693.00
710.00
231.00
149.00
161.00
95.00
95.00
Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Fixed Part
Secondary Disconnecting Blocks
Shutters
Table 3.20:
Frame
D-Frame
Moving Part
Termination Options
Termination
Letter
F
L
M
P
Nb
Db
Sb
9-wire connector
9-wire connector
Support for 3 moving connectors
Two shutters for plug-in base
Extended escutcheon for toggle
Locking device (key lock is not included)
Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected)
Chassis Accessories
Table 3.21:
Termination Option
No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
Lugs both ends
Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end
Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end
Plug-in
Drawout
Rear Connected
For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in
the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.
M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or D G L 3 6 4 0 0 E 2 0
Termination Letter
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
32562
32563
32518a
32518a
$ Price
Price shown is for quantity of 1.
Table 3.19:
b
$ Price
2033.00
3152.00
4479.00
4613.00
5942.00
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Field-Installed Cat. No.
29273
32523
32525
32521
32534
29286
29287
$ Price
95.00
60.00
42.60
81.00
104.00
164.00
207.00
D-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
L
125 kA
100 kA
25 kA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-56
For N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price.
DE2
Discount
Schedule
3-5
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 3.17:
3
a
b
c
G Interrupting
Continuous
Current
Trip Unit
PowerPact™ Automatic
Switches
Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
www.schneider-electric.us
Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only
the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no
overload or low level fault protection.
Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping
device such as a shunt trip.
All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers,
with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available.
Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified.
D-Frame Switch
Table 3.22:
Circuit
Breaker
D-Frame (600 Vac) and Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches
J Interrupting
Ampere
Rating
Poles
Cat. No.
$ Price
Trip Point
400 A
DJL36000S40
4572.00
6000 A
D-Frame
3
600 A
DJL36000S60
7484.00
6000 A
2
225 A
QBL22000S22d
440.00
4500 A
Q-Framec
3
225 A
QBL32000S22d
1193.00
4500 A
c
Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac.
d
DE2A discount schedule.
e
P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only.
f
UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.
Table 3.23:
Wire Range
S32508
S32510
2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (2) 2/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu
4 AWG–300 kcmil
D-Frame Withstand Ratingsg
Interrupting
Voltage
g
Terminal
J
240 Vac
150 kA
480 Vac
100 kA
600 Vac
25 kA
The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
with an equal continuous current rating.
PowerPact™ D-frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
When the D-frame Mission Critical circuit breaker is used as a main circuit breaker with QO branch circuit breakers, the
D-frame MC will remain closed during any fault that occurs downstream of the QO circuit breaker up to 30kA at
208Y/120 Vac.
Ratings:
3
•
•
•
•
•
UL 489 Listed
CSA Certified
Voltage: 208Y/120 V
Handle ratings: 60–600 A
AIR: 65 kA
Available Configurations:
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
•
•
•
•
•
Four sizes: 150 A, 250 A, 400 A, and 600 A
Main circuit breaker in NQ panelboards
Unit mount for OEM users
Plug-in base for OEM users
Drawout base for OEM users
Table 3.24:
D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.a
a
Terminal
Continuous Current
Rating
$ Price
DJL32150W
150 A
10317.00
DJL32250W
250 A
10317.00
DJL32400W
400 A
10317.00
DJL32600W
600 A
13551.00
D-Frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated.
Table 3.25:
Frame
D-Frame
Cat. No.
Wire Range
(AWG/kcmil)
32508
#2-600 Cu or #2-500 Al
32510
(2) 2/0-350 Cu or (2) 2/0-500Al
Termination Options
Termination
Letter
F
L
M
P
N
D
S
Termination Option
No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
Lugs both ends
Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end
Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end
Plug-in
Drawout
Rear Connected
For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in
the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.
DGL36400E20
Termination Letter
For N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price. See page 7-45
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33
3-6
DE2
DE2A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 650
www.schneider-electric.us
FAL/FHL 2P
15–100 A
FAL 1P
15–100 A
Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on
pages 3-7 through 3-18 are permanent trip UL Listed,
CSA® Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements
of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on
Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7.
Table 3.24:
Ampere
Rating
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
FAL/FHL 3P
15–100 A
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for
situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.
See Digest Section 7 for more information.
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, Standard Interrupting, 240 Vac
Fixed AC Magnetic
Trip
1P
2P
3P
120 Vac
240 Vac
240 Vac
Hold
Trip
Cat. No.
275 A
275 A
275 A
275 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
800 A
800 A
800 A
900 A
900 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1700 A
1700 A
FAL12015
FAL12020
FAL12025
FAL12030
FAL12035
FAL12040
FAL12045
FAL12050
FAL12060
FAL12070
FAL12080
FAL12090
FAL12100
Table 3.25:
$ Price
Cat. No.
198.00
198.00
198.00
198.00
198.00
198.00
198.00
198.00
198.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
$ Price
FAL22015
FAL22020
FAL22025
FAL22030
FAL22035
FAL22040
FAL22045
FAL22050
FAL22060
FAL22070
FAL22080
FAL22090
FAL22100
Cat. No.
333.00
333.00
333.00
333.00
333.00
333.00
333.00
333.00
333.00
543.00
543.00
543.00
543.00
Terminal Wire Range
(AWG)
$ Price
FAL32015
FAL32020
FAL32025
FAL32030
FAL32035
FAL32040
FAL32045
FAL32050
FAL32060
FAL32070
FAL32080
FAL32090
FAL32100
495.00
495.00
495.00
495.00
495.00
495.00
495.00
495.00
495.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
AL50FA
14–4 Cu or 12–4 Al
AL100FA
14–1/0 Cu or 12–1/0 Al
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac
Standard Interrupting
Table 3.26:
Ampere
Rating
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
3P
277 Vac, 125 Vdc
480 Vac, 250 Vdc
480 Vac, 250 Vdc
Hold
Trip
Cat. No.
275 A
275 A
275 A
275 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
800 A
800 A
800 A
900 A
900 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1700 A
1700 A
FAL14015
FAL14020
FAL14025
FAL14030
FAL14035
FAL14040
FAL14045
FAL14050
FAL14060
FAL14070
FAL14080
FAL14090
FAL14100
$ Price
Cat. No.
251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
312.00
312.00
312.00
312.00
$ Price
FAL24015
FAL24020
FAL24025
FAL24030
FAL24035
FAL24040
FAL24045
FAL24050
FAL24060
FAL24070
FAL24080
FAL24090
FAL24100
Cat. No.
609.00
609.00
609.00
609.00
609.00
609.00
609.00
609.00
609.00
788.00
788.00
788.00
788.00
$ Price
FAL34015
FAL34020
FAL34025
FAL34030
FAL34035
FAL34040
FAL34045
FAL34050
FAL34060
FAL34070
FAL34080
FAL34090
FAL34100
782.00
782.00
782.00
782.00
782.00
782.00
782.00
782.00
782.00
924.00
924.00
924.00
924.00
Terminal
Wire Range
(AWG)
AL50FA
(1) 14–4 Cu or
(1) 12–4 Al
AL100FA
(1) 14–1/0 Cu
or (1) 12–1/0 Al
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac
Standard Interrupting
Fixed AC
Magnetic
Trip
High Interrupting
Terminal
Wire Range
(AWG)
3P
1P
2P
3P
2P
3P
600 Vac, 250 Vdc
600 Vac, 250 Vdc
277 Vac, 125 Vdc
600 Vac, 250 Vdc
600 Vac, 250 Vdc
600 Vac, 250 Vdc
600 Vac, 250 Vdc
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
2633.00
—
FIL36020
FIL36025
FIL36030
FIL36035
FIL36040
FIL36045
FIL36050
FIL36060
FIL36070
FIL36080
FIL36090
FIL36100
AL50FA
3296.00
14–4 Cu or
3296.00
12–4 Al
3296.00
3296.00
3296.00
3296.00
3296.00 AL100FA
3296.00 14–1/0 Cu
3296.00 or 12–1/0 Al
3296.00
3296.00
3296.00
Hold
Trip
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
275 A
275 A
275 A
275 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
800 A
800 A
800 A
900 A
900 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1700 A
1700 A
FAL26015
FAL26020
FAL26025
FAL26030
FAL26035
FAL26040
FAL26045
FAL26050
FAL26060
FAL26070
FAL26080
FAL26090
FAL26100
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
890.00
890.00
890.00
890.00
FAL36015
FAL36020
FAL36025
FAL36030
FAL36035
FAL36040
FAL36045
FAL36050
FAL36060
FAL36070
FAL36080
FAL36090
FAL36100
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
1115.00
1115.00
1115.00
1115.00
FHL16015
FHL16020
FHL16025
FHL16030
FHL16035
FHL16040
FHL16045
FHL16050
FHL16060
FHL16070
FHL16080
FHL16090
FHL16100
Table 3.27:
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
FHL26015
FHL26020
FHL26025
FHL26030
FHL26035
FHL26040
FHL26045
FHL26050
FHL26060
FHL26070
FHL26080
FHL26090
FHL26100
1163.00
1163.00
1163.00
1163.00
1163.00
1163.00
1163.00
1163.00
1163.00
1353.00
1353.00
1353.00
1353.00
FHL36015
FHL36020
FHL36025
FHL36030
FHL36035
FHL36040
FHL36045
FHL36050
FHL36060
FHL36070
FHL36080
FHL36090
FHL36100
1358.00
1358.00
1358.00
1358.00
1358.00
1358.00
1358.00
1358.00
1358.00
1541.00
1541.00
1541.00
1541.00
—
FIL26020
FIL26025
FIL26030
FIL26035
FIL26040
FIL26045
FIL26050
FIL26060
FIL26070
FIL26080
FIL26090
FIL26100
480 Vac
18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA
—
600 Vac
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA
FHL
FCLa
FIL
25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P)
25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA (2P, 3P)
100 kA
65 kA
—
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Termination Option
Termination Letter
F = No Lugs
L = Lugs both ends
P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end
P = Lugs OFF end
452.00
452.00
452.00
452.00
452.00
452.00
452.00
452.00
452.00
509.00
509.00
509.00
509.00
FAL
240 Vac
240 Vac
10 kA
480 Vac
—
600 Vac
—
a
See Section 11
Table 3.28:
$ Price
Interrupting Ratings
Voltage
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Current Limiting
2P
For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of the
circuit breaker catalog number.
FAL36100
Termination Letter
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
3-7
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
2P
3
Fixed AC Magnetic
Trip
Ampere
Rating
1P
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 650
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker
accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information.
FA 1P
1.5 in. (38 mm)
Mounting Height
Table 3.29:
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 240 Vac,
Standard Interrupting
Fixed AC Magnetic
Trip
Ampere
Rating
Hold
275 A
275 A
275 A
275 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
800 A
800 A
800 A
900 A
900 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
FA 2P
3 in. (76 mm)
Mounting Height
Table 3.30:
FA 3P
4.5 in. (114 mm)
Mounting Height
3
Ampere
Rating
3P
240 Vac
Cat. No.
FA22015( )
FA22020( )
FA22025( )
FA22030( )
FA22035( )
FA22040( )
FA22045( )
FA22050( )
FA22060( )
FA22070( )
FA22080( )
FA22090( )
FA22100( )
$ Price
398.00
398.00
398.00
398.00
398.00
398.00
398.00
398.00
398.00
617.00
617.00
617.00
617.00
Cat. No.
FA32015
FA32020
FA32025
FA32030
FA32035
FA32040
FA32045
FA32050
FA32060
FA32070
FA32080)
FA32090
FA32100
$ Price
572.00
572.00
572.00
572.00
572.00
572.00
572.00
572.00
572.00
780.00
780.00
780.00
780.00
Terminal
Wire Range
(AWG)
AL50FA
14–4 Cu or
12–4 Al
AL100FA
14–1/0 Cu
or 12–1/0 Al
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 480 Vac
Standard Interrupting
Ampere
Rating
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
Table 3.31:
Trip
600 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1700 A
1700 A
2 Pa
240 Vac
Fixed AC Magnetic
Trip
Hold
275 A
275 A
275 A
275 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
800 A
800 A
800 A
900 A
900 A
Trip
600 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1700 A
1700 A
1Pad
2Pa
3P
277 Vac, 125 Vdc
480 Vac, 250 Vdc
480 Vac, 250 Vdc
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
FA14035( )
FA14040( )
FA14045( )
FA14050( )
FA14060( )
FA14070( )
FA14080( )
FA14090( )
FA14100( )
$ Price
—
—
—
—
302.00
302.00
302.00
302.00
302.00
332.00
332.00
332.00
332.00
Cat. No.
FA24015( )
FA24020( )
FA24025( )
FA24030( )
FA24035( )
FA24040( )
FA24045( )
FA24050( )
FA24060( )
FA24070( )
FA24080( )
FA24090( )
FA24100( )
$ Price
651.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
833.00
833.00
833.00
833.00
Cat. No.
FA34015
FA34020
FA34025
FA34030
FA34035
FA34040
FA34045
FA34050
FA34060
FA34070
FA34080
FA34090
FA34100
Terminal
Wire Range
(AWG)
$ Price
833.00
AL50FA
833.00
(1) 14–4 Cu or
833.00 (1) 12–4 Al
833.00
833.00
833.00
833.00
833.00
AL100FA
833.00 (1) 14–1/0 Cu
or
(1)
12–1/0 Al
996.00
996.00
996.00
996.00
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac
Standard Interrupting
Fixed AC
Magnetic
Trip
High Interrupting
Current Limiting
2Pa
3P
1Pad
2Pa
3P
2Pa
3P
600 Vac. 250 Vdc
600 Vac. 250 Vdc
277 Vac, 125 Vdc
600 Vac. 250 Vdc
600 Vac. 250 Vdc
600 Vac. 250 Vdc
600 Vac. 250 Vdc
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Terminal
Wire Range
(AWG)
Hold
Trip
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
15 A 275 A 600 A FA26015( ) 780.00 FA36015
971.00 FH16015( )
507.00 FH26015( ) 1214.00 FH36015 1446.00
—
—
—
—
AL50FA
20 A 275 A 600 A FA26020( ) 780.00 FA36020
971.00 FH16020( )
507.00 FH26020( ) 1214.00 FH36020 1446.00 FI26020( ) 2763.00 FI36020 3296.00
14–4 Cu or
25 A 275 A 600 A FA26025( ) 780.00 FA36025
971.00 FH16025( )
507.00 FH26025( ) 1214.00 FH36025 1446.00
—
—
—
—
12–4 Al
30 A 275 A 600 A FA26030( ) 780.00 FA36030
971.00 FH16030( )
507.00 FH26030( ) 1214.00 FH36030 1446.00 FI26030( ) 2763.00 FI36030 3296.00
35 A 400 A 850 A FA26035( ) 780.00 FA36035
971.00 FH16035( )
507.00 FH26035( ) 1214.00 FH36035 1446.00
—
—
—
—
40 A 400 A 850 A FA26040( ) 780.00 FA36040
971.00 FH16040( )
507.00 FH26040( ) 1214.00 FH36040 1446.00 FI26040( ) 2763.00 FI36040 3296.00
45 A 400 A 850 A FA26045( ) 780.00 FA36045
971.00 FH16045( )
507.00 FH26045( ) 1214.00 FH36045 1446.00
—
—
—
—
50 A 400 A 850 A FA26050( ) 780.00 FA36050
971.00 FH16050( )
507.00 FH26050( ) 1214.00 FH36050 1446.00 FI26050( ) 2763.00 FI36050 3296.00 AL100FA
60 A 800 A 1450 A FA26060( ) 780.00 FA36060
971.00 FH16060( )
507.00 FH26060( ) 1214.00 FH36060 1446.00 FI26060( ) 2763.00 FI36060 3296.00 14–1/0 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FA26070( ) 947.00 FA36070 1163.00 FH16070( )
563.00 FH26070( ) 1452.00 FH36070 1632.00 FI26070( ) 2763.00 FI36070 3296.00 or 12–1/0 Al
80 A 800 A 1450 A FA26080( ) 947.00 FA36080 1163.00 FH16080( )
563.00 FH26080( ) 1452.00 FH36080 1632.00 FI26080( ) 2763.00 FI36080 3296.00
90 A 900 A 1700 A FA26090( ) 947.00 FA36090 1163.00 FH16090( )
563.00 FH26090( ) 1452.00 FH36090 1632.00 FI26090( ) 2763.00 FI36090 3296.00
100 A 900 A 1700 A FA26100( ) 947.00 FAL6100 1163.00 FH16100( )
563.00 FH26100( ) 1452.00 FH36100 1632.00 FI26100( ) 2763.00 FI36100 3296.00
a
1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
b
FCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.
c
FCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.
d
Rated 277 Vac, 125 Vdc. 15–30 A circuit breaker suitable for use with 60°C or 75 °C conductors. 35–100 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75°C conductors.
.
Table 3.32:
Phase Option
Letter
A
B
C
AB
AC
BC
ABC
CBA
Phase Options
1P
2P
Table 3.33:
3P
FA14035A
FA14035B
FA14035C
Voltage
240 Vac
277 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
FA24030AB
FA24030AC
FA24030BC
FA34030
FA34030CBA
e
Interrupting Ratings
FA
240 Vac
10 kA
—
—
—
480 Vac
18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA
18 kA
—
600 Vac
25 kA
—
18 kA
14 kA
FH
FCe
FI
25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P)
—
25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA (2P, 3P)
100 kA
65 kA
65 kA
—
200 kA
—
200 kA
100 kA
See Section 11.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-24—3-27
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-28—3-29
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
3-8
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 655, 825, 660
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest
Section 7 for more information.
Table 3.34:
K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa
Ampere
Rating
KIL36250
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
Table 3.35:
Ampere
Rating
Q4L
2P and 3P
250–400 A
Current Limiting
Low
High
Cat. No.
$ Price
550 A
625 A
750 A
875 A
1000 A
1125 A
1250 A
1100 A
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
KIL26110
KIL26125
KIL26150
KIL26175
KIL26200
KIL26225
KIL26250
6177.00
6177.00
6177.00
6177.00
6177.00
6177.00
7223.00
550 A
625 A
750 A
875 A
1000 A
1125 A
1250 A
1100 A
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
KIL36110
KIL36125
KIL36150
KIL36175
KIL36200
KIL36225
KIL36250
7754.00
7754.00
7754.00
7754.00
7754.00
7754.00
9081.00
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
AL250KA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
AL250KI
(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al
AL250KA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
AL250KI
(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al
Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 240 Vac
Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa
Low
High
Standard Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
2P, 240 Vac
250
1250 A
2500 A
Q4L2250
3171.00
300
1500 A
3000 A
Q4L2300
3171.00
350
1750 A
3500 A
Q4L2350
3171.00
400
2000 A
4000 A
Q4L2400
3171.00
3P, 240 Vac
250
1250 A
2500 A
Q4L3250
3831.00
300
1500 A
3000 A
Q4L3300
3831.00
350
1750 A
3500 A
Q4L3350
3831.00
400
2000 A
4000 A
Q4L3400
3831.00
a
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.
b
KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac
Table 3.36:
Terminal
Wire Range
Terminal
Wire Range
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
Interrupting Ratings
KIL
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Q4
25 kA
—
—
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
KAL/KHL
2P and 3P
70–250 A
3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
3-9
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 655, 825, 660
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest
Section 7 for more information.
KI 2P and 3P
4.5 in. (114 mm)
Mounting Height
Table 3.37:
K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac
Q4 2P and 3P
6 in. (152 mm)
Mounting Height
Current
Limiting
Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa
Ampere
Rating
Low
High
Cat. No.
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
550 A
625 A
750 A
875 A
1000 A
1125 A
1250 A
1100 A
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
KI26110( )
KI26125( )
KI26150( )
KI26175( )
KI26200( )
KI26225( )
KI26250( )
6633.00
6633.00
6633.00
6633.00
6633.00
6633.00
7704.00
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
550 A
625 A
750 A
875 A
1000 A
1125 A
1250 A
1100 A
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
KI36110
KI36125
KI36150
KI36175
KI36200
KI36225
KI36250
8375.00
8375.00
8375.00
8375.00
8375.00
8375.00
9267.00
Table 3.38:
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
AL250KA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
AL250KI
(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al
AL250KA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
AL250KI
(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al
Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 240 Vac
Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa
Ampere
Rating
Low
Standard Interrupting
High
Cat. No.
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
2P, 240 Vacc
250
1250 A
2500 A
Q422250( )
3435.00
AL400LA
300
1500 A
3000 A
Q422300( )
3435.00
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
350
1750 A
3500 A
Q422350( )
3435.00
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
400
2000 A
4000 A
Q422400( )
3435.00
3P, 240 Vac
250
1250 A
2500 A
Q43250
4313.00
AL400LA
300
1500 A
3000 A
Q43300
4313.00
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
350
1750 A
3500 A
Q43350
4313.00
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
400
2000 A
4000 A
Q43400
4313.00
a
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.
b
KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac
c
2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
3
Table 3.39:
Interrupting Ratings
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 3.40:
KI
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Q4
25 kA
—
—
Phase Options
Phase Option Letter
AB
AC
BC
ABC
CBA
2P
KA26250AB
KA26250AC
KA26250BC
3P
KA36250
KA36250CBA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
3-10
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 665, 736, 830
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest
Section 7 for more information.
Table 3.41:
Ampere
Rating
L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit
Breakers For Mission Critical Loads
LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac
200 A
4000 A
225 A
4500 A
250 A
5000 A
400 A
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
Terminal
Wire Range
$ Price
LAL34200MC
LAL34225MC
LAL34250MC
4962.00
4962.00
5355.00
LHL34200MC
LHL34225MC
LHL34250MC
7941.00
7941.00
8336.00
AL250LA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
LAL34400MC
6615.00
LHL34400MC
9596.00
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC
Magnetic Trip
Low
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A
625 A
150 A
750 A
175 A
875 A
200 A
1000 A
225 A
1125 A
250 A
1250 A
300 A
1500 A
350 A
1750 A
400 A
2000 A
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A
625 A
150 A
750 A
175 A
875 A
200 A
1000 A
225 A
1125 A
250 A
1250 A
300 A
1500 A
350 A
1750 A
400 A
2000 A
Table 3.43:
LIL36600
2P and 3P 300–600 A
High Interrupting
$ Price
AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown.
Table 3.42:
LAL/LHL
2P and 3P
125–400 A
8000 A
Cat. No.
Ampere
Rating
2P, 600 Vac
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
3P, 600 Vac
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
Table 3.44:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Standard Interrupting
High Interrupting
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
High
Cat. No.
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
LAL26125
LAL26150
LAL26175
LAL26200
LAL26225
LAL26250
LAL26300
LAL26350
LAL26400
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
LHL26125
LHL26150
LHL26175
LHL26200
LHL26225
LHL26250
LHL26300
LHL26350
LHL26400
6362.00
6362.00
6362.00
6362.00
6362.00
6362.00
6362.00
6362.00
6362.00
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
LAL36125
LAL36150
LAL36175
LAL36200
LAL36225
LAL36250
LAL36300
LAL36350
LAL36400
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
LHL36125
LHL36150
LHL36175
LHL36200
LHL36225
LHL36250
LHL36300
LHL36350
LHL36400
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC
Magnetic Trip
Extra-High Interrupting
$ Price
Current Limiting
Cat. No.
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
Low
High
Cat. No.
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3200 A
3200 A
3200 A
4200 A
4200 A
4200 A
LCL26300
LCL26350
LCL26400
LCL26450
LCL26500
LCL26600
7479.00
7479.00
7479.00
7823.00
7823.00
7823.00
LIL26300
LIL26350
LIL26400
LIL26450
LIL26500
LIL26600
8604.00
8604.00
8604.00
12551.00
12551.00
12551.00
AL600LI5
(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3200 A
3200 A
3200 A
4200 A
4200 A
4200 A
LCL36300
LCL36350
LCL36400
LCL36450
LCL36500
LCL36600
8312.00
8312.00
8312.00
8691.00
8691.00
8691.00
LIL36300
LIL36350
LIL36400
LIL36450
LIL36500
LIL36600
9563.00
9563.00
9563.00
13949.00
13949.00
13949.00
AL600LI5
(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al
Interrupting Ratings
LAL
42 kA
30 kA
22 kA
LHL
65 kA
35 kA
25 kA
LCL
100 kA
65 kA
35 kA
LIL
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
a
Standard Interrupting
AC Magnetic Level
Factory Seta
3
LAL/LHL MC
For Mission Critical
Power Loads
available in 200, 225, 250,
and 400 A @ 480 Vac
DE2
Discount
Schedule
3-11
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 665, 736, 830
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest
Section 7 for more information.
LA / LH 2P and 3P
6 in. (152 mm)
Mounting Height
Table 3.45:
L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit
Breakers For Mission Critical Loads
Ampere
Rating
LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac
200 A
4000 A
225 A
4500 A
250 A
5000 A
400 A
a
Ampere
Rating
LC 2P and 3P
7.5 in. (190 mm)
Mounting Height
8000 A
High Interrupting
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
LA34200MC
LA34225MC
LA34250MC
5571.00
5571.00
5681.00
LH34200MC
LH34225MC
LH34250MC
8771.00
8771.00
8882.00
AL250LA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
LA34400MC
7241.00
LH34400MC
10142.00
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic I-Line™ Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC
Magnetic Tripb
Low
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdca
125 A
625 A
150 A
750 A
175 A
875 A
200 A
1000 A
225 A
1125 A
250 A
1250 A
300 A
1500 A
350 A
1750 A
400 A
2000 A
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A
625 A
150 A
750 A
175 A
875 A
200 A
1000 A
225 A
1125 A
250 A
1250 A
300 A
1500 A
350 A
1750 A
400 A
2000 A
Table 3.47:
Ampere
Rating
3
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
2P, 600 Vaca
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
3P, 600 Vac
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
a
b
Cat. No.
Factory set AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown.
Table 3.46:
LI 2P and 3P
7.5 in. (190 mm)
Mounting Height
Standard Interrupting
AC Magnetic Level
Factory Seta
Standard Interrupting
High Interrupting
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
High
Cat. No.
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
LA26125( )
LA26150( )
LA26175( )
LA26200( )
LA26225( )
LA26250( )
LA26300( )
LA26350( )
LA26400( )
4053.00
4053.00
4053.00
4053.00
4053.00
4053.00
4053.00
4053.00
4053.00
LH26125( )
LH26150( )
LH26175( )
LH26200( )
LH26225( )
LH26250( )
LH26300( )
LH26350( )
LH26400( )
6762.00
6762.00
6762.00
6762.00
6762.00
6762.00
6762.00
6762.00
6762.00
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
LA36125
LA36150
LA36175
LA36200
LA36225
LA36250
LA36300
LA36350
LA36400
4944.00
4944.00
4944.00
4944.00
4944.00
4944.00
4944.00
4944.00
4944.00
LH36125
LH36150
LH36175
LH36200
LH26225
LH36250
LH36300
LH36350
LH36400
8145.00
8145.00
8145.00
8145.00
8145.00
8145.00
8145.00
8145.00
8145.00
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, I-Line™ Construction, Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC
Magnetic Tripb
Extra-High Interrupting
$ Price
Current Limiting
Cat. No.
$ Price
Terminal
Wire Range
Low
High
Cat. No.
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3200 A
3200 A
3200 A
4200 A
4200 A
4200 A
LC26300( )
LC26350( )
LC26400( )
LC26450( )
LC26500( )
LC26600( )
8312.00
8312.00
8312.00
8691.00
8691.00
8691.00
LI26300( )
LI26350( )
LI26400( )
LI26450( )
LI26500( )
LI26600( )
9563.00
9563.00
9563.00
13949.00
13949.00
13949.00
AL600LI5
(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3200 A
3200 A
3200 A
4200 A
4200 A
4200 A
LC36300
LC36350
LC36400
LC36450
LC36500
LC36600
9234.00
9234.00
9234.00
9657.00
9657.00
9657.00
LI36300
LI36350
LI36400
LI36450
LI36500
LI36600
10673.00
10673.00
10673.00
15498.00
15498.00
15498.00
AL600LI5
(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al
2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value.
Table 3.48:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Table 3.49:
Interrupting Ratings
LA
42 kA
30 kA
22 kA
LH
65 kA
35 kA
25 kA
LC
100 kA
65 kA
35 kA
LI
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Phase Options
Phase Option Letter
AB
AC
BC
ABC
CBA
2P
LA26400AB
LA26400AC
LA26400BC
3P
LA36400
LA36400CBA
ccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
3-12
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us
Full-Function Features:
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations
requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for
more information.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Standard-Function Features:
80% rated
True RMS sensing
Interchangeable rating plugs
LSI, LS(I)G, trip configurations
Short-time delay = I2t IN and ground-fault delay = I2t OUT
Integral ground-fault testing
LED long-time pickup indication
Thermal & magnetic backup protection
Long-time & ground-fault memory
Optional local trip indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault
Optional local ammeter/trip indicator
Universal test set available
Optional I-Line™ mounting (LX, LXI)
Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems
L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, Individually-Mounted, 3P, 600 Vac
Sensor Ampere
Size
Rating
100
125
150
Micrologic Standard-Function
Trip Systems (LXL, LXIL)
250
175
200
225
Micrologic Full-Function Trip
Systems (LEL)
250
300
400
350
400
450
600
500
600
a
b
Trip
Function
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
LI
LSI
LIG
LSIG
Standard Function
Cat. No.
—
LXL36100
—
LXL36100G
—
LXL36125
—
LXL36125G
—
LXL36150
—
LXL36150G
—
LXL36175
—
LXL36175G
—
LXL36200
—
LXL36200G
—
LXL36225
—
LXL36225G
—
LXL36250
—
LXL36250G
—
LXL36300
—
LXL36300G
—
LXL36350
—
LXL36350G
—
LXL36400
—
LXL36400G
—
LXL36450
—
LXL36450G
—
LXL36500
—
LXL36500G
—
LXL36600
—
LXL36600G
$ Price
—
5616.00
—
7692.00
—
5616.00
—
7692.00
—
5616.00
—
7692.00
—
5616.00
—
7692.00
—
5616.00
—
7692.00
—
5616.00
—
7692.00
—
5616.00
—
7692.00
—
8618.00
—
10694.00
—
8618.00
—
10694.00
—
8618.00
—
10694.00
—
12611.00
—
14687.00
—
12611.00
—
14687.00
—
12611.00
—
14687.00
Cat. No.
—
LXIL36100
—
LXIL36100G
—
LXIL36125
—
LXIL36125G
—
LXIL36150
—
LXIL36150G
—
LXIL36175
—
LXIL36175G
—
LXIL36200
—
LXIL36200G
—
LXIL36225
—
LXIL36225G
—
LXIL36250
—
LXIL36250G
—
LXIL36300
—
LXIL36300G
—
LXIL36350
—
LXIL36350G
—
LXIL36400
—
LXIL36400G
—
LXIL36450
—
LXIL36450G
—
LXIL36500
—
LXIL36500G
—
LXIL36600
—
LXIL36600G
$ Price
—
11262.00
—
13338.00
—
11262.00
—
13338.00
—
11262.00
—
13338.00
—
11262.00
—
13338.00
—
11262.00
—
13338.00
—
11262.00
—
13338.00
—
11262.00
—
13338.00
—
16400.00
—
18476.00
—
16400.00
—
18476.00
—
16400.00
—
18476.00
—
23250.00
—
25326.00
—
23250.00
—
25326.00
—
23250.00
—
25326.00
100% Rated
Full Functionb
Cat. No.
LEL36100LI
LEL36100LS
LEL36100LIG
LEL36100LSG
LEL36125LI
LEL36125LS
LEL36125LIG
LEL36125LSG
LEL36150LI
LEL36150LS
LEL36150LIG
LEL36150LSG
LEL36175LI
LEL36175LS
LEL36175LIG
LEL36175LSG
LEL36200LI
LEL36200LS
LEL36200LIG
LEL36200LSG
LEL36225LI
LEL36225LS
LEL36225LIG
LEL36225LSG
LEL36250LI
LEL36250LS
LEL36250LIG
LEL36250LSG
LEL36300LI
LEL36300LS
LEL36300LIG
LEL36300LSG
LEL36350LI
LEL36350LS
LEL36350LIG
LEL36350LSG
LEL36400LI
LEL36400LS
LEL36400LIG
LEL36400LSG
LEL36450LI
LEL36450LS
LEL36450LIG
LEL36450LSG
LEL36500LI
LEL36500LS
LEL36500LIG
LEL36500LSG
LEL36600LI
LEL36600LS
LEL36600LIG
LEL36600LSG
$ Price
7692.00
13035.00
9768.00
15111.00
7692.00
13035.00
9768.00
15111.00
7692.00
13035.00
9768.00
15111.00
7692.00
13035.00
9768.00
15111.00
7692.00
13035.00
9768.00
15111.00
7692.00
13035.00
9768.00
15111.00
7692.00
13035.00
9768.00
15111.00
10691.00
16034.00
12767.00
18110.00
10691.00
16034.00
12767.00
18110.00
10691.00
16034.00
12767.00
18110.00
14688.00
20031.00
16764.00
22107.00
14688.00
20031.00
16764.00
22107.00
14688.00
20031.00
16764.00
22107.00
Installed
Rating
Plug
Terminal
Wire Range
ARP040
ARP050
ARP060
ARP070
AL600LI35
(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil
Al/Cu
ARP080
ARP090
ARP100
ARP075
ARP088
ARP100
AL600LI5
(2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil
Al/Cu
ARP075
ARP083
ARP100
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations
requiring circuit breaker accessories.
600 A sensor is 80% rated
Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only).
Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No
instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG trip function type circuit breakers.
Table 3.51:
Standard Function
Current Limiting
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 3.50:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Interrupting Ratings
Voltage
240 V
480 V
600 V
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
LXL
100 kA
65 kA
35 kA
LEL
100 kA
65 kA
35 kA
LXIL
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33
DE2
Discount
Schedule
3-13
3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
100% rated (600 sensor LE/LEL) circuit breakers are 80% rated)
True RMS sensing
Interchangeable rating plugs
PowerLogic™ compatible
LI, LIG, LS(I), LS(I)G (instantaneous OFF) configurations
Short-time delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT and ground-fault delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT
Short-time withstand rating
Integral ground-fault testing
Optional ground-fault alarm (no trip) (Requires CIM3F with PowerLogic, see
Bulletin 0502DB0001.)
LED long-time pickup indication
Zone-selective interlocking (short-time & ground-fault)
Long-time & ground-fault memory
Local Trip Indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault
Local ammeter/trip indicator
Universal test set available
Optional I-Line™ mounting (LE)
Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest
Section 7 for more information.
Table 3.52:
L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, I-Line™ Construction, 3P, 600 Vacc
Ampere
Trip
Rating Function
Standard Function Current
Limiting
Standard Function
100% Rated
Full Functionb
Installed
Rating
Plug
3
Terminal
Wire Range
Cat. No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36100LI
8078.00
LSI
LX36100
5898.00
LXI36100
11825.
LE36100LS
13421.00
100
ARP040
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36100LIG
10154.00
LSIG
LX36100G
7974.00
LXI36100G
13901.
LE36100LSG
15497.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36125LI
8078.00
LSI
LX36125
5898.00
LXI36125
11825.
LE36125LS
13421.00
125
ARP050
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36125LIG
10154.00
LSIG
LX36125G
7974.00
LXI36125G
13901.
LE36125LSG
15497.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36150LI
8078.00
LSI
LX36150
5898.00
LXI36150
11825.
LE36150LS
13421.00
150
ARP060
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36150LIG
10154.00
LSIG
LX36150G
7974.00
LXI36150G
13901.
LE36150LSG
15497.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36175LI
8078.00
AL600LI35
LSI
LX36175
5898.00
LXI36175
11825.
LE36175LS
13421.00
175
ARP070
(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36175LIG
10154.00
Al/Cu
LSIG
LXL36175G
7974.00
LXI36175G
13901.
LE36175LSG
15497.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36200LI
8078.00
LSI
LX36200
5898.00
LXI36200
11825.
LE36200LS
13421.00
200
ARP080
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36200LIG
10154.00
LSIG
LX36200G
7974.00
LXI36200G
13901.
LE36200LSG
15497.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36225LI
8078.00
LSI
LX36225
5898.00
LXI36225
11825.
LE36225LS
13421.00
225
ARP090
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36225LIG
10154.00
LSIG
LX36225G
7974.00
LXI36225G
13901.
LE36225LSG
15497.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36250LI
8078.00
LSI
LX36250
5898.00
LXI36250
11825.
LE36250LS
13421.00
250
ARP100
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36250LIG
10154.00
LSIG
LX36250G
7974.00
LXI36250G
13901.
LE36250LSG
15497.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36300LI
11223.00
LSI
LX36300
9047.00
LXI36300
17222.
LE36300LS
16566.00
300
ARP075
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36300LIG
13299.00
LSIG
LX36300G
11123.00
LXI36300G
19298.
LE36300LSG
18642.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36350LI
11223.00
LSI
LX36350
9047.00
LXI36350
17222.
LE36350LS
16566.00
350
ARP088
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36350LIG
13299.00
LSIG
LX36350G
11123.00
LXI36350G
19298.
LE36350LSG
18642.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36400LI
11223.00
LSI
LX36400
9047.00
LXI36400
17222.
LE36400LS
16566.00
400
ARP100
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36400LIG
13299.00
AL600LI5
LSIG
LX36400G
11123.00
LXI36400G
19298.
LE36400LSG
18642.00
(2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36450LI
15422.00
Al/Cu
LSI
LX36450
13241.00
LXI36450
24413.
LE36450LS
20765.00
450
ARP075
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36450LIG
17498.00
LSIG
LX36450G
15317.00
LXI36450G
26489.
LE36450LSG
22841.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36500LI
15422.00
LSI
LX36500
13241.00
LXI36500
9413.
LE36500LS
20765.00
500
ARP083
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36500LIG
17498.00
LSIG
LX36500G
15317.00
LXI36500G
26489.
LE36500LSG
22841.00
LI
—
—
—
—
LE36600LI
15422.00
LSI
LX36600
13241.00
LXI36600
24413.
LE36600LS
20765.00
ARP100
600a
LIG
—
—
—
—
LE36600LIG
17498.00
LSIG
LX36600G
15317.00
LXI36600G
26489.
LE36600LSG
22841.00
a
600 A Sensor is 80% rated.
b
Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No
instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG trip function type circuti breakers.
c
Type LX, LXI and LE circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single motor branch circuits.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 3.53:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Interrupting Ratings
LX
100 kA
65 kA
35 kA
LE
100 kA
65 kA
35 kA
LXI
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-56
3-14
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector
Class 680, 685
www.schneider-electric.us
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector
Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip
level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit
protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting
ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor
starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Table 3.54:
Magnetic Only LAL Mag-Gard, 400 A,
600 Vac, 50/60 Hzc
Ampere
Rating
3P only
Adjustablea
Trip Range
Cat. No.
$ Price
3
9–33 A
GJL36003M01
1089.00
7
21–77 A
GJL36007M02
1089.00
15
45–165
A
GJL36015M03
1089.00
GJLb
30
90–330 A
GJL36030M04
1089.00
50
150–550 A
GJL36050M05
1380.00
75
225–825 A
GJL36075M06
1643.00
a
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
b
No GJL I-Line available.
c
250 Vdc ratings are available . No UL component recognition.
d
Each ampere rating can be ordered with any designated trip range for the frame by adding the proper suffix to the catalog numbers.
Amps
Special Magnetic Trip Settings for PowerPact H- and J-Frame Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Special Low Mags
Holde
Tripe
70
80
90
100
110
125
Amps
400
850
400
850
400
850
400
850
400
850
800
1450
Special High Mags
90
Amps
Holde
Tripe
900
1700
Special Low Mags
150
200
Lowf
875L
1250L
Interrupting Rating
Ii on
Label Mag Suffix
Highf
1750H
2500H
D
Cat. No.
625
625
625
625
625
1125
H83
H83
H83
H83
H83
H84
$ Price
Cat. No.
J
$ Price
Cat. No.
L
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
HDL36070H83
HDL36080H83
HDL36090H83
HDL36100H83
HDL36110H83
HDL36125H84
D
1594.00
1594.00
1594.00
1594.00
3120.00
3120.00
HGL36070H83
HGL36080H83
HGL36090H83
HGL36100H83
HGL36110H83
HGL36125H84
G
2041.00
2041.00
2041.00
2041.00
4319.00
4319.00
HJL36070H83
HJL36080H83
HJL36090H83
HJL36100H83
HJL36110H83
HJL36125H84
J
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
6209.00
6209.00
HLL36070H83
HLL36080H83
HLL36090H83
HLL36100H83
HLL36110H83
HLL36125H84
L
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
8099.00
8099.00
Cat. No.
HDL36090H85
D
$ Price
1594.00
Cat. No.
HGL36090H85
G
$ Price
2041.00
Cat. No.
HJL36090H85
J
$ Price
2519.00
Cat. No.
HLL36090H85
L
$ Price
3779.00
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
H29
JDL36150H29
3276.00
JGL36150H29
H32
JDL36200H32
3276.00
JGL36200H32
Hold and Trip indicate fixed magnetic trip levels
Low and High refer to adjustable mag level setting.
$ Price
4535.00
4535.00
Cat. No.
JJL36150H29
JJL36200H32
$ Price
6518.00
6518.00
Cat. No.
JLL36150H29
JLL36200H32
$ Price
8503.00
8503.00
Ii on
Label Mag Suffix
1300
H85
Ii on
Label Mag Suffix
e
f
G
Table 3.56:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
25 KA
18 kA
14 kA
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 3.55:
L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-30
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-25
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-4
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
3-15
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
GJ-Frame MCP Selection
Class 680
www.schneider-electric.us
Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended
for use in combination with motor starters with overload
relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits.
Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance
welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip
element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the
front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a
contactor and overload relay.
2.
3.
Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:
This selection table is suitable for motors, other than
NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters
per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows:
5.
Table 3.57:
4.
Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes
Horsepower
Motor Code letter
1/2 or less
3/4 to 1-1/2
2 to 3
5 to 25
30 to 125
150 or more
A–L
A–K
A–J
A–H
A–G
A–F
6.
7.
1.
For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit
breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor—
specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load
current and code letter or locked rotor current.
Table 3.58:
GJL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection
Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and
Wound Rotor Motors
3Ø 60 Hz
200
Vac
230
Vac
Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.
Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit
breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and
voltage involved.
Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to
exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other
than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an
adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700%
of FLA.
The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges
typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type
reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters
during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed
motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermalmagnetic circuit breakers from Digest page 7-32 for those
applications.
Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit
breakers selected from the above at not more than one half
the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two
circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a
disconnecting means per NEC 430.103.
Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See
Digest page 7-30 for a available Adjustable InstantaneousTrip Circuit Breakers.
460
Vac
575
Vac
1/2
GJL Family
Full
Mag-Gard
Load
Breaker
Amperesa Circuit
Cat. No.
Magnetic Trip
Settingsb
Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and
Wound Rotor Motors
3Ø 60 Hz
MIN
MAX
200
Vac
230
Vac
460
Vac
575
Vac
7-1/2
GJL Family
Full
Mag-Gard
Load
Breaker
Amperesa Circuit
Cat. No.
Magnetic Trip
Settingsb
MIN
MAX
3
0.8
GJL36003M01c 1100% 4100%
9
GJL36015M03
500% 1800%
1/2
1
GJL36003M01c 900% 3300%
3
9.6
GJL36015M03
500% 1700%
3/4
1.1
GJL36003M01c 800% 3000%
3
7-1/2
10
11
GJL36015M03
400% 1500%
3/4
1.4
GJL36003M01
600% 2400%
10
14
GJL36030M04
600% 2400%
1
1.8
GJL36003M01
500% 1800%
5
15.2
GJL36030M04
600% 2200%
1/2
2
GJL36003M01
500% 1700%
15
17
GJL36030M04
500% 1900%
1-1/2
2.1
GJL36003M01
400% 1600%
5
17.5
GJL36030M04
500% 1900%
1/2
2.3
GJL36003M01
400% 1400%
15
21
GJL36030M04
400% 1600%
1-1/2
2.6
GJL36003M01
300% 1300%
7-1/2
20
22
GJL36030M04
400% 1500%
2
2.7
GJL36003M01d 300% 1200%
7-1/2
25.3
GJL36030M04
400% 1300%
3/4
2.8
GJL36003M01d 300% 1200%
20
25
27
GJL36050M05
600% 2000%
3/4
3.2
GJL36007M02
700% 2400%
10
28
GJL36050M05
500% 2000%
2
3.4
GJL36007M02
600% 2300%
30
32
GJL36050M05
500% 1700%
1
3.6
GJL36007M02
600% 2100%
10
32.2
GJL36050M05
500% 1700%
3
3.9
GJL36007M02
500% 2000%
25
34
GJL36050M05
400% 1600%
1
4.1
GJL36007M02
500% 1900%
30
40
GJL36050M05
400% 1400%
3
4.8
GJL36007M02
400% 1600%
40
41
GJL36050M05
400% 1300%
1-1/2
5.2
GJL36007M02
400% 1500%
15
42
GJL36075M06
400% 1300%
1-1/2
6
GJL36007M02
400% 1300%
15
48.3
GJL36075M06
500% 1700%
5
6.1
GJL36015M03
700% 2700%
40
50
52
GJL36075M06
400% 1600%
2
6.8
GJL36015M03
700% 2400%
20
54
GJL36075M06
400% 1500%
5
7.6
GJL36015M03
600% 2200%
20
60
62
GJL36075M06
400% 1300%
2
7.8
GJL36015M03
600% 2100%
50
65
GJL36075M06
300% 1300%
a
Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current
per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for
selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages
are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V.
b
Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers.
c
See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%.
d
If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be
chosen.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
3-16
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Special Construction
Circuit Breakers
Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
Bolt-On I-Line™
Plug-on Connector
(20% Price Adder)
The standard I-Line circuit breaker is designed to provide a high quality, secure connection
between the distribution bus and circuit breaker. I-Line circuit breakers use plug-on type
line-side connectors. The parallel line-side connectors “clamp’’ around the bus bars. In case
of a short circuit, the increased magnetic flux causes the connectors to grasp the bus bars
even tighter. I-Line circuit breakers with bolted connections have clamp-on jaws that are
bolted around the main bus, as shown. The bolt-on I-Line design is offered as an alternative
in order to meet specifications requiring a bolted connection. Bolt-on I-Line construction is
available on FY, QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FH, FI, KI, LA, and LH frame circuit breakers
and molded case switches, and SL100, SL225 and SL400 sub-feed lugs.
To order on all products except QB, QD, QG and QJ, simply add the letter “B’’ in the catalog
number prefix of the circuit breaker, e.g., FA36100 becomes FAB36100. For QB, QD, QG
and QJ, insert the letter “E” in the third position, e.g., QBE, QDE, etc.
NOTE: Not available on Powerpact™ circuit breakers.
Bolted Connector
Top-Feed I-Line
(No Additional Charge)
I-Line panelboards may require the use of a top-feed I-Line circuit breaker in applications
where a top-feed main circuit breaker is required. This involves having the I-Line jaw
connectors on the OFF end of the circuit breaker, as opposed to the standard location on
the ON end of the circuit breaker. To designate this construction, simply place the suffix
“MT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., FA36100 becomes FA36100MT.
On LA or LH top-feed I-Line circuit breakers, accessories must be factory installed. This
option is available in PowerPact™ H and J-frame by placing a “K” in the 4th position
(termination indicator) of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., HGA36125 becomes
HGK36125. This option is not available on L-frame (600 A only), M-frame,
N-Frame or Powerpact M-, P- and R-frame.
“CBA” I-Line Jaw Configuration (Non-PowerPact Circuit Breaker)
(No Additional Charge)
Standard 1-pole and 2-pole I-Line circuit breakers are ordered by designating the required
phase connection letters as a suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number. 3-pole circuit
breakers do not require this phase designation and are supplied with an “ABC” phase jaw
configuration as standard. In most applications this is acceptable since the phase loading is
evenly distributed. In applications where the phases must be reversed it is possible to order
a “CBA” jaw configuration by simply placing the letters “CBA” at the end of the standard
catalog number, e.g., FA36100 becomes FA36100CBA.
(No Additional Charge if Field Installed; 20% Price Adder if Factory Installed)
Control wire tap lugs are used in applications requiring connection to a small wire (22-14
AWG) for control circuits. This is accomplished by crimping the wire to a standard wire
crimp terminal (not included) and fastening the terminal to the circuit breaker lug. On LA
lugs, the lug is drilled to accept a 6-32 screw (included) to secure the crimp connector. On
FA lugs, a flat slip-on crimp connector is used to attach to a shim-like connector placed
under the circuit breaker lug.
Lug
ASKC 809
Control Wire
Note: To order as a factory-installed device on FA, FH, FI, KI, Q4, LA, LH, LC, LI, LXI, LX or
LC circuit breakers, add suffix number 8041 to circuit breaker catalog number, e.g.,
KIL362258041. To order as a factory-installed device on MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL RG, RJ and
RL use the product selector or the respective PowerPact catalog. Tapped lugs will be
installed on the “ON” and “OFF” ends of the circuit breaker.
Circuit Breaker
Terminal
AL250KAT Lug
Table 3.59:
Lug Mounting Screw
Control Wire Terminations for Circuit Breakers
BS
Control Wire Termination Kits
KC
39
4
Circuit Breaker Lug
Circuit Breaker Terminal
Control Wire Terminal
(Catalog Number FAT)
Standard
Package
Quantity
FA, FH, FI
FATa
1
KI
AL250KIT
1
Q4, LA, LH
AL400LAT
1
AL600LI35T
1
LC, LI, LXI,
LX, LE
AL600LI5T
1
AL900MAT
1
MA, MH, MX, ME
AL1000MAT
1
NA, NC, NX, NE
AL1200NE6T
1
a
Use fully-insulated 0.250 in slip-on connectors.
Circuit Breaker
Table 3.60:
Circuit Breaker
MG, MJ,
PG, PJ, PL
Cat. No.
Amperes
Max.
800 A
800 A
1200 A
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
8.40
113.00
40.80
53.00
44.60
111.00
111.00
228.00
Factory
Installed $ Price
(Suffix 8041)
Add 20%
to price of
circuit breaker
Tapped Lugs for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
PG, PJ, PL
RG, RJ, RL
b
I-Line Only.
$ Price
Per Lug
3
Control Wire
Mounting Screw
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Control Wire Tap Lugs
1200 A
Discount
Schedule
Kit Cat. No.
AL800M23TK
AL800P6TK
AL800M23TK4
AL800P6TK4
AL1200P24TK
AL1200P25TK
AL1200P25TK4
AL1200R53TKb
Standard
Package Qty.
3
3
4
4
1
3
4
1
$ Price Per Kit
312.00
458.00
414.00
608.00
138.00
416.00
555.00
237.00
3-17
Special Construction
Circuit Breakers
Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,
Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle
www.schneider-electric.us
Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration
(20% Price Adder)
Magnetic
The magnetic trip ranges for standard circuit breakers are listed in the Square D Digest. Requirements outside this
range are best accommodated by selecting another standard circuit breaker. In some cases where this is not practical,
a circuit breaker may be ordered with special magnetic calibration. Special magnetic calibration is not possible in all
cases. Circuit breakers with special magnetic calibration and an adjustable magnetic trip range are not UL Listed;
those with a fixed magnetic trip setting are UL Listed. Consult Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.
50 Degrees C
UL 489 Listed molded case circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 degree C ambient temperature. To meet requirements
of higher ambient conditions, circuit breakers can be factory calibrated for a 50 degree C ambient temperature. Circuit
breakers with special thermal calibration are not UL Listed. To order 50° calibration, add “35” suffix to FA/FH/LA/LH or
CA to H or J thermal magnetic breakers and add 20% to the List price of the breaker. Consult local sales office for more
information.
Rear-Connected Studs
Rear- Connected Studs
Rear-connected studs are designed to allow rear termination in applications such as control panels where wire gutter
space may be limited. The studs may be bolted directly to the bus or lugs may be attached to the studs.
NOTE: Long and short studs must be alternated on adjacent poles to assure proper electrical clearance
Table 3.61:
Rear-Connected Studs—Not UL Listed
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Prefix
Ampere
Ratings
Dimensions
Stud
Cat. No.
Overall
To Back of
Length
Circuit Breaker
FAL, FHL
15–100 A
FAS20
2-1/4 in.
2 in.
FAL, FHL
15–100 A
FAS42
4-7/8 in.
4-1/4 in.
LAL, LHL
125–400 A
LAS54
6-3/16 in.
5-1/2 in.
LAL, LHL
125–400 A
LAS114
12-3/16 in.
11-1/2 in.
Note: Use alternate size studs on adjacent poles to obtain proper electrical clearance.
Visi-Blade Circuit Breaker
Diameter
Threads/Inch
3/8 in.
3/8 in.
3/4 in.
3/4 in.
16
16
16
16
$ Price Per Stud
70.00
92.00
243.00
360.00
Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers
3
(20% Price Adder)
Visi-blade construction is a modification to the cover of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, a molded case switch, or a
Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker which provides a “window” through which the position of the movable contacts can be
verified. Luminescent paint is applied to the movable contact arms to clearly indicate their position. Gases produced
during high level interruption may cause clouding of the Visi-blade window. Visi-Blade circuit breakers listed below are
UL Listed except for FH circuit breakers. Visi-Blade construction is not available on circuit breakers not included in table
below.
Add suffix letter “V” to the circuit breaker catalog number, i.e., FAL 36100V.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 3.62:
Available Visi-Blade Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Prefix
Amperes
FA, FHab
15–100 A
LA, LH
125–400 A
a
FH circuit breaker is not UL Listed.
b
Not available on 1P FA/FH circuit breakers.
$ Price
20% Price Adder
Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers
(20% Price Adder)
This treatment covers the application of moisture and fungus resistant varnish to circuit breakers and molded case
switches.
•
•
The varnish meets Military Specification MIL-V-173C VARNISH, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS RESISTANT.
The treatment meets military Specification MIL-T-152E TREATMENT, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS-RESISTANT,
OF COMMUNICATIONS, ELECTRONIC, AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
The treatment of circuit breakers in accordance with said specifications is intended to protect them against the moisture
and fungus condition encountered in service by retarding the absorption of moisture and inhibiting the growth of fungi.
To order for F- and L-frame circuit breakers, place the suffix “FT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g.,
FAL36100 becomes FAL36100FT. To order for QB, QD, and QG circuit breakers, place the suffix “YF” at the end of the
circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., QDL32150 becomes QDL32150YF. ED, EG, EF, GJL, PowerPact™ D-, H-, J-, M, P- and R-frame circuit breakers are inherently fungus resistant and need no further treatment.
Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge)
Certain applications of the LA/LH circuit breakers (as mains in particular panelboards) require the use of a slightly
shorter operating handle. For ordering information refer to the chart below.
Table 3.63:
Catalog Numbers for Short Handle LA/LH CIrcuit Breakers
Lug Configuration Desired
ON End
Lugs
No Lugs
Lugs
No Lugs
3-18
OFF End
Lugs
Lugs
No Lugs
No Lugs
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Catalog
“Prefix Indication”
Catalog
“Suffix Indication”
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
“L”
“P”
“P”
“F”
“MB”
“MB”
“MT”
“MB”
LAL36400MB
LAP36400MB
LAP36400MT
LAF36400MB
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Special Construction
Circuit Breakers
P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate
and Exchange Program
www.schneider-electric.us
P-Frame Replacement Handle
Exchange Guarantee Prices, Permanent Trip Molded
Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement handle assemblies for PA, PC, PE, PX and PH circuit
breakers (produced after March 1975) are available.
Table 3.64:
When a Square D permanent trip circuit breaker is supplied to
meet a specification requiring an interchangeable trip unit, it may
be exchanged for another circuit breaker of the same type with a
different trip setting.
When entering an order for the replacement circuit breaker:
P-Frame Replacement Handle
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
PAF, PAE, PHF, PHE, PCF, PEC, PEF, PXF
Replacement Handle
Cat. No.
HRPA
$ Price
111.00
1.
PAKK Kit – An adapter plate that is added under the circuit breaker
handle to allow mechanical interlocking with a key interlock (not
included). The kit includes all the necessary hardware to mount onto the
circuit breaker handle.
2.
Reference “Exchange Price Guarantee” as a line item marking on the
replacement order. The replacement order will be billed at normal
authorized selling net price.
Request Return Material Authorization referencing “Exchange Price
Guarantee” and the replacement exchange price guarantee invoice
number.
P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate
Table 3.65:
P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate
Cat. No.
PAKK
$ Price
185.00
When the circuit breaker is returned to Cedar Rapids, credit will
be issued for the difference between the replacement net price
billed and the exchange list price (from the table below) times the
same multiplier used on the replacement order. The list price
used to determine credit will be based on the highest trip setting
of the circuit breakers involved in the exchange.
Only those circuit breaker types below are eligible for this
exchange guarantee program.
Table 3.66:
Replacement
Handle
Assembly
Exchange Guarantee Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Type
LA
LH
LC
Trip Range
All
All
All
Exchange List $ Price
2465.00
4055.00
4434.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Optional
PAKK
Assembly
Washers are to remain with Circuit Breaker
3
Hub q
a
Circuit Breaker with Handle Removed
The “hub” under normal conditions is insulated. When the phenolic handle is removed,
a label is exposed warning of the hub being energized. That can only happen if a short
circuit or severe overload occurs. The ionized gasses inside the circuit breaker could
momentarily (1-2 cycles) put a high voltage potential on the hub.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
3-19
Special Construction
Circuit Breakers
Special Terminations
Class 690
www.schneider-electric.us
Lug Deletion (No Additional Charge)
In some applications, the circuit breaker does not require
lugs on one or both ends. To meet this requirement, the
circuit breaker should be ordered with the desired lug
configuration as indicated below. If necessary, lugs may
be removed in the field. However, if lugs are removed in
the field, circuit breaker Types FH, FC, Q4 LA and LH
must be secured with pan-mounting screws, or have “P”
screws (cover screws and nuts) installed securing the
base to the cover.
Table 3.67:
Lug Configurationa
ON End
OFF End
Lugs
Lugs
Circuit Breaker Prefix – Suffix
“L”
(e.g., FAL36100)
“F”
No Lugs
No Lugs
(e.g., FAF36100)
“P”
No Lugs
Lugs
(e.g., FAP36100)
“P – MT”b
Lugs
No Lugs
(e.g., FAP36100MT)
a
See information on termination kits below
b
MT suffix also required (except for PowerPact™).
The standard lugs supplied with EDB, EGB, EJB, and FJA
circuit breakers and molded case switches are secured by
means of a screw fastened through the circuit breaker
terminal into the lug body. If the standard lug is removed
and a bolted connection to the circuit breaker terminal pad
is desired, a threaded insert kit is required. The insert is
installed below the terminal pad. For ordering information
see chart below.
Kit Cat. No.
TIKFD
Termination Kit Inserts
Inserts Per Kit
3
The standard
Terminal
lugs supplied
with LC, LI, LE,
LX and LXI
circuit breakers
are secured by
means of a
screw fastened
through the
circuit breaker
terminal into the
Terminal Clip
lug body. If the
LC,
LI,
LE,
LX
and
LXI
Circuit Breakers
standard lug is
removed and a
bolted
connection to the circuit breaker terminal is desired, the
AL600IN threaded terminal clip kit is required to make this
connection. The AL600IN clip snaps onto the bottom of
the terminal. For ordering information, see chart below.
Table 3.69:
Termination Insert Kits
Table 3.68:
LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breaker
Termination Clip Kit
Circuit Breakers
EDB, EGB, EJB, FJA
$ Price Per Kit
17.40
Kit Cat. No.
AL600IN
Termination Clip Kit
Clips Per Kit
3
Circuit Breakers
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI
$ Price Per Kit
65.00
Electric Joint Compound
3
I-Line™ circuit
breakers, I-Line
busway plug-on units,
I-Line panelboards
and switchboards,
QMB plug-on switches
and motor control
center plug-on units
are supplied with
factory applied joint
compound on the
plug-on connectors.
The compound should
not be removed
because it contributes
to the overall
performance of the
connection.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Whenever one of
these units is removed
and reinstalled, the
joint compound should
be reapplied. Catalog
number PJC 7201 is a
two-ounce container of
compound specially formulated for the I-Line, QMB and
motor control center connections.
EDB, EGB, EJB,
FJA
No other type of commercially available joint compound
should be used.
Table 3.70:
Electric Joint Compound
Use With
I-Line Circuit Breakers, QMB Plug-On Units, or
Model-V MCC Units
SED Drawout Circuit Breakers
3-20
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Cat. No.
$ Price
PJC7201
19.80
PJC8311
42.80
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Special Construction
Circuit Breakers
Grounded BØ Systems
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ)
(Corner-Grounded Delta) Systems (No Additional
Charge)
3Ø 480 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System
Ordering Information For Grounded BØ Circuit Breakers
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
There is no additional charge for grounded BØ circuit breakers.
For use on 480 V systems, FH and LH type circuit breakers must be ordered
as 600 V versions and with a 5861 suffiix (i.e. FHL361005861).
For use on 240 V systems, FH type circuit breakers may be ordered as 480 V
versions with a 5861 suffix (i.e. FHL341005861).
FA and LA type circuit breakers are not available with grounded B phase
markings.
Two-pole 240 V grounded B-phase circuit breakers (except EDB, EGB, EJB,
QB, QD, QG, and QJ) will be built using three-pole modules.
Two-pole grounded BØ circuit breakers will be labeled with 240 Vac
interrupting ratings.
No self-certification is available for interrupting ratings greater than shown in
the tables below.
3-pole
Circuit Breaker
Load
NOTE: Three-pole circuit breakers must be used on three-phase
480 V corner-grounded delta systems. The outside poles
are to be connected to the ungrounded phase and the
grounded conductor connected to the center pole.
Connecting the circuit breaker in a manner other than that
described or shown may result in an unsafe application of
the circuit breaker.
Table 3.71:
3Ø 240 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System
480 Vac 3Ø Corner-Grounded Delta System
UL Listed Interrupting Ratingc
Load
Table 3.72:
Application Data for 240 Vac 3Ø Corner-Grounded
Delta System
UL Listed Interrupting Rating
Cat. No. Prefix
Poles
Ampere Rating
240 Vac Interrupting
Rating
5 kA
10 kA
18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA
42 kA, 42 kA,
65 kA, 100 kA
42 kA
30 kA
65 kA
65 kA
35 kA, 65 kA
100 kA
125 kA
HD, HG, HJ, HL
JD, JG, JJ, JL
FH, FHL
LH, LHL
LD, LG, LJ, LL Electronic Trip Unit
MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit
PG, PK Electronic Trip Unit
PG, PK Micrologic Trip Unit
PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit
PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit
RG, RJ, RK RL Electronic Trip Unit
RG, RJ, RK, RL Micrologic Trip Unit
NT
NW
3
3
3
3
3
3d
3d
3d
3d
3d
3d
3d
3
3
c
d
Ampere Rating
15–150 A
150–250 A
15–100 A
125–400 A
250–600 A
300–800 A
600–1200 A
250–1200 A
600–1200 A
250–1200 A
1200–2500 A
600–2500 A
800–1200
800–6000
480 Vac Interrupting
Rating
18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA
10 kA
14 kA
18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA
35 kA
35 kA, 50 kA
65 kA, 100 kA
35 kA, 65 kA, 65 kA,100 kA
100 kA
150 kA
The grounded phase should be connected through the center pole only.
Electronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System
Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip
System.
3
QO-H, QOB-H
2
15–100 A
QB, QD, QG, QJ
2a
70–250 A
EDB, EGB, EJB
2a
15–125 A
HD, HG, HJ, HL
2a
15–150 A
JD, JG, JJ, JL
2b
150–250 A
FH, FHL
2b
15–100 A
LH, LHL
2b
125–400 A
MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit
2cb
300–800 A
PG, PJ, PK, PL Electronic Trip Unit
2bc
600–1200 A
RG, RK Electronic Trip Unit
2bc
1200–2500 A
RJ Electronic Trip Unit
2bc
1200–2500 A
RL Electronic Trip Unit
2bc
1200–2500 A
a
Standard labeling includes grounded B phase.
b
Built using 3P module.
c
Electronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System
Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip
System.
Polesc
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
2-pole
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3-21
Special Construction
Circuit Breakers
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
UL Marine Listed/CSA Certified Circuit Breakers (UL 489 Supplement SA)
PowerPact H and J circuit breakers with thermal magnetic trip units meet the UL 489 SA requirements on vessels of
any length under or over 65 ft. (19.8m). PowerPact H, J, and L circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units meet the
UL 489 Supplement SA requirements for use on vessels over 65 ft. (19.8m) in length. Marine circuit breakers must not
use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 104°F
(40°C). Standard circuit breakers should not be specified or used in place of marine rated circuit breakers.
Circuit breakers can be ordered with the Marine SA listing by adding the suffixes of “LC” (copper lugs) and “YA”
(marine) to the catalog number.
Table 3.73:
Circuit Breakers for Marine Applications
Cat. No. Prefix
For use on vessels over 65 ft.
(19,8 m) in length
Poles
2
FA, FAL
3
FH, FHL
2, 3
FI, FIL
2, 3
KI, KIL
2, 3
LA, LAL
2, 3
LH, LHL
2, 3
PowerPact™ HD, HG, HJ, HLa
2, 3
PowerPact JD, JG, JJ, JLa
2, 3
PowerPact HD, HG, HJ, HL, HRb
2, 3
PowerPact JD, JG, JJ, JL, JRb
2, 3
PowerPact LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR
3, 4
PowerPact MG, MJ
2, 3
PowerPact PG, PJ, PL
2, 3, 4
PowerPact RG, RJ, RL
2, 3, 4
a
Thermal-Magnetic trip units only.
b
Micrologic trip units only.
Ampere
Rating
15–100 A
15–100 A
15–100 A
20–100 A
110–250 A
125–400 A
125–400 A
15–150 A
150–250 A
15–150 A
150–250 A
250–600 A
300–800 A
100–1200 A
600–2500 A
Application
Cat. No.
For use only on
vessels over 65 feet
(19.8 m) in length.
$ Price
Add the number “9’’ after the catalog
number prefix of the standard circuit
breaker catalog number.
Example:
Standard FAL36100
Marine FAL936100
There is a 20%
adder to the price of
the equivalent standard
circuit breaker. All
For use on vessels over and under
marine
65 feet (19.8 m) in length.
circuit
breakers are
Add suffix for Copper Lugs (LC) and
supplied with copper
“YA’’ after the standard circuit
For use on vessels over 65 feet
lugs.
breaker catalog number.
(19.8m) in length.
Example:
Standard HGL36100
For use only on
Marine HGL36100LCYA
vessels over 65 feet
(19.8 m) in length.
UL Naval Listed/CSA Certified Circuit Breakers (UL 489 Supplement SB)
PowerPact H, J, and L circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units meet the UL 489 Supplement SB requirements for
naval vessels. These circuit breakers are subject to various vibration testing as described in UL 489 Supplement SB.
Naval circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections and are calibrated at an
ambient temperature of 122°F (50°C). Standard circuit breakers should not be specified or used in the place of naval
rated circuit breakers.
Circuit breakers can be ordered with the Naval SB listing by adding the suffixes of “LC” (copper lugs) and “YA1” (naval)
to the catalog number.
Table 3.74:
3
Cat. No. Prefix
HD, HG, HJ, HLa
Poles
2, 3
Ampere
Rating
Application
15–150 A
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
JD, JG, JJ, JLa
2, 3
150–250 A
LD, LG, LH, LL
3,4
250–600 A
a
3-22
Circuit Breakers for Navel Applications
For use on non-combat and
auxiliary naval
ships of any length.
Cat. No.
$ Price
Add suffix for Copper Lugs (LC) and
“YA1’’ after the standard circuit
breaker catalog number.
There is a 20%
adder to the price of
the equivalent standard
circuit breaker. All marine
circuit breakers are
supplied with copper lugs.
Example:
Standard HGL36100
Marine HGL36100LCYA1
With Micrologic trip units only thermal-magnetic breakers not approved.
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0616CT0801
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Electrical Accessories
Description
Rated Voltage
1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b
3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
Auxiliary and Alarm Switches
Standard Min
OF Switch
(OF, SD, SDE)
Load =
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
10mA with 24V
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
Provides circuit
OF Switch
breaker contact
Consisting of:
status.
SDE Adapter
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter
Note: The location of
(OF/SD/SDE) Kit
the accessory in the
One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
circuit breaker
determines its
Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b
function.
3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b
G-Frame
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
D-Frame
Low Level
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
Min Load =
OF Switch
1mA with 24V
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
OF Switch
Consisting of:
SDE Adapterd
24
48
120
110/130
Shunt Trip (MX)
208
240
AC
200/250
277
208/277
Trips the circuit breaker from a remote
480
location by means of a trip coil energized
from a separate supply voltage circuit.
380/480
525/600
12
24
D-Frame
G-Frame
30
DC
48
60
125
250
24
48
120
110/130
Undervoltage Trip
208
240
AC
200/250
277
Instantaneously opens the circuit breaker
when the under-voltage trip supply voltage
208/277
drops to a value between 35% and 70% of
480
its rated voltage. Closing is allowed when
380/480
the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip
reaches 85% of rated voltage.
525/600
12
24
G-Frame
D-Frame
30
DC
48
60
125
250
a
Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately.
b
Discount schedule DE2F.
c
P-frame drawout circuit breaker only.
SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only.
d
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
DE2F
Discount
Schedule
FieldInstallable
Cat. No.
AAC
—
—
AAC
—
—
—
—
—
—
D-Frame
$ Price
297.00
—
—
297.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
FactoryFieldInstalled
Installable
Cat. Suffix
Cat. No.
AA
S29450
AB
2x S29450
AC
3x S29450
BC
S29450
BD
S29450
—
—
—
—
BE
2x S29450
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GSA
—
GSB
GSC
—
GSD
—
GSH
—
—
—
GSO
—
GSP
—
GSR
GSS
—
—
GUA
—
GUB
GUC
—
GUD
—
GUH
—
—
—
GUO
—
GUP
—
GUR
GUS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AE
AF
AG
BH
BJ
—
—
BK
—
—
SK
SL
—
SA
—
—
—
—
SD
—
SH
SJ
SN
SO
SU
SP
SV
SR
SS
UK
UL
—
UA
—
—
—
—
UD
—
UH
UJ
UN
UO
UU
UP
UV
UR
US
717.00
717.00
717.00
717.00
—
S29452
2x S29452
3x S29452
S29452
S29452
—
—
2x S29452
—
—
S29384
S29385
—
S29386
—
—
—
—
S29387
—
S29388
S29389
S29382
S29390
S29391
S29392
S29383
S29393
S29394
S29404
S29405
—
S29406
—
—
—
—
S29407
—
S29408
S29409
S29402
S29410
S29411
S29412
S29403
S29413
S29414
$ Price
297.00
594.00
891.00
297.00
297.00
—
—
594.00
—
—
—
$ Price
297.00
594.00
891.00
297.00
297.00
—
—
594.00
—
—
297.00
372.00
744.00
1116.00
372.00
372.00
—
—
744.00
—
—
372.00
744.00
1116.00
372.00
372.00
—
—
744.00
—
—
717.00
755.00
717.00
755.00
717.00
755.00
717.00
755.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
G-Frame
Accessory
3
Table 3.75:
3-23
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Factory-Installed Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories
Electrical accessories are available on all molded case circuit breakers except FY and QOM1 circuit breakers.
1A Alarm Switch
Configuration
Color Code: Red Leads
•
•
•
•
•
Alarm switch is the only accessory available for the 1-pole FA circuit breaker.
Combination accessories may be ordered by description, i.e., 1021 and 1212.
All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz.
Add 20% to accessory price for each field-installable accessory that is factory-installed.
See page 3-25 for field-installable accessories. See Digest page 7-35 for PowerPact™ circuit breaker accessories.
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed
Table 3.76:
Accessory
Circuit Breaker Tripped
Shunt Trip
1B Alarm Switch
Configuration
Color Code: Red Leads
GroundFault
Shunt Trip
Circuit Breaker Tripped
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed
Auxiliary Switch
Contact Configuration
Time Delay
Unit
1A/1B
Auxiliary
Switches
3
B
Circuit Breaker Closed
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
A
B
Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped
Rated
Voltage
24 Vac
Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate circuit. 120 Vac
A 120 V shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% 208 Vac
or more of rated voltage.
240 Vac
277 Vac
Application
480 Vac
24 Vdc
• For use with momentary or maintained push button.
48 Vdc
• Sure Trip Capacitor Unit requires 48 Vdc shunt trip.
• Leads: (2) Black.18 AWG Cu.
125 Vdc
250 Vdc
Trips the circuit breaker electrically using the signal from a Micrologic™ Ground-Fault Module.
Alarm
Switches
a
b
c
d
e
Coil
Burdena
21 VA
24 VA
107 VA
154 VA
14 VA
45 VA
36 VA
36 VA
44 VA
15 VA
-1042b
-1021c
-1021
-1021
-1037b
-1037b
-1027
-1028
-1029
-1030d
—
—
-Gd
755.00
24 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
5 VA
8 VA
8 VA
2 VA
3 VA
-1143d
-1121
-1124
-1127
-1128
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
Description
Application
Suffix
$ Price
Adder
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
755.00
•
•
For use only with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add on ground-fault module.
Leads: (2) Orange 18 AWG Cu.
Trips the circuit breaker electrically when a control circuit falls below 35 to 70% of nominal (not field
adjustable). Picks up at 35–85% of nominal voltage.
Undervoltage
Trip (UVR) Application
• UVR must be energized in order to close the circuit breaker.
• Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu leads.
Provides adjustable time delay for UVR of 0.1 to 0.6 second before circuit breaker trips.
Color Code:
"A" Contact - Yellow Leads
"B" Contact - Blue Leads
Common-Striped Leads
A
Factory-Installed Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Application
• For use only with -1121 UV trip.
• Adjustable time delay (0.1 to 0.6 second).
• I-Line unit requires 1.5 in. (38 mm) of mounting space.
• Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu and (2) Black/White 18 AWG Cu.
Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating
the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED.
Application
• Max. Load = FA, FH, FI, LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI.
10 A @ 125–250 Vac, ¼ hp @ 125–250 Vac, 5 A @ 30 Vdc
• Leads: Yellow for “A’’, Blue for “B’’, Striped for common 18 AWG Cu.
Used with control circuits and actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped.
Standard construction includes a normally-open contact.
Cat. No.
Unit Mt.
120 Vac
1A/1B
2A/2B
3A/3B
See load
info. in
App. text
at left
1A
250 Vac
1A
28 Vdc
See
load
info. in
App.
text
at left
Application
1B
250 Vac
Max. Load = 10 A @ 125–250 Vac
Max. Load = 15 A @ 30 Vdc
1B
48 Vdc
Leads: (2) Red 18 AWG Cu.
Coil burden values do not apply to LC, LE, LI, LX and LXI. Consult Field Sales office for more information.
Not available on FI or KI circuit breakers.
LC, LE, LI, LX, and LXI circuit breakers operate at 75% or more of rated voltage.
Not available on LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers.
Not available in FA, FC, FH, FI and KI circuit breakers.
1941.00
-1212
-1352
-1364e
312.00
623.00
800.00
-2100
312.00
-2100
312.00
-2103
312.00
-2103
312.00
Shunt Trip
Wiring Diagram
Undervoltage Trip
Wiring Diagram
Black
Brown
Brown Wires To Be
Connected To
Control Power
UVR
690UVTD 690UVTDI
See load
info. in
App. text
at left
•
•
•
I-Line™
Black Wires To Be
Connected To
Control Power
Shunt
Trip
Black
Brown
690UVTD Wiring Diagram
3-24
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Field-Installable Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Field-Installable Electrical Accessories
Auxiliary Switch
Contact Configuration
Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from 3-24 between
the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: LA11212) See
3-24 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-installable devices.
Color Code:
"A" Contact - Yellow Leads
"B" Contact - Blue Leads
Common-Striped Leads
Table 3.77:
Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip
Circuit Breakers
1A/1B
A
Circuit Breaker
B
Circuit Breaker Closed
A
Shunt Trip
Miniature Circuit Breakers, Factory-Installed
EH and EH-PL
Only
Factory-Installed
FA, FH, FI, KI
Only
LA, LH
LA1( )
Series 4b
B
Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped
1A Alarm Switch
Configuration
1B Alarm Switch
Configuration
Color Code: Red Leads
Color Code: Red Leads
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed
Circuit Breaker Tripped
Circuit Breaker Tripped
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed
Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches
Not Available
Not Available
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
LA1G
LA1 ( )
LA1( )
Q4
LA1( )
LA1G
LA1 ( )
LA1( )
LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI
LC1( )
LC1G
LC1 ( )
LC1( )
a
b
Alarm Switch
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only Right Pole
Factory-Installed
Only Right Pole
Factory-Installed
Only
Used with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add-on ground-fault modules.
With LA and LH top-feed circuit breakers (suffix MT, I-Line jaws on OFF end) all accessories must be factory
installed.
Table 3.78:
Undervoltage Trip
Wiring Diagram
Ground-Fault
Shunt Tripa
L
Accessory Mounting Locations
R
LA, LH, Q4 Series 4 circuit breakers or newer =
Field-installable accessories
LC, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers = Field-installable
accessories
Both accessory ports will accept shunt trips, UVRs
and auxiliary switches. Alarm switches are factory
installable only (right pole). Maximum of one device
per port.
Brown
Brown Wires To Be
Connected To
Control Power
UVR
Brown
Shunt Trip
Wiring Diagram
Black
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Black Wires To Be
Connected To
Control Power
Shunt
Trip
3
Black
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3-25
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks
www.schneider-electric.us
Electrical Operators
Provides remote ON, OFF/RESET control of molded case circuit breakers.
•
•
•
•
KAMO2120AC
With KAL Circuit Breaker
A complete line of field-installable electrical operators.
Not applicable on LC/LI/LE/LX/LXI circuit breakers.
Installing side mounted motor operators on non I-Line™ circuit breakers requires the use of a separate mounting pan.
Side mounted electrical operators require an additional 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) of mounting space in I-Line installations.
When remote indication of circuit breaker status is required, order circuit breaker with 1A-1B auxilliary switch for ONOFF Indication and alarm switch for TRIP Indication. Electrical operators require SPDT maintained contact switch.
Refer to Class 9001 control unit listing for operators and pilot lights.
NOTE: Not available on Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers and molded case switches.
Table 3.79:
Electrical Operators
Circuit
Breaker
Prefix
FA, FH
FAL, FHL
FI, KI
FAMO1 and FAMOP
With FAL Circuit Breaker
Top Mount
FIL, KIL
LA, LH, Q4
LAL, LHL,
Q4L
MAL, MHL
PA, PH, PC, PE, PX
Side Mount
Voltage
Cat. No.
$ Price
—
—
—
120 Vac
240 Vac
24 Vdc
125 Vdc
—
120 Vac
240 Vac
24 Vdc
125 Vdc
120 Vac
240 Vac
24 Vdc
125 Vdc
120 Vac
—
—
—
KAMO2120AC
KAMO2240AC
KAMO224DC
KAMO2125DC
—
LAMO2120AC
LAMO2240AC
LAMO224DC
LAMO2125DC
MAMO2120AC
MAMO2240AC
MAMO224DC
MAMO2125DC
PAMO2
—
—
—
3642.00
3642.00
3642.00
3642.00
—
4704.00
4704.00
4704.00
4704.00
4704.00
4704.00
4704.00
4704.00
5544.00
Mounting Pan
Voltage
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
FAMO1
FAMO1
KAMO1
1304.00
1304.00
3506.00
—
FAMOP
—
—
108.00
—
120 Vac
KAMO1
3506.00
KAMOP
134.00
120 Vac
LAMO1
4518.00
—
120 Vac
LAMO1
4518.00
LAMOP
185.00
120 Vac
MAMO1
4518.00
MAMOP
1856.00
—
—
—
$ Price
—
—
—
Handle Accessories
Table 3.80:
Handle Accessories
Circuit Breaker Prefix
Poles
Cat. No.
$ Price
3
Handle Tie
(2)FA
3
FKHT
(2)FI,(2)KI, or (1)FI + (1)KI
2,3
FKHT
(2)LA or (2)Q4
2,3
LAHT
California Title 24 Comb. Handle Tie and Lock Off
FY
(3)1P
FY3HT
FA
(3)1P
FA3HT
Handle Extension
LA, LH, LE, LI, LX, LXI, Q4
2,3
AHEXLI
a
215.00
215.00
497.00
53.00
53.00
Circuit Breaker Prefix
Poles
Cat. No.
Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)
FY Series 1
1
HPAFYQ
FA, FH, FC, FI
1,2,3
HPAFK
FY Series 2,
2,3
HPAFK
KI
2,3
HPAFKFa
HPALM
LA, LH, Q4
2,3
HPAXLM
LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI
2,3
AHPALI
$ Price
19.80
24.20
24.20
32.60
26.00
27.60
25.20
95.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Locks OFF only.
Cylinder Lock
Used to lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position. Circuit breaker cannot be reset when locked OFF.
Table 3.81:
Cylinder Lock
Circuit Breaker
Prefix
Factory Installed
Suffix
Field Installable
Cat. No.
—CL
Factory-installed
only
315.00
Field-installable
only
LA1CL
315.00
FA, FAL, FH, FHLb
LA, LAL, LH, LHL, Q4
b
$ Price
Not available on Mag-Gard circuit breakers and molded case
switches.
Interlocks
Table 3.82:
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentsc
Manually Operated
Circuit
Breaker
Prefix
Operator $ Price
Suffix
Adder
Walking Beam
Ass'y.
Electrically Operated
Mounting Pan
Operator $ Price
Suffix
Adder
Walking Beam
Ass'y.
Mounting Pan
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
Cat. No. $ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
FAL, FHL
WB
246.00 FA4WB
134.00 FAWBP4
177.00 WBMO
246.00 FA9WB
200.00 FAWBP9
242.00
LAL, LHL
WB
246.00 LA6WB
179.00 LAWBP6
242.00 WBMO
246.00 LA10WB
213.00 LAWBP10
309.00
c
Fully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The
completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Please consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock
Requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix,
1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.
3-26
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
www.schneider-electric.us
Key Locking
Door Escutcheon
Table 3.83:
Locks, Interlocking
G-Frame
Device
Description
Removable (lock OFF only)
Fixed (lock OFF or ON)
Fixed (lock OFF only)
Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles
Mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles
Ronis
Provision and 2 locks keyed
Profalux
alike
Handle
Padlocking
Device
Handle Rubber Boot
Terminal Covers
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
AHP
—
—
—
—
—
—
Interlocking
(Not UL listed)
Key Locking
Table 3.84:
D-Frame
$ Price
19.70
—
—
—
—
—
—
G-Frame
Fixed Padlock
Attachment
$ Price
50.00
122.00
122.00
494.00
494.00
183.00
183.00
Installation Accessories for G- and D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Removable Padlock
Attachment
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29370
S32631
NJPAF
32621
32614
41950
42878
Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers
Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or
extended escutcheon
Phase Barriers (set of 6)
Handle Rubber Boot
Sealing Accessories
DIN rail adapter
Toggle Extensions (set of 10)
Table 3.85:
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
ACS
GYR
—
D-Frame
—
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
32556
—
32558
74.00
—
—
18.50
93.00
—
32570
32560
29375
—
32553
72.00
171.00
42.00
—
33.20
$ Price
$ Price
55.00
Rear Connections
D-Frame
Device
Description
3
4
Mixed Rear
Connection Kit
Short rear connections (set of 2)
Long rear connections (set of 2)
Short terminal cover (3P)
Price shown is for quantity one.
Consisting of:
3
3
Factory-Installed Field-Installed
Termination No.
Cat. No.
S
32477
S
32478
—
2x
32475d
—
32476
—
32562
$ Price
848.00
1122.00
219.00
261.00
149.00
3
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
d
Poles
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
DE2F
Discount
Schedule
3-27
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Mechanical Lug Information
www.schneider-electric.us
AL50FA
AL100FA
Table 3.86:
Mechanical Lug Kit Information
Circuit Breaker Application
Standard
AL250KI
AL250KA
AL600LI5
AL400LH7
35–100 A
FC
15–30 A
35–100 A
FC
35–100 A
—
—
FA, FH
FI
FA, FH, FC
—
—
FA
KI
KI
110–175 A
200–250 A
Q4, LA, LH
125–400 A
15–30 A
—
KI
(Number of Wires Per Lug )
Wire Rangea
(1) 14–4 AWG Cu or
(1) 12–4 AWG Al
(1) 14–3 AWG Cu or
(1) 12–1 AWG Al
(1) 14–1/0 AWG Cu or
(1) 12–1/0 AWG Al
(1) 12–3 AWG Cu
Lugs
Per
Kit
$ Price
Per Kit
AL50FA
3
37.20
AL100FA4
3
37.20
AL100FA
3
37.20
3
37.20
(1) 2–3/0 AWG
AL150FA
3
37.20
AL250KA
AL250KI
3
3
113.00
107.00
AL400LA
1
35.70
125–400 A
300–600 A
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil
(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil
(1) 350–750 kcmil
(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil
AL400LH7
AL600LI35
1
1
47.10
49.60
100–250 A
(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
AL600LI5
1
47.10
(1) 500–750 kcmil
AL600LI7
1
53.00
CU30FA4
CU100FA
CU100TFb
CU250KA
3
3
3
3
37.20
37.20
62.00
113.00
CU400LA
1
70.00
CU600LI35
CU600LI5
CU600LI7
1
1
1
230.00
230.00
230.00
—
—
—
(1) 14–10 AWG Cu
(1) 14–1 AWG Cu
(1) 12–3 AWG Cu
(1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu
1 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or
—
—
Q4, LA, LH
125–400 A (1)
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Cu
—
—
LI, LE, LX, LXI
—
(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil Cu
—
—
LI, LE, LX, LXI
—
(2) .4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
—
—
LI, LE, LX, LXI
—
(1) 500–750 kcmil Cu
Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
For use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end.
Use suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.)
Table 3.87:
Cat. No.
AL100TFb
15–100 A
150 A
(only)
—
110–175 A
—
—
Q4, LA, LH
LE, LX, LXI
100–250 A LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI
LI, LE,
300–600 A LE, LX, LXI
LX, LXI
—
—
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c
FC
15–30 A
—
—
—
FA, FH, FC, FI
—
—
FA, FH, FC
—
—
KI
a
b
c
D-Frame Lugs
Ampere
Rating
Optional
Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire
FA, FH
FA, FH
15–30 A
FI
FI
FA, FH
FI
AL400LA
Ampere
Rating
—
15–100 A
15–100 A
110–250 A
Mechanical Lug Kits for D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Poles
Field-Installable Lug Kit, Terminal Cover Included
Voltage Takeoffs (set of two)
3
3
Wire Range
400 A Lugs
Cat. No.
$ Price
32508
191.00
29348
28.40
(1) 2 AWG-600 kcmil stranded CU cable
(1) 2 AWG-500 kcmil stranded AL cable
600 A Lugs
Cat. No.
$ Price
32510
347.00
29348
28.40
(2) 2/0 AWG-350 kcmil stranded CU cable
(2) 2/0 AWG-500 kcmil stranded AL cable
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
3-28
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors
www.schneider-electric.us
Crimp lug or
power distribution connectors
extension past end of
circuit breaker “A” See Table
Compression Lug Kits
Table 3.88:
Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa
Circuit Breaker
Type
Extremity
of
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs
“A” See Table
CVC100FA
VC250KA3
VC400LA7
VC400LA7
VC1200NE5
Dimension A
(In)
Wire Rangec
Max. Lugs
Per Terminal
Aluminum Compression Lug Kits
FA, FH, FC, FI
8–1/0 AWG
1.3
1
4 AWG–300 kcmil
1.5
1
KI
250–350 kcmil
1.5
1
250–350 kcmil
1.25
2
4 AWG–300 kcmil
1.0
2
LA, LH, Q4
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
2.2
1
500–750 kcmil
2.5
1
4 AWG–300 kcmil
1.05
2
LI, LE, LX, LXI b
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
3.20
2
500–750 kcmil
3.45
1
Copper Compression Lug Kits
FA, FH, FC, FI
6–1/0 AWG Cu
1.4
1
KI
2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu
1.5
1
2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu
1.3
2
LA, LH, Q4
250–500 kcmil Cu
2.3
1
LI, LE, LX, LXI b
250–500 kcmil Cu
3.20
2
Compression Lug Kits for D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Not Available
a
See instruction bulletins for recommended tools.
b
These lug kits cannot be used on I-Line™ circuit breakers.
c
Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
d
All P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type.
Cat. No.
Lug Qty.
Per Kit
$ Price Per
Kit
VC100FA
VC250KA3
VC250KA35
VC400LA35
VC400LA3
VC400LA5
VC400LA7
VC600LI3
VC600LI5
VC600LI7
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
175.00
255.00
194.00
194.00
202.00
166.00
198.00
295.00
308.00
311.00
CVC100FA
CVC250KA3
CVC400LA3
CVC400LA5
CVC600LI5
3
3
2
1
2
156.00
301.00
271.00
118.00
491.00
Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakers—for Field Replacement of Mechanical
Lugs
CVC600MA5
Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save
space and time.
Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for
Square D FA, LA and Q4-frame molded case circuit breakers.
Connectors are UL Listed:
•
•
•
•
For use on load end of circuit breaker only
For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only
For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment
For copper wire only
PDC Lugs
Use With Circuit
Breakere
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
FAL, FHL, FCLg
15–100 A
LAL, LHL, Q4L
125–400 A
e
f
g
Wires Per Terminal
& Wire Rangef
Cu
(6) 14–6 AWG
(3) 14–2 AWG
(6) 12–2/0 AWG
(12) 14–4 AWG
(3) 14–2 AWG
(1) 2 AWG–250 kcmil
Cat. No.
Lug Quantity Per Kit
Dimension
A (i.)
$ Price Per
Kit
PDC6FA6
PDC3FA2
PDC6LA20
PDC12LA4
3
3
1
1
1.0
1.2
2.25
1.25
92.00
92.00
182.00
129.00
PDC4LA250
1
2.0
129.00
Not for use with I-Line circuit breakers.
When using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced.
OFF end only when OFF end is the load end.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 3.89:
PDC12LA4
Use with Circuit
Breaker Type
Power Distribution Connectors for D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
Wires Per Terminal &
Wire Range
Dimension A (in.)
Cat. No.
150–600
(3) 14–2 AWG and (2) 14–2/0 AWG
1.28h
PDC5DG20
DG, DJ, DL
150–600
(12) 14–4 AWG
1.31h
PDC12DG4
h
Kit includes long terminal shield, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Quantity Per Kit
3
3
$ Price Per Kit
387.00
387.00
3-29
3
Table 3.90:
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Table 3.91:
Frame
Bus Bar Connections Hardware for D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Set of 3 terminal screws and washers for one side
Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side
D-Frame
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 3.92:
Term. No.
Poles
3
4
F
Cat. No.
36966
36967
$ Price
23.70
31.50
Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers
Used With
Description
Dimension B Cat. No. Qty Per $ Price
(in.)
Kit
Terminal Shield
—
—
—
GYT
1
75.00
(3P)
Terminal Shield PDC5DG2
D-Frame
—
—
36965
1
108.00
(3P)
PDC12DG2
a
Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals.
b
J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal.
G-Frame
Mini Test Kit
Portable Test Kit
Table 3.93:
Miscellaneous D-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories
Accessory
Field-Installed
Cat. No,
36950
36951
36952
36953
29314
43362
55391c
Description
150 A Neutral Sensor
250 A Neutral Sensor
External Neutral Sensor
400 A Neutral Sensor
600 A Neutral Sensor
Spare Parts
100 Identification Labels
Mini test kit (battery not included)
Test Kits
Portable test kit
c
DE5A Discount Schedule
Motor Operator
Table 3.94:
Rated
Voltage
Standard motor for
electrically-operated circuit
breakers
3
Locking Device
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Operations Counter
DE2
806.00
806.00
806.00
806.00
119.00
884.00
16365.00
Motor Operators for D-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
3-30
$ Price
Discount
Schedule
48/60
110/130
208/277
AC
220/240
380/415
380/485
440/480
24/30
48/60
DC
110/130
250
Mounting Hardware
Ronis lock
Profalux lock
Factory Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
ML
MA
MD
MC
MF
MH
MH
MO
MP
MR
MS
—
—
—
—
Field-Installed
Cat. No,
32839
32840
22841
—
32842
—
32847
32843
32844
32845
32846
32649
41940
42888
32648
$ Price
3395.00
3545.00
58.00
146.00
146.00
225.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Electronic Products
Neutral Current Transformers and
Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 3.95:
Neutral Current Transformers
Cat. No.
$ Price
LE25CT2
LE4CT2
LE6CT2
Combination Local Current Meter
and Trip Indicator
Table 3.96:
588.00
588.00
588.00
Sensor
Where Used
250 A
400 A
600 A
LXL, LEL, LXIL
Electronic Trip Indicator and Current Meter Field-installable Kits
Device
Local Trip Indicator Kit
Local Current Meter Kit/Trip Indicator
Table 3.97:
Optional
$ Price
ALTI
—
LXL, LXIL
1461.00
ALAM
LEL
LXL, LXIL
2286.00
Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for all Circuit Breakers with
Micrologic Series B Trip System
Cat. No.
ARP040
ARP050
ARP056
ARP058
ARP060
ARP063
ARP067
ARP070
ARP075
ARP080
ARP083
ARP088
ARP090
ARP100
Electronic Trip Unit with Seals Installed
to Restrict Access
Included With
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Sensor Multiplier Value
0.400
0.500
0.563
0.583
0.600
0.625
0.667
0.700
0.750
0.800
0.833
0.875
0.900
1.000
$ Price
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
Complying with NEC®
The National Electrical Code, Section 240-6(c) exception allows conductor ampere ratings
equal to the selected long-time pick-up setting. Square D offers the seals below to restrict
access to trip unit once settings are selected.
CIM3F Communication Adapter
Cat. No.
Package Quantity
TUSEAL
100
Universal Test Set
102.00
Communication Adapter
Description
Cat. No.
Communication Adapter
CIM3Fa
$ Price
465.00
Required for Micrologic to communicate with PowerLogic™ system.
Table 3.100:
Test Equipment for Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Series B Trip
Systems
Description
Cat. No.
Universal Test Set (includes test module for Full-function and Standard-function LEL, LXL, LXIL)
UTS3
Test Module for Full-function and Standard-function LEL, LXL, LXIL. (For use with existing CBTU1 CBTMB
or UTS3 test set.)
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB
CBTMBRK
Long-time and ground-fault Memory Reset Module (Series B Electronics)
MTMB
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
$ Price
DE2
Discount
Schedule
$ Price
14022.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Description
Trip Unit Seal
Table 3.99:
a
Trip Unit Seals
2349.00
627.00
381.00
3-31
3
Table 3.98:
Electronic Products
Restraint Interface Module
www.schneider-electric.us
S48890 and S48895 Restraint Interface Modules
Square DGC-200 Ground-Fault
Relay for Equipment Protection
Merin Gerin
STR58 Trip Units
Micrologic #.0x Trip Units
15
R
R
15
15
R
Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units
R
26
R
R
R
15
Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault
Relay for Equipment Protection
R
R
7
R
R
R
Square D GC-200 Ground-Fault
Relay for Equipment Protection
15
R
R
15
15
R
Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units
15
R
R
15
15
R
Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units
15
R
R
15
15
R
Federal Pioneer USRC
and USRCM Trip Units
R
15
R
R
R
15
Square D Add-on Ground-Fault Module
for Equipment Protection
R
5
R
R
R
R
Micrologic
#.0x Trip Units
Upstream Device
(receives input
from RIM)
Downstream Device
(sends output to RIM))
Federal Pioneer
USRC and USRCM Trip Units
Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault
Relay for Equipment Protection
RIM Requirements
Square D Micrologic
Series B Trip Units
Table 3.101:
Note: R=RIM module is required to restrain any devices.
Numerical References=Maximum number of upstream circuit breakers which can be
restrained without requiring a RIM module.
3
The Restraint Interface Module (RIM) is used to allow
zone-selective Interlocking communications between
circuit breakers with Micrologic™ Series B trip units or
Micrologic™ #.Ox trip units, Compact™ STR53 trip units,
Masterpact™ STR58 trip units, Federal Pioneer USRC
and USRCM trip units, and Square D GC series groundfault relays.
Upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A 5.0P,
5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can receive up to 15
input signals without requiring a restraint interface
module. If the number of input signals exceeds 15, then a
RIM is required. Contact your local Sales Office for RIM
requirements.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
3-32
DE2
Discount
Schedule
The restraint interface module operates on either 120
Vac/24 Vdc, or 240 Vac/24 Vdc, 50/50 Hz.
NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is
1000 ft. (305 m)
Table 3.102:
Cat. No.
S48890
S48895
Restrain Interface Module (RIM)
Voltage
120 Vac/24 Vdc
240 Vac/24 Vdc
$ Price
1860.00
1860.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Dimensions
www.schneider-electric.us
Figure 21
E
B
Figure 22
E
G
Table 3.103:
Circuit Breakers Dimensions
B
Circuit Breaker
Catalog No.
Prefix
C/L
Fig.
No.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
1
21
6.00
1.50
3.16
4.13
0.44
5.13
1.50
—
2
22
6.00
3.00
3.16
4.13
0.44
5.13
—
—
3
23
6.00
4.50
3.16
4.13
0.44
5.13
1.50
0.75
KAL, KCL, KHL
2&3
23
8.00
4.50
3.66
4.75
0.44
7.13
1.50
0.75
FIL, KIL
2&3
23
8.00
4.50
3.66
4.75
0.44
7.13
1.50
0.75
GJ
3
32
3.54
4.72
2.76
3.94
2.20
—
—
—
DG, DJ, DL
3
28
13.38
5.51
3.75
6.61
2.22
8.93
1.77
—
A F
A F
FAL, FHL
E
E
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI
2&3
23
11.86
7.50
5.48
6.74
0.55
10.75
2.50
—
Q4L, LAL, LHL
2&3
23
11.00
6.00
4.06
5.84
0.88
9.25
2.00
1.00
MAL, MHL
2&3
23
14.00
9.00
4.53
6.50
1.66
10.69
3.00
1.50
Table 3.104:
Figure 23
E
B
G
HH
D
C
C/L
A F
E
Figure 28
Dimensions—Inches
No.
Poles
Shipping Weights
Frame Size
Approx. Shipping Weight
(Lbs.)
FAL
FHL 2-pole
FCL
3
FAL
FHL 3-pole
5
FIL
8
KAL, KHL
7
KIL
9
Q4L
15
DG, DJ, DL
14
GJ
3
LAL
LHL
15
LXL
LEL
LIL
25
MAL, MHL
34
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
G
A
F
B
C
D
3
Figure 32
E
B
A
C
D
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3-33
Enclosures
Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Class 610
www.schneider-electric.us
Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as
footnoted.
•
•
•
The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted.
Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation.
For enclosure accessories refer to page 3-36 . For enclosure dimensions refer to page 3-35.
Table 3.105:
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
Rating
Enclosure
Poles
Cat. No.
$ Price
NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless
Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9)
FA100Y
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9)
With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) Without Knockoutsd (NEMA 12/3R, 5)
IK250DS
5238.00
—
—
IK250AWK
878.00
NEMA 7c Cast Aluminum
NEMA 9f Cast Aluminum
15–60 A
1, 2, 3
FA060Xh
1620.00
FA060Yb
1227.00
FALg
15–100 A
1, 2, 3
FA100Xh
2006.00
FA100Yb
1389.00
a
Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls
and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see Digest Section 3.
b
Not CSA Certified.
c
NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III.
d
Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
e
Short circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum.
f
NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations–Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III
g
Use 75oC Copper conductors only.
h
Suitable for rainproof applications—includes PKDB1 breather and drain kit.
KILe
FA100X
Cat. No.
110–250 A
2, 3
Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers
NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.
Motor-operated enclosed circuit breakers are utilized whenever it is desired to control the operation of an individually
mounted circuit breaker from a remote location. Enclosed motor operated circuit breakers are available in either NEMA
1 or 3R construction. 120 Vac control circuit required for operation of motor operator. Sufficient space is included for
field-installation of a terminal block for convenient end-user control circuit wiring. Not UL Listed.
Enclosed motor-operated circuit breaker with neutral
•
•
•
•
Specify circuit breaker catalog number (ex: FAL36060)
Specify side mounted operator only.
Specify enclosure type (ex: NEMA 1, 3R, 12)
Specify if neutrals are required (Same price)
Table 3.106:
Enclosed Motor-Operated Circuit Breakers
$ Price a
Circuit Breaker Type
3
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
FAL—240 V
2915.00
3149.00
FAL—480 V
3131.00
3369.00
FAL—600 V
3308.00
3525.00
FHL—600 V
3725.00
3950.00
LAL—600 V
11187.00
11477.00
LHL—600 V
14147.00
14429.00
a
Price includes 3P circuit breaker, motor operator, and neutral assembly
factory assembled in specified enclosure.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
3-34
DE1
DE2A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Enclosures
Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions
Class 610
www.schneider-electric.us
Enclosed Molded Case Switches
Enclosed molded case switches are UL Listed devices supplied with factory-installed automatic molded case switch.
Use the Cat. No. listed below and add the enclosure style suffix. An insulated groundable neutral, if required, must be
ordered separately from Digest page 7-58. Enclosed molded case switches are manufactured on order only.
Table 3.107:
System
Enclosed Molded Case Switches
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
Add Suffix
$ Price
600 Vac
Short Circuit
Withstand Ratings
NEMA 1
NEMA 3Ra
NEMA 4,4X,5
NEMA 12
(F) or (S)
(RB) or (R)
(DS)
(AWK)
FH—100 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.
2P
100
FHE26000( )
18 kA
963.00
1277.00
2273.00
1083.00
3P
100
FHE36000( )
18 kA
1187.00
1499.00
2432.00
1310.00
LH—400 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.
2P
400
LHE26000( )
25 kA
3915.00
5174.00
9264.00
4497.00
3P
400
LHE36000( )
25 kA
4653.00
5982.00
9999.00
5232.00
a
FHE and KHE devices accept bolt-on hubs and have a suffix RB. LHE, MHE and NCE devices have blank endwalls and have a suffix R. For details and
hub catalog numbers see page 3-9.
Enclosures FA060X, FA100X,
FA060Y and FA100Y
Dimensions: Refer to enclosed circuit breaker dimensions by NEMA type.
Table 3.108:
H
Approximate Dimension
Cat. No.
W
Enclosure Dimensions
D
Enclosures for IK250DS
and IK250AWK
Series
H
W
D
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
FA060Xa
E1
16.00
406
9.88
251
7.00
178
FA060Ya
E1
16.00
406
9.88
251
7.00
178
FA100Xa
E1
16.00
406
9.88
251
7.00
178
FA100Ya
E1
16.00
406
9.88
251
7.00
178
IK250DS
E2
42.25
1073
13.88
353
7.50
191
IK250AWK
E2
42.25
1073
13.88
353
7.50
191
a
Tapped conduit opening, top and bottom endwall: FA060X/Y– 3/4", FA100X/Y–1-1/4"
H
D
3
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
W
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE1
Discount
Schedule
3-35
Enclosures
Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Lock-On Provisions
Special Paint
UL Listed circuit breaker enclosures are available painted with special
safety colors. To order safety colored enclosures add suffixes as noted
in Table 3.112 to the standard enclosure commercial reference number.
All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI Specification
Z535.1 for marking physical hazards.
A minimum quantity of ten is required. Order by description. Not
available for NEMA Type 7/9 or stainless steel enclosures.
Shipment: 6 weeks
Lock-on Provision
Table 3.111:
Price Adder Each Enclosure
Enclosure Prefix
FA $ Price
113.00
Table 3.112:
Suffix for Lock-On Provision
SPLO
$ Price
155.00
234.00
LA $ Price
327.00
P $ Price
513.00
Safety Colors
Safety Color
Suffix
Black
SP0
Red
SP2
Orange
SP3
Yellow
SP4
Green
SP5
Blue
SP6
Purple
SP7
Gray
SP8
Gray ANSI61
SP861a
White
SP9
Standard Square D ANSI 49 grey paint, when selecting this suffix, switches will receive
additional coat of paint.
Lock-off provisions are standard on all NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel
and NEMA Type 12, 12K circuit breaker enclosures. Provision for one inch
hasp padlock is available factory installed. This modification will allow the
circuit breaker to be locked in the ON position. When locked in the ON
position, the external operator will not indicate if circuit breaker is tripped. UL
Listed.
Table 3.109: Price Adder Each Enclosure
Enclosure Prefix
FA, J
LA, M, P
J $ Price
180.00
a
Pilot Light—Selector Switch—Push Button
Stainless Steel Front
Pilot lights, push buttons or selector switches are available factory
installed in the cover of NEMA Type 3R, (4-4X-5) stainless steel or 12
enclosures. Wiring to contact blocks is not available. Customer must
furnish catalog number of device desired. Price = circuit breaker +
enclosure + neutral + ground + pilot light, push button and/or selector
switch + factory-installed adder. Order by description. Not UL Listed.
The FA100F NEMA Type 1, flush-mount circuit breaker enclosure is
available with a stainless steel front. This modification is desirable in
food handling areas such as cafeterias and restaurants.
Table 3.110:
Table 3.113:
Price Adder
Quantity
For Each Device Installed
Price Each Enclosure
Cat. No.
FA100FSS
$ Price
1659.00
Enclosed Ground-Fault Modules (GFM)
$ Price Adder
297.00
3
Phenolic Legend Plate
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Available engraved and mounted on most circuit breaker enclosures.
Legend engraved in 1/4-inch high white letters on black background.
Customer must provide legend. UL Listed. Not available on NEMA Type
7 or 9 enclosures.
To order, add suffix NP to standard catalog number (i.e. LA400SNP).
Price adder per legend plate: $167.00
Ground-fault modules (GFM) can be factory installed on FAL and FHL
circuit breakers and enclosed in the next larger size NEMA 1 or 3R
enclosure.
Enclosed circuit breaker with ground-fault module
•
•
•
Specify circuit breaker catalog number
Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R)
Ground-fault modules are available factory installed. See table below for
pricing and availability.
Table 3.114:
Enclosed Circuit Breaker with Ground Fault Modulec
$ Price b
Circuit Breaker
Prefix
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
FAL, 600 V, 15–60 A
6585.00
7091.00
FAL, 600 V, 70–100 A
6797.00
7307.00
b
Price includes 3P circuit breaker, GFM, neutral assembly and neutral CT factory
assembled in specified enclosure
c
Not UL Listed
Table 3.115:
Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
KIL
KIL
Neutral Assembly For Use With
Ampere
Rating
225
250
NEMA 1 & 3R
Cat. No.
—
—
NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K
$ Price
—
—
Cat. No.
SN225KA
SN400LA
Price
201.00
251.00
NEMA 7 & 9
Cat. No.
—
—
$ Price
—
—
Terminal Lug Data—Total Available
(Line plus Load)
AWG/kcmil
(2) 4–300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
Equipment Ground Kit
Price adder includes price of ground bar kit.
Table 3.116: Ground Kit Price Adder
Enclosure
Enclosure Type
Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix
Number of
Terminals per
Kit
Conductors
Per Terminal
Wire Range
AWG/kcmil
1
10–2/0 Cu or
6–2/0 Al
1
10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al
FAL, FHL, FIL
NEMA Type 1 and 3R
KIL
LAL, LHL
2
FAL, FHL, FIL
NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel
KIL
and NEMA Type 12
LAL, LHL, Q4L
M, Pe
2
d
For factory installation of equipment ground lugs in these or any other enclosures, add suffix GL.
e
Use of PKOGTA2 with M, and P enclosure prefix not UL Listed
f
Quantity (2) may be required for some wire installation.
3-36
DE1
Discount
Schedule
Field-Installable
Ground Bar
Kit Cat. No.
PKOGTA2f
Factory-Installedd
$ Price
263.00
263.00
Suffix
GL
$ Price
191.00
263.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Enclosures
Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only
Class 736, 1130
www.schneider-electric.us
Key Interlock Systems
(Factory installed only)
Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator from making an unauthorized
operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9.)
The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock
units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined
sequence. UL Listed.
Table 3.117:
Locking Position Designations
Locking
Position
Designation
Device locked open with key removed.
Quoting:
Contact local Field Sales office for catalog number, availability and pricing prior to quoting a
job.
Ordering:
•
•
•
L-O-R
Device locked closed with key removed.
Order cannot be released for production until the following information has been provided.
End User—Company name, address
Function of each lock (e.g., circuit breaker to be locked open with key removed, key held when
circuit breaker is closed)
Existing Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with equipment already on site, provide
brand of existing lock and key number
Other New Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with new equipment not yet installed at
the site, then provide contact person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated
Additional information may be required upon order entry
Federal Pioneer locks supplied unless otherwise specified
•
L-C-R
•
Device locked open or closed with key removed.
L-O-C-R
•
•
Table 3.118:
Device locked open with key held.
a
L-O-H
Price Adder Per Lock, Each Complete Enclosed Devicea
Device
$ Price
Enclosed industrial circuit breaker
2055.00
Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these schemes
normally require more than one key assembly per device.
Device locked closed with key held.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
L-C-H
Device locked open or closed with key held.
L-O-C-H
Multi-lock interlock.
(More than one key per lock.)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3
NOTE: 1. Device locked open (circuit
breaker in OFF position).
2. Device locked closed (circuit
breaker in ON position).
DE1
Discount
Schedule
3-37
Enclosures
Special Applications
Class 610
www.schneider-electric.us
Sample Application—3
Diagram Symbols
A-1 A-2 A-3
. . . . . . . . Device normally open
. . . . . . . . Device normally closed
. . . . . . . . Direction of key transfer
. . . . . . . . Key interchange number
. . . . . . . . Key
To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.
Permits reclosing of circuit breaker for servicing when switch is locked
open.
Figure 3
A
B
Sample Application—1
To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.
Figure 1
A
A-1
A1
L-O-C-R
L-O-R
B
Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in
circuit breaker interlock.
A-1
A-1
1.
2.
A 1
L-O-R
L-O-R
Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are not closed at
the same time. With the interlocks arranged as shown only one key is
required in the interlocking system. Both devices are shown open,
therefore, the key is free. To close any one device the key is inserted
and turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock until the
device is again locked open. This simple interlocking sequence lends
itself to a multitude of applications. The procedure is the same for two
devices, neither of which is to be opened at the same time.
Sample Application—2
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open circuit breaker.
Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is
now free.
Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.
Open switch A.
Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open. Key A-1 is now
free.
Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for operation during
servicing period.
Reverse sequence to restore service.
Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main)
To prevent paralleling of lines A and B.—Two loads, fed from either
source.
Figure 4
To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.
Figure 2
A
A-1
A
3
B
B
L-O-R
B
A
A-1
A1
A1
A1
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
C
L-C-R
L-O-R
L-O-R
L-O-R
M
Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in
circuit breaker B interlock.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open circuit breaker.
Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is
now free.
Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.
Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to restore service.
N
Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit breaker B is closed
to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C is open. Keys A-1 are held in
interlocks on both circuit breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot
be closed unless either A or B is locked open.
To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open circuit breaker B.
Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is
now free.
Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and turn to unlock.
Key A-1 is now held.
Close tie-circuit breaker C.
Reverse sequence to restore service.
Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar manner.
3-38
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 4
Panelboards
Factory Assembled Panelboard Special Features
NQ Panelboard with
Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim
MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch Wireway and
Mono-Flat™ Trim with 12-inch Wireway Cover
General Instructions
4-2
Pricing Instructions
4-2
Metric Conversion
4-2
I-Line Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing
4-2
Metering
4-3
Current Transformers
4-3
Customer Equipment Space
4-3
Keyed Interlocks
4-3
Motor Operators
4-3
Increased Enclosure Depth
4-4
Increased Side Gutters
4-4
Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters
4-4
Drip Hoods
4-4
Special Finishes
(non-standard paint color, painted enclosures, etc.)
4-4
Free Standing Enclosures
4-4
Special Trims (hinged, stainless steel, etc.)
4-4
Padlock Hasp
4-5
Special Locks
4-5
Multi-section Panels
(equal-height enclosures, common trims, etc.)
4-5
Panel Skirts
4-6
Wireway
4-6
Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures
4-7
Space Heater
4-7
Special Enclosures
(Type 1, 3R-12, 4, 4X, etc.)
4-8
NQ Merchandised Panelboards
NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Panelboard
with SPD
4-9
Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise
Copper Equipment Ground Bars
4-10
Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits
4-10
Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts
4-10
Trim Clamps and Screws
4-11
Locks and Keys
4-12
4-13
Datasheet for the Retrofit of an Existing
Enclosure
4-14
4
CTC Cabinets
PANELBOARDS
Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
4-1
Panelboards
General Information
www.schneider-electric.us
General Instructions
Metric Conversion
The special feature options covered in this Panelboard estimating
procedure are applicable to factory-assembled panelboards only. Do
not apply this pricing to ready-to-assemble panelboards.
Special features are listed in three major categories:
• Mains
Inches (in.) x 25.4 = millimeters (mm).
I-Line™ Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing
• Branches
• Cabinets
Pricing Instructions
Table 4.1:
Basic $ Price – Main Circuit Breaker
Main Circuit Breakera
Panel Type
All special feature entry prices are list prices.
Price the panelboard in the standard manner, then add for any special
features required to obtain the total price.
Certain features already appear in the Q2C or EQM panelboard
quotation system. For those features not listed in the quotation system,
enter the information as it appears in this publication with the
appropriate price in the “Other Special Features” screen in Q2C or
EQM. Follow the example below:
Quantity
Description
1
Corbin Locks
No.
Poles
HCP, HCP-SU
a
b
600 A
LXb
LEb
LXIb
LXb
LEb
LXIb
2
10976.00
15232.00
19944.00
14312.00
17078.00
29878.00
3
12132.00
17944.00
22734.00
17822.00
20590.00
33390.
When required, add the $ Price of a solid neutral from Digest Table 9.125.
Std. construction back-fed main.
$ Price
704.00
Table 4.2:
Micrologic LE, LX and LXI Branch Circuit Breakers (See Digest pages 7-7 for interrupting rating,
voltage rating, Fed. Specs. etc.)
3 pole
Circuit
Breaker
Ampere
400 A
Circuit
Breaker
480 Vac
240 V 250
Vdc
2 pole
Space
only
600 V
H
480 Vac 480 Vac
240 V 250
Vdc 250 Vdc
1 pole
Space
only
H
456.00
7.5
120 V
277 Vac
125 Vdc
277 V
Space
only
H
Micrologic™ Circuit Breakers (% Rated)
100–250 A
—
—
10100.00
300–400 A LX (80%)c
—
—
10400.00
450–600 A
—
—
100–250 A
—
300–400 A LXI (80%)c
450–600 A
100–250 A
LE
300–400 A (100%)c
—
—
7580.00
—
—
9240.00
15566.00
—
—
—
16556.00
—
—
—
21002.00
—
—
31134.00
—
—
14544.00
—
—
16212.00
456.00
456.00
456.00
7.5
7.5
7.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12056.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
13666.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18212.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
27622.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10740.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13500.00
—
14820.00
450–600 A LE (80%)c
—
—
18334.00 456.00 7.5
—
c
Refer to Table 4.3 for LE, LX and LXI Micrologic Trip Unit price adders.
Table 4.3:
LS
STR23SP
4
LSI
—
LSI - $4670.00
Standard
LIG - $4670.00
—
LSIG - $9340.00
$12,880.00
PANELBOARDS
LSI
STR53UP-b
STR53-UPFIb
G Interrupting
456.00
7.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
J Interrupting
L Interrupting
Terminal Wire Ratings
Catalog No.
150 A
DGA34150E20
250 A
DGA34250E20
400 A
DGA34400E20
600 A
DGA34600E20
150 A
DGA34150E53
250 A
DGA34250E53
400 A
DGA34400E53
600 A
DGA34600E53
150 A
DGA34150E58
250 A
DGA34250E58
400 A
DGA34400E58
600 A
DGA34600E58
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
DJA34150E20
5631.00
DJA34250E20
DJA34600E20
DJA34250E53
12262.00
DJA34600E53
10147.00
DJA34250E58
13381.00
DJA34600E58
DLA34600E20
13702.00
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al
DLA34250E53
11587.00
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al
DLA34600E53
14821.00
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al
13048.00
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al
16282.00
(2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al
DLA34150E58
11608.00
DJA34400E58
114445.00
(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al
DLA34400E53
DJA34150E58
8211.00
10468.00
DLA34150E53
DJA34400E53
9984.00
DLA34250E20
DLA34400E20
DJA34150E53
6750.00
$ Price
DLA34150E20
9028.00
DJA34400E20
8865.00
Catalog No.
DLA34250E58
DLA34400E58
14842.00
DLA34600E58
D-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated, 600 A is standard (80%) rated only
F = Fault Indicator, I = Ammeter
Table 4.5:
LS
DG, DJ, DL Electronic Trip Units
Standard
Ammeter
Standard
—
LSI
LSIG
4-2
7.5
LX and LXI
LI - Std
Continuous
Currenta
Trip Unit
Standard
a
b
456.00
D-Frame (600 A 480 Vac) 3P 50/60 Hz circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Units
Electronic
Trip
Trip Unit Function
Type
Ammeter
7.5
LE, LX & LXI Micrologic Trip Units
LE
Table 4.4:
456.00
1130.00
1476.00
—
—
PE1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Special Features
Mains and Branches
www.schneider-electric.us
Mains
Metering—Type 1 Enclosures Only (1200 A Maximum)
Enclosures and Interiors are shipped fully assembled.
NQ, NF and Powerlink™ require a 7-inch left side gutter extension and a 6-inch main end
extension for PowerLogic Power Meter applications.
7-inch side gutter extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $960.00
6-inch main end extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428.00
I-Line™ and QMB require a 14-inch side gutter extension for PowerLogic Circuit Monitor
and Power Meter applications.
Current Transformers In Mains (ac only and line side only)a
Prices listed are based on transformers having a 5 A secondary and mounted under a
separate cover. Apply appropriate charge from the table below
Table 4.6:
Current Transformers
Primary Amperes
(5 A—Secondary)
100–1200
$ Price Per
C/T
1804.00
Additional Enclosure
Height Required b
6 inches
Customer Equipment Spacea
NOTE: End user must specify end use equipment to be installed.
Available with NQ, and NF lighting panelboards only. Must be opposite the mains end, both
main breaker and main lug, to prevent interference with incoming cables. Customer
equipment space is not available with thru-feed lugs or sub-feed breakers.
18-inch space only with separate door, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992.00
A barrier exists between the equipment space and the panelboard compartment; a separate
door is provided as standard (requires 18-inch additional enclosure height).
NOTE: A separate door is not supplied in NEMA 3R/12 construction.
a
b
Feature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.
For NQ, and NF panelboards.
Branches
Keyed Interlocks
NOTE: Not available for use in NQ, NF or I-Line™ HCN panelboards with door. Not
available on I-Line™ with door when key interlocked MG/MJ/P/R frame branchmounted circuit breakers are installed. Must use 4-piece trim or NEMA 3R/12.
Keyed mechanical interlocking of two or more circuits is available on request. Individual
locks are furnished for each circuit. All locks operate by one key, which can be removed
only when the circuit is locked in the desired position.
I-Line Circuit Breakers—A 3-inch filler adjacent to the circuit is necessary for mounting the
interlock; contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance with power
distribution panelboards with doors. Feature not available on vertically mounted main circuit
breaker.
To the standard panelboard pricing, per interlock, add . . . . . . . . . . $1940.00
QMB Fusible Switches—Available on 100 A singles (100 A single QMB requires 9 inches of
mounting space) through 800 A switches plus LA circuit breaker adapters. Requires
3 inches of branch mounting space per switch for interlock installation.
Per interlock, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940.00
Motor Operators—I-Line Circuit Breakers Only
Table 4.7:
Motor Operators
Circuit Breaker Type
Motor Operator Voltage
F--frame
120 Vac
$ Price Each
1198.00
H-frame (3P modules only)
48/60, 110/130, 208/277, 380/480 Vac;
24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 250 Vdc
1198.00
J-frame
48/60, 110/130, 208/277, 380/480 Vac;
24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 250 Vdc
2975.00
LA, LH
120 Vac
3908.00
PG, PJ, PL
48, 110/130, 220/240, 380/480 Vac;
24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 200/250 Vdc
4450.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE1
Discount
Schedule
4
NOTE: If the customer is not supplying the motor operator voltage, a control transformer
can be supplied (priced separately)
PANELBOARDS
Motor operators provide remote open, close, and reset control of molded case circuit
breakers. Price panelboard from the latest Digest, and, for each motor operator, add per
table below. In I-Line panelboards, motor operators require 4.5 inches of circuit breaker
mounting space. This can be provided on I-Line main circuit breaker only when the main is
branch-mounted and back-fed.
NOTE: Not available in I-Line HCN Panelboards
4-3
Special Features
Cabinets
www.schneider-electric.us
Increased Enclosure Depth
Drip Hoods a
For each surface-mounted-only panelboard, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $294.00
Type 1 Enclosure a
For 8-inch depth (HC26), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $640.00
For 12-inch depth (HC32, 42, 44—12-inch only), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640.00
Special Finishes
Type 3R, 5, or 12 Enclosure a
For 8-inch or 12-inch depth, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690.00
NOTE: The standard finish of the enclosure fronts is
ANSI 49. The enclosures are galvanized steel.
NOTE: No other depths are available.
ANSI 49 Enclosure a
Increased Side Gutters
(Type 1 Enclosures Only)
MH38 Enclosure
with 6-inch Increased
Left-side Gutter
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00
NOTE: Available on MH enclosures (right or left) in 3,
6 and 12-inch added widths, 26-inch wide HC
enclosures up to a maximum of 14 additional
inches and 32-inch wide HC enclosures up to
a maximum of 10 additional inches.
Not available on 42-inch wide HC enclosures.
No barrier will be supplied unless specified.
Includes one-piece trim.
ANSI 61 Front or Enclosure a
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700.00
Front and Enclosure with Polyester Acrylic
Powder Paint Finish
Provide extended side gutters.
Provides increased salt spray performance in coastal
areas and increased resistance to UV fading.
Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508.00
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350.00
Steel Barrier in Enclosure
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410.00
NOTE: The enclosure will be extended on one side
only. If extension is required on both sides,
contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales
office for assistance.
Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters
NOTE: Available for Type 1 enclosures only
Type MH Enclosures
6-inch, 12-inch, 18-inch or 24-inch extension. Includes
one-piece trim.
Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00
MH38 Enclosure with
12-inch Extended
Bottom End Gutter
and One-Piece Trim
Special or Custom Paint for Trim and/or
Enclosure
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4400.00
Free-standing Enclosures (welded base
channels) c
Supports extending out front and back, welded to bottom
of enclosure
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876.00
Special Trims
Hinged Trim a
Type HCN, HCM Enclosures
9-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and
enclosure extension cover.
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646.00
Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00
Hinged Trim with Outer Door Lock
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.00 b
Type HCP, HCR-U Enclosures
12-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and
enclosure extension cover.
Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00
NOTE: Outer door lock, must be priced with hinged
trim.
For door-in-door trim, use hinged trim with
outer door lock.
4
Type QMB Enclosures
38-inch W x 11.5-inch D may have a 6-inch maximum
increased end gutter. This is the only QMB enclosure with
an increased end gutter option. Available only with a
four-piece trim.
Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00
PANELBOARDS
For lengths other than those listed above, refer to the
Wireway section on page 4-8.
Hinged Trim
4-4
PE1
Discount
Schedule
Stainless Steel Trim Fronts a
NQ 20-inch-wide flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00
NF flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00
I-Line™ HCN—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14800.00
I-Line HCM—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14800.00
I-Line HCP—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15400.00
a
b
c
Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.
$846.00 price includes a hinged trim with an integrated outer door lock.
Not available on NEMA 3R/12 I-Line™ and QMB.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Special Features
Cabinets
www.schneider-electric.us
Padlock Hasp
For hasp, staple and standard lock (padlock not included)
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $600.00
NC38S with
Padlock Hasp
Special Locks
On trim with a 3-point latch, special locks will be installed as a secondary latch. Special
locks include Corbin 60, Corbin 15767, GE 75, Yale® 511S and Best 5L7RL2-626. For all
other locks, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.
Standard key change, Corbin 60, Corbin 15767 or GE 75, adda. . . . 704.00
Standard key change, Yale 511S, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700.00
Standard key change, Best 5L7RL2-626, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500.00
Quarter turn fasteners
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00
NOTE: Special locks for all HC trims and NF panelboards with three-point latches, will
be installed as secondary locks. Special locks are not available on I-Line™
42-inch and 44-inch wide panelboards or QMB type panelboards.
Corbin 15767 Lock
NC38S with
Yale Lock Installed
NOTE: Many key configurations can be accommodated with our standard Square D™
brand lock. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.
a
Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.
Multi-Section Panels
Equal-Height Enclosuresa
NQ, and NF, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.00
I-Line or QMB, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2198.00
Common Trim in Place of Two Individual Fronts a
Used to cover two equal-height enclosures mounted side-by-side.
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2334.00
Sheared on Inside Edges
Allows enclosures to be butted together.
Add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1644.00
a
Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.
4
PANELBOARDS
Common Trim Front for Use with Multiple-Section
Panelboards Mounted Side-By-Side
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE1
Discount
Schedule
4-5
Special Features
Cabinets
www.schneider-electric.us
Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a
Panel skirts are intended for cosmetic purposes only; they are meant to hide cables which are enclosed in conduit.
Do not use a panel skirt as a wireway; see the Wireway section below.
NOTE: Panel skirts are for Type 1 surface-mounted applications with standard depth and width,
Square D™ brand enclosures only.
a
Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.
Table 4.8:
Panel Skirts
$ Price
Skirt Length
NQ, NF
I-Line™, QMB
4–60 inches
912.00
1298.00
61–92 inches
1142.00
1908.00
Panel skirt framework
to be bolted to the wall.
Panel skirt bolted
in place below
an MH26 enclosure.
Panel skirt
completely
installed.
Wireway a
Allows for terminating conduit in the wireway endwall. Only the cable passes through the wireway into the panelboard
enclosure. Includes trim and wireway cover.
NOTE: Wireway is for Type 1, surface-mounted applications with standard depth
and width, Square D™ brand enclosures only.
a
Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.
Table 4.9:
Wireway
$ Price
Wireway Length
NQ, NF
I-Line™, QMB
4–60 inches
1014.00
1482.00
61–92 inches
1264.00
2160.00
4
PANELBOARDS
MH38 enclosure with
12-inch wireway and
Mono-Flat™ trim with
12-inch wireway cover.
4-6
PE1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Special Features
Cabinets
www.schneider-electric.us
Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures
Panelboard interiors and special fronts can be furnished to fit existing enclosures. First, price the complete panel along
with the appropriate price adder from below. Next, photocopy the Retrofit Existing Enclosure data sheet found on
page 4-14, record the required dimensions on the photocopy and forward it with your order to the nearest Schneider
Electric sales office. For interiors requiring vented enclosures, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for
assistance.
NOTE: Existing enclosure depth on flush installations must be measured from inside surface of enclosure to outer
wall or plaster surface.
Special Fronts
Existing enclosure the same depth as or deeper than our standard.
Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1040.00
NOTE: Elevating brackets to be supplied by customer for existing enclosures deeper than our standard.
Existing enclosure shallower than our standard. Requires an enclosure extension (surface applications) or
a formed front (flush applications). A hinged trim front option is not available for these applications.
Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080.00
NOTE: A formed front is available on NQ (225 A max.) and, NF (250 A max.). When a flush front is required for an
existing enclosure that is shallower than our standard, be sure to indicate the position of the enclosure with
respect to the wall in which it is mounted. This is required in order to determine whether an enclosure
extension with a flat front should be supplied, or whether a flush formed front is more applicable. The
interior must be centered in the enclosure and, if the enclosure is deeper than our standard, the interior
must be leveled within the enclosure. The existing enclosure for NQ and, NF panels cannot be more than
3.0 inches shorter than the standard enclosure. Minimum width is 17 inches. Special trims that are
manufactured to fit an existing enclosure will be within ± 0.25 inches of the specification. Refer to the table
below for standard enclosure depths and for the maximum depth for which no special mounting brackets
are required.
Table 4.10:
Panelboard Enclosure Depths
Maximum Enclosure Depth
Standard
for which No Special
Enclosure Depth Mounting
Brackets Required
Panelboard Type
NQ standard width—main lugs only
5.75 inches
NQ standard width—main circuit breaker
5.75 inches
5.75 inches
5.75 inches
NF
5.75 inches
5.75 inches
I-Line™—Maximum F, H or Q-frame branch circuit breaker
6.5 inches
7.25 inches
I-Line—Maximum J-frame branch circuit breaker
8.25 inches
9.0 inches
I-Line—Maximum P or R-frame branch circuit breaker
9.25 inches
10.25 inches
Space Heater
NOTE: Enclosure, interior and trim ship fully assembled. 120 V is standard. Top feed applications only.
NQ and NF require 18 inches equipment space in NEMA 3R/12 constructions.
NQ and NF require 6 inch bottom end gutter in NEMA 1 construction.
4
PANELBOARDS
Unwired (provisions for wiring to external source), add . . . . . . . . . . . . 800.00
Wired (with overcurrent device, thermostat), add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE1
Discount
Schedule
4-7
Special Features
Cabinets
www.schneider-electric.us
Special Enclosures a
Type 1 Gasketed Enclosure (gasketing between front and enclosure)
20-inch maximum panel width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $494.00
Over 20-inch panel width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716.00
NOTE: For 250 A and below enclosures only.
a
Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.
Stainless Steel Enclosure (Type 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12; UL Listed)
NOTE: For #316 stainless steel, add 15% to the prices shown below.
NQ, and NF
For panelboard heights up to 41inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13564.00
For panelboard heights of 44–56 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17564.00
For panelboard heights of 59–80 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21076.00
I-Line Door-in-Door Enclosure
I-Line™
HCN and HCM, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36190.00
HCP, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42482.00
NOTE: 304 stainless, standard
QMB b
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47978.00
b
Not available for QMB interiors over 800 A.
Fiberglass Enclosures (Type 4X, Non-Vented; UL Listed)
NQ, and NF
28-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6780.00
33-inch, 40-inch and 50-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11482.00
I-Line and QMB
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Available
Access to Circuit Breaker Handles
Type 12 Door-In-Door Enclosures
Table 4.11:
Available Enclosures
Enclosure Size
Interior Type
$ Price
Adder
Height
Width
Depth
NQ a
56 inches
20 inches
6.5 inches
3826.00
NF b
56 inches
20 inches
6.5 inches
3826.00
4
I-Line (HCN)
92 inches
26 inches
9.5 inches
7278.00
I-Line (HCM)
91 inches
32 inches
11.5 inches
7854.00
I-Line (HCP)
68 inches
42 inches
12.7 inches
9788.00
I-Line (HCP)
86 inches
42 inches
12.7 inches
9788.00
a
b
PANELBOARDS
Not available for NQ interiors over 225 A.
Not available for NF interiors over 250 A.
Access to Wiring Gutters
4-8
PE1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
NQ Merchandised
Panelboards
NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 4.12:
Main Lug Interiors with SPD
Type 3R/5/12
Enclosure e
Type 1 Enclosure
Mains
Pole
Rating Spaces
Surge
Rating
Voltage
Total Price Interior, Front, Interior Only (Order Branch
Box and Adapter Kit
Circuit Breakers Separately)
Type 1
120,000 A
225 A
30
208Y/120 Vac
160,000 A
120,000 A
225 A
42
208Y/120 Vac
160,000 A
225 A
72d
208Y/120 Vac
120,000 A
120,000 A
400 A
42
208Y/120 Vac
160,000 A
400 A
a
b
c
d
e
72d
208Y/120 Vac
120,000 A
Type 3R, 5, 12 Catalog Number a
20686.
NQ430L2TVS212
18594.
19331.
20748.
NQ430L2TVS212C
18655.
20909.
22222.
NQ430L2TVS216
20283.
20966.
22278.
NQ430L2TVS216C
20340.
19524.
20930.
NQ442L2TVS212
18803.
19584.
20990.
NQ442L2TVS212C
18863.
21145.
22448.
NQ442L2TVS216
20477.
21201.
22503.
NQ442L2TVS216C
20533.
20451.
21802.
NQ472L2TVS212
19649.
20554.
21906.
NQ472L2TVS212C
19752.
20084.
21432.
NQ442L4TVS212
19233.
20181.
21529.
NQ442L4TVS212C
19330.
21663.
22912.
NQ442L4TVS216
20875.
21754.
23003.
NQ442L4TVS216C
20965.
21279.
22659.
NQ472L4TVS212
20385.
21445.
22826.
NQ472L4TVS212C
20552.
Surge
Rating
120,000 A
30
208Y/120
Vac
160,000 A
120,000 A
42
208Y/120
Vac
160,000 A
72f
208Y/120 120,000 A
Vac
120,000 A
400 A
42
208Y/120
Vac
160,000 A
Cat. No. c
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
MH50
113.
NC50( )
729. NC50( )HR
912.
MH50WP
2609.
MH56
113.
NC56( )
786. NC56( )HR
983.
MH56WP
2652.
MH62
113.
NC62( )
887. NC62( )HR
1109.
MH62WP
2685.
MH68
113.
NC68V( )
948. NC68V( )HR
1185.
MH68WP
2742.
MH80
113.
NC80V( )
1001. NC80V( )HR
1245.
MH80WP
2835.
Kit Catalog
$
Main Circuit
No. a
Price Breaker Frame
19800. NQ430L2TVS212
18605.
19857. NQ430L2TVS212C 17283.
23321.
24668. NQ430L2TVS216
23382.
23580.
24734. NQ430L2TVS216C 21955. NQMB2HJ
or
20036. NQ442L2TVS212 17420.
NQMB2Q
20092. NQ442L2TVS212C 17475.
or
24928. NQ442L2TVS216 22103. NQMB2KI
23640.
24988. NQ442L2TVS216C 22163.
18787.
18843.
Box 20 in. W x
5.75 in. D c
Mono-Flat™
Front d
Cat. No. $Price Cat. No. $Price
18548.
Type 3R/5/12
Enclosure e
Type 1 Enclosure
Hinged Fronts
Cat. No.
20 in. W x
6.5 in.D
$Price Cat. No. $Price
17226.
780.
21894.
19589.
20831. NQ472L2TVS212
19685.
20927. NQ472L2TVS212C 18299.
18204.
19225.
20504. NQ442L4TVS212
19315.
20594. NQ442L4TVS212C 17908.
24051.
25431. NQ442L4TVS216
24149.
25529. NQ442L4TVS216C 22630.
MH62
113. NC62( )
887. NC62( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685.
MH68
113. NC68( )
948. NC68( )HR 1185. MH68WP 2742.
780.
MH74
113. NC74( )
972. NC74( )HR 1215. MH74WP 2757.
LA/LH
780. (LC is
F/A only)
MH80
113. NC80V( ) 1001. NC80V( )HR 1245. MH80WP 2835.
HD/HG/HJ/HL
QB/QD/QG/QJ
780.
KI
17818.
22532.
NQMB4LA
Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
“C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing.
Embossed mounting holes add a .25 inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F’’ for flush, “S’’ for surface.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits.
4
PANELBOARDS
a
b
c
d
e
f
$ Price
Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit
Total Price Interior, Interior Only (Order Main
Front, Box and
Circuit Breaker, Kit and
Adapter Kit a
Branches Separately)
Type Catalog Number b $ Price
Type 1 3R,
5, 12
225 A
Cat. No.
20 in. W x 6.5 in. D
Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD
Mains Pole
Rating Spaces Voltage
225 A
$ Price
19269.
Hinged Fronts
“C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing.
Embossed mounting holes add a .25 inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F’’ for flush, “S’’ for surface.
Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
Table 4.13:
225 A
Box
20 in. W x 5.75 in. D b Mono-Flat™ Front
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
4-9
Ready-to-Install (RTI)
Merchandise
Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories
Class 1630, 1640, 1660, 2110, 2120
www.schneider-electric.us
Copper Equipment Ground Bars
Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts
Copper equivalents of our aluminum PK–GTA equipment
ground bars are available. These copper ground bars
accept #14–4 Cu only.
Features
Table 4.14:
Copper Ground Bars for NQOD and NF
Panelboards (see the Digest, Section 9
for NQ copper ground bar kits)
•
•
•
Meets door-in-door specifications
Provides continuous piano hinge
Permits one-person maintenance
Table 4.16:
Maximum Number
of Circuits
Maximum
Ampere Rating
Catalog No.
$ Price
12
225
8010302651
35.00
18
225
8010302652
41.00
23
225
8010302653
57.00
27
400/600
PK27GTACU
75.00
Catalog No. a
$ Price
NC26( )HR
620.00
HC2665T( )HR
926.00
NC32( )HR
657.00
HC2674T( )HR
1254.00
NC38( )HR
687.00
HC2683T( )HR
1557.00
NC44( )HR
830.00
HC2692T( )HR
1751.00
NC50( )HR
912.00
HC3248T( )HR
846.00
NC56( )HR
983.00
HC3264T( )HR
1109.00
NC62( )HR
1109.00
HC3273T( )HR
1514.00
NC68( )HR
1185.00
HC3291T( )HR
2129.00
NC74( )HR
1215.00
HC4250T( )HR
1298.00
NC80( )HR
1245.00
HC4259T( )HR
1448.00
NC86( )HR
1430.00
HC4268T( )HR
1841.00
NC50V( )HR
912.00
HC4286T( )HR
2351.00
NC56V( )HR
983.00
77.00
HC4486T( )HR
2351.00
NC62V( )HR
1109.00
HCN65D ( )
90.00
—
—
NC68V( )HR
1185.00
HCN74D ( )
122.00
—
—
NC74V( )HR
1215.00
HCN83D ( )
137.00
—
—
NC80V( )HR
1245.00
HCN92D ( )
155.00
—
—
NC86V( )HR
1430.00
HCM48D ( )
227.00
HCM64D ( )
254.00
HCM73D ( )
333.00
HCM91D ( )
390.00
HCW50D
323.00
HCW59D
351.00
HCW68D
422.00
HCW86D
467.00
I-Line Door Kits
Catalog No. a
$ Price
HCN52D( )
HCN
Catalog No. ab
$ Price
720.00
Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits
Panel Type
NQ and NF Fronts
HC2652T( )HR
Catalog No.
NC44SHR
Table 4.15:
Hinged Trim
I-Line Fronts
HCM
a
b
Add “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses.
For welded metal directory, add “WMD” suffix to the end of the catalog
number and add $75.00 to the price.
HCP
HCRU
HCW86D
HCN/HCM Latch Bracket
80104-908-50
a
467.00
—
Add “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses.
NOTE: HCRU door covers circuit breakers only, not entire box
4
PANELBOARDS
4-10
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Replacement Parts for
Standard Panelboards
Trim Clamps and Screws
Class 1600
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 4.17:
Trim Clamps and Screws
Application
Catalog No.
$ Price
NQOD Panelboards:
Series E1 a 400 A and 600 A fronts
NEHB Panelboards:
Series E1 a 600 A fronts
LP9501
36.00
LP9502
(includes 8 trim screws
and captive hardware)
15.00
4020513001K
(package of 10)
3.80
8002506701
0.72
I-Line Panelboards:
All Series E1 a fronts
NQOD Panelboards:
All Series E1 a vented fronts and hinged fronts manufactured after July 1994.
NF Panelboards:
All vented fronts and hinged fronts.
NEHB Panelboards:
All Series E1 a hinged fronts manufactured after
July 1994.
I-Line and QMB Panelboards:
I-Line front with door manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997; and
I-Line hinged fronts and QMB front with door manufactured after July 1994.
NQ and NQOD Panelboards:
Screws for all fronts through 225 A.
NF Panelboards:
Screws for all fronts through 250 A.
I-Line Panelboards:
4-piece trim and trim with door manufactured after July 1997.
QMB Panelboards:
Screws for 4-piece covers.
Catalog No.
LP9501
I-Line Panelboards:
Panelboard deadfront screws for 4-piece trim manufactured after July 1994 but
before August 1997.
Panelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1.
4
PANELBOARDS
a
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
4-11
Replacement Parts for
Standard Panelboards
Locks and Keys
Class 1600
www.schneider-electric.us
Locks a
Table 4.18:
Locks—Type 1 Enclosures
Application
Catalog No.
$ Price
NQOD, NQO, and NQOB Panelboards
All fronts on enclosures up to and including 50-inch high and 53-inch
through 68-inch high vented trims
All fronts on enclosures 56 inches high or higher, excluding 53-inch
through 68-inch high vented fronts
PK4FL (Before 01/06/97)
PK22FL (After 01/06/97 NQ or NQOD only)
PK5FL (Before 11/01/99)
PK22FL (After 11/01/99 NQOD only)
165.00
90.00
PK22FL
90.00
PK5FL
165.00
PK4FL
PK5FL
PK4FL
PK5FL
90.00
165.00
90.00
165.00
PK5FL
PK4FL (Before 11/14/97)
PK22FL (After 11/14/97)
PK5FL (Before 04/05/02)
PK22FL (After 04/05/02) b
PK5FL (Before 11/14/97)
PK22FL (After 11/14/97) b
PK5FL
165.00
90.00
90.00
165.00
90.00
165.00
90.00
165.00
PK22FL
90.00
NQ and NF Panelboards
All frontsc d with the exception of those for use on panels
using LC or LI main circuit breakers
Fronts on enclosures 68 inches high or higher for panels using LC or LI
main circuit breakers
Catalog No. PK4FL and
PD22FL
Catalog No. PK5FL
I-Line Panelboards
HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures up to 54 inches high
HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 63 inches high or higher
HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on 38-inch high enclosures
HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 47 inches high or higher
I-Line Panelboards
HCW, HCWM: Series 1 and 2 fronts
HCN: Series E1afronts on enclosures up to and including 74-inches
high
HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher
HCM: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 64 inches high or higher
HCW, HCWM, HCWM-U, HCR-U: Series E1aFront
I-Line Panelboards (4-piece trim with door kit)
HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures up to and including 74 inches
high
Catalog No. PK4NVL
Catalog No. 30007 11851
PK5FL (Before 02/22/02)
HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher
PK22FL (After 02/22/02) b
HCM: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 73 inches high or higher
PK22FL
HCP, HCR-U: Series E1a Front
PK5FL
HCP-SU: Series E1a Front and HCP-SU Hinged Front
PK22FL b
a
Panelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1.
b
Fronts require two locks.
c
Fronts 56 inches or higher on 250 A maximum interior require two locks.
d
Front 74 inches or higher on 600 A maximum interior require two locks.
e
One NSR-251 key is included with each lock.
Table 4.19:
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
165.00
90.00
Locks—Type 3R/12 Enclosures
Application
NQOD, NQO, NQOB, NF all enclosures Series E1
NQ, NQOD, NF Series E2
I-Line and QMB Series E1
I-Line and QMB Series E2
I-Line—Handle for padlocking Series 1 and 2
Stainless steel enclosures
Catalog No.
$ Price
PK4NVL
8011604350 (one handle)
8011604351 (two handles)
PK4NVL
8012106350
3000711851
HSEM-3PLH
167.00
90.00
159.00
167.00
75.00
Order from the Raleigh, NC plant.
952.00
Keys
Table 4.20:
Replacement Keys
Application
Catalog No.
4
For use on all locks except those on stainless steel enclosures
Locks on stainless steel enclosures
$ Price
LP9618
28.80
80106-456-01
22.50
PANELBOARDS
Catalog No.
LP9618
4-12
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CTC Cabinets
Wall Mounted Metering Equipment
Class 2730 / Refer to Handout 2730HO9401
www.schneider-electric.us
Main Circuit Breaker and Current Transformer Compartment
Service Entrance Equipment Hot or Cold Sequence Metering, Top or Bottom Feed,
Indoor Construction at 600 Volts
General: Suitable for use as service entrance equipment on AC systems. Listed by
Underwriters’ Laboratories.
Service: 1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W, rated up to 600 Vac maximum.
Metering: a Current transformer compartment with provisions for installing bar type current
transformers. For window type current transformers, order bus link kit from Table 4.21.
Standard unit is factory assembled for bottom feed cold sequence or top feed hot sequence
metering applications. The unit is field convertible for bottom feed hot sequence or top feed
cold sequence metering. Refer to instruction bulletin 80105-113-0x, CTC Wall-Mounted
Metering Equipment, for field conversion details.
Mains: Main disconnects provided. 400-800 A: MJP. 1000-1200 A: PJP. Handle lock-off
attachment provided for main circuit breaker as standard.
Refer to Digest pages 7-36—7-42 for field installable accessories.
Enclosure: Front accessible, totally enclosed, gray baked enamel finish. Available as
indoor construction only. Dimensions—78 in. H x 26 in. W x 14.3 in. D.
a
Field conversion is the customer’s responsibility, only the standard configuration is built by the factory.
Note: Not EUSERC approved. For EUSERC approved Speed-D switchboards, see Digest pages 11-4 and 11-5.
Standard Unit
Inverted Unit
Service Applications
Table 4.21:
Product Selection Table
Service
Voltage (AC)
Ampere Rating
of Main
400 A
600 A
1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W
600 V Max.
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
Bus link kit—used when installing window-type current transformers b
Ground fault protection—factory-installed onlyc
System
Cold Sequence Metering
Standard Unit
Inverted Unit
b
c
Bottom Feed
Top Feed
Catalog Number
CTC364CU
CTC366CU
CTC368CU
CTC3610CU
CTC3612CU
SS4BLC
$ Price
4680.
5870.
7603.
9730.
10944.
152.
3145.
Kits required per 3Ø application:
400–600 A—Order one kit
800–1200 A—Order two kits
Must specify feed (top or bottom) and sequence (hot or cold) at the time of order.
Ground fault protection—consists of ground fault relay, ground fault sensor, and display. Available only on 1000 A
and 1200 A units. The ground fault option adds 8 in. of height to the enclosure, making the total 86 in.
Hot Sequence Metering
Standard Unit
Inverted Unit
Table 4.22:
Lug Table
Ampere
Rating
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
d
Ground Lug
#6 AWG–300 kcmil Al or Cu
CT bus lugs and neutral lugs are identical to the main circuit breaker lugs.
Bottom Feed
4
PANELBOARDS
Top Feed
Main Circuit Breaker Lug
Wire Ranged
(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
4-13
www.schneider-electric.us
Replacement Parts for Standard
Panelboards
Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet
Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures
Distributor:
Job Name:
Contractor:
Panel Marking:
The following dimensions are necessary for quotation and production of a panel to fit an
existing enclosure. Provide dimensions in inches only.
Front View
Existing Flush-Mounted Enclosures
•
•
•
•
•
A
Height dimension “A”:
Width dimension “B”:
Depth dimension “C”:
Flange width dimension “D”:
If enclosure is not flush with Plaster Line, dimension “E”:
Existing Surface-Mounted Enclosures
•
•
•
•
B
Height dimension “A”:
Width dimension “B”:
Depth dimension “C”:
Flange dimension may be either dimension “D” or “F”
(select one)
— Dimension “D”:
— Dimension “F”:
Plaster Line
NOTE: Trims are furnished so that the interior must be centered within the enclosure.
D
E
If the enclosure is deeper than the standard panelboard enclosure for the
required type of panelboard, customer-supplied mounting brackets may be
necessary to bring the interior out to the front of the enclosure.
C
Top View
If interior requires a vented enclosure, contact your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office for assistance.
F
C
Top View
This data sheet is also available on-line.
Go to http://intranet.us.schneider-electric.com
Click on U.S. Business, then select Sales & Marketing Home from the pulldown menu
On the Sales & Marketing page, select Support and Resources
On the Support and Resources page, select Mentor from the Tools options
On the Mentor page, select Mentor Order Quality from the Mentor Application options
When the Mentor order page appears, type in a project name in the Project Name: field, an
8-character number in the Q2C # field and your name in the Prepared by: field. Click on the box
next to Panelboards, and then click on the Next---> button at the top of the page.
7. On the Panelboards Mentor page, click on the box next to Trims to Fit, and then click on the
Next---> button at the top of the page.
8. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option.
9. When the Mentor document opens, click on the Trims to Fit Data Sheet link at the bottom of the
page.
10. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option to display the data sheet, or
click the Save option to save the data sheet to your hard drive.
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PANELBOARDS
4-14
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 5
Power-Style™ Commercial Multi-Metering (CMM) Switchboards
Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits
5-2
Tenant Main Disconnects
5-3
Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads
5-3
Speed-D™ Switchboards
5-4
5
Subfeed Circuit Breakers
SWITCHBOARDS
Switchboards
Power-Style™ Commercial Multi-Metering
Switchboard Lineup
EUSERC UCT,
Single Main Circuit Breaker with
I-Line Distribution Panel
EUSERC UCT,
Fusible Multiple Mains
Speed-D™ Switchboards
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5-1
Power-Style™ CMM
Switchboards
Replacement Parts
Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
5
Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits
Meter socket kits include meter socket (ringless type or ring type—see tables below) and instruction bulletin. The
connection cables from the line bus to the meter socket and from the meter socket to the tenant main disconnect are
not included. These should be provided by the contractor.
SWITCHBOARDS
Table 5.1:
EUSERC Meter Socket with Test Block Kit (Ring Type; Class 2756)
Voltage System
Poles
120/240 V, 208Y/120 V, or 240/120 V Delta
AB
AC
BC
AC
208Y/120 V, 240/120 V Delta, or 480Y/277 V
Table 5.2:
ABC
Description
Old design: plug on to line side bus
New design: lugs on line side
Old design: plug on to line side bus
New design: lugs on line side
Catalog No.
Single-Phase
CM522ABE
CM522ACE
CM522BCE
CMLL522E
—
—
3-Phase
—
—
—
—
CM732E
CMLL732E
$ Price
1087.00
1349.00
Lever Bypass Meter Socket (Ringless Type; Class 2755)
Voltage System
Poles
480Y/277 V
ABC
Table 5.3:
Description
Old design: plug on to line side bus
New design: lugs on line side
Catalog No.
Single-Phase
—
—
3-Phase
8024878850
CMLL732
$ Price
2434.00
1349.00
Cover and Hardware Kits
Description
Tenant Main Structure
Catalog No.
$ Price
3-Socket
CM3BKRCVR
137.00
6-Socket
CM6BKRCVR
173.00
3-Socket
CM7CR20ER
373.00
6-Socket
CM7CR32ER
536.00
Meter socket cover
CM7CR20Rb
419.00
Blank cover
CM20BLK b
353.00
CMUHWKIT
58.00
CMM Circuit Breaker Cover Kit a
Allows PowerPact™ H, J, and Q circuit
breakers to be installed in legacy
design CMM structures.
CMM Meter Cover Kit for EUSERC Applications
Includes meter cover, test block cover,
and hardware.
CM3BKRCVR
CMM Meter Cover Kit for Lever Bypass Applications
CMM Universal Hardware Kit
Required to add any tenant main disconnect.
a
b
A new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q, H, or J circuit breaker to a legacy
design tenant metering structure. The new cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock
attachment for these circuit breakers.
Order point: PDS.
CM6BKRCVR
For additional information or for custom applications, please contact your local Schneider Electric
representative. Or, visit us on the web at www.schneider-electric.us.
5-2
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Power-Style™ CMM
Switchboards
Replacement Parts
Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
Tenant Main Disconnects
SCCR
Catalog No.
240 V
$ Price
480 V
Load Lug Information
100 A F-frame Circuit Breaker
60 A
FAL34060
521.00
25 kA
18 kA
70–100 A
FAL34xxx a
616.00
#12 - 1/0 AWG Al or Cu
60 A
FHL36060
905.00
65 kA
25 kA
70–100 A
FHL36xxx a
1027.00
Padlock Attachment
HPAFK
—
—
16.10
—
PowerPact™ Q-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) b c
110–200 A
QDL32xxx d
25 kA
N/A
1189.00
110–200 A
QGL32xxx d
65 kA
N/A
1628.00
#4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu
110–200 A
QJL32xxx d
100 kA
N/A
1864.00
Padlock Attachment
QBPAF
—
—
51.50
—
PowerPact H-frame 150 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
60 A
HDL36060
725.00
70–100 A
25 kA
18 kA
885.00
HDL36xxx e
110–150 A
1733.00
60 A
HGL36060
995.00
70–100 A
65 kA
35 kA
1134.00
HGL36xxx e
110–150 A
2399.00
#4 - 3/0 kcmil Al or Cu
60 A
HJL36060
1299.00
70–100 A
100 kA
65 kA
1399.00
HJL36xxx e
110–150 A
3449.00
60 A
HLL36060
1899.00
70–100 A
100 kA
100 kA
2099.00
HLL36xxx e
110–150 A
4499.00
Padlock Attachment
S37422
—
—
51.00
—
PowerPact J-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
175–200 A
JDL36xxx f
25 kA
18 kA
1820.00
175–200 A
JGL36xxx f
65 kA
35 kA
2519.00
#4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu
175–200 A
JJL36xxx f
100 kA
65 kA
3621.00
175–200 A
JLL36xxx f
100 kA
100 kA
4724.00
Padlock Attachment
S37422
—
—
51.00
—
a
To complete the catalog number for these PowerPact F-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, or 100).
b
A shunt trip is not available on PowerPact Q–frame circuit breakers.
c
A new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q-, H-, or J-frame circuit breaker to an old–design tenant metering structure. This new
cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock attachment for these circuit breakers. See page 5-2 for ordering information.
d
To complete the catalog number for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (110, 125, 150, 175, or 200).
e
To complete the catalog number for PowerPact H-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, or 150).
f
To complete the catalog number for PowerPact J-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (175 or 200).
Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads
Table 5.5:
Class T Fusible Pullouts (Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT Required)
(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)
Ampacity
a
b
SCCR
Catalog No.
Table 5.6:
Voltage System
Rating (A)
Poles
Pullout Head
(No Base)
Catalog No.
1Ø3W 120/240 V
3Ø4W 240/120 V Delta
3Ø4W 208Y/120 V
100
3
4050707050 d
200
3
4050705950 d
60
100
200
3
3
3
—
—
—
3Ø4W 480Y/277 V
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
1000.00
1045.00
839.00
840.00
1877.00
Wire Size Al or Cu
#14 - 1/0 AWG
#4 - 250 kcmil
#14 - #2
#14 - 1/0 AWG
1/0 AWG - 300 kcmil
CMM Pullout Heads
Mains
c
d
$ Price b
240 V a
480 V
100 A
FTL3100
100 kA
N/A
200 A
FTL3200
100 kA
N/A
60 A
FTL43060
N/A
100 kA
100 A
FTL43100
N/A
100 kA
200 A
FTL43200
N/A
100 kA
240 V fusible pullouts cannot be used on a Lever Bypass CMM. Only 480 V pullouts can be used.
Discount schedules: FTL3100 and FTL3200 = DE5; FTL43060, FTL43100, and FTL43200 = PE1A.
$ Price c
196.00
288.00
—
—
—
Discount schedule: DE5.
Order point: Lexington, KY.
DE5
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
5-3
5
Ampacity
SWITCHBOARDS
Table 5.4:
Circuit Breakers
(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)
Speed-D™ Switchboards
Service Selection
Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101
www.schneider-electric.us
5
Merchandised Speed-D Switchboards
Table 5.7:
Subfeed Circuit Breakers ab
Description
Ratin
g
(A)
2-Polec
Catalog No.
3-Pole
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
SWITCHBOARDS
Left
Right
Left
Right
100 SASFB100L( )SASFB100R( ) 1148.00 SASFB100L SASFB100R 2055.00
Subfeed Circuit Breaker Kit—
110 SASFB110L( )SASFB110R( ) 1148.00 SASFB110L SASFB110R 2055.00
Price includes circuit breaker,
connectors and mounting hardware. 125 SASFB125L( )SASFB100R( ) 1148.00 SASFB125L SASFB125R 2055.00
The complete kit, mounting
150 SASFB150L( )SASFB150R( ) 1148.00 SASFB150L SASFB150R 2055.00
hardware, circuit breaker and
175 SASFB175L( )SASFB175R( ) 1148.00 SASFB175L SASFB175R 2055.00
connectors will be shipped direct
200 SASFB200L( )SASFB200R( ) 1148.00 SASFB200L SASFB200R 2055.00
from plant.
225 SASFB225L( )SASFB225R( ) 1148.00 SASFB225L SASFB225R 2055.00
a
Cannot use subfeed circuit breaker kit with multiple mains service section switchboards.
b
For use on all Speed-D switchboards except Series E4.
c
Two pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix (e.g.
SASFB100LAC).
5-4
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 6
Transformers
General Purpose, Dry Type, 600 Volts and Below
Three-Phase, Energy Efficient Transformers
6-2
Single-Phase, Energy Efficient Transformers
6-2
K-Rated Transformers
6-3
Drive Isolation Transformers
6-4
Open Core and Coil
6-5
Industrial Control
6-6
Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers
6-7
Instrument, 600 Volt Class
Voltage and Current Transformers
Torroidal Current Transformers
6-8
6-9
Shorting Terminal Blocks
6-10
Multi-Ratio Current Transformers
6-11
Rectangular Window Current Transformers
6-11
Split Core Current Transformers
6-11
Bushing Current Transformers
6-12
Auxiliary Current Transformers
6-12
TRANSFORMERS
Dry Type, General Purpose
see page 6-2
Type EO Transformers
6
K-Rated
see page 6-3
Type EO
see page 6-6
460R Voltage Transformer
see page 6-8
260R Rectangular Window
Current Transformer
see page 6-11
66R Current Transformer
see page 6-8
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
270R Split-Core
Current Transformer
see page 6-11
6-1
General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below
Energy Efficient
Class 7400
www.schneider-electric.us
Schneider Electric offers Assembled in the U.S., energy efficient, low voltage transformers that are ideal for American
Reinvestment and Recovery Act (ARRA) applications.
$ Price
Full
Capacity
Taps
Degree
C Temp. Weight
Rise (lbs) a
6
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,
Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T3HDM
5,044.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
220
30
EE30T3HDM
6,632.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
260
45
EE45T3HDM
7,980.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
368
75
EE75T3HDM
12,023.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
585
112.5
EE112T3HDM
16,017.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
620
150
EE150T3HDM
20,908.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
835
225
EE225T3HDM
27,873.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
1110
300
EE300T3HDM
35,743.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
1350
500
EE500T68HDM
49,987.00 4–2.5%2+2–
150
1875
750
EE750T68HDM
96,660.00 4–2.5%2+2–
150
2965
1000 EE1000T77HDM 155,217.00 2–5%1+1–
150
5200
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,
Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HCUDM
8,072.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
310
30
EE30T3HCUDM
10,611.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
340
45
EE45T3HCUDM
12,767.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
418
75
EE75T3HCUDM
19,237.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
642
112.5 EE112T3HCUDM
25,627.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
725
150 EE150T3HCUDM
33,452.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
915
225 EE225T3HCUDM
44,598.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
1125
300 EE300T3HCUDM
57,189.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
1535
500 EE500T68HCUDM 79,978.00 4–2.5%2+2–
150
2350
750 EE750T68HCUDM 154,657.00 4–2.5%2+2–
150
3485
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,
Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T3HFDM
6,222.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
220
30
EE30T3HFDM
9,334.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
368
45
EE45T3HFDM
11,235.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
585
75
EE75T3HFDM
16,924.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
620
112.5 EE112T3HFDM
22,546.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
835
150
EE150T3HFDM
29,431.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
980
225
EE225T3HFDM
39,235.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
1349
300
EE300T68HFDM
50,040.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
2050
500
EE500T68HFDM
69,981.00 6–2.5%2+2–
115
2330
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,
Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HFCUDM
9,956.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
260
30
EE30T3HFCUDM
14,934.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
420
45
EE45T3HFCUDM
17,975.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
642
75
EE75T3HFCUDM
27,078.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
675
112.5 EE112T3HFCUDM 36,073.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
741
150 EE150T3HFCUDM 47,090.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
1050
225 EE225T3HFCUDM 62,775.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
1220
300 EE300T68HFCUDM 80,065.00 6–2.5%2+4–
115
2300
500 EE500T68HFCUDM 111,971.00 6–2.5%2+2–
115
2409
TRANSFORMERS
6-2
PE2E
Discount
Schedule
17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
c
17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
30D
17D
18D
20D
20D
21D
22D
24D
30D
30D
kVA
Three Phase
Catalog No.
$ Price
Full
Capacity
Taps
Degree
C
Temp. Weight
Rise (lbs) a
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,
Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T3HBDM
6,789.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
220
30
EE30T3HBDM
10,184.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
368
45
EE45T3HBDM
12,255.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
585
75
EE75T3HBDM
18,463.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
620
112.5 EE112T3HBDM
24,595.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
835
150
EE150T3HBDM
31,540.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
980
225
EE225T3HBDM
42,801.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
1349
300
EE300T68HBDM
55,401.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
2400
500
EE500T68HBDM
77,480.00 6–2.5%2+2–
80
2964
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,
Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HBCUDM
10,862.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
260
30
EE30T3HBCUDM
16,294.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
418
45
EE45T3HBCUDM
19,607.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
642
75
EE75T3HBCUDM
29,540.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
725
112.5 EE112T3HBCUDM 39,352.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
910
150 EE150T3HBCUDM 50,465.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
1125
225 EE225T3HBCUDM 68,481.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
1425
300 EE300T68HBCUDM 88,641.00 6–2.5%2+4–
80
2400
500 EE500T68HBCUDM 123,968.00 6–2.5%2+2–
80
2578
Table 6.2:
kVA
b
c
d
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
17D
18D
20D
21D
21D
24D
24D
30D
30D
Single Phase
Catalog No.
$ Price
Weig
Full Capacity CDegree
Temp. ht
Taps d
Rise
(lbs)
a
240 X 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed
through 167 kVA
15
EE15S3HDM
3,932.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
215
25
EE25S3HDM
5,313.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
275
37.5
EE37S3HDM
7,084.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
340
50
EE50S3HDM
8,616.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
395
75
EE75S3HDM
11,684.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
619
100
EE100S3HDM
19,316.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
682
167
EE167S3HDM
22,186.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
982
250
EE250S3HDM
45,871.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
1060
333
EE333S3HDM
57,070.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
1854
a
Enclosure ab
Catalog No.
Table 6.1:
Enclosure ab
kVA
Three Phase
Enclosure ab
Table 6.1:
17D
17H
18H
18H
21D
22D
24D
25D
31D
Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales
office for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14.
Contact the factory.
When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps: 1 above and 2 below.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below
K-Rated
Class 7400
www.schneider-electric.us
EE NL and NLP Series Transformers
• Three-phase dry type transformers,
kVA
NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load
Service—K-4 Rated; 150 °C Rise
Catalog
No.
Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T3HISNL
30
EE30T3HISNL
45
EE45T3HISNL
75
EE75T3HISNL
112.5
EE112T3HISNL
150
EE150T3HISNL
225
EE225T3HISNL
300
EE300T68HISNL
500
EE500T68HISNL
Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HISCUNL
30
EE30T3HISCUNL
45
EE45T3HISCUNL
75
EE75T3HISCUNL
112.5
EE112T3HISCUNL
150
EE150T3HISCUNL
225
EE225T3HISCUNL
300
EE300T68HISCUNL
$ Price
Taps
Weight
(lbs)
a
5,253.00
7,880.00
9,484.00
14,287.00
19,033.00
24,845.00
34,567.00
47,885.00
66,168.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
4–2.5% 2+2–
4–2.5% 2+2–
266
360
515
560
800
1150
1349
2125
2595
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
8,405.00
12,608.00
15,174.00
22,859.00
30,453.00
39,752.00
55,307.00
76,616.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
4–2.5% 2+2–
260
395
730
640
935
1300
1450
2450
17D
18D
20D
20D
22D
24D
24D
25D
Table 6.4:
kVA
NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear
Load Service—K-13 Rated; 150 °C Rise
Catalog
No.
Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T3HISNLP
30
EE30T3HISNLP
45
EE45T3HISNLP
75
EE75T3HISNLP
112.5
EE112T3HISNLP
150
EE150T3HISNLP
225
EE225T3HISNLP
300
EE300T68HISNLP
500
EE500T68HISNLP
Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HISCUNLP
30
EE30T3HISCUNLP
45
EE45T3HISCUNLP
75
EE75T3HISCUNLP
112.5 EE112T3HISCUNLP
150
EE150T3HISCUNLP
225
EE225T3HISCUNLP
300 EE300T68HISCUNLP
a
b
$ Price
Taps
Weight
(lbs)
a
5,976.00
8,963.00
10,789.00
17,876.00
21,650.00
28,261.00
38,507.00
51,295.00
71,277.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
4–2.5% 2+2–
4–2.5% 2+2–
261
365
415
535
750
755
775
2350
3150
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
9,562.00
14,341.00
17,262.00
28,602.00
34,640.00
45,218.00
61,611.00
82,072.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
4–2.5% 2+2–
260
430
730
640
985
1135
1477
2650
17D
18D
20D
20D
22D
24D
25D
30D
Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales
office for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14.
NOTE: Available with other temperature rises via the Schneider Electric
Product Selector.
Lugs are furnished by customer.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE2E
Discount
Schedule
6-3
TRANSFORMERS
Table 6.3:
6
•
Enclosure ab
•
480 Delta—208Y/120
Aluminum or copper windings
Electrostatic shield
Class 220 insulation
Double size neutral terminal for additional
customer neutral cables
Additional coil capacity to compensate
for higher non-linear load loss
cULus Listed
Enclosure ab
•
•
•
•
General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below
Drive Isolation
Class 7400
www.schneider-electric.us
Drive Isolation Transformers
Special design considerations must be made for the requirements of both adjustable frequency and dc motor drive
power isolation. Allowance for high surge, harmonic and offset currents are taken into account in the design of
Square D™ brand drive isolation transformers. Drive isolation transformers are not shielded isolation transformers, but
act to lessen transient generation into the supply power and act as a buffer for SCR current surges.
Catalog
No.
$ Price
Full Capacity
Taps
Weight
(lbs) a
Table 6.6:
kVA
Three-Phase 60 Hz; Class B
(IEEE Standard 597-1983);
230 V Delta Primary
Catalog
No.
$ Price
Full Capacity
Taps
Weight
(lbs) a
Enclosure
ab
kVA
Three-Phase 60 Hz; Class B
(IEEE Standard 597-1983);
460 V Delta Primary
Enclosure
ab
Table 6.5:
6
TRANSFORMERS
460 V Delta Primary, 460Y/265 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise
7.5
7T145HDIT
4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
11
11T145HDIT
5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
15
15T145HDIT
5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
190
20
20T145HDIT
6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1–
210
27
27T145HDIT
6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1–
250
34
34T145HDIT
7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1–
295
40
40T145HDIT
8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1–
350
51
51T145HDIT
9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1–
445
63
63T145HDIT
10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
465
75
75T145HDIT
12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1–
550
93
93T145HDIT
16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1–
845
118
118T145HDIT
17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1–
920
145
145T145HDIT
20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1025
175
175T145HDIT
23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1120
220
220T145HDIT
28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1200
275
275T145HDIT
37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1500
330
330T145HDIT
39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1390
440
440T145HDIT
48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1–
2700
550
550T145HDIT
60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1–
3800
17D
17D
17D
17D
17D
18D
18D
20D
20D
20D
22D
22D
22D
25D
25D
25D
25D
30D
30D
230 V Delta Primary, 460Y/265 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise
7.5
7T143HDIT
4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
11
11T143HDIT
5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
15
15T143HDIT
5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
190
20
20T143HDIT
6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1–
210
27
27T143HDIT
6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1–
250
34
34T143HDIT
7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1–
295
40
40T143HDIT
8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1–
350
51
51T143HDIT
9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1–
445
63
63T143HDIT
10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
465
75
75T143HDIT
12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1–
550
93
93T143HDIT
16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1–
845
118
118T143HDIT
17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1–
920
145
145T143HDIT
20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1025
175
175T143HDIT
23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1120
220
220T143HDIT
28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1200
275
275T143HDIT
37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1500
330
330T143HDIT
39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1390
440
440T143HDIT
48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1–
2700
550
550T143HDIT
60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1–
3800
17D
17D
17D
17D
17D
18D
18D
20D
20D
20D
22D
22D
22D
25D
25D
25D
25D
30D
30D
460 V Delta Primary, 230Y/132 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise
7.5
7T144HDIT
4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
11
11T144HDIT
5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
15
15T144HDIT
5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
190
20
20T144HDIT
6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1–
210
27
27T144HDIT
6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1–
250
34
34T144HDIT
7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1–
295
40
40T144HDIT
8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1–
350
51
51T144HDIT
9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1–
445
63
63T144HDIT
10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
465
75
75T144HDIT
12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1–
550
93
93T144HDIT
16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1–
845
118
118T144HDIT
17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1–
920
145
145T144HDIT
20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1025
175
175T144HDIT
23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1120
220
220T144HDIT
28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1200
275
275T144HDIT
37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1500
330
330T144HDIT
39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1390
440
440T144HDIT
48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1–
2700
550
550T144HDIT
60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1–
3800
17D
17D
17D
17D
17D
18D
18D
20D
20D
20D
22D
22D
22D
25D
25D
25D
25D
30D
30D
230 V Delta Primary, 230Y/132 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise
7.5
7T142HDIT
4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
11
11T142HDIT
5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1–
180
15
15T142HDIT
5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1–
190
20
20T142HDIT
6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1–
210
27
27T142HDIT
6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1–
250
34
34T142HDIT
7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1–
295
40
40T142HDIT
8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1–
350
51
51T142HDIT
9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1–
445
63
63T142HDIT
10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
465
75
75T142HDIT
12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1–
550
93
93T142HDIT
16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1–
845
118
118T142HDIT
17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1–
920
145
145T142HDIT
20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1025
175
175T142HDIT
23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1120
220
220T142HDIT
28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1200
275
275T142HDIT
37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1500
330
330T142HDIT
39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1–
1390
440
440T142HDIT
48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1–
2700
550
550T142HDIT
60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1–
3800
17D
17D
17D
17D
17D
18D
18D
20D
20D
20D
22D
22D
22D
25D
25D
25D
25D
30D
30D
a
b
Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales
office for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14.
NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer.
6-4
PE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below
Open Core and Coil
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General
Applications for 600 V and Below
Units are designed with 220 °C insulation, aluminum windings, top terminations, compact
design to save space, and are UL component recognized for:
• Non-energy efficiency (less than 15 kVA)
Single-phase 5–10 VA
Three-phase 3–9 VA
• Energy efficiency (meets Table 4-2 of NEMA TP1–2002)
Single-phase 15–75 kVA
Three-phase 15–112.5 kVA
Single-Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers—240 X 480 V Primary,
120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz
C
Deg.
C
Full Capacity
$ Price Temp.
Taps
Rise
Catalog
No.
A
D
E
Figure 1
C
5
7.5
10
15
25
37.5
50
75
a
b
5S1HFOC
7S1HFOC
10S1HFOC
EE15S3HOC
EE25S3HOC
EE37S3HOC
EE50S3HOC
EE75S3HOC
2868.00
3062.00
3396.00
3072.00
4151.00
5534.00
6731.00
9128.00
115
115
115
150
150
150
150
150
—
—
—
6–2.5% 2+4–d
6–2.5% 2+4–b
6–2.5% 2+4–b
6–2.5% 2+4–b
6–2.5% 2+4–b
Dimensions a
A
in
8.00
8.00
20.50
20.50
20.25
22.00
22.00
22.25
B
mm
203
203
521
521
514
559
559
565
in
9.00
9.00
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
28.0
C
mm
229
229
470
470
470
470
470
711
D
in
11.00
14.25
14.00
14.00
14.00
18.00
18.00
22.00
mm
279
362
356
356
356
457
457
559
in
8.00
8.00
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
27.0
Ed
mm
203
203
432
432
432
432
432
686
in
8.00
8.50
4.25
4.25
5.00
5.50
6.50
8.50
mm
203
216
108
108
127
140
165
216
66
80
140
140
200
255
310
460
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.
When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps, 1 above and 2 below.
TRANSFORMERS
kVA
Weight
(lbs)
Figure
Table 6.7:
B
A
E
B
D
Figure 2
Three Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers
E
B
Figure 3
D
480 V to 208Y/120
9
9T3HFOC
15
EE15T3HOC
30
EE30T3HOC
45
EE45T3HOC
75
EE75T3HOC
112.5 EE112T3HOC
240 V to 208Y/120
9
9T67HFOC
15
EE15T67HOC
30
EE30T67HOC
45
EE45T67HOC
75
EE75T67HOC
112.5 EE112T67HOC
600 V to 208Y/120
9
9T65HFOC
15
EE15T65HOC
30
EE30T65HOC
45
EE45T65HOC
75
EE75T65HOC
112.5 EE112T65HOC
c
d
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Dimensions c
Degree
C
Temp.
Rise
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
Figure
A
Catalog
No.
Weight
(lbs)
kVA
6
Table 6.8:
C
3424.00
4532.00
6799.00
6234.00
9393.00
12513.00
115
150
150
150
150
150
14.75
14.75
16.50
17.25
21.00
21.75
375
375
419
438
533
552
18.50
18.50
18.50
18.50
28.00
28.00
470
470
470
470
711
711
14.00
14.00
14.00
18.00
18.00
22.00
356
356
356
457
457
559
17.00
17.00
17.00
17.00
26.94
26.94
432
432
432
432
684
684
5.13
5.13
5.88
6.50
6.75
6.75
130
130
149
165
171
171
145
145
185
285
450
460
3
3
3
3
3
3
3424.00
4434.00
5828.00
7013.00
10567.00
14077.00
115
150
150
150
150
150
14.75
14.75
16.50
17.25
21.00
21.75
375
375
419
438
533
552
18.50
18.50
18.50
18.50
28.00
28.00
470
470
470
470
711
711
14.00
14.00
14.00
18.00
18.00
22.00
356
356
356
457
457
559
17.00
17.00
17.00
17.00
27.00
27.00
432
432
432
432
686
686
5.13
5.13
5.88
6.50
6.38
6.38
130
130
149
165
162
162
165
165
185
295
450
460
3
3
3
3
3
3
3424.00
5122.00
7683.00
7013.00
10567.00
14077.00
115
150
150
150
150
150
14.75
14.75
16.50
17.25
21.00
21.75
375
375
419
438
533
552
18.50
18.50
18.50
18.50
28.00
28.00
470
470
470
470
711
711
14.00
14.00
14.00
18.00
18.00
22.00
356
356
356
457
457
559
17.00
17.00
17.00
17.00
27.00
27.00
432
432
432
432
686
686
5.13
5.13
5.88
6.50
6.75
6.75
130
130
149
165
171
171
165
165
215
290
445
450
3
3
3
3
3
3
$ Price
A
B
C
D
Ed
Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.
Dimensions may vary due to manufacturing process.
PE2E
PE2
Discount
Schedule
6-5
Industrial Control
Type EO
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us
Type EO units are designed with exceptional voltage regulation. These control transformers are constructed using
traditional materials and manufacturing techniques, and are designed for 25–5000 VA with a 55 °C temperature rise.
When exceptional regulation and very low temperature rise are an absolute necessity, choose Type EO units.
Table 6.9:
Regulation Chart for Type EO Transformers
Secondary Voltage
VA
(60 Hz)
6
25
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor
95%
95
164
387
479
755
1260
1530
2030
2920
4230
7430
10300
19200
27750
31800
86100
Table 6.10:
90%
—
213
487
606
1177
1883
2327
2981
4586
5984
11460
16873
30042
45194
82333
148768
Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor
85%
146
277
622
770
1532
2419
2995
3800
5981
7707
14736
21734
39217
60022
108205
202077
95%
60
123
284
346
567
910
1115
1455
2180
3120
5380
7450
14500
21750
26750
72600
90%
—
168
375
463
930
1462
1811
2290
3637
4661
8907
13145
23859
36901
66072
126887
85%
119
225
798
613
1252
1950
2419
3038
4903
6229
11891
17571
32179
50994
89509
175552
Type EO Transformer Dimensions
TRANSFORMERS
VA Catalog Number
(60 Hz)
Class 9070
$ Price
A
B
C
Weight
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
lbs
kg
220x440 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 230x460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 240x480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary
25
9070EO17D1
79.00
3.31
84
3.00
76
2.50
64
1.9
0.9
50
9070EO1D1
99.00
3.31
84
3.00
76
2.50
64
2.2
1.0
75
9070EO18D1
114.00
3.78
96
3.38
86
2.81
71
3.5
1.6
100
9070EO2D1
136.00
3.78
96
3.38
86
2.81
71
3.8
1.7
150
9070EO3D1
153.00
4.44
113
3.75
95
3.13
80
6.0
2.7
200
9070EO19D1
214.00
4.81
122
4.50
114
3.75
95
10.5
4.8
250
9070EO15D1
250.00
5.19
132
4.50
114
3.75
95
13.2
6.0
300
9070EO04D1
300.00
5.56
141
4.50
114
3.75
95
17.2
7.8
500
9070EO51D1
333.00
6.56
167
5.25
133
4.38
111
24.5
11.1
750
9070EO61D1
473.00
7.94
202
5.25
133
4.38
111
30.5
13.8
1000
9070EO71D1
543.00
7.94
202
6.00
152
5.00
127
45.0
20.4
1500
9070EO81D1
831.00
8.59
218
7.06
179
6.03
153
56.0
25.4
2000
9070EO91D1
1007.00
9.22
234
7.06
179
6.03
153
72.0
32.7
3000
9070EO10D1
1365.00
9.44
239
9.00
229
7.50
191
115.0
52.2
240x480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary
25
9070EO17D2
79.00
3.31
84
3.00
76
2.50
64
1.9
0.9
50
9070EO10D2
99.00
3.31
84
3.00
76
2.50
64
2.2
1.0
75
9070EO18D2
114.00
3.78
96
3.38
86
2.81
71
3.5
1.6
100
9070EO2D2
136.00
3.78
96
3.38
86
2.81
71
3.8
1.7
250
9070EO16D2
295.00
6.19
157
4.50
114
3.75
95
13.2
6.0
550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary
200
9070EO19D5
214.00
5.56
4.81
122
4.50
114
3.75
10.5
4.8
300
9070EO04D5
276.00
5.56
141
4.50
114
3.75
95
17.2
7.8
500
9070EO51D5
333.00
6.56
167
5.25
133
4.38
111
24.5
11.1
750
9070EO61D5
473.00
7.94
202
5.25
133
4.38
111
30.5
13.8
6-6
CP8
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Industrial Control
Type T
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalogs 9070CT9901, 7400CT9601
Selection Guide
1.
2.
3.
4.
Determine the inrush and sealed VA of each coil in the control
circuit, and the VA of all other components.
Total the sealed VA of all operating coils and the VA of all other
loads. (This determines the minimal VA size required for the
circuit.)
Total the inrush VA of all coils that are starting at the same
time, and all loads and coils that are running. (Use the
regulation chart to give possible units to be used.)
Taking the VA size from step 2, go to the standard VA size in
the chart. Make sure the inrush VA from the chart is greater
than the total VA from step 3. (If not, go to the next larger VA
size and repeat.)
If your supply voltage is stable and fluctuates less than 5%,
we recommend you use the 90% secondary voltage
column. If your supply voltage is not stable and fluctuates
more than 10%, we recommend you use the 95%
secondary voltage column. We recommend that you never
use the 85% secondary voltage column since magnetic
devices lose life expectancy if they are continuously
started at 85% of rated voltage.
Table 6.11:
Regulation Chart for Type T Transformers
VA
(60 Hz)
Secondary Voltage
Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor
Table 6.12:
UL/
CSA/
NOM
VA
CE
90%
266
396
499
893
815
1910
2184
2592
4104
5515
9079
23983
38777
39934
85265
85%
339
20
659
1120
1041
2388
2709
3261
4981
7231
11430
28607
6161
52713
116277
95%
151
210
266
529
459
1057
1194
1392
2374
2887
4706
15066
24794
19355
39368
90%
215
318
404
731
659
1494
1681
2005
3195
4391
6886
19361
31630
30721
66309
85%
282
430
549
942
866
1936
2169
621
4019
5945
9051
23756
38667
42216
93882
Type T Transformer Selection
Catalog
No.
$ Price
H
W
D
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
120 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 115 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or
110 V Primary, 110 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D24
468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D24
486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
100 100 9070T100D24 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
150 150 9070T150D24 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2)
200 200 9070T200D24 713.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2)
3.25
3.75
5.25
250 160 9070T250D24 716.00
(82.6)
(95.3)
(133.4)
3.80
4.50
4.70
300 200 9070T300D24 722.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(119.4)
3.80
4.50
5.09
350 250 9070T350D24 725.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(129.3)
3.80
4.50
5.46
500 300 9070T500D24 747.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(138.7)
4.43
5.25
5.66
750 500 9070T750D24 840.00 (112.5)
(133.4)
(143.8)
4.43
5.25
6.04
1000 630 9070T1000D24 891.00 (112.5)
(133.4)
(153.4)
6.16
7.06
5.81
1500 1000 9070T1500D24 1076.00 (156.5)
(179.3)
(147.6)
6.16
7.06
7.04
2000 1500 9070T2000D24 1394.00 (156.5)
(179.3)
(178.8)
8.46
9.00
6.86
3000 2000 9070T3000D24 2195.00 (214.9)
(228.6)
(174.2)
8.46
9.00
8.73
5000 3000 9070T5000D24 3015.00 (214.9)
(228.6)
(221.7)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP8
Discount
Schedule
Weight
(lbs)
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
95%
193
271
339
666
588
1416
1634
1894
3197
3770
6587
19324
31384
26539
53111
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
UL/
CSA/
NOM
VA
CE
Type T Transformer Selection
Catalog
No.
$ Price
H
W
D
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
120 V x 240 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary; 115 V x 230 V Primary,
115/230 V Secondary; or 110 V x 220 V Primary, 110/220 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D55
468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D55
486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
100 100 9070T100D55 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
150 150 9070T150D55 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2)
3.20
3.75
3.59
200 200 9070T200D55 713.00
(81.3)
(95.3)
(91.20)
3.25
3.75
5.25
250 160 9070T250D55 716.00
(82.6)
(95.3)
(133.4)
3.80
4.50
4.70
300 200 9070T300D55 722.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(119.4)
3.80
4.50
5.09
350 250 9070T350D55 725.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(129.3)
3.80
4.50
5.46
500 300 9070T500D55 747.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(138.7)
4.43
5.25
5.66
750 500 9070T750D55 840.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(143.8)
4.43
5.25
6.04
1000 630 9070T1000D55 891.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(153.4)
6.16
7.06
5.81
1500 1000 9070T1500D55 1284.00
(156.5)
(179.3)
(147.6)
6.16
7.06
7.04
2000 1500 9070T2000D55 1394.00
(156.5)
(179.3)
(178.8)
8.46
9.00
6.86
3000 2000 9070T3000D55 2382.00
(214.9)
(228.6)
(174.2)
8.46
9.00
8.73
5000 3000 9070T50000D55 3015.00
(214.9)
(228.6)
(221.7)
277 V Primary, 24 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D25
468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D25
486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
100 100 9070T100D25 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
150 150 9070T150D25 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2)
3.20
3.75
3.59
200 200 9070T200D25 713.00
(81.3)
(95.3)
(91.20)
3.25
3.75
5.25
250 160 9070T250D25 716.00
(82.6)
(95.3)
(133.4)
3.80
4.50
4.70
300 200 9070T300D25 722.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(119.4)
3.80
4.50
5.09
350 250 9070T350D25 725.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(129.3)
3.80
4.50
5.46
500 300 9070T500D25 747.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(138.7)
4.43
5.25
5.66
750 500 9070T750D25 840.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(143.8)
4.43
5.25
6.04
1000 630 9070T1000D25 891.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(153.4)
600 V Primary, 12/24 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D36
468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D36
486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
100 100 9070T100D36 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
150 150 9070T150D36 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2)
3.20
3.75
3.59
200 200 9070T200D36 713.00
(81.3)
(95.3)
(91.20)
3.25
3.75
5.25
250 160 9070T250D36 716.00
(82.6)
(95.3)
(133.4)
3.80
4.50
4.70
300 200 9070T300D36 722.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(119.4)
3.80
4.50
5.09
350 250 9070T350D36 725.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(129.3)
3.80
4.50
5.46
500 300 9070T500D36 747.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(138.7)
4.43
5.25
5.66
750 500 9070T750D36 840.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(143.8)
4.43
5.25
6.04
1000 630 9070T1000D36 891.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(153.4)
480 V Primary, 240 V Secondary; 460 V Primary, 230 V Secondary; or
440 V Primary, 220 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D12
468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D12
486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
100 100 9070T100D12 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8)
150 150 9070T150D12 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2)
200 200 9070T200D12 713.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2)
3.25
3.75
5.25
250 160 9070T250D12 716.00
(82.6)
(95.3)
(133.4)
3.80
4.50
4.70
300 200 9070T300D12 722.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(119.4)
3.80
4.50
5.09
350 250 9070T350D12 725.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(129.3)
3.80
4.50
5.46
500 300 9070T500D12 747.00
(96.5)
(114.3)
(138.7)
4.43
5.25
5.66
750 500 9070T750D12 840.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(143.8)
4.43
5.25
6.04
1000 630 9070T1000D12 891.00
(112.5)
(133.4)
(153.4)
6.16
7.06
5.81
1500 1000 9070T1500D12 1294.00
(156.5)
(179.3)
(147.6)
6.16
7.06
7.04
2000 1500 9070T2000D12 1394.00
(178.8)
(156.5)
(179.3)
8.46
9.00
6.86
3000 2000 9070T3000D12 2382.00
(214.9)
(228.6)
(174.2)
8.46
9.00
8.73
5000 3000 9070T5000D12 3015.00 (214.9)
(228.6)
(221.7)
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
TRANSFORMERS
Table 6.12:
Type T transformers are designed with low impedance
windings for excellent voltage regulation and can
accommodate the high inrush current associated with
contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. As the most
popular and complete line of control transformers with
unmatched design innovations for top performance, Type Ts
are manufactured using the most advanced insulating
materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of
concern. It is available in the MultiTap version, designed to
respond to the increased need for voltage and stock flexibility.
It combines multiple primary voltages with one or more
secondary voltages, all in a single transformer.
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
6-7
6
Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers
Weight
(lbs)
www.schneider-electric.us
Instrument
600 Volt Class
Voltage Transformers, Current Transformers
Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Voltage Transformers
These voltage transformers are designed for line-to-line or line-to-ground connection on the
primary voltage indicated. See Table 6.13 to determine the applicable configuration for
proper system voltage indication.
•
Model 450R—designed for switchboard use. This model features high accuracy and burden
capacity for excellent performance in metering and indication.
Model 460R—a compact, lightweight design, providing exceptional performance in indicating
applications.
Model 470R—a compact, low cost design optimized for maximum accuracy and performace when used
with Powerlogic™ circuit monitors.
•
•
Model 450R
Table 6.13:
Voltage Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz
Model 450R
Thermal Rating:
500 VA @ 30 oC;
300 VA @ 55 oC.
Accuracy 0.3W. X.M & Y: 1.2 Z
Model 460R
Thermal Rating:
150 VA @ 30 oC;
100 VA @ 55 oC.
Accuracy 0.6W: 1.2 X
Model 470R
Thermal Rating:
150 VA @ 30 oC;
100 VA @ 55 oC.
Accuracy 0.3W: 1.2 X
System
Voltage
6
Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each
450R069
1097.00
460R069
759.00
470R069
558.00 69/120Y
450R120
1053.00
460R120
786.00
470R120
578.00 120/208Y
450R208
1053.00
460R208
786.00
470R208
578.00 120/208Y
450R240
1053.00
460R240
786.00
470R240
578.00 240/416Y
450R288
1053.00
460R288
786.00
470R288
578.00 288/500Ya
450R300
1097.00
460R300
810.00
470R300
596.00 300/520Y
450R380
1398.00
460R380
861.00
470R380
635.00 220/380Y
450R480
1097.00
460R480
810.00
470R480
596.00 480/480Yb
450R600
1097.00
460R600
810.00
470R600
596.00 600/600Y
Model 460R
Model 470R
a
b
Winding
Ratio
0.58:1
1:1
1.73:1
2:1
2.4:1
2.5:1
3.17:1
4:1
5:1
TRANSFORMERS
For use on 277/480 Wye systems.
For use on 480 V Delta systems.
B
A
C
Dimensions (inches)
Model
A
6
4-3/4
4-3/4
450R
460R
470R
B
7-1/8
4-1/2
4-1/2
C
5-7/8
3-7/8
3-7/8
Current Transformers
Table 6.14:
General Purpose Compact Units, UR/cUR Recognized
Window Size
Catalog Number Current Rating VA 60 Hz VA 400 Hz
Accuracy
(inches)
(without brackets) c
(Amperes)
(At Rated Current)
2NR500
2NR600
2NR750
2NR800
2NR101
2NR121
2NR1250
2NR151
2NR201
2NR251
2NR301
5NR101
5NR151
5NR201
5NR251
5NR301
5NR401
5NR501
5NR601
54R101
54R151
54R201
54R251
54R301
54R401
54R501
54R601
7RL500
7RL101
7RL151
7RL201
7RL251
7RL301
7RL401
7RL501
7RL601
7RL751
7RL801
7RL102
7RL122
7RL152
1-1/8
Model 54R
D
0.20 Dia.
Mtg. Hole
(2)
1-9/16
H1 BEC
A
.
1-9/16
Model
2NR
5NR
54R
7RL
Dimensions (inches)
A
1.13
1.56
1.56
2.25
B
2.38
3.50
3.50
4.38
C
—
—
4.56
—
D
.94
1.06
1.06
1.38
E
—
—
4.00
—
2-1/4
c
6-8
50:5
60:5
75:5
80:5
100:5
120:5
125:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
50:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
12.5
12.5
25.0
2.0
2.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
12.5
12.5
25.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.0
5.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
25.0
25.0
50.0
4.0
5.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
25.0
25.0
50.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
50.0
50.0
50.0
= 2%
= 2%
= 2%
= 2%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
= 1%
Rating
Factor
30 oC Ambient
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
$ Price
Each
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
123.00
123.00
123.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
134.00
134.00
134.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12.
PA1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Instrument
600 Volt Class
Current Transformers: Torroidal
Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Torroidal Current Transformers
Models 66R, 76R
Models 100R, 110R, 120R, 140R
A
B
B
Dimensions (inches)
Model
64R
66R
74R
76R
100R
110R
120R
140R
C
A
B
C
1-15/16
1-15/16
2-11/32
2-11/32
4
4
5-3/4
8-1/8
4-3/16
4-3/16
4-11/16
4-11/16
7
7
8-1/2
11
1-1/2
31/16
1-5/8
3-1/4
2-1/8
2-7/8
2-1/8
3
a
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Relay
Class
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C10
C10
C10
C10
C20
C20
C20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C10
C10
C10
C10
C10
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C10
C10
C20
C20
C20
C20
C50
C50
C50
C50
C50
C20
C20
C20
C50
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C100
C100
C10
C10
C20
C20
C20
C20
C50
C50
C50
C50
C50
C50
C50
—
—
—
C20
C20
C20
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C100
C100
C100
C100
C100
ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz
Metering Class
B-0.1
B-0.2
B-0.5
B-0.9
B-1.8
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.6
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
—
1.2
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.2
0.6
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
—
—
—
—
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
For Ground Fault Sensing
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Rating
Factor
30 oC
Ambient
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.00
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.00
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.00
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.00
1.00
$ Price
140.00
140.00
140.00
140.00
140.00
164.00
164.00
189.00
192.00
264.00
264.00
264.00
264.00
264.00
297.00
297.00
327.00
337.50
192.00
192.00
192.00
192.00
192.00
192.00
192.00
206.00
203.00
219.00
243.00
260.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
297.00
378.00
392.00
459.00
386.00
386.00
386.00
386.00
386.00
386.00
480.00
480.00
561.00
561.00
561.00
543.00
543.00
543.00
543.00
543.00
618.00
672.00
672.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
426.00
426.00
426.00
426.00
426.00
443.00
486.00
486.00
524.00
524.00
524.00
618.00
618.00
780.00
894.00
894.00
894.00
894.00
894.00
894.00
962.00
962.00
1131.00
1131.00
1131.00
1131.00
1202.00
1418.00
1691.00
For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12.
PA1
Discount
Schedule
6-9
TRANSFORMERS
Models 64R, 74R
Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz
Catalog
Window
Current
Number
Size
Rating
(without
(inches) brackets)a
(Amperes)
64R101
100:5
64R151
150:0
64R201
200:5
64R251
250:5
1-15/16
64R301
300:5
64R401
400:5
64R501
500:5
64R601
600:5
64R751
750:5
66R101
100:5
66R151
150:0
66R201
200:5
66R251
250:5
1-15/16
66R301
300:5
66R401
400:5
66R501
500:5
66R601
600:5
66R751
750:5
74R201
200:5
74R251
250:5
74R301
300:5
74R401
400:5
74R501
500:5
2-11/32
74R601
600:5
74R751
750:5
74R801
800:5
74R102
1000:5
74R122
1200:5
74R152
1500:5
76R201
200:5
76R251
250:5
76R301
300:5
76R401
400:5
76R501
500:5
2-11/32
76R601
600:5
76R751
750:5
76R801
800:5
76R102
1000:5
76R122
1200:5
76R152
1500:5
100R201
200:5
100R301
300:5
100R401
400:5
100R501
500:5
100R601
600:5
4
100R801
800:5
100R102
1000:5
100R122
1200:5
100R152
1500:5
100R162
1600:5
100R202
2000:5
110R201
200:5
110R301
300:5
110R401
400:5
110R501
500:5
110R601
600:5
4
110R801
800:5
110R102
1000:5
110R122
1200:5
110R152
1500:5
110R162
1600:5
110R202
2000:5
120R201
200:5
120R301
300:5
120R401
400:5
120R501
500:5
120R601
600:5
120R801
800:5
120R102
1000:5
5-3/4
120R122
1200:5
120R152
1500:5
120R162
1600:5
120R202
2000:5
120R252
2500:5
120R302
3000:5
120R402
4000:5
140R500
50:5
140R101
100:5
140R401
400:5
140R501
500:5
140R601
600:5
140R801
800:5
140R102
1000:5
8-1/8
140R122
1200:5
140R152
1500:5
140R202
2000:5
140R252
2500:5
140R302
3000:5
140R402
4000:5
140R502
5000:5
140R602
6000:5
6
Table 6.15:
Instrument
600 Volt Class
Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks
Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Torroidal Current Transformers
Table 6.16:
Models 152R, 170R, 180R, 210R
Window
Size
(inches)
X1
A
CL B
HI
6-7/8
CL
B
C
Dimensions (inches)
Model
A
6.88
4.25
2.50
6.25
6
152R
170R
180R
210R
B
12.25
6.75
4.50
9.50
C
4.12
1.31
2.12
2.87
4-1/4
Models 200R, 201R, 202R, 203R
TRANSFORMERS
8.50
1.0 1.0
3.25
X1
CL
HI
A
2-1/2
CL
4.62
2-1/2
8.50
Modelb
200R
201R
202R
203R
Dimension A (Inches)
2.50
3.50
4.50
5.25
2-1/2
Shorting Terminal Blocks
Catalog No.
3090TB4
3090TB6
a
b
Description
Shorting terminal block (4-pole)
Shorting terminal block (6-pole)
$ Price
75.00
86.00
3-1/2
For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest
page 6-12.
Base is included.
4-1/2
5-1/4
6-10
Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz
Catalog
Number
(without
brackets)a
152R500
152R101
152R151
152R201
152R251
152R301
152R401
152R501
152R601
152R801
152R102
152R122
152R152
152R162
152R202
152R252
152R302
152R402
170R201
170R251
170R301
170R401
170R501
170R601
170R751
170R801
170R102
170R122
170R152
170R162
170R202
170R252
180R101
180R151
180R201
180R251
180R301
180R401
180R501
180R601
180R751
180R801
180R102
180R122
180R152
210R122
210R162
210R202
210R252
210R302
210R402
200R101
200R151
200R201
200R251
200R301
200R401
200R501
200R601
201R101
201R151
201R201
201R251
201R301
201R401
201R501
201R601
201R751
201R801
202R101
202R151
202R201
202R251
202R301
202R401
202R501
202R601
202R751
202R801
202R102
203R101
203R151
203R201
203R251
203R301
203R401
203R501
203R601
203R751
203R801
203R102
203R122
203R152
203R162
203R202
203R252
203R302
PA1
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Relay
Class
50:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
4000:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1200:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
4000:5
100:5
150:0
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
C10
C20
C50
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C400
C400
C400
C400
C400
C400
C800
—
—
—
—
—
—
C10
C10
C10
C10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C20
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C200
C20
C20
C50
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C20
C20
C20
C20
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C200
C200
C200
C200
Discount
Schedule
ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz
Metering Class
B-0.1
B-0.2
B-0.5
B-0.9
B-1.8
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
1.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.8
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Rating
Factor
30 oC
Ambient
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
$ Price
1461.00
1601.00
1722.00
1799.00
1857.00
1917.00
2019.00
2087.00
2163.00
2265.00
2373.00
2441.00
2528.00
2576.00
2660.00
2765.00
2862.00
3000.00
294.00
294.00
294.00
294.00
294.00
294.00
308.00
308.00
402.00
402.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
227.00
227.00
227.00
227.00
227.00
227.00
227.00
227.00
246.00
246.00
318.00
318.00
338.00
1131.00
1131.00
1131.00
1286.00
1286.00
1434.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1218.00
1218.00
1218.00
1218.00
1218.00
1256.00
1256.00
1256.00
1293.00
1361.00
1064.00
1064.00
1064.00
1094.00
1094.00
1115.00
1115.00
1128.00
1128.00
1155.00
1277.00
939.00
939.00
939.00
939.00
939.00
939.00
939.00
939.00
962.00
962.00
962.00
962.00
1002.00
1002.00
1002.00
1002.00
1002.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Instrument
600 Volt Class
Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core
Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Multi-Ratio Current Transformers
Table 6.17:
X4
X3
X2
Window
Size
(inches)
X1
A
4-1•2
CL B
HI
6-7•8
CL
B
Model
151R
312R
C
B
12.25
11.00
Window
Size
(inches)
C
4.12
2.38
Multi-Ratio Taps
(Models 151R, 312R, 781R, 786R)
Nominal
Ratio
600:5
1200:5
2000:5
3000:5
4000:5
c
Current Ratioc
(Amperes)
600/500/450/400/300/250/200/150/100/50:5
1200/1000/900/800/600/500/400/300/200/100:5
2000/1600/1500/1200/1100/800/500/400/300:5
3000/2500/2200/2000/1500/1200/1000/800/500/300:5
4000/3500/3000/2500/2000/1500/1000/500
2-1/8
x
4-1/4
Taps in accordance with ANSI C57.13 and NEMA SG-4.
3-3/4
x
7-7/16
B
ANSI Accuracy Classification – 60 Hz
Metering Class
Currentb
Rating
(Amperes)
Relay
Class
c
B-0.1
B-0.2
B-0.5
B-0.9
B-1.8
600:5MR
1200:5MR
2000:5MR
3000:5MR
4000:5MR
600:5MR
1200:5MR
2000:5MR
3000:5MR
4000:5MR
C100
C200
C400
C400
C400
C200
C400
C400
C400
C800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rating
Factor
30 oC
Ambient
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
$ Price
1628.00
1863.00
2123.00
2282.00
2420.00
2697.00
3149.00
3396.00
3534.00
3635.00
Rectangular Window Current Transformers
Table 6.18:
Dimensions (inches)
A
6.88
4.50
Catalog
Number
(without
brackets)a
312R601
312R122
312R202
312R302
312R402
151R601
151R122
151R202
151R302
151R402
E
Rectangular Window Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 50–400 Hz
Catalog
Number
(without
brackets)a
260R101
260R151
260R201
260R301
260R401
260R601
260R801
260R122
260R162
260R202
260R252
260R302
260R402
560R401
560R501
560R601
560R751
560R801
560R102
560R122
560R152
560R162
560R202
560R252
560R302
560R322
560R402
560R502
ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz
Metering Class
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
B-0.1
B-0.2
B-0.5
B-0.9
B-1.8
100:5
150:5
200:5
300:5
400:5
600:5
800:5
1200:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
4000:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
3200:5
4000:5
5000:5
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
Rating
Factor
30 oC
Ambient
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
$ Price
621.00
621.00
621.00
621.00
621.00
621.00
713.00
821.00
821.00
894.00
894.00
894.00
1040.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
507.00
507.00
507.00
507.00
524.00
524.00
524.00
561.00
561.00
611.00
Split-Core Current Transformers
Table 6.19:
A
C
D
Model
260R
270R
273
560R
Dimensions (inches)
A
2.13
3.56
3.50
3.75
B
4.25
8.81
6.25
7.45
C
2.12
3.00
3.27
1.13
D
4.88
9.25
9.25
5.53
E
7.25
13.06
11.28
11.19
Window
Size
(inches)
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
B-0.1
B-0.2
B-0.5
B-0.9
3-9/16
x
8-3/16
270R401
270R501
270R601
400:5
500:5
600:5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
270R801
270R102
270R122
270R152
270R162
270R202
270R252
270R302
270R402
270R502
273201
273251
273301
273401
273501
273601
273801
273102
273122
273162
273202
273252
273302
273402
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
4000:5
5000:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
4000:5
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
—
—
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
—
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
3-9/16
x
8-3/16
3-1/2
x
6-1/4
a
b
c
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Split-Core Transformers, Model 270R is UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz
Catalog
Number
(without
brackets)a
ANSI Accuracy Classification — 60 Hz
Metering Class
$ Price
B-1.8
Rating
Factor
30 oC
Ambient
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.33
1.33
1.33
1563.00
1563.00
1563.00
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.33
1.00
1.00
1353.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1596.00
1596.00
1674.00
1772.00
1971.00
1245.00
1245.00
1245.00
1245.00
1245.00
1509.00
1245.00
1245.00
1245.00
1245.00
1425.00
1425.00
1425.00
1604.00
For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12.
See chart at left for multi-ratio (MR) taps.
Relay class applies to nominal ratio only.
PA1
Discount
Schedule
6-11
TRANSFORMERS
X5
Multi-Ratio Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized
60 Hz-Model 312R, 25–400 Hz-Model 151R
6
Models 151R, 312R
Instrument
600 Volt Class
Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary
Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz
Table 6.21:
Models 780R, 781R, 785R, 786R
9.88
T
251
6.5
H2
Window
Size
(inches)
H1
9.88
251
6-1•2
Model
780R
781R
785R
786R
T (inches)
3.38
3.38
6.75
6.75
6
Model 81X
10-32 Studs
TRANSFORMERS
6-1•2
.75
19
6.38
162
5.88
Table 6.20:
Model
2NR
5NR
7RL
54R
64R
66R
74R
76R
81X
100R
110R
120R
140R
151R
152R
170R
180R
200R
201R
202R
203R
210R
260R
270R
273
6-1•2
3.25
149
83
Mounting Brackets
Bracket
MB1
MB1
MB7
Included
MB10
MB12
MB16
MB18
MB81
MB31
MB32
MB31
MB32
MB30
MB30
MB30
MB9
Included
Included
Included
Included
MB32
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
$ Price
9.00
9.00
11.70
—
9.00
13.10
13.10
13.10
27.20
27.20
27.20
27.20
27.20
27.20
27.20
27.20
16.40
—
—
—
—
27.20
—
—
—
6-1•2
a
Bushing Current Transformers
Catalog
Number
Current a
Rating
(Amperes)
Relay
Class
780R500
780R750
780R101
780R151
780R201
780R251
780R301
780R401
780R501
780R601
780R751
780R801
780R102
780R122
780R152
780R162
780R202
780R252
780R302
780R402
781R601
781R122
781R202
781R302
781R402
785R500
785R750
785R101
785R151
785R201
785R251
785R301
785R401
785R501
785R601
785R751
785R801
785R102
785R122
785R152
785R162
785R202
785R252
785R302
785R402
786R601
786R122
786R202
786R302
786R402
50:5
75:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
4000:5
600:5 MR
1200:5 MR
2000:5 MR
3000:5 MR
4000:5 MR
50:5
75:5
100:5
150:5
200:5
250:5
300:5
400:5
500:5
600:5
750:5
800:5
1000:5
1200:5
1500:5
1600:5
2000:5
2500:5
3000:5
4000:5
600:5 MR
1200:5 MR
2000:5 MR
3000:5 MR
4000:5 MR
—
C10
C10
C20
C20
C20
C50
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C200
C200
C200
C200
C100
C200
C200
C200
C200
C10
C20
C20
C50
C50
C50
C100
C100
C100
C200
C200
C200
C200
C400
C400
C400
C400
C400
C400
C400
C200
C400
C400
C400
C400
ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz
Metering Class
B-0.1
B-0.2
B-0.5
B-0.9
B-1.8
Rating
Factor
30oC
Ambient
—
1.2
2.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
2.4
2.4
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
—
—
—
_
2.4
2.4
1.2
1.2
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.5
$ Price
723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
780.00
780.00
780.00
780.00
780.00
813.00
813.00
813.00
813.00
867.00
972.00
1023.00
1064.00
1083.00
1118.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1317.00
1415.00
1415.00
1415.00
1415.00
1479.00
1479.00
1479.00
1479.00
1577.00
1566.00
1664.00
1722.00
1749.00
1823.00
See chart on 6-11 for multi-ratio (MR) taps.
Auxiliary Current Transformers
Table 6.22:
Auxiliary Current Transformers
Catalog Number
(without brackets)
81X05000100
81X05000200
81X05000250
81X05000500
81X07500500
81X10000500
81X12500500
81X15000500
Ratio
5:1
5:2
5:2.5
5:5
7.5:5
10:5
12.5:5
15:5
$ Price
990.00
990.00
990.00
990.00
990.00
990.00
990.00
990.00
NOTE: Model 81X Accuracy 0.3B0.1, B0.2, B0.5@60 Hz, RF=1.5@30 oC
6-12
PA1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 7
International Load Centers
Circuit Breaker Load Centers
International Miniature Circuit Breakers
QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches
7-2
Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD
7-3
Load Centers
7-4
7
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
CENTERS
IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
7-1
International Miniature
Circuit Breakers
QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches
www.schneider-electric.us
General Description
In 1955 Square D Company introduced the QO™ Plug-on System and revolutionized the way electrical contractors
install miniature circuit breakers in the United States. Today as part of Schneider Electric™ we offer the same Plug-on
System technology around the world. IEC certified QO products are available for residential, commercial and industrial
applications.
Table 7.1:
International Miniature Circuit Breaker Description
Circuit Breaker
QOXD
Description
Branch circuit breaker
1Ø Consumer Units
X
3Ø Distribution Boards
X
Characteristics
• Circuit breakers are rated 240 Vac single phase and 415 Vac three phase, 50/60 Hz.
• Circuit breakers are available in 1-, 2- or 3-pole construction.
• Thermal trip elements are factory calibrated to 40°C (IEC 947-2) and 30°C (IEC 898) ambient temperature.
• Trip-free handle ensures tripping even when the circuit breaker is held or locked in the ON position.
• Circuit breakers are in compliance with international standards set by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).
• The CE marking is located on each circuit breaker in accordance with the low voltage directive of the European Union.
• The entire QO circuit breaker family provides the advantage of a plug-on connection. (Bolt-on connections also available)
Accessories
Table 7.2:
Accessory
Handle Tie
Handle Lock-Off
(Clamp)
Handle Padlock
Attachment
Accessories
Description
Ties two 1P circuit breakers together
Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles
Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles
Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles
Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles
Attaches to 1P circuit breaker escutcheon (fixed)
Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles (removable)
Attaches to 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles (removable)
Attaches to 2P circuit breaker handles (removable)
Cat. No.
QO1HT
QO1LO
HLO1
QOEPLA
QOE1PL
QO1PA
QOHPL
QO1HPL
GFI2PA
QOXD
X
X
X
—
—
X
X
X
—
Circuit Breaker Operating Characteristics
Table 7.3:
Branch Circuit Breakers
Cat. No. Prefix
7
Plug-on
Bolt-on
QOXD
QOBXD
Cat. No. Prefix
Plug-on
Bolt-on
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
CENTERS
QOXD
QOBXD
Number of Poles
Continuous
Ampere Rating
1, 2, 3
10–32 A
Number of Poles
Continuous
Ampere Rating
1, 2, 3
1
2, 3
10–32 A
40–63 A
40–100 A
IEC 898 Service Rating Icn
240 V
415 V
3000
3000
IEC 947-2 Service Rating Icu (Ics)
240 V
3000 (100%)
3000 (50%)
—
Tripping Characteristics
Type D (10–20 In)
—
415 V
3000 (100%)
—
3000 (50%)
—
—
—
—
Main Switches
Table 7.4:
QO-M Plug-On Main Incomer Switch
240 V Certified to IEC 947-3
Ampere Rating
100 A
125 A
125 A–4P
7-2
1P
Cat. No.
N/A
N/A
N/A
2P
$ Price
—
—
—
DE2A
Discount
Schedule
Cat. No.
N/A
N/A
N/A
3P and 4P
$ Price
—
—
—
Cat. No.
N/A
QO3100M
QO4100M
$ Price
—
116.00
200.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
International Miniature
Circuit Breakers
Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD
Class 738, 739
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 7.5:
Ampere
Rating
10 A
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
Table 7.6:
Ampere Rating
10 A
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
QOXD Thermal-Magnetic, Plug-On Miniature Circuit Breakers
240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 at 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 at 3 kA
1P
Cat. No.
QOXD110
QOXD116
QOXD120
QOXD125
QOXD132
QOXD140
QOXD145
QOXD150
QOXD163
N/A
N/A
2P
$ Price
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
—
—
Cat. No.
QOXD210
QOXD216
QOXD220
QOXD225
QOXD232
QOXD240
QOXD245
QOXD250
QOXD263
QOXD280
QOXD2100
3P
$ Price
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
132.00
132.00
Cat. No.
QOXD310
QOXD316
QOXD320
QOXD325
QOXD332
QOXD340
QOXD345
QOXD350
QOXD363
QOXD380
QOXD3100
$ Price
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
244.00
244.00
Terminal Capacity
Range
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
10–25 mm2
10–25 mm2
10–25 mm2
10–25 mm2
25–50 mm2
25–50 mm2
QOBXD Thermal-Magnetic, Bolt-On Miniature Circuit Breakers
240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 at 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 at 3 kA
1P
Cat. No.
QOBXD110
QOBXD116
QOBXD120
QOBXD125
QOBXD132
QOBXD140
QOBXD145
QOBXD150
QOBXD163
N/A
N/A
2P
$ Price
26.50
26.50
26.50
26.50
26.50
26.50
26.50
26.50
26.50
—
—
Cat. No.
QOBXD210
QOBXD216
QOBXD220
QOBXD225
QOBXD232
QOBXD240
QOBXD245
QOBXD250
QOBXD263
QOBXD280
QOBXD2100
3P
$ Price
59.00
59.00
59.00
59.00
59.00
59.00
59.00
59.00
59.00
160.00
160.00
Cat. No.
QOBXD310
QOBXD316
QOBXD320
QOBXD325
QOBXD332
QOBXD340
QOBXD345
QOBXD350
QOBXD363
QOBXD380
QOBXD3100
$ Price
195.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
279.00
279.00
Terminal Capacity
Range
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
2.5–6 mm2
10–25 mm2
1–25 mm2
10–25 mm2
10–25 mm2
25–50 mm2
25–50 mm2
7
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
CENTERS
Short circuit ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2A
Discount
Schedule
7-3
Load Centers
IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor)
www.schneider-electric.us
Application Data
Square D™ QO™ Three-Phase Circuit Breaker Load Centers can be certified to IEC 60439-1 and 60439-3. Contact
your local Field Sales office for more information. They are designed to meet residential, commercial, and industrial
requirements to protect electrical systems and equipment.
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Three phase construction
100, 125, 150, 200 and 225 A mains ratings with main lugs or main circuit breaker
12-42 circuit indoor version
Flush or surface mounting
Straight-in wiring to minimize service cable installation
Top or bottom feed
Automatic flush adjustment cover to speed installation
Covers sold separately
Products are stocked in USA
Bus on 12-42 circuit load centers is one piece, solid copper
Order entry point is Lexington
For more information, contact your local Field Sales office.
Table 7.7:
Load Centers
Type 1
Mains Rating
Ampere
Spaces/
Max. Poles
Box and Interior
Cat. No.
Main Lugs 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W
12
125 A
20
24
18
200
30
225
42
Cover With Door
$ Price
QO312L125G
QO320L125G
QO324L125G
QO318L200G
QO330L200G
QO342L225G
221.00
314.00
360.00
295.00
413.00
561.00
Cat. No.a
QOC16UF/Sb
QOC24UF/Sb
QOC24UF/Sb
QOC30UF/Sb
QOC30UF/Sb
QOC42UF/Sb
Main Circuit Breaker 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W
125
30
QO330MQ125
1226.00
QOC342MQF/S
30
QO330MQ150
1226.00
QOC342MQF/S
150
42
QO342MQ150
1351.00
QOC342MQF/S
30
QO330MQ200
1226.00
QOC342MQF/S
200
42
QO342MQ200
1351.00
QOC342MQF/S
225
42
QO342MQ225
1351.00
QOC342MQF/S
a
F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device.
b
Discount Schedule DE3A
$ Price
25.10
25.10
25.10
58.00
58.00
74.00
61.00
61.00
61.00
61.00
61.00
61.00
7
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
CENTERS
7-4
DE3
DE3A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 8
International Safety Switches
General Duty Safety Switches
CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac
8-2
Heavy Duty Safety Switches
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac
8-3
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac
8-3
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac
8-4
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications
8-4
Double-Throw Safety Switches
CSA Certified Double-Throw
8-5
Accessories
8-6
8
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY
SWITCHES
CSA Certified Switch Accessories
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8-1
General Duty Safety
Switches
International
Class 736, 1130
www.schneider-electric.us
CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac
• Switches have factory-installed ground bars.
• Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.
Table 8.1:
Ampere
General Duty Single-Throw 120/240 Vac (Plug); 240 Vac (Cartridge)
Type 1
Fuse
Cat. No.
Type 3R
$ Price
Cat. No.
2-Pole + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30
Plug
CD211Na
104.00
—
30
Cartridge
CD221Na
137.00
—
60
—
CD222N
221.00
CD222NRB
100
—
CD223N
485.00
CD223NRB
200
—
CD224N
947.00
CD224NRB
400
—
CD225N
2610.00
CD225NR
600
—
CD226N
5166.00
CD226NR
3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30
Cartridge
CD321Na
146.00
CD321NRB
60
—
CD322N
366.00
CD322NRB
100
—
CD323N
485.00
CD323NRB
200
—
CD324N
2019.00
CD324NRB
400
—
CD325N
3113.00
CD325NR
600
—
CD326N
5823.00
CD326NR
a
Not suitable for use as service entrance equipment.
Table 8.2:
Ampere
b
Field Installable Class R Fuse Kits
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
—
—
339.00
543.00
1200.00
—
—
—
DRK30
RFK03H
RFK10
HRK1020
DRK40
DRK600
—
25.70
25.50
47.70
47.70
111.00
111.00
494.00
743.00
1371.00
2454.00
—
—
DRK30
RFK03H
RFK10
HRK1020
DRK40
DRK600
25.70
25.50
47.70
47.70
111.00
111.00
Light Duty Single-Throw 120 Vac Plug
Type 1
Fuse
30
Plug
Not suitable for use as service equipment.
Cat. No.
L111Nb
$ Price
54.00
8
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY
SWITCHES
8-2
DE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Heavy Duty Safety
Switches
International
Class 736, 1130
www.schneider-electric.us
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac
• Switches have factory-installed ground bars.
• Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows.
• Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.
Table 8.3:
Ampere
Single-Throw 240 Vac, 250 Vdc
Type 1
Cat. No.
Type 3R
Price
Cat. No.
Type 4/4X
$ Price
Cat. No.
Type 12
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
2P + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
CH221N
CH222N
CH223N
CH224N
CH225N
CH226N
H227Na
H228Na
251.00
504.00
807.00
1409.00
3246.00
6219.00
10067.00
12422.00
CH221NRB
CH222NRB
CH223NRB
CH224NRB
CH225NR
CH226NR
H227NRa
H228NRa
480.00
893.00
1196.00
1695.00
4568.00
8061.00
12216.00
16665.00
Use 3P devices
listed below.
—
—
—
—
CH221NAWK
CH222NAWK
CH223NAWK
CH224NAWK
CH225NAWK
CH226NAWK
H227NAWKa
H228NAWKa
620.00
791.00
1250.00
1964.00
4409.00
6936.00
12338.00
17184.00
CH321NAWK
CH322NAWK
CH323NAWK
CH324NAWK
CH325NAWK
CH326NAWK
H327NAWKa
H328NAWKa
750.00
1007.00
1625.00
2249.00
4737.00
7863.00
15879.00
20015.00
3P + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
a
CH321N
CH322N
CH323N
CH324N
CH325N
CH326N
H327Na
H328Na
339.00
569.00
941.00
1580.00
3977.00
6845.00
12189.00
15314.00
CH321NRB
CH322NRB
CH323NRB
CH324NRB
CH325NR
CH326NR
H327NRa
H328NRa
596.00
947.00
1398.00
1896.00
4650.00
9164.00
15563.00
19709.00
CH321NDS
CH322NDS
CH323NDS
CH324NDS
CH325NDS
CH326NDS
—
—
2201.00
2687.00
5651.00
7836.00
15321.00
21759.00
—
—
Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac
• Switches have factory-installed ground bars.
• Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows.
• Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.
Table 8.4:
Ampere
Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Type 1
Cat. No.
Type 3R
$ Price
Cat. No.
Type 4/4X
$ Price
Cat. No.
Type 12
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
3-Pole (3 Blades and Fuseholders)
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
CH361
CH362
CH363
CH364
CH365
CH366
H367a
379.00
453.00
868.00
1233.00
3186.00
5354.00
8879.00
CH361RB
CH362RB
CH363RB
CH364RB
CH365R
CH366R
H367Ra
636.00
744.00
1191.00
1620.00
3872.00
7703.00
11000.00
CH361DS
CH362DS
CH363DS
CH364DS
CH365DS
CH366DS
—
1200 A
H368a
11671.00
H368Ra
13339.00
—
1714.00
1881.00
3729.00
5184.00
10214.00
14601.0
—
CH361AWK
CH362AWK
CH363AWK
CH364AWK
CH365AWK
CH366AWK
H367AWKa
667.00
686.00
1079.00
1649.00
3641.00
6135.00
10901.00
—
H368AWKa
13137.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
H461AWKa
H462AWKa
H463AWKa
H464AWKa
CH465AWK
—
743.00
838.00
1288.00
2218.00
4538.00
—
3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
For 3 pole switches 30 A–1200 A with solid neutral
attachment, select switch from 3-Pole table
above and add the Solid Neutral Assembly Kit
from the Accessories -page 8-6
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
609.00
710.00
1185.00
2008.00
4140.00
6736.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.
8
a
H461a
H462a
H463a
H464a
CH465
CH466
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY
SWITCHES
4-Pole (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—Not Suitable For Service Entrance Use
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE1
Discount
Schedule
8-3
Heavy Duty Safety
Switches
International
Class 736, 1130
www.schneider-electric.us
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac
• Switches have factory-installed ground bars.
• Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows.
• Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.
Table 8.5:
Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Type 1
Ampere
Type 3R
Type 4/4X
Type 7/9
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
CHU361
CHU362
CHU363
CHU364
CHU365
CHU366
HU367a
HU368a
305.00
530.00
878.00
1325.00
3054.00
5352.00
9978.00
13421.00
CHU361RB
CHU362RB
CHU363RB
CHU364RB
CHU365RB
CHU366R
HU367Ra
HU368Ra
530.00
932.00
1343.00
1616.00
6216.00
8180.00
13050.00
17867.00
CHU361DS
CHU362DS
CHU363DS
CHU364DS
CHU365DS
CHU366DS
—
—
827.00
914.00
1647.00
2454.00
5201.00
9072.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type 3R/12
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
CHU361AWK
CHU362AWK
CHU363AWK
CHU364AWK
CHU365AWK
CHU366AWK
HU367AWKa
HU368AWKa
692.00
873.00
1281.00
1686.00
4127.00
6816.00
13097.00
17940.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
HU461AWKab
HU462AWKab
HU463AWKab
HU464AWK
CHU465AWK
CHU466AWK
915.00
1008.00
1791.00
2937.00
5775.00
—
3P
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
2184.00
2568.00
5199.00
7055.00
14397.00
19358.00
—
—
—
H60XFAa
H100XFAa
—
—
—
—
—
—
2571.00
3045.00
—
—
—
—
—
4P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
HU461ab
HU462ab
HU463ab
HU464a
CHU465
CHU466
6P, 600 Vac
30 A
60 A
100 A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HU661AWKa
HU662AWKa
HU663AWKa
3357.00
3884.00
4793.00
200 A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HU664AWK
10571.00
a
b
Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified devices.
F Series devices.
CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications
• Switches have factory-installed ground bars.
• Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.
Table 8.6:
Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester NEMA 4X Enclosures
Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Type 4X
Amperes
Cat. No.
$ Price
3P Fusible
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
3P Non-Fusible
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
a
b
3570.00
3968.00
7613.00
9729.00
HU361DFba
HU362DFba
HU363DFba
HU364DFb
3402.00
3782.00
7241.00
9695.00
F Series devices.
Dual UL Listed and CSA Listed device.
Table 8.7:
Ampere
8
3P Fusible
30 A
60 A
100 A
3P Non-Fusible
30 A
60 A
100 A
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY
SWITCHES
8-4
H361DFba
H362DFba
H363DFba
H364DFb
Receptacle Switches—Single-Throw 600 Vac
Stainless Steel Type 4/4X
Cat. No.
Type 12
$ Price
Cat. No.
Use With Plug
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
CH361DSWC
CH362DSWC
CH363DSWC
4322.00
4581.00
8309.00
CH361AWC
CH362AWC
CH363AWC
2243.00
2459.00
3689.00
APJ3485
APJ6485
APJ10487
1235.00
1295.00
1928.00
CHU361DSWC
CHU362DSWC
CHU363DSWC
3927.00
4325.00
7863.00
CHU361AWC
CHU362AWC
CHU363AWC
2058.00
2310.00
3282.00
APJ3485
APJ6485
APJ10487
1235.00
1295.00
1928.00
DE1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Double-Throw Safety
Switches
International
Class 736, 1130
www.schneider-electric.us
CSA Certified Double-Throw
• Switches have factory-installed ground bars.
• Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.
Table 8.8:
Ampere
Double-Throw
Type 1
Cat. No.
Type 3R
$ Price
Type 4/4X
Type 12
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2P 240 Vac—250 Vdc
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
C92251
615.00
For 2P switch applications, select
3P switch 60–600 A from 3P table below.
3P 600 Vac—250 Vdc
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
C92351a
716.00
—
—
—
For 60–100 A, use US devices.
C82344b
2813.00
C82344RBb
C92451a
981.00
—
5898.00
C82344DSb
11444.00
CH82344b
7532.00
4P 600 Vac
30 A
60 A
100 A
—
—
—
—
240 Vac Maximum
For isolation only, not Load-Make/Load-Break.
8
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY
SWITCHES
a
b
—
For 60–100 A, use US devices.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE1
Discount
Schedule
8-5
Double-Throw Safety
Switch
Accessories
Class 736, 1130
www.schneider-electric.us
CSA Certified Switch Accessories
• Optional
Table 8.9:
Electrical Interlock Kits
Single-Throw
Ampere
Cat. No.
30–100 A
EIK-1 or -2
200 A-3P
EIK-1 or -2b
200 A-4P
EIK-1 or -2b
400 A
EIK4060-1 or -2
600 A
EIK4060-1 or -2
800 A
EIK4060-1 or -2
1200 A
EIK4060-1 or -2
a
Not for C92251, C92351, C92451.
b
E-series uses EK1020-1 or -2. Requires 2
Table 8.10:
Double-Throw Type 1 Only
$ Price
311.00
311.00
311.00
533.00
533.00
533.00
533.00
Cat. No.
FPK03
FPK0610
FPK0610
Ampere
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
240 Vac
600 Vac
Cat. No.
RFK03L
RFK03H
RFK10
HRK1020
HRK4060
HRK4060
RFK03H
RFK06H
RFK10
HRK1020
HRK4060
HRK4060
Single-Throw Type 1, 3R
Cat. No.
30 A
CSN03
60 A
CSN0610
100 A
CSN0610
200 A
CSN20
400 A
CH600SN
600 A
CH600SN
800 A
H800SNE4
1200 A
H1200SNE4
c
C92251, C92351, C92451 uses DT30SN.
d
Not Stocked—Order Only.
$ Price
25.50
25.50
47.70
47.70
111.00
111.00
25.50
25.50
47.70
47.70
111.00
111.00
Single-Throw (Copper) Type 4, 4X
$ Price
83.00
107.00
107.00
200.00
327.00
327.00
753.00
1034.00
Cat. No.
CSN03C
CSN0610C
CSN0610C
CSN20C
CH600SNC
CH600SNC
—
—
$ Price
102.00
114.00
114.00
252.00
453.00
453.00
—
—
Double-Throw Type 1
Cat. No.
SN0310c
SN0310
SN0310
225SNA
DT400N
—
—
—
$ Price
114.00
114.00
114.00
198.00
458.00
—
—
—
Optional
Table 8.13:
Hubs
Size
8
Inches
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
CAP
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY
SWITCHES
8-6
30.20
42.60
42.60
Solid Neutral Assembly Kitsd
Ampere
•
$ Price
Class R Fuse Kits
Voltage
Table 8.12:
$ Price
311.00
389.00
389.00
389.00
—
—
—
Fuse Puller Kitsd
Ampere
30 A
60 A
100 A
Table 8.11:
Cat. No.
EIK-1 or -2a
EK200DTU2
EK100DTU2
EK400DTU2
—
—
—
Type 4/4X/12
Type 3R
Cat. No.
—
B075
B100
B125
B150
B200
B250
—
BCAP
Standard Zinc
$ Price
—
35.00
35.00
35.00
35.00
65.00
107.00
—
3.80
DE1
Discount
Schedule
Cat. No.
H050
H075
H100
H125
H150
H200
H250
H300
—
Chrome Plated Zinc
$ Price
31.10
45.00
47.10
54.00
83.00
120.00
138.00
177.00
—
Cat. No.
H050CP
H075CP
H100CP
H125CP
H150CP
H200CP
—
—
—
$ Price
40.70
57.00
65.00
67.00
96.00
137.00
—
—
—
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 9
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
International Circuit Breakers
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max.
9-2
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
9-3
R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
9-4
P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
9-5
R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
9-6
Breaking Capacities
9-7
Circuit Breaker Dimensions
9-8
9
Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
9-1
Thermal-Magnetic
Circuit Breakers
SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max.
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
9
•
•
•
•
•
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
CE marking.
S-frame circuit breakers are CCC Certified.
International products—for export use only.
MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your local Field Sales office.
Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.
Table 9.1:
SFAL, Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated Circuit Breakers, 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 1P, 2P, and 3P
1P
Ampere Rating
Cat. No.
2P
$ Price
Cat. No.
3P
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
SFALb
16 A
20 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
160 A
Table 9.2:
Frame Size
400 A
a
b
9-2
SFAL1016
SFAL1020
SFAL1032
SFAL1040
SFAL1050
SFAL1063
SFAL1080
SFAL1100
—
—
450.00
450.00
450.00
450.00
450.00
450.00
510.00
510.00
—
—
SFAL2016
SFAL2020
SFAL2032
SFAL2040
SFAL2050
SFAL2063
SFAL2080
SFAL2100
SFAL2125
SFAL2160
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
704.00
890.00
890.00
1076.00
1259.00
SFAL3016
SFAL3020
SFAL3032
SFAL3040
SFAL3050
SFAL3063
SFAL3080
SFAL3100
SFAL3125
SFAL3160
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
906.00
1115.00
1115.00
1262.00
1449.00
SLAL Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated Circuit Breakers, 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 2P and 3P
Circuit Breaker Type
Ampere
Rating
SLALb
250 A
300 A
350 A
400 A
2P
Cat. No.
SLAL2250
SLAL2300
SLAL2350
SLAL2400
3P
$ Price
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
3807.00
Cat. No.
SLAL3250
SLAL3300
SLAL3350
SLAL3400
$ Price
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
DE2A Discount Schedule
Add suffix K for CCC label
DE2
DE2A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Electronic Trip Circuit
Breakers
P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
Class 612
www.schneider-electric.us
P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit,
IEC Rated
N Interrupting
Sensor
Rating
Cat. No.
H Interrupting
$ Price
Terminal
Wire
Range
(AWG–kcmil)
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
PHLE36063U32R
PHLE36080U32R
PHLE36100U32R
PHLE36125U32R
PHLE36160U32R
14792.00
14792.00
19985.00
19985.00
21384.00
PLLE36063U32R
PLLE36080U32R
PLLE36100U32R
—
—
15626.00
15626.00
21128.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE36063U33R
PHLE36080U33R
PHLE36100U33R
PHLE36125U33R
PHLE36160U33R
15114.00
15114.00
20309.00
20309.00
21731.00
PLLE36063U33R
PLLE36080U33R
PLLE36100U33R
—
—
15947.00
15947.00
21450.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE36063U42R
PHLE36080U42R
PHLE36100U42R
PHLE36125U42R
PHLE36160U42R
15600.00
15600.00
20795.00
20795.00
22250.00
PLLE36063U42R
PLLE36080U42R
PLLE36100U42R
—
—
16434.00
16434.00
21936.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE36063U43R
PHLE36080U43R
PHLE36100U43R
PHLE36125U43R
PHLE36160U43R
17024.00
17024.00
22218.00
22218.00
23774.00
PLLE36063U43R
PLLE36080U43R
PLLE36100U43R
—
—
17858.00
17858.00
23360.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE36063U44R
PHLE36080U44R
PHLE36100U44R
PHLE36125U44R
PHLE36160U44R
18798.00
18798.00
23993.00
23993.00
25671.00
PLLE36063U44R
PLLE36080U44R
PLLE36100U44R
—
—
19631.00
19631.00
25134.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
21216.00
21216.00
26409.00
26409.00
28257.00
PLLE36063U63RE1
PLLE36080U63RE1
PLLE36100U63RE1
—
—
22049.00
22049.00
27552.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
22244.00
22244.00
27437.00
27437.00
29358.00
PLLE36063U64RE1
PLLE36080U64RE1
PLLE36100U64RE1
—
—
23078.00
23078.00
28578.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
9
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE36063U32R
13958.00
800 A
PNLE36080U32R
13958.00
1000 A
PNLE36100U32R
18843.00
1250 A
PNLE36125U32R
18843.00
1600 A
PNLE36160U32R
20163.00
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE36063U33R
14280.00
800 A
PNLE36080U33R
14280.00
1000 A
PNLE36100U33R
19166.00
1250A
PNLE36125U33R
19166.00
1600A
PNLE36160U33R
20508.00
L Interrupting
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 9.3:
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE36063U42R
14768.00
800 A
PNLE36080U42R
14768.00
1000 A
PNLE36100U42R
19653.00
1250 A
PNLE36125U42R
19653.00
1600 A
PNLE36160U42R
21030.00
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE36063U43R
16191.00
800 A
PNLE36080U43R
16191.00
1000 A
PNLE36100U43R
21077.00
1250 A
PNLE36125U43R
21077.00
1600 A
PNLE36160U43R
22551.00
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE36063U44R
17964.00
800 A
PNLE36080U44R
17964.00
1000 A
PNLE36100U44R
22850.00
1250 A
PNLE36125U44R
22850.00
1600 A
PNLE36160U44R
24450.00
Micrologic Power Trip Unit
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE36063U63RE1
20382.00
PHLE36063U63RE1
800 A
PNLE36080U63RE1
20382.00
PHLE36080U63RE1
1000 A
PNLE36100U63RE1
25268.00
PHLE36100U63RE1
1250 A
PNLE36125U63RE1
25268.00
PHLE36125U63RE1
1600 A
PNLE36160U63RE1
27036.00
PHLE36160U63RE1
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE36063U64RE1
21410.00
PHLE36063U64RE1
800 A
PNLE36080U64RE1
21410.00
PHLE36080U64RE1
1000 A
PNLE36100U64RE1
26297.00
PHLE36100U64RE1
1250 A
PNLE36125U64RE1
26297.00
PHLE36125U64RE1
1600 A
PNLE36160U64RE1
28136.00
PHLE36160U64RE1
Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.
Table 9.4:
Interrupting Ratings
N
220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Icu
50 kA
50 kA
50 kA
40 kA
30 kA
H
Ics (%Icu)
75%
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Icu
70 kA
70 kA
65 kA
50 kA
42 kA
L
Ics (%Icu)
50%
Icu
150 kA
150 kA
130 kA
100 kA
25 kA
Ics (%Icu)
100%
9-3
Electronic Trip Circuit
Breakers
R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
Class 612
www.schneider-electric.us
9
Table 9.5:
R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip
Unit, IEC Rated
N Interrupting
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Sensor
Rating
Cat. No.
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE36160U32R
2000 A
RNFE36200U32R
2500 A
RNFE36250U32R
3200 A
RNFE36320U32R
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE36160U33R
2000 A
RNFE36200U33R
2500 A
RNFE36250U33R
3200 A
RNFE36320U33R
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE36160U42R
2000 A
RNFE36200U42R
2500 A
RNFE36250U42R
3200 A
RNFE36320U42R
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE36160U43R
2000 A
RNFE36200U43R
2500 A
RNFE36250U43R
3200 A
RNFE36320U43R
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE36160U44R
2000 A
RNFE36200U44R
2500 A
RNFE36250U44R
3200 A
RNFE36320U44R
Micrologic Power Trip Unit
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE36160U63RE1
2000 A
RNFE36200U63RE1
2500 A
RNFE36250U63RE1
3200 A
RNFE36320U63RE1
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE36160U64RE1
2000 A
RNFE36200U64RE1
2500 A
RNFE36250U64RE1
3200 A
RNFE36320U64RE1
Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.
Table 9.6:
H Interrupting
$ Price
Cat. No.
22004.00
22004.00
34607.00
34607.00
RHFE34160U32R
RHFE34200U32R
RHFE34250U32R
RHFE34320U32R
23120.00
23120.00
36384.00
36384.00
22326.00
22326.00
34929.00
34929.00
RHFE34160U33R
RHFE34200U33R
RHFE34250U33R
RHFE34320U33R
23441.00
23441.00
36707.00
36707.00
22812.00
22812.00
35414.00
35414.00
RHFE34160U42R
RHFE34200U42R
RHFE34250U42R
RHFE34320U42R
23928.00
23928.00
37194.00
37194.00
24234.00
24234.00
36837.00
36837.00
RHFE34160U43R
RHFE34300U43R
RHFE34350U43R
RHFE34320U43R
25352.00
25352.00
38618.00
38618.00
26010.00
26010.00
38612.00
38612.00
RHFE34160U44R
RHFE34200U44R
RHFE34250U44R
RHFE34320U44R
27126.00
27126.00
41199.00
41199.00
28425.00
28425.00
41030.00
41030.00
RHFE34160U63RE1
RHFE34200U63RE1
RHFE34250U63RE1
RHFE34320U63RE1
29543.00
29543.00
42809.00
42809.00
29454.00
29454.00
42057.00
42057.00
RHFE34160U64RE1
RHFE34200U64RE1
RHFE34250U64RE1
RHFE34320U64RE1
30572.00
30572.00
43836.00
48386.00
Interrupting Ratings
N
Icu
85 kA
70 kA
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA
220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
9-4
DE2
$ Price
Discount
Schedule
H
Ics
75%
100%
Icu
125 kA
85 kA
85 kA
—
—
Ics (%Icu)
75%
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Electronic Trip Circuit
Breakers
P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
Class 612
www.schneider-electric.us
P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit,
IEC Rated
N Interrupting
Sensor
Rating
Cat. No.
H Interrupting
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
Terminal
Wire
Range
(AWG–kcmil)
$ Price
PHLE46063U32R
PHLE46080U32R
PHLE46100U32R
PHLE46125U32R
PHLE46160U32R
18341.00
18341.00
24783.00
24783.00
26517.00
PLLE46063U32R
PLLE46080U32R
PLLE46100U32R
—
—
19376.00
19376.00
26198.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE46063U33R
PHLE46080U33R
PHLE46100U33R
PHLE46125U33R
PHLE46160U33R
18741.00
18741.00
25182.00
25182.00
26945.00
PLLE46063U33R
PLLE46080U33R
PLLE46100U33R
—
—
19776.00
19776.00
26598.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE46063U42R
PHLE46080U42R
PHLE46100U42R
PHLE46125U42R
PHLE46160U42R
19344.00
19344.00
25787.00
25787.00
27591.00
PLLE46063U42R
PLLE46080U42R
PLLE46100U42R
—
—
20378.00
20378.00
27201.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE46063U43R
PHLE46080U43R
PHLE46100U43R
PHLE46125U43R
PHLE46160U43R
21110.00
21110.00
27551.00
27551.00
29480.00
PLLE46063U43R
PLLE46080U43R
PLLE46100U43R
—
—
22143.00
22143.00
28967.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE46063U44R
PHLE46080U44R
PHLE46100U44R
PHLE46125U44R
PHLE46160U44R
23310.00
23310.00
29750.00
29750.00
31833.00
PLLE46063U44R
PLLE46080U44R
PLLE46100U44R
—
—
24344.00
24344.00
31166.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE46063U63RE1
PHLE46080U63RE1
PHLE46100U63RE1
PHLE46125U63RE1
PHLE46160U63RE1
26307.00
26307.00
32748.00
32748.00
35039.00
PLLE46063U63RE1
PLLE46080U63RE1
PLLE46100U63RE1
—
—
27341.00
27341.00
34164.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
PHLE46063U64RE1
PHLE46080U64RE1
PHLE46100U64RE1
PHLE46125U64RE1
PHLE46160U64RE1
27582.00
27582.00
34022.00
34022.00
36404.00
PLLE46063U64RE1
PLLE46080U64RE1
PLLE46100U64RE1
—
—
28614.00
28614.00
35438.00
—
—
(4) 3/0–500
Al/Cu
9
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE46063U32R
17307.00
800 A
PNLE46080U32R
17307.00
1000 A
PNLE46100U32R
23367.00
1250 A
PNLE46125U32R
23367.00
1600 A
PNLE46160U32R
25002.00
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE46063U33R
17708.00
800 A
PNLE46080U33R
17708.00
1000 A
PNLE46100U33R
23768.00
1250 A
PNLE46125U33R
23768.00
1600 A
PNLE46160U33R
25430.00
L Interrupting
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE46063U42R
18311.00
800 A
PNLE46080U42R
18311.00
1000 A
PNLE46100U42R
24371.00
1250 A
PNLE46125U42R
24371.00
1600 A
PNLE46160U42R
26076.00
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE46063U43R
20076.00
800 A
PNLE46080U43R
20076.00
1000 A
PNLE46100U43R
26135.00
1250 A
PNLE46125U43R
26135.00
1600 A
PNLE46160U43R
27964.00
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE46063U44R
22277.00
800 A
PNLE46080U44R
22277.00
1000 A
PNLE46100U44R
28335.00
1250 A
PNLE46125U44R
28335.00
1600 A
PNLE46160U44R
30317.00
Micrologic Power Trip Unit
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE46063U63RE1
25274.00
800 A
PNLE46080U63RE1
25274.00
1000 A
PNLE46100U63RE1
31332.00
1250 A
PNLE46125U63RE1
31332.00
1600 A
PNLE46160U63RE1
33525.00
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
630 A
PNLE46063U64RE1
26549.00
800 A
PNLE46080U64RE1
26549.00
1000 A
PNLE46100U64RE1
32606.00
1250 A
PNLE46125U64RE1
32606.00
1600 A
PNLE46160U64RE1
34890.00
Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.
Table 9.8:
Interrupting Ratings
N
220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Icu
50 kA
50 kA
50 kA
40 kA
30 kA
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Table 9.7:
H
Ics (%Icu)
75%
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Icu
70 kA
70 kA
65 kA
50 kA
42 kA
L
Ics (%Icu)
50%
Icu
150 kA
150 kA
130 kA
100 kA
25 kA
Ics (%Icu)
100%
9-5
Electronic Trip Circuit
Breakers
R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated
Class 612
www.schneider-electric.us
9
Table 9.9:
R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip
Unit, IEC Rated
N Interrupting
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Sensor
Rating
Cat. No.
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE46160U32R
2000 A
RNFE46200U32R
2500 A
RNFE46250U32R
3200 A
RNFE46320U32R
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE46160U33R
2000 A
RNFE46200U33R
2500 A
RNFE46250U33R
3200 A
RNFE46320U33R
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE46160U42R
2000 A
RNFE46200U42R
2500 A
RNFE46250U42R
3200A
RNFE46320U42R
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE46160U43R
2000 A
RNFE46200U43R
2500 A
RNFE46250U43R
3200 A
RNFE46320U43R
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE46160U44R
2000 A
RNFE46200U44R
2500 A
RNFE46250U44R
3200 A
RNFE46320U44R
Micrologic Power Trip Unit
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE46160U63RE1
2000 A
RNFE46200U63RE1
2500 A
RNFE46250U63RE1
3200 A
RNFE46320U63RE1
4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
1600 A
RNFE46160U64RE1
2000 A
RNFE46200U64RE1
2500 A
RNFE46250U64RE1
3200 A
RNFE46320U64RE1
Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.
Table 9.10:
H Interrupting
$ Price
Cat. No.
27284.00
27284.00
42911.00
42911.00
RHFE44160U32R
RHFE44200U32R
RHFE44250U32R
RHFE44320U32R
28667.00
28667.00
45117.00
45117.00
27684.00
27684.00
43311.00
43311.00
RHFE44160U33R
RHFE44200U33R
RHFE44250U33R
RHFE44320U33R
29067.00
29067.00
45518.00
45518.00
28287.00
28287.00
43914.00
43914.00
RHFE44160U42R
RHFE44200U42R
RHFE44250U42R
RHFE44320U42R
29670.00
29670.00
46119.00
46119.00
30051.00
30051.00
45678.00
45678.00
RHFE44160U43R
RHFE44300U43R
RHFE44350U43R
RHFE44320U43R
31436.00
31436.00
47885.00
47885.00
32252.00
32252.00
47879.00
47879.00
RHFE44160U44R
RHFE44200U44R
RHFE44250U44R
RHFE44320U44R
33636.00
33636.00
51087.00
51087.00
35249.00
35249.00
50876.00
50876.00
RHFE44160U63RE1
RHFE44200U63RE1
RHFE44250U63RE1
RHFE44320U63RE1
36633.00
36633.00
53082.00
53082.00
36522.00
36522.00
52152.00
52152.00
RHFE44160U64RE1
RHFE44200U64RE1
RHFE44250U64RE1
RHFE44320U64RE1
37907.00
37907.00
54357.00
54357.00
Interrupting Ratings
N
Icu
85 kA
70 kA
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA
220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
9-6
DE2
$ Price
Discount
Schedule
H
Ics
75%
100%
Icu
125 kA
85 kA
85 kA
—
—
Ics (%Icu)
75%
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Breaking Capacities
www.schneider-electric.us
•
•
•
•
Circuit Breaker Breaking Capacities
Circuit Breaker Cat. Prefix
International
North America
—
—
SFA (1 pole)a
SFAb
—
FA, FH
FA, FH (1 pole)a
SFH
—
—
—
SLA
QBc
LA
—
LC
LC
—
a
b
c
d
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
—
FC
Short-circuit Ratings (415 Vac)
Current Rating
(Amps)
15–100 A
15–100 A
16–100 A
16–160 A
15–100 A
16–63 A
80–100 A
70–250 Ad
125–400 A
250–400 A
300–400 A
450–630 A
125–400 A
LH
PG
PJ
—
250–1200 A
PL
PK
RG
RJ
—
600–2500 A
RL
RK
—
PA
600–2000 A
—
PC, PH
600–2500 A
PE, PX
PE, PX
600–2500 A
Single pole ratings are 240 V.
SFA 2 & 3 pole marked Line and Load.
IEC rating 415Y/240 Vac; NEMA/UL rating 240 Vac.
250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only.
Ultimate
Service
Withstand
lcu
10 kA
18 kA
25 kA
25 kA
10 kA
65 kA
65 kA
10 kA
20 kA
36 kA
65 kA
65 kA
20 kA
35 kA
50 kA
85 kA
50 kA
35 kA
50 kA
85 kA
70 kA
50 kA
70 kA
70 kA
Ics
2.5 kA
9 kA
12.5 kA
12.5 kA
2.5 kA
50 kA
33 kA
5 kA
5 kA
18 kA
65 kA
50 kA
5 kA
17.5 kA
25 kA
42.5 kA
25 kA
17.5 kA
25 kA
42.5 kA
52.5 kA
38 kA
53 kA
53 kA
Icw
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
25 kA
10 kA
10 kA
25 kA
32 kA
32 kA
32 kA
32 kA
N/A
N/A
12.5
Rating
Insulation
Isolator Rating Impulse
Uimp (kV)
Rating Ui (Vac)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
Yes
6
750
Yes
6
750
No
No
No
6
6
6
750
750
750
9
Table 9.11:
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
CE Marking
International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and IEC 60947-2.
MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your nearest Field Sales office.
Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.
9-7
Circuit Breaker
Dimensions
www.schneider-electric.us
9
B
G
H H
E
•
•
D
C
•
INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
•
A
F
CE Marking
International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and
IEC 60947-2.
MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact
your nearest Field Sales office.
Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.
Table 9.12:
Circuit
Breaker
C/L
E
No.
Poles
Dimensions – mm
Fig.
No.
A
B
C
SFA, SFH/FS, FH
3
1
152
114
80
SLA/LA, LH
3
1
279
152
103
2
2
164
76
77
QB
3
3
164
114
77
PG, PJ, PL
2, 3
4
414
210
140
RG, RJ, RL
2, 3
5
381
420
160
a
Dimensions E are 40 mm at ON end and 16 mm at OFF end.
Figure 1
E
Dimensions
B
C/L
D
105
148
100
100
204
365
E
11
22
a
a
106
222
F
130
235
108
108
200
362
G
38
51
38
200
390
H
19
25
—
19
—
—
A F
E
Figure 2
E
B
G
HH
B
G
D
C
D
B
G
F
C
D
C
E
C/L
AF
A F
AE
E
E
Figure 3
9-8
Figure 4
Figure 5
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 10
International Panelboards
NQX Panelboards
10-2
INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS
Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards
10
NQX Panelboard
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
10-1
NQX Panelboards
Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboard
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: For export application only. Not UL Listed
Panelboard Information
1Ø3W 110/220, 127/220, 115/230/ Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz
3Ø4W 220/110, 220/127, 230/115, 380/220, 415Y/240, 400/230 Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz
Service
Plug-on QOXD and Bolt-on QOBXD
Branches
10–100 A QOXD and QOBXD 1-, 2-, and 3-pole (3000 AIR)
Galvanized steel with removable endwalls with knockouts on one end.
Two sizes:
Boxes
• NQB — 14 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 225 A interior maximum (availability to be announced)
• MH — 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 600 A main lug interior maximum
• Gray baked enamel finish (ANSI49)
• Door with flush lock
• Mono-Flat™ fronts on 100–225 A. Front mounts to the interior with trim screws.
Fronts
•
Common
Features
(Both trim screws and door hinges are concealed.)
Fronts for 400A–600 A interiors are louvered and mount to the enclosure with trim screws.
(Door hinges are concealed.)
Sub-Feed Lugs, Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker, Split Bus, Feed-Through Lugs
10
•
•
•
•
Neutrals
•
•
•
•
Enclosures •
Bus Bars
Aluminum bus, standard — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors
Copper bus, optional — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors
Copper bus, standard — 600 A interiors
INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS
100% Aluminum neutral, standard
100% Copper neutral, optional
200% Neutral, optional
Type 1, standard
Type 3R, 5, and 12, optional
Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Stainless Steel, optional
NOTE: Price factory assembled NQX panelboard in the Quote to Cash Product Selector.
Select "NQ" panelboard, then select the appropriate "International Voltage".
Order Point
Peru, IN
Figure 10.1:
a
Mains
Mains Rating
Main Lugs
70 A
—
QOBXDa, QB, HD
100 A
Yes
QOBXDa, QB, HD
150 A
—
QB, HD
225 A
Yes
QB
250 A
—
JD
400 A
Yes
LA
600 A
Yes
—
Available at 240 Vac maximum.
Figure 10.2:
Distributed Phase Bussing
Main Lugs
Main Circuit Breaker
100 A
(1) #6-2/0 Al or Cu
100 A
QOXD/QOBXD
(1) #4-2/0 Al or Cu
225 A
(1) #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu
150 A
HD
(1) #14-3/0 Al or Cu
400 A
600 A
(1) 1/0-750 kcmil, or
(2) 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu
(2) 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu
225 A
250 A
400 A
10-2
Main Circuit Breaker
QB
(1) #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu, or
JD
(1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu
JD
LA
(1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) #1-600 kcmil, or
(2) #1-250 kcmil Al or Cu
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 11
Obsolescent and Obsolete Circuit Breakers
Obsolescent and Obsolete Types
Circuit Breaker Availability
Pictorial and Dimensions
11-2
11-4—11-5
Obsolescent Circuit Breakers
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
11-6
K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
11-7
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector
11-8
11-9—11-10
UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers
11-11
Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch
Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards
11-12
Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
11-13
EH/EHB Circuit Breakers
11-14
FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
11-15
QE Metering Circuit Breakers
11-16
KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
11-17
NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker
11-18
SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit
11-19
SE Circuit Breaker Accessories
11-20
M-frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
11-21
Field-Installable Accessories
11-22
Mechanical Lug Information
11-23
Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets
11-24
Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)
11-25
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed
11-26
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Automatic Molded-Case Switches
11-27
11-28—11-29
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts
11-30
11
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11-1
Obsolescent and
Obsolete Types
Circuit Breaker Availability
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 11.1:
Circuit Breaker Availability
Availability
Series of
Cat. No.
Frame Size
115A–130A
MO-1 (Add-on)
Volts
Poles
Amperes
Obsolete No Longer Available
120 Vac
1
15–30
Obsolescent
X
215A–250A
MO-2 (Add-on)
120/240 Vac
2
15–50
X
215B–250B
MO-2B (Add-on)
120/240 Vac
2 S.P.
15–50
X
70000
Multi-Breaker
120 Vac
4 S.P.
15–50
X
111600
MO-2
120/240 Vac
2
15–30
X
131600
MO-2
120/240 Vac
2
15–30
X
151101
MO-1
120 Vac
1
15–30
X
151600
MO-2
120/240 Vac
2
15–30
X
161101
MO-1
120 Vac
1 With SN
15–30
X
161600
MO-2
120/240 Vac
2 With SN
15–30
X
161700
MO-2
120/240 Vac
2 S.P.
15–30
X
260000
MB (Left-hand)
120 Vac
4 S.P.
15–50
X
270000
MB (Right-hand)
120 Vac
4 S.P.
15–50
X
460000
MO-8
120/240 Vac
4 S.P.
15–50
X
11
470000
MO-4
120/240 Vac
4 S.P.
15–40
X
480000
MO-4 (Plug-in)
120/240 Vac
4 S.P.
15–50
X
940000
LM
600 Vac
2-3
125–800
X
950000
50 A Form W
250 Vac
1, 2, 3
15–50
X
951000
50 A Form W
250 Vac
2, 3
15–50
X
952000
50 A Form W
250 Vac
2, 3
15–50
X
953000
Flip-on Form W
230 Vac
1, 2, 3
15–50
X
954000
100 A Form W (Trip Unit)
250 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
955000
100 A Form W
250 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
956000
225 A Form W
250 Vac
2, 3
70–225
X
957000
400 A (KL) Form W
250 Vac
2, 3
125–400
X
958000
600 A (WL) Form W
250 Vac
2, 3
225–600
X
959000
KL Frame Only
600 Vac
2, 3
125–400
X
961000
50 A Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
15–50
X
962000
50 A Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
15–50
X
964000
100 A Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
965000
100 A Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
966000
225 A Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
70–225
X
967000
400 A (KL) Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
125–400
X
968000
600 A (WL) Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
225–600
X
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
970000
Type L Form W
240 Vac
1, 2, 3
10–50
X
971000
Type L Form W (Flip-on)
240 Vac
1, 2, 3
10–50
X
972000
M1 (Bolt-on)
240 Vac
2, 3
15–70
X
973000
M2 (Bolt-on)
240 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
974000
MM (M) (Bolt-on)
120/240 Vac
2 S.P.
15–50
X
975000
100 A Trip Unit
250 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
976000
225 A Trip Unit
250 Vac
2, 3
70–225
X
977000
KL Trip Unit
600 Vac
2, 3
125–400
X
978000
LM Trip Unit
600 Vac
2, 3
225–800
X
979000
WL Frame
600 Vac
2, 3
225–600
X
982000
50 A Form W (Flip-on)
125/250 Vac
1, 2, 3
15–50
X
984000
ML-2
250 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
985000
100 A (G) Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
50–100
X
986000
100 A (F) Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
10–100
X
987000
ML-3
250 Vac
2, 3
125–225
X
988000
ML-1
250 Vac
2, 3
15–100
X
989000
ML-1
480 Vac
2, 3
15–100
X
991000
QB
120/240 Vac
1
15–50
X
992000
ML
120/240 Vac
1, 2, 3
10–50
X
992900
ML Form Y
277 Vac
1
10–20
X
994000
ML-2
600 Vac
2, 3
15–100
X
995000
100 A (G) Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
15–100
X
996000
100 A (F) Form W
600 Vac
2, 3
15–100
X
997000
ML-3
600 Vac
2, 3
50–225
X
998000
ML-1
600 Vac
2, 3
15–100
X
999000
ML-1
600 Vac
2, 3
15–100
X
A1B
100 A
120/240 Vac
1, 2, 3
15–100
X
EH, EHB
100 A
480Y/277 Vac
1, 2, 3
15–100
EH
See page 11-14
FC
100 A
480 Vac
2, 3
15–100
FC
See page 11-5
FD, FG, FJ
100 A
480Y/277 Vac
1, 2, 3
15–100
X
GJL / NENL
100 A
480 Vac
3
15–100
X
KA, KH, KC
250 A
480 Vac
2, 3
70–250
X
See pgs. 11-6–11-8
Contact your local Sales Office for availability.
11-2
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent and
Obsolete Types
Circuit Breaker Availability
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
Circuit Breaker Availability. Continued
Availability
Series of
Cat. No.
Frame Size
FI, FIL
100 A
480 Vac
2, 3
20–100
X
KI, KIL
225 A
480 Vac
2, 3
110–225
X
LI, LIL
400 A
480 Vac
2, 3
300–400
X
KD, KG
250 A
240 Vac
2, 3
100–250
KG
LA(JKL) 0000
400 A
600 Vac
2, 3
125–400
X
X
Volts
Poles
Amperes
Obsolete No Longer Available
MA-0000
1000 A
600 Vac
2, 3
125–1000
Masterpact M/MP/MC
6300 A
600 Vac
3, 4
800–6300
MEC
225 A
600 Vac
2, 3
100–225
X
MEC
400 A
600 Vac
2, 3
250–400
X
MEC
800 A
600 Vac
2, 3
400–800
X
MHAB, BC, CA
MM (Plug-on)
120/240 Vac
2 S.P.
15–50
X
MHAB, BC, CA
M1 (Plug-on)
120/240 Vac
2, 3
15–70
X
MHAB, BC, CA
M2 (Plug-on)
120/240 Vac
2, 3
70–100
X
Obsolescent
See page 11-17
See pgs. 11-27–11-30
NHL
1200 A
480 Vac
2, 3
800–1200
PEC
1200 A
600 Vac
2, 3
600–1200
X
See page 11-18
PEC
1600 A
600 Vac
2, 3
1000–1600
X
PEC
2000 A
600 Vac
2, 3
1000–2000
X
QOT
Series 1
120/240 Vac
1, 2
30
X
Q1, Q1B
150 A
120/240 Vac
1, 2
15–100
X
Q1, Q1B
150 A
240 Vac
3
15–100
X
Q1-H, Q1B-H
100 A
240 Vac
2
15–100
X
Q1-VH, Q1B-VH
125 A
120/240 Vac
2
15–30
X
Q1-VH, Q1B-VH
100 A
240 Vac
3
15–30
X
X
Q2, Q2-H, Q2H
225 A
240 Vac
2, 3
100–225
QE
200 A
120/240 Vac
2, 3
70–200
SE
4000 A
600 Vac
3
200–4000
CK
1200 A
480 Vac
3
400–1200
CM
2000 A
480 Vac
3
1250–2000
X
XO
50 A
120/240 Vac
1, 2
15–50
X
See page 11-16
See pgs. 11-20
X
Y1B
100 A
277 Vac
1
15–100
X
ME, MEL
250 A, 400 A, 800 A
600 Vac
3
100–800
X
MX, MXL
250 A, 400 A, 800 A
600 Vac
3
100–800
X
NA, NAL
1200 A
600 Vac
3
600–1200
X
NC, NCL
1200 A
600 Vac
3
600–1200
X
NX, NXL
1200 A
600 Vac
3
600–1200
X
NE, NEL
1200 A
600 Vac
3
600–1200
X
PAF
2000 A
600 Vac
3
600–2000
X
PHF
2000 A
600 Vac
2, 3
600–2000
X
PCF
2500 A
600 Vac
2, 3
1600–2500
X
PXF
2500 A
600 Vac
2, 3
600–2500
X
PEF
2500 A
600 Vac
3
600–2500
X
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Table 11.2:
11
Contact your local Sales Office for availability.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11-3
Obsolescent and
Obsolete Types
Pictorial and Dimensions
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
LIL
LA (W)
MA (W)
ML-2
ML-1
Table 11.3:
Circuit Breaker Dimensions
Dimensions
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Cat. No.
Prefix
QB
ML-1
ML-2
ML-3
LA (W)
MA (W)
KL
991
992
992
992
999
994
997
LA
MA
967
LM
FIL (4)
KIL (4)
LIL
NHL
940
IFL
IKL
ILL
NHL
ML
Number
Poles
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
m
m
in.
mm
in.
mm
1
1
2
3
2&3
2&3
2&3
2&3
2&3
2&3
3.75
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.50
9.56
10.38
10.75
16.00
22.00
95
152
152
152
165
243
264
273
406
559
1.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.47
4.47
5.97
8.25
8.25
8.25
25
25
51
76
113
113
152
209
209
209
2.50
3.09
3.09
3.09
3.06
3.75
3.88
4.31
4.06
5.50
63
78
78
78
78
95
98
109
103
140
3.06
3.91
3.91
3.91
3.94
4.88
5.31
5.50
6.06
7.00
78
99
99
99
100
124
135
140
154
178
—
.88
.88
.88
.94
1.69
1.69
.63
.88
.63
—
22
22
22
24
43
43
16
22
16
—
4.25
4.25
4.25
4.25
6.50
6.63
9.50
14.25
20.75
—
108
108
108
108
165
168
241
362
527
—
—
—
—
1.50
1.50
2.00
2.75
2.75
2.75
—
—
—
—
38
38
51
70
70
70
—
.33
.19
1.83
.75
.75
1.00
1.38
1.38
1.38
—
8
5
46
19
19
25
35
35
35
2&3
2&3
2&3
2&3
2&3
22.00
8.29
11.00
11.00
20.00
559
210
279
279
508
8.25
4.46
6.00
12.00
12.00
209
113
152
305
305
5.50
3.67
4.02
4.05
5.75
140
93
102
103
146
7.00
4.70
5.51
6.11
8.12
178
119
140
155
206
.63
.44
.88
.88
5.87
16
11
22
22
149
20.75
7.41
9.25
9.25
7.76
527
188
235
235
197
2.75
1.50
2.00
4.00
4.00
70
38
51
102
102
1.38
.75
1.00
2.00
2.00
35
19
25
51
51
B
G
E
A
11-4
H
D
H
C
F
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent and
Obsolete Types
Pictorial and Dimensions
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
Figure 1
Figure 3
EH, EHB
Figure 4
D
A
A
B E
B E
E
C
A
G
HH
E
B
C/L
C/L
B E
D
C
A F
A F
E
E
B
Figure 6
B
G
HH
E
B
E
C/L
A F
A F
E
C
D
E
Table 11.4:
E
B
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
Fig.
No.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
1
2
3
1
2, 3
2
3
1
2
3
1.00
2.00
3.00
3.50
3.50a
3.50a
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.44
2.44
2.44
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
5
6.44
6.44
3.00
4.50
3.16
3.16
2.97
2.97
2.97
Width 1.50
Width 3.00
3.92
3.92
b
b
4.25
4.25
—
1.50
—
0.75
2, 3
2&3
6
7
4.12
14.75
7.35
9.00
3.20
4.37
4.17
6.50
3.34
1.66
—
11.43
—
3.00
—
1.50
2&3
8
12.12
14.98
6.40
8.07
1.69
8.75
5.00
—
1
9
6.00
1.50
3.16
3.16
FCL
2
10
6.00
3.00 c
3
11
6.00
4.50
3.16
MAL, MHL
2&3
8
14.00
9.00
4.53
NA, NC, NX, NE
2&3
8
12.12
14.98
6.40
PA, PH, PX, PE
2&3
12
20.06
13.70
7.25
PC, PX-25, PE-20-25 2 & 3
13
26.10
23.30
13.33
a
70–100 A is 4.00 in.
b
Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.
c
FCL 2-pole circuit breaker dimension B is 4.50 as in Fig. 23.
4.13
4.13
4.13
6.50
8.07
10.47
16.55
0.44
0.44
0.44
1.66
1.69
14.00
14.10
5.13
5.13
5.13
10.69
8.75
12.00
12.00
1.50
—
1.50
3.00
5.0
12.75
—
—
—
0.75
1.50
—
—
—
EH, EHB
FDA, FGA, FJA
E
Q2L, Q2L-H
B
G
HH
E
D
C
C/L
A F
E
B
G
F
D
C
KD, KG
MXL, MEL
NAL, NCL,
NEL, NXL
Table 11.5:
A E
B
G
F
Dimensions—In.
No.
Poles
C/L
A F
Circuit Breaker Dimensions
D
Frame Size
Approx. Shipping Weight
(Lbs.)
MAL
MHL
PAF
PHF
PXF
PEF
34
69
80
C
E
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A
A
D
C
11
E
B
G
D
C
11-5
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 650
www.schneider-electric.us
FC circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or
replacement.
Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on page 11-6 are permanent trip UL Listed, CSA® Certified, IEC
rated, and also meet the requirements of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on Digest pages 7-4
through 7-7.
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest
Section 7 for more information.
FAL/FHL 2P
15–100 A
Table 11.6:
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac
Extra-High Interrupting
Fixed AC Magnetic
Trip
Ampere
Rating
Hold
275 A
275 A
275 A
275 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
400 A
800 A
800 A
800 A
900 A
900 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
FAL/FHL 3P
15–100 A
Table 11.7:
Trip
600 A
600 A
600 A
600 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
850 A
1450 A
1450 A
1450 A
1700 A
1700 A
2P
3P
Terminal
480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc Wire Range
(AWG)
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
—
FCL34015
—
FCL34020
CU30FA4
(1) 14–10 Cu
—
FCL34025
—
FCL34030
—
FCL34035
—
FCL34040
—
FCL34045
FCL24050
FCL34050
AL100FA4
FCL24060
FCL34060
(1) 14–3 Cu
or (2) 12–1 Al
FCL24070
FCL34070
FCL24080
FCL24090
FCL24100
FCL34080
FCL34090
FCL34100
Interrupting Ratings
FAL
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
10 kA
—
—
18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA
—
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA
Termination Option
FHL
FCL
FIL
25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P)
25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA (2P, 3P)
100 kA
65 kA
—
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
For factory-installed termination, place
11
Termination Letter
termination letter in the third block of the
F = No Lugs
circuit breaker catalog number.
L = Lugs both ends
FAL36100
P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end
Termination Letter
P = Lugs OFF end
FA 2P
3 in. (76 mm)
Mounting Height
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Table 11.8:
F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 480 Vac
Extra-High Interruptingc
Ampere
Rating
FA 3P
4.5 in. (114 mm)
Mounting Height
Table 11.9:
1P
A
B
C
FA14035A
FA14035B
FA14035C
ABC
CBA
2Pa
3P
480 Vac, 250 Vdcb
480 Vac, 250 Vdcc
Terminal
Wire Range
(AWG)
Hold
Trip
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
15 A
275 A
600 A
—
FC34015
20 A
275 A
600 A
—
FC34020
CU30FA4
(1) 14–10 Cu
25 A
275 A
600 A
—
FC34025
30 A
275 A
600 A
—
FC34030
35 A
400 A
850 A
—
FC34035
40 A
400 A
850 A
—
FC34040
45 A
400 A
850 A
—
FC34045
50 A
400 A
850 A
FC24050( )
FC34050
AL100FA4
60 A
800 A
1450 A
FC24060( )
FC34060
(1) 14–3 Cu
or
(1) 12–1 Al
70 A
800 A
1450 A
FC24070( )
FC34070
80 A
800 A
1450 A
FC24080( )
FC34080
90 A
900 A
1700 A
FC24090( )
FC34090
100 A
900 A
1700 A
FC24100( )
FC34100
a
1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
b
FCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.
c
FCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.
Phase Options
Phase Option
Letter
AB
AC
BC
Fixed AC Magnetic
Trip
2P
Table 11.10:
3P
Voltage
240 Vac
277 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
FA24030AB
FA24030AC
FA24030BC
Interrupting Ratings
FA
240 Vac
10 kA
—
—
—
480 Vac
18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA
18 kA
—
600 Vac
25 kA
—
18 kA
14 kA
FH
FC
FI
25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P)
—
25 kA (2P, 3P)
18 kA (2P, 3P)
100 kA
65 kA
65 kA
—
200 kA
—
200 kA
100 kA
FA34030
FA34030CBA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28
OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
11-6
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 655, 825, 660
www.schneider-electric.us
K-frame circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or
replacement.
High
Standard
Interrupting
Cat. No.
High
Interrupting
Cat. No.
Extra-High
Interruptingb
Cat. No.
Terminal
Wire Range
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
70
350 A
80
400 A
90
450 A
100
500 A
110
550 A
125
625 A
150
750 A
175
875 A
200
1000 A
225
1125 A
250
1250 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1100 A
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
KAL26070
KAL26080
KAL26090
KAL26100
KAL26110
KAL26125
KAL26150
KAL26175
KAL26200
KAL26225
KAL26250
KHL26070
KHL26080
KHL26090
KHL26100
KHL26110
KHL26125
KHL26150
KHL26175
KHL26200
KHL26225
KHL26250
—
—
—
—
KCL24110
KCL24125
KCL24150
KCL24175
KCL24200
KCL24225
KCL24250
AL250KA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
70
350 A
80
400 A
90
450 A
100
500 A
110
550 A
125
625 A
150
750 A
175
875 A
200
1000 A
225
1125 A
250
1250 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1100 A
1250 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
KAL36070
KAL36080
KAL36090
KAL36100
KAL36110
KAL36125
KAL36150
KAL36175
KAL36200
KAL36225
KAL36250
KHL36070
KHL36080
KHL36090
KHL36100
KHL36110
KHL36125
KHL36150
KHL36175
KHL36200
KHL36225
KHL36250
—
—
—
—
KCL34110
KCL34125
KCL34150
KCL34175
KCL34200
KCL34225
KCL34250
AL250KA
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
Low
Table 11.12:
Ampere
Rating
K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa
Low
Standard
Interrupting
Cat. No.
High
High
Interrupting
Cat. No.
Extra-High
Interruptingb
Cat. No.
Terminal
Wire Range
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc
70
350 A
700 A
KA26070( )
KH26070( )
—
80
400 A
800 A
KA26080( )
KH26080( )
—
90
450 A
900 A
KA26090( )
KH26090( )
—
100
500 A
1000 A
KA26100( )
KH26100( )
—
110
550 A
1100 A
KA26110( )
KH26110( )
KC24110( )
AL250KA
125
625 A
1250 A
KA26125( )
KH26125( )
KC24125( )
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
150
750 A
1500 A
KA26150( )
KH26150( )
KC24150( )
175
875 A
1750 A
KA26175( )
KH26175( )
KC24175( )
200
1000 A
2000 A
KA26200( )
KH26200( )
KC24200( )
225
1125 A
2250 A
KA26225( )
KH26225( )
KC24225( )
250
1250 A
2500 A
KA26250( )
KH26250( )
KC24250( )
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
70
350 A
700 A
KA36070
KH36070
—
80
400 A
800 A
KA36080
KH36080
—
90
450 A
900 A
KA36090
KH36090
—
100
500 A
1000 A
KA36100
KH36100
—
110
550 A
1100 A
KA36110
KH36110
KC34110
AL250KA
125
625 A
1250 A
KA36125
KH36125
KC34125
(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al
150
750 A
1500 A
KA36150
KH36150
KH34150
175
875 A
1750 A
KA36175
KH36175
KC34175
200
1000 A
2000 A
KA36200
KH36200
KC34200
225
1125 A
2250 A
KA36225
KH36225
KC34225
250
1250 A
2500 A
KA36250
KH36250
KC34250
a
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.
b
KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac
c
2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
Table 11.13:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Interrupting Ratings
KA, KAL
42 kA
25 kA
22 kA
Table 11.14:
KH, KHL
65 kA
35 kA
25 kA
KC, KCL
100 kA
65 kA
—
KI, KIL
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
Phase Options
Phase Option Letter
2P
AB
AC
BC
KA26250AB
KA26250AC
KA26250BC
ABC
CBA
Table 11.15:
3P
KA36250
KA36250CBA
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentse
Circuit
Breaker
Prefix
Manually Operated
Electrically Operated
Operator
Walking Beam
Mounting Pan Cat.
Operator
Walking Beam
Suffix
Ass'y. Cat. No.
No.
Suffix
Ass'y. Cat. No. Mounting Pan Cat. No.
KAL
WB
KA4WB
KAWBP4
WBMO
KA9WB
KAWBP9
d
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix, 1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.
e
Fully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The
completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28
OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
11-7
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Ampere
Rating
KA/KH/KC 2P and 3P
4.5 in. (114 mm)
Mounting Height
K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa
11
Table 11.11:
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Automatic Molded-Case Switches
Class 680, 685
www.schneider-electric.us
These automatic molded case switches are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for
replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Automatic Molded Case Switches
Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only
the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no
overload or low level fault protection.
Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping
device such as a shunt trip.
Automatic switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA® Certified.
Table 11.16:
Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac
2P
3P
Withstand Ratingdc
Trip Point (A)a
Lug Kit
Installed
Cat. No.
Availability
Cat. No.
Availability 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc
AC
DC
100
FHL26000Mb
FHL36000Mb
65k
25k
18k
10k
1500
1725
AL100FA
150
—
FHL3600015Mb
65k
25k
18k
—
2500
—
AL150FA
400
LHL26000M
LHL36000M
65k
35k
25k
10k
8000
9600
AL400LA
250
KHL26000Mb Not Available
KHL36000Mb
Not Available
65k
35k
25k
10k
4500
5175
AL250KA
600
MHL260006M
Not Available
MHL360006M
65k
65k
25k
10k
9000
9900
AL900MA
800
MHL260008M
Not Available
MHL360008M
65k
65k
25k
10k
9000
9900
AL900MA
a
UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.
b
FHL and KHL automatic switches will not accept cylinder lock attachments.
c
The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
with an equal continuous current rating.
d
The short circuit current rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit
breaker with an equal continuous current rating.
Ampere
Rating
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28
OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
11-8
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector
Class 680, 685
www.schneider-electric.us
These Mag-Gard™ motor circuit protectors are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for
new installations or replacement.
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector
Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip
level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit
protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting
ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor
starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction. H-construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers are also available.
Table 11.17:
Ampere
Rating
150 A
Magnetic Only 3–1200 A 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Adjustablea
Trip Range
Cat. No.
3P only
750–1500 A
400–800 A
750–1500 A
1000–2000 A
1125–2250 A
1250–2500 A
KAL3615026M
KAL3625021M
KAL3625026M
KAL
250 A
KAL3625030M
KAL3625031M
KAL3625032M
3A
FAL3600311M
8–28 A
7A
FAL3600712M
18–70 A
15 A
FAL3601513M
50–180 A
30
A
FAL3603013M
FAL
50–180 A
30 A
FAL3603015M
150–580 A
50 A
FAL3605016M
150–580 A
100 A
FAL3610016M
300–1100 A
100 A
FAL3610018M
a
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload
relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance
welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the
front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a
contactor and overload relay.
Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:
Horsepower
1/2 or less
3/4 to 1-1/2
2 to 3
5 to 25
30 to 125
150 or more
Motor Code Letters
A–L
A–K
A–J
A–H
A–G
A–F
For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor
horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.
Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an Ampere rating recommended for the hp and
voltage involved.
Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load Amperes. (FLA) for other than Design
E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA.
The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of
the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer
from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
from Digest page 7-32 for those applications.
Part-winding motors, per NEC® 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the
allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means
per NEC 430.103.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28
OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
11-9
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Use selection table for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as
follows:
11
1.
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector
Class 680, 685
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 11.18:
Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection
Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors
3Ø 60 Hz ac
200 V
230 V
460 V
Full Load
Amperesa
Mag-Gard
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
0.8
1
1.1
1.4
1.8
2
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.7
2.8
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.9
4.1
4.8
5.2
6
6.1
6.8
7.6
7.8
9
9.6
11
14
15.2
17
17.5
21
22
25.3
27
28
32
32.2
34
40
41
42
48.3
52
54
62
65
68
92
104
144
150
154
156
177.1
180
192
FAL3600311Ma
FAL3600311Ma
FAL3600311M
FAL3600311M
FAL3600311M
FAL3600311M
FAL3600311M
FAL3600311M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
FAL3601513M
FAL3601513M
FAL3601513M
FAL3601513M
FAL3601513M
FAL3601513M
FAL3603015M
FAL3603015M
FAL3603015M
FAL3603015M
FAL3603015M
FAL3605016M
FAL3605016M
FAL3605016M
FAL3605016M
FAL3605016M
FAL3605016M
FAL3605016M
FAL3605016M
FAL3610018M
FAL3610018M
FAL3610018M
FAL3610018M
FAL3610018M
FAL3610018M
FAL3610018M
FAL3610018M
KAL3625025M
KAL3625026M
KAL3625030M
KAL3625030M
KAL3625031M
KAL3625031M
KAL3625032M
KAL3625032M
KAL3625032M
575 V
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1
1/2
1-1/2
1/2
1-1/2
2
3/4
3/4
2
1
3
1
3
1-1/2
1-1/2
5
2
5
2
7-1/2
3
3
7-1/2
10
10
5
15
5
15
7-1/2
20
7-1/2
20
25
10
30
10
25
30
40
15
15
11
40
50
20
20
60
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
50
25
30
40
150
50
60
125
60
150
75
a
b
200
Magnetic Trip
Settings b
MIN
MAX
1000%
800%
700%
600%
400%
400%
400%
300%
700%
700%
600%
600%
500%
500%
500%
400%
400%
300%
300%
300%
700%
700%
600%
600%
500%
500%
700%
700%
600%
600%
500%
700%
600%
600%
500%
500%
500%
400%
400%
700%
700%
600%
600%
600%
500%
500%
400%
700%
700%
700%
700%
700%
700%
700%
700%
700%
3500%
2800%
2500%
2000%
1600%
1400%
1300%
1200%
2700%
2600%
2500%
2200%
2100%
1900%
1800%
1700%
1500%
1300%
1200%
1100%
2600%
2400%
2300%
2000%
1900%
1600%
2500%
2300%
2100%
2000%
1700%
2600%
2300%
2100%
2100%
1800%
1800%
1700%
1500%
2700%
2600%
2300%
2100%
2000%
1800%
1700%
1600%
1400%
1400%
1400%
1300%
1500%
1400%
1400%
1400%
1300%
Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load
current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest Section 15 for
selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system
voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600 volts.
Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28
OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5
11-10
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers
Class 600
www.schneider-electric.us
These marine circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new
installations or replacement.
A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used
aboard a boat or vessel is included in Supplement SA to UL 489, “Standard for Molded
Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’ (also referred to as UL product
category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard
regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA® 302
“Standard for Motor Craft (Pleasure and Commercial)’’. In order to be UL Listed for marine
use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections
and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit breakers
should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers.
The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on
vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also
be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.)
Table 11.19:
Cat. No. Prefix
Poles
Ampere
Rating
Application
Cat. No.
$ Price
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
15–100 A
70–250 A
70–250 A
110–250 A
For use only on vessels over
65 feet (19.8 m) in length.
Add the number “9’’ after the catalog number prefix
of the standard circuit breaker catalog number.
Example:
Standard FAL36100
Marine FAL936100
There is a 20% adder to the price of the equivalent
standard circuit breaker.
All marine circuit breakers are supplied
with copper lugs.
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
FC, FCL
KA, KAL
KH, KHL
KC, KCL
CIrcuit Breakers for Marine Applications
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
11-11
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch
Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards
www.schneider-electric.us
NQO, NQOB, and NQOD circuit breakers and panelboards are obsolete. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is
available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Replacing Obsolescent Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers In NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards
2P QO
Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers have been replaced by QO and QOB circuit breakers.
Table 1 below is used for replacing 1P, 2P or 3P Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers with QO and QOB branch circuit
breakers in NQO, NQOB and NQOD panelboards.
Table 2 below is used for replacing Q1 and Q1B main circuit breakers in NQO and NQOB panelboards.
Table 11.20:
Replacing Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers with QO and QOB Branch Circuit Breakers
Branch Circuit Breaker
Panelboard
Type
Obsolete
Available
Mounting Assembly
Requiredc
Q1B
QOB
QO
QOB
SK5668
SKNQOD225b
SKNQOD225b
NQOB
NQOD
NQOD
2P QOB
Table 11.21:
a
b
c
Replacing Q1 and Q1B Main Circuit Breakers in NQO and NQOB Panelboards
Main Circuit Breaker
Panelboard
Type
Obsolete
Available
Mounting Assembly
Requiredc
Retaining Kit
Required
NQOB
Q1B
QOB
SK5668
—
Mounting assembly SK5669 is used to mount both Q1 and QO circuit breakers. Not required for replacement purposes.
225 A maximum. For 400–600 ampere circuit breaker mounting assembly, see Class 1630 Service Bulletin.
Discount Schedule PE1A.
Branch Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards
Replacement circuit breakers for ML panelboards are determined by the manufacture date of the panel and the panel
depth. (See chart below)
2P Q1
Table 11.22:
Replacement Circuit Breakers in ML Panelboards
Panel Depth
Manufacture Date
1948–1956
1958–1961
1962–1968
in.
mm
8.63
10.00
10.63
219
254
270
Availability of Replacement Circuit Breakers
No Replacements Available
No Replacements Available
Refer to Tables Below
11
The tables below are used for replacing or adding circuit breakers to 10-5/8 inch deep ML panelboards manufactured
from 1962–1968 and for switchboards manufactured from 1962–1968.
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Table 11.23:
Ampere
Rating
in.
mm
Cat. No.
Prefix
Replacement
Circuit
Breaker
Mounting
Assembly
Required
ML-1
ML-3
LA (W)
MA (W)
FAL
KAL
LAL
MAL
MAL
15–100 A
100–225 A
225–400
125–1000 A
15–100 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
300–1000 A
125–250 A
4.50
6.00
8.25
8.25
4.50
4.50
6.00
9.00
9.00
114
152
210
210
114
114
152
229
229
989 or 999
997
LA
MA
FAL
KAL
LAL
MAL
MAL
FAL
KAL
LAL
MAL
FAL
KAL
LAL
MAL
LAL
SK4515d
SK4516d
SK4517
SK4578
Table 11.24:
d
11-12
Replacement of Existing Circuit Breakers
Existing
Circuit
Breaker
Mounting Height
No
Mounting
Assembly
Required
SK4517
Single or Twin
Poles
(Mounting
Required
Assembly)
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
Twin
Twin
Single
Single
Twin
Twin
Single
Single
Single
Availability
Not Available
Adding New Circuit Breakers
Mounting Height
Cat. No.
Prefix
Ampere Rating
Mounting Assembly
Required
in.
mm
Poles
Required
Single or Twin
(Mounting Assembly)
FAL
KAL
LAL
MAL
15–100 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
300–1000 A
SK4515
SK4516
SK4517
SK4578
4.50
4.50
6.00
9.00
114
114
152
229
3P
3P
3P
3P
Twin
Twin
Single
Single
Mounting assemblies for twin-mounted circuit breakers will only accept the same family and configuration of circuit breakers, i.e., FAL and FAL.
DE5A
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
Class 666, 671, 677
www.schneider-electric.us
These rating plugs are for electronic circuit breakers which are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ circuit breakers
for new installations or replacement.
Replacement rating plugs for circuit breakers
manufactured before Micrologic™.
Replacement Rating Plugs for PreMicrologic Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breakers
Manufactured
Before Micrologic
Frame
Size
225 A
ME Circuit Breakers
Manufactured
before Micrologic
ME
400 A
800 A
1200 A
PE Micrologic
Circuit Breakers
PE-G/PEC-G
Built before
June 1, 1982
and all PE/PEC
1600 A
2000 A
1200 A
PE Circuit Breakers
Manufactured
before Micrologic
PE-G/PEC-G
Built after
June 1, 1982
1600 A
2000 A
Table 11.26:
SE Micrologic
Circuit Breakers
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
250 A
350 A
450 A
500 A
700 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1200 A
1000 A
1200 A
1400 A
1000 A
1200 A
1400 A
1800 A
2000 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1000 A
1200 A
1400 A
1000 A
1200 A
1400 A
1800 A
2000 A
ME2100
ME2110
ME2125
ME2150
ME2175
ME4250
ME4350
ME8450
ME8500
ME8700
PE120600
PE120700
PE120800
PE120900
PE121200
PE161000
PE161200
PE161400
PE161000
PE161200
PE161400
PE201800
PE202000
PEG120600
PEG120700
PEG120800
PEG121000
PEG121200
PEG161000
PEG161200
PEG161400
PEG161000
PEG161200
PEG161400
PEG201800
PEG202000
Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for ME,
NE, PE and SE Circuit Breakers with
Full-Function Micrologic Trip System
Manufactured Between December 1989
and September 1992
Old Cat. No.
New Cat. No.
Multiplier Value
RP040
RP050
RP056
RP058
RP060
RP063
RP067
RP070
RP075
RP080
ARP040
ARP050
ARP056
ARP058
ARP060
ARP063
ARP067
ARP070
ARP075
ARP080
0.400
0.500
0.563
0.583
0.600
0.625
0.667
0.700
0.750
0.800
RP083
RP088
RP090
RP100
ARP083
ARP088
ARP090
ARP100
0.833
0.875
0.900
1.000
DE5A
Table 11.27:
DE2
Discount
Schedule
Replacement Rating Plugs for
Micrologic Circuit Breakers
Frame Size
225 A
Micrologic
ME Series 3
400 A
800 A
Micrologic
NE Series 1
1200 A
1200 A
Micrologic
PE Series 4
1600 A
2000 A
200 A
400 A
Micrologic
SE Series 2
800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
e
Ampere Rating
Cat. No.e
100 A
110 A
150 A
175 A
250 A
450 A
500 A
700 A
600 A
630 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
600 A
700 A
1000 A
1200 A
1000 A
1200 A
1000 A
1200 A
1400 A
1600 A
1800 A
100 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
200 A
250 A
300A
350 A
450 A
500 A
700 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
ME2100RP
ME2110RP
ME2150RP
ME2175RP
ME4250RP
ME8450RP
ME8500RP
ME8700RP
NE120600RP
NE120630RP
NE120700RP
NE120800RP
NE120900RP
NE121000RP
PE120600RP
PE120700RP
PE121000RP
PE121200RP
PE161000RP
PE161200RP
PE201000RP
PE201200RP
PE201400RP
PE201600RP
PE201800RP
S9020100RP
S9020125RP
S9020150RP
S9020175RP
S9020200RP
S9040200RP
S9040250RP
S9040300RP
S9040350RP
S9080450RP
S9080500RP
S9080700RP
S9120800RP
S9121000RP
S9121200RP
S9161600RP
S9202000RP
Contact your nearest local sales office for availability.
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Table 11.25:
11
ME Micrologic
Circuit Breakers
11-13
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
EH/EHB Circuit Breakers
Class 590, 652
www.schneider-electric.us
EH/EHB circuit breakers are obsolete. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill
purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Table 11.28:
E Frame—100 A, Thermal Magnetic (480Y/277 Vac)
1P
277 Vac—14 kA
120 Vac—65 kA
Amp
Rating
Plug-On
Cat. No.
2P
480Y/277 Vac—14 kA
120/240 Vac—65 kA
3P
480Y/277 Vac—14 kA
240 Vac—65 kA
Bolt-On
Bolt-On
Bolt-On
Availability
Cat. No.
Availability
Cat. No.
Requires
1 Space
Requires
1 Space
Availability
Cat. No.
Availability
Wire Size
(AWG)
Al
Cu
Wire
Temp.
Requires
3 Spaces
Requires
2 Spaces
EH/EHB Circuit Breakers
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
11
50 A
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
100 A
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
EHB14015 a
—
EHB140151082
EHB14020 a
—
—
—
Not Available
—
—
—
Not Available
—
Not Available
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
—
Not Available
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Not Available
—
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
—
Not Available
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Not Available
EHB140301082
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
—
Not Available
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
EHB24015
—
—
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
EHB34015
EHB340151042
EHB340151082
EHB34020
—
—
—
—
(2) 14–10
(2) 14–10
(2) 14–10
(2) 14–10
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
—
Not Available
—
Not Available
—
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
—
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
EHB340201042
EHB340201082
EHB340201212
Not Available
—
—
—
12–8
(2) 14–10
(2) 14–10
(2) 14–10
14–8
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
Not Available
Not Available
EHB240301042
EHB240301082
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
EHB24050
—
—
—
EHB24060
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
EHB24100b
EHB241001082
Not Available
EHB34030
EHB340301082
EHB340301212
EHB3403035
EHB34035
Not Available
Not Available
EHB340401212
Not Available
Not Available
EHB340501042
EHB340501082
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
12–8
12–8
12–8
12–8
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
12–2
4–2/0
4–2/0
4–2/0
4–2/0
4–2/0
14–8
14–8
14–8
14–8
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
4–2/0
4–2/0
4–2/0
4–2/0
4–2/0
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
75 oC
Not Available
—
(2) 14–10
Not Available
—
12–8
12–8
(2) 14–10
14–8
14–8
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
60/75 oC
—
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
—
Not Available
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
—
—
Not Available
—
—
—
—
—
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
EH/EHB HID Circuit Breakers — For Use on High Intensity Discharge Lighting Systems
15 A
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
20 A
25 A
30 A
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
EHB14020HIDa
Not Available
Not Available
a
b
11-14
Not Available
EHB24015HID
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
EHB34020HID
Not Available
EHB34030HID
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated.
For use only in Series 3 or Series E1 panelboards. Contact your nearest local sales office for use in earlier series panelboards
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us
FJ 3-pole circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations
or replacement.
Table 11.29:
Mechanical Lug Kit Information
Circuit Breaker Application
Standard
Ampere
Rating
Optional
Ampere
Rating
Number of Wires
Per Lug and
Wire Range
Kit
Cat. No.
Lugs
Per
Kit
AL100FD
3
Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire
FJ
35–125 A
Table 11.30:
FJ
15–30 A
(1) 12–2/0 AWG Al or
(1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu
Handle Accessories
Circuit Breaker Type
No. of Poles
Cat. No.
HPAFD
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)
FJ
1, 2 or 3
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
11-15
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
QE Metering Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us
QE circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or
replacement.
Table 11.31:
Table 11.31:
Branch Circuit Breakers
Branch Device
Branch Device
System
Type
Branch Circuit Breaker
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
System
Type
200 A Max.
QE270VH
QE280VH
QE290VH
QE2100VH
QE2125VH
QE2150VH
QE2175VH
QE2200VH
Branch Circuit Breaker
Availability
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
Availability
Not Available
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
QE370VH
QE380VH
QE390VH
QE3100VH
QE3125VH
QE3150VH
QE3175VH
QE3200VH
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
1Ø IN – 1Ø OUT
or
3Ø IN – 1Ø3W OUT
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
Branch Circuit Breakers
200 A Max.
Not Available
Not Available
3Ø IN 3Ø OUT
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
11-16
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Class 540
www.schneider-electric.us
KD and KG circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations
or replacement.
Table 11.32:
KDL and KGL
Circuit Breaker
3P
100–250 A
PowerPact™ K Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic (240 Vac)
Continuous
Current
Rating
@ 40o C
AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
D Interrupting Level
G Interrupting Level
Terminal
Wire
Range
Hold
Trip
Cat. No.
Availability
Cat. No.
Availability
1100 A
1100 A
1100 A
1100 A
1400 A
1400 A
1400 A
1400 A
1700 A
1700 A
1700 A
1700 A
2400 A
2400 A
2400 A
2400 A
KDL22100
KDL22110
KDL22125
KDL22150
KDL22175
KDL22200
KDL22225
KDL22250
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
KGL22100
KGL22110
KGL22125
KGL22150
KGL22175
KGL22200
KGL22225
KGL22250
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
AL250KD
6 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu
1100 A
1100 A
1100 A
1100 A
1400 A
1400 A
1400 A
1400 A
1700 A
1700 A
1700 A
1700 A
2400 A
2400 A
2400 A
2400 A
KDL32100
KDL32110
KDL32125
KDL32150
KDL32175
KDL32200
KDL32225
KDL32250
KGL32100
KGL32110
KGL32125
KGL32150
KGL32175
KGL32200
KGL32225
KGL32250
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
AL250KD
6 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu
2P, 240 Vac
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
250 A
3P, 240 Vac
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
250 A
Table 11.33:
Kit Catalog
Number
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Mechanical Lug Kit Information
Circuit Breaker Application
Standard
Ampere
Rating
Number of Wires Per Lug
and Wire Range
Torque
Lugs
Per Kit
Availability
—
(1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil
300 lb-in (34 N•m)
3
Not Available
100–250
(1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil
300 lb-in (34 N•m)
3
Optional
Ampere
Rating
—
KDL, KGL
Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire
AL250KD
KDL, KGL
100–250 A
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only
CU250KD
Table 11.34:
—
—
Handle Accessories
Circuit Breaker Type
Cat. No.
Availability
Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)
HPAKD
Not Available
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
KDL, KGL
Table 11.35:
Interrupting Ratings (kA)
KDL
25
11
240 V
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
11-17
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Class 670
www.schneider-electric.us
NHL circuit breakers and related accessory products are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit
breakers for new installations or replacement.
NHL Circuit Breaker
800–1200 A
Table 11.36:
Ampere
Rating
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1200 A
800 A
1000 A
1000 A
1200 A
1200 A
Table 11.37:
2P
3P
Standard Lug Kit Wire
Range
Low
High
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
4000 A
5000 A
5000 A
5000 A
4000 A
5000 A
5000 A
5000 A
5000 A
8000 A
10000 A
10000 A
10000 A
8000 A
10000 A
10000 A
10000 A
10000 A
—
—
—
—
—
NHL261000
—
NHL261200
—
NHF368001021
NHF3610001021
NHF361200
NHF3612001021
NHL36800
NHL361000
NHL3610001021
NHL361200
NHL3612001021
AL1200NA
(4) 350–750-kcmil
Mechanical Lug Kit
Kit Cat. No.
Circuit
Breaker
Ampere
Rating
Number of Wires Per
Lug and Wire Rangea
Lugs
Per Kit
AL1200NA
NH
600–1200
(4) 350–750 kcmil
1
Table 11.38:
a
11
b
Compression Lug Kit
Kit Cat. No.
Circuit
Breaker
Number of Lugs
Per Terminal and Wire Rangea
VC1200NA5
NH
(1) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
1
VC1200NA7
NH
(1) 500–750 kcmil Al or
500 kcmil Cu
1
Lugs
Per Kit
Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
Table 11.39:
Mechanical Accessories
Cat. No.
Circuit
Breaker
HPANAb
NAHEX
NH
NH
Description
Handle Padlock Attachment
Handle Extension
No. of
Poles
2, 3
2, 3
Use with NAHEX handle extension.
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Table 11.40:
11-18
NHL Circuit Breaker (1200 A, 480 Vac)
AC Magnetic Trip
Settings
Amperes
Control Wire Terminations
Cat. No.
Standard Package Quantity
AL1200NAT
1
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit
Class 678
www.schneider-electric.us
SE circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for
new installations or replacement.
Table 11.41:
SE Circuit Breaker
Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breaker
Sensor Size
Ampere
Rating
Rating
Plug
Installed
Drawout Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.ab
Cat. No.ab
Long-Time
Short-Time
Instantaneous
Long-Time
Short-Time
Instantaneous
w/Ground Faultc
Long-Time
Short-Time
Instantaneous
Long-Time
Short-Time
Instantaneous
w/Ground Faultc
SEF361200LSMR
SEF363000LS
—
SEF363000LSMR
—
SEF364000LSZ
SEF364000LSMRZ
—
—
—
—
SEF363000LSG
—
SEF363000LSGMR
—
—
SEF364000LSGMRZ
SEF364000LSAMRZ
—
SED363000LS
—
SED363000LSMR
—
—
—
—
SED363000LSG
—
SED363000LSGMR
—
—
—
SED364000LSGMR
—
Standard Interrupting Rating
1200 A
1200 A
3000 A
3000 A
ARP100
4000 A
4000 A
High Interrupting Rating
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1200 A
1200 A
—
SEHF361200LSGMR
—
—
ARP100
3000 A
3000 A
SEHF363000LSMR
—
—
—
a
“MR” (Motor Ready) indicates 120 Vac spring charging motor only already installed. Does not include shunt close or shunt trip option.
b
“Z” indicates circuit breaker supplied without terminal connector kit.
c
Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick-up indication only).
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
11-19
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
SE Circuit Breaker Accessories
Class 678
www.schneider-electric.us
SE circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for
new installations or replacement.
Table 11.42:
Field-Replaceable Electronic Trip Unit Kits (Replaceable by Field Services Only)a
Trip Unit Function Cat. No.
Long-Time
Short-Time
Instantaneous with
Ground Fault
Long-Time
Short-Time
Instantaneous
Ampere Rating
400 A
—
800 A
SETU800LSB
800 A
—
1200 A
SETU1200LSB
1200 A
—
1600 A
—
2500 A
—
3000 A
SETU3000LSB
3000 A
—
4000 A
SETU4000LSB
4000 A
—
a
Used only with SE circuit breaker Series 3B.
Table 11.43:
Long-Time
Short-Time
Instantaneous with
Ground Fault Alarm
SETU400LSGB
—
—
—
SETU800LSGB
—
—
—
SETU1200LSGB
—
SETU1600LSGB
SETU1600LSAB
SETU2500LSGB
—
—
—
SETU3000LSGB
SETU3000LSAB
—
—
SETU4000LSGB
—
c
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers only. Does not include key interlock.
SE Drawout Cell Keying Kit
Table 11.46:
Cell Key Positions Table
Cell Keying
Kit Cat. No.
Frame
Size
SECK0400
SECK0800
400 A
800 A
SECK1200
SECK1600
SECK2000
SECK2500
SECK3000
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A
Table 11.44:
Drawout Carriage Cell Key Position Availability
A
B
C
D
X
X
X
X
E
X
Not Available
Not Available
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Kit
Cat. No.
Description
11
120 Vac
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
125 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
125 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
125 Vdc
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Shunt Close
Replacement Kit
Shunt Tripb
Replacement Kit
Undervoltage Tripb
Replacement Kit
Auxiliary Switchb
Replacement Kit
Sensor
Where Used
SE12NCT
SE12NCT
SE30NCT
SE30NCT
SE30NCT
SE30NCT
SE40NCT
800
1200
1600
2000
2500
3000
4000
SE, SEH
SE, SEH
SE, SEH
SE, SEH
SE, SEH
SE, SEH
SE, SEH
X
Field-Replaceable Accessory Kits
Spring Charging Motor
Replacement Kit
Neutral Current Transformers
Cat. No.
S3MOT120AC2
—
—
S3MOT125DC2
S3SC120AC2
S3SC024DC2
S3SC048DC2
S3SC125DC2
S3ST120AC2
S3ST024DC2
S3ST048DC2
S3ST125DC2
120 Vac
—
4 ac/dc
4 ac/dc add on
4 ac only
8 ac only
S34DCB2
S34DCT2
S34AC2
S38AC2
Electric Joint Compound
SE drawout circuit breakers are supplied with factoryapplied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The
compound should not be removed because it contributes
to the overall performance of the connection.
Whenever one of these units is removed and reinstalled,
the joint compound should be reapplied.
PJC 8311 is a two-ounce container of compound specially
formulated for the SE drawout connections. This
compound MUST BE USED ON SE DRAWOUT
CONNECTIONS. No other type of commercially available
joint compound should be used.
Table 11.47:
Electric Joint Compound
Used With
SED Drawout Circuit Breakers
Cat. No.
PJC8311
Alarm Switchb
2 ac only
S3AS2
Replacement Kit
b
Also field-installable on Series 3 and newer, and for Series 2 ground
fault circuit breakers.
Table 11.45:
Field-Installable External Accessory
Kits
Kit
Cat. No.
Description
Padlock Attachment
Close Button Cover
Key Interlock Bracketc
Series 1 Primary Injection Test Plug
Series 2 Primary Injection Test Plug
SE Drawout Crank
Fan Monitoring Switch Kit
11-20
SE2PA
SE1CBC
SE1KI
SEPITK1
SEPITK2
SEDC
SE40FAN
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us
M-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for
new installations or replacement.
.
Table 11.48:
MAL/MHL 2P and 3p
300–1000 A
Ampere
Rating
M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
AC Magnetic
Trip Settingsa
Low
Standard Interrupting
High Interrupting
High
Cat. No.
Availability
Cat. No.
Availability
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Terminal
Wire
Range
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
4500 A
5000 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
4500 A
5000 A
6000 A
7000 A
8000 A
9000 A
10000 A
MAL26300
MAL26350
MAL26400
MAL26450
MAL26500
MAL26600
MAL26700
MAL26800
MAL26900
MAL261000
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
MHL26300
MHL26350
MHL26400
MHL26450
MHL26500
MHL26600
MHL26700
MHL26800
MHL26900
MHL261000
1200 A
5000 A
10000 A
MAL261200
Not Available
MHL261200
Not Available
AL900MA
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
AL1000MAb
(4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
4500 A
5000 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
4500 A
5000 A
6000 A
7000 A
8000 A
9000 A
10000 A
MAL36300
MAL36350
MAL36400
MAL36450
MAL36500
MAL36600
MAL36700
MAL36800
MAL36900
MAL361000
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
MHL36300
MHL36350
MHL36400
MHL36450
MHL36500
MHL36600
MHL36700
MHL36800
MHL36900
MHL361000
1200 A
5000 A
10000 A
MAL361200
Not Available
MHL361200
a
b
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
AL900MA
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Not Available
AL1000MAb
(4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown.
The AL100MA lug is the only lug available for the 1200 A MA and MH circuit breakers.
Table 11.49:
Ampere
Rating
M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
AC Magnetic
Trip Settingsc
Low
Standard Interrupting
High
Cat. No.
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
4500 A
5000 A
6000 A
7000 A
8000 A
MA26300( )
MA26350( )
MA26400( )
MA26450( )
MA26500( )
MA26600( )
MA26700( )
MA26800( )
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
4500 A
5000 A
6000 A
7000 A
8000 A
MA36300
MA36350
MA36400
MA36450
MA36500
MA36600
MA36700
MA36800
Availability
High Interrupting
Cat. No.
Availability
Terminal
Wire
Range
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
MH26300( )
MH26350( )
MH26400( )
MH26450( )
MH26500( )
MH26600( )
MH26700( )
MH26800( )
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
AL900MA
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
MH36300
MH36350
MH36400
MH36450
MH36500
MH36600
MH36700
MH36800
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
AL900MA
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Not Available
Not Available
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown.
2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog numbers. See Phase Options table.
Table 11.50:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Interrupting Ratings
MA/MAL
42 kA
30 kA
22 kA
MH/MHL
65 kA
65 kA
25 kA
11
c
d
1500 A
1750 A
2000 A
2250 A
2500 A
3000 A
3500 A
4000 A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28
OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
Discount
Schedule
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcd
11-21
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Field-Installable Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Field-Installable Electrical Accessories
Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from Digest page 736 between the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example:
LA11212) See Digest page 7-36 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install fieldinstallable devices.
Auxiliary Switch
Contact Configuration
Color Code:
"A" Contact - Yellow Leads
"B" Contact - Blue Leads
Common-Striped Leads
Table 11.51:
Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip
Circuit Breakers
1A/1B
A
Circuit Breaker
B
Ground-Fault
Shunt Tripa
Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches
MA1( )
MA1G
MA1 ( )
MA1( )
ME, MX
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
Circuit Breaker Closed
A
Shunt Trip
MA, MH
Series 2
NA, NC, NE, NX
NA1( )
NA1( )
NA1( )
NA1( )
Series 1, 2, 3
PA, PH, PC
Factory-Installed
PA1( )
PA11121
PA1( )
Series 4
Only
PE, PX
Factory-Installed
PA11121
PA1(
)
PA1(
)
Series 4, 5, 6
Only
a
Used with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add-on ground-fault modules.
B
Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped
1A Alarm Switch
Configuration
1B Alarm Switch
Configuration
Color Code: Red Leads
Color Code: Red Leads
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed
Circuit Breaker Tripped
Circuit Breaker Tripped
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed
Table 11.52:
Alarm Switch
Factory-Installed
Only Center Pole
Factory-Installed
Only
NA1( )
Factory-Installed
Only
Factory-Installed
Only
Accessory Mounting Locations
MA, MH Series 2 circuit breakers or newer = Fieldinstallable accessories
ME/MX circuit breakers = Not field-installable accessories
L
R
Undervoltage Trip
Wiring Diagram
Brown
Brown Wires To Be
Connected To
Control Power
UVR
Brown
R2
11
Shunt Trip
Wiring Diagram
NA, NC, NE, NX circuit breakers - FIeld-installable
accessories
“L” port and “R” port will accept shunt trips, alarm switches
and UVRs; “R2” port will accept auxiliary switches.
Maximum of one device per port.
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Black
L
Black Wires To Be
Connected To
Control Power
Shunt
Trip
R1
Black
11-22
PA, PH, PC, PE, PX Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = FIield-installable
accessories.
L1
R1
L2
R2
“L1” a
nd “L2” or “R1” and “R2” port combinations are required
to mount a single shunt trip. Both “L2” and “R2” ports will
accept a UVR. Both “L1” and R1” ports will accept
auxiliary switches. If alarm switch is factory installed in PA
or PC circuit breaker, it will be installed in “R2” port. For a
PE or PX circuit breaker, the alarm switch will be factory
installed in “L2” port.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Accessories
Mechanical Lug Information
www.schneider-electric.us
AL900MA
Table 11.53:
Mechanical Lug Kit Information
Circuit Breaker Application
Standard
AL800MA7
AL1000MA
Ampere
Rating
Optional
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
Lugs
Per
Kit
Availability
Per Kit
AL600LI7
AL900MA
AL800MA7
AL1000MA
AL250ME
AL400ME7
AL800MA7
AL900MA
AL1000MA
AL1200NE6
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
Not Available
Not Available
AL2500PA
2
CU1000MA
CU250ME
CU1000MA
CU1200NE6
1
3
1
1
(Number of Wires Per Lug )
Wire Rangea
Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire
—
—
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI
—
(1) 500–750 kcmil
MA, MH
300–1000 A
—
—
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
—
—
MA, MH
300–1000 A (2) 500–750 kcmil
—
—
MA, MH
300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil
ME, MX
100–250 A
—
—
(1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil
—
—
ME, MX
250–400 A (1) 350–750 kcmil
—
—
ME, MX
100–800 A (2) 500–750 kcmil
ME, MX
300–800 A ME, MX
100–250 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
—
—
ME, MX
300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil
NA, NC, NE, NX 600–1200 A
—
—
(4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil
PAF, PHF, PEF, PXF,
—
—
600–2500 A (1) 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil
PCF
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c
—
—
MA, MH
300–1000 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
—
—
ME, MX
125–250 A (1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu
—
—
ME, MX
100–800 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
—
—
NA, NC, NE, NX
600–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
a
Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
b
For use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end.
c
Use suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.)
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Compression Lug Kits
Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa
AL2500PA
Dimension A
(In)
Wire Rangeb
Max. Lugs
Per Terminal
Aluminum Compression Lug Kits
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
1.9
2
MA, MH
500–750 kcmil
2.1
2
4 AWG–300 kcmil
1.5
1
ME2, MX2
250–350 kcmil
1.5
1
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
2.2
1
ME4, MX4
500–750 kcmil Al
2.5
1
or 500 kcmil Cu
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
1.9
2
ME, MX, MA, MH
500–750 kcmil Al
2.1
2
or 500 kcmil Cu
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
3.3
4
NA, NC, NE, NX
500–750 kcmil Al
3.6
4
or 500 kcmil Cu
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
c
6–8
PAF, PHF, PCF, PEF
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
c
6–8
Copper Compression Lug KitsNot Available
ME4, MX4
250–500 kcmil Cu
2.6
1
ME, MX
250–500 kcmil Cu
2.4
2
250–500 kcmil Cu
3.3
4
NA, NC, NE, NX
500–750 kcmil Cu
3.6
4
a
See instruction bulletins for recommended tools.
b
Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
c
All P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type.
Cat. No.
Lug Qty.
Per Kit
VC600MA5
VC800MA7
VC250ME3
VC250ME35
VC400ME5
2
2
3
3
1
Availability
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
VC400ME7
1
Not Available
VC600MA5
2
Not Available
VC800MA7
2
Not Available
VC1200NE5
4
Not Available
VC1200NE7
4
Not Available
VC2000PA5
VC2500PA7
4
4
Not Available
Not Available
CVC400ME5
CVC600MA5
CVC1200NE5
CVC1200NE7
1
2
4
4
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakers—for Field Replacement of Mechanical
Lugs
Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save
space and time.
Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for
Square D FA, LA and Q4-frame molded case circuit breakers.
Connectors are UL Listed:
•
•
•
•
For use on load end of circuit breaker only
For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only
For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment
For copper wire only
Table 11.55:
PDC Lugs
Use With Circuit Breakerd
MAL, MHL, MEL, MXL
d
e
f
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Cicuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
Wires Per Terminal
& Wire Rangee
Cu
Cat. No.
Lug Quantity
Per Kit
Dimension
A (i.)
125–1000 A
(6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu
(12) 14–4 AWG Cu
PDC6MA20
PDC12MA4
1
1
0.0
0.0
Availability
Not Available
Not for use with I-Line circuit breakers.
When using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced.
OFF end only when OFF end is the load end.
DE2
Discount
Schedule
11-23
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Circuit Breaker
Type
11
Table 11.54:
Electronic Products
Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets
Class 690
www.schneider-electric.us
NOTE: Listed below are the catalog numbers and the components required for testing
the entire family of Micrologic trip systems. The listing includes obsolete series
trip systems.
Micrologic Series B Trip Systems
Identified by label on front of trip unit
(LE/LX/LXI, ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breaker 9/92 to present)
(SE circuit breaker 10/92 to present)
This is the latest series of standard (LX/LXI, MX, NX and PX) and full-function (LE, ME, NE,
PE and SE) Micrologic trip systems.
Table 11.56:
Universal Test Set
Description
Cat. No.
Universal Test Set includes the following:
1. Self-test module (CBTMT)
2. Standard and full-function Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB) includes rating plug adapter
3. Power cord
4. Ribbon cable for making the connection from the test set to the rating plug adapter
5. Instruction manual
UTS3
For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set and want to test the latest standard and
full-function (Series B) trip systems, all that is needed is Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB). Included
is the rating plug adapter and instruction manual.
CBTMB
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB
CBTMBRK
Long-time and ground-fault memory reset module (Series B Electronics)
MTMB
Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Trip Systems
Identified by two rows of rotary switches
(ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breakers 11/89 to 9/92)
(SE circuit breakers 5/90 to 10/92)
For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set (CBTU1 or UTS3) and want
to test these earlier series Micrologic trip systems, see the following chart.
Table 11.57:
Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Circuit Breaker Test Module
Circuit Breaker Test Module
Cat. No.
Includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual
CBTM4A
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTM4A
CBTM4RK
11
Micrologic Series 2 Trip Systems
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Identified by only one row of rotary switches
Micrologic Series 2 Test Modules are obsolete and no longer available.
Table 11.58:
Micrologic Series 2 Circuit Breaker Test Module
Circuit Breaker Test Modules
SE (5/85-5/90) includes rating plug adapter and instruction pages
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM1
Cat. No.
Availability
CBTM1
Not Available
CBTM1A
Not Available
ME, PE (4/85-11/89) CBTM2 obsolete, no longer available
CBTM2
Not Available
ME, NE, PE (10/86-11/89) includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual
CBTM3
Not Available
CBTM3A
Not Available
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM3
Table 11.59:
Micrologic Series 1 Trip Systems for Circuit Breakers Manufactured
Before Micrologic
Trip System
Test Set
ME/PE (8/78-4/85) Identified by slide type switches instead of rotary switches.
The very first series ME and PE electronic trip circuit breakers offered by Square D.
Test Set
Not Available
SE (7/83-5/85) The very first series of SE electronic trip circuit breakers had rotary switches and can be
identified by a three-digit serial number.
Test Set
Not Available
Note: For trip systems of this type that require testing, contact Technical Services toll free at 1-800-634-2003.
Table 11.60:
Neutral Current Transformers
Cat. No.
Availability
ME25CT2
ME4CT2
ME8CT2
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
NE12CT2
PE12CT2
PE16CT2
PE20CT2
PE25CT2
11-24
DE2
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Discount
Schedule
Sensor
Where Used
250 A
400 A
800 A
MXL,MEL
1200 A
NXL,NEL
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
PXF, PEF
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Ground-Fault Protection
Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)
Class 931, 940, 960
www.schneider-electric.us
•
NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be reverse fed.
Table 11.61:
Output
SE 2 (Ground Fault)
50
SE 2 (Short Time)
ME 3, NE1, PE 4
50
ME 4, 5 & 5A, NE 2, 3 & 3A, PE 50
5, 6 & 6A, SE 3, 3A
LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B, PE 6B,
50
SE 3B
GC 100
R
GFMa
50
RIM32
50
a
GFM is an output device only.
R
R
15
R
R
2
R
R
13
R
R
47
R 50
R 50
R 50
R
R
1
1
7
R 14
R
10
1
R
26
R 44
R
R
2
50
R
1
7
R
1
37
R
5
50
7 50
R 10
15 50
6
GC100
1
R
RIM 32
Inputs
Module/Enclosure Selection Chart
Companion
Enclosure Space Required Ground-Fault
Circuit
Pickup
Cat. No.
I-Line
Individual Adjustment Availability
Breaker
Switchboard Enclosure a
Prefix
Range
FAL, FHL,
FCL, FA, GFM100FA
LA
KA
20–100 A
FH, FC
Not
FI
GFM100FI
LA
—
20–100 A
Available
KAL, KHL,
KI, KA,
GFM250
LA
LA
40–200 A
KH, KC
a
Use NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures only. See page 11-5 for dimensions.
#
Maximum inputs without RIM32. Self-restraint counts as one input.
R
RIM32(s) required to restrain any devices.
Note:
Note:
Present design.
Invalid combination.
The RIM32 Restraint Interface Module is used to interface
the restraint signals between various Square D
Micrologic™ circuit breakers, Micrologic ground-fault
modules, and GC-100 ground-fault protection systems.
The restraint interface module operates on either 120 or
240 Vac, 50/60 Hz. The module is protected by a 1/4 A
fuse.
Allowable ZSI combinations are shown in Table 11.62.
(Series numbers for current design circuit breakers end in
B, for example NE Series 3B.) For double-ended or larger
systems, or systems which contain devices from different
columns in Table 11.62, contact your local Sales Office for
combination information.
If more inputs or outputs are needed, another restraint
interface module is necessary. Contact your local Sales
Office for information on multiple module installations.
NOTE: The maximum distance between
devices is 1000 ft. (305 m).
Table 11.63:
RIM32
11
Cat. No.
RIM32
OUT GND
OUT GND
OUT GND
No. 4
Ground Fault
Restraint
No. 5
Short Time
Restraint
Restraint
No. 6
OUT GND COM
GC-100
Ground Fault
Restraint
240
Vac
OUTPUTS
CAT. NO. RIM32
PUSH
TO TEST
INPUTS
No. 1
Ground Fault
Restraint
IN
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
GND
No. 2
Short Time
Restraint
IN
GND
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
•
Circuit Breaker Series
LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B,
PE 6B, SE 3B
•
ZSI Combinations
(Where All Inputs Driven Are Same Column)
ME 5A, NE 3A,
PE 6A, SE 3A
•
ZSI Combinations
ME 3, NE1, PE 4
•
•
•
Used in combination with the FA, KA, FC, KC, FI, and KI type
circuit breakers with a ground-fault shunt trip factory installed
(add the suffix “G” to the circuit breaker)
Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels
Adjustable ground-fault time delays
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault
indicator
All GFMs supplied for I-Line™ mounting, easily convertible to
unit mount by removing the
I-Line brackets
Neutral current transformer is supplied for 3-phase 4-wire
applications. Refer to instructions for proper installation
Zone-selective interlocking capability is standard with
upstream Micrologic trip system circuit breakers. The GFM
can also be zone interlocked with the GC ground-fault system
by using a restraint interface module.See Supplementary
Digest
120 Vac control power is required for integral test feature.
Meets NEC 230-95(c)
Table 11.62:
ME 4 & 5, NE 2 & 3
PE 5 & 6, SE 3
•
RIM32 Restraint Interface Module
SE 2 (Short Time)
The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a UL Listed
circuit breaker accessory for equipment protection. It is a
combination ground-fault relay and ground-fault sensing
device.
Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module Features:
SE 2 (Ground Fault)
GFM250
No. 3
Restraint
IN
GND
GC-100
Ground Fault
Restraint
IN
GND
1/4 AMPERE
120
Vac
COM
11-25
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed
www.schneider-electric.us
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest
176. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
To order a complete circuit breaker, order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Circuit breaker fixed or drawout frame..........................page 11-26
or cradle only................................................................page 11-32
or circuit breaker without cradle....................................page 11-26
Connections..................................................................page 11-23
Control unit....................................................................page 11-27
Rating plug....................................................................page 11-27
Accessories...................................................................page 11-28
Fixed and Drawout breakers listed below are complete with STR58U Trip unit which includes Long time, short time,
instantaneous and ground fault as well as options T (residual) and I (ammeter).
Table 11.64:
UL Listed Masterpact MP Circuit Breaker Frame
Rating
AIR/
480 V
Fixed
3P
Drawout without Cradle
3P
Cradle Only
3P
$ Price
100 kA
100 kA
100 kA
MP100135
MP100137
MP100139
MP100136
MP100138
MP100140
MP100141
MP100133
MP100132
Contact Schneider Electric Cedar Rapids
Plant Customer Service Group for current
pricing and availability.
High Interrupting (H2)
MP16 to MP30—
UL 489/NEMA AB1
Standards
b
MP16H2
MP20H2
MP30H2
1600 A
2000 A
3000 A
Not UL Listed
Additional information: Catalog 0631CT9501, Data Sheet 0631HO9701
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
11-26
DE2G
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units
www.schneider-electric.us
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 176. Limited
service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
Table 11.65:
Control Units
Control Unit
Ground-Fault Protectiona
Without Ground-Fault Protectiona
STR 58U (long-time, short-time and instantaneous protection)
Table 11.66:
Sensor Rating
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
2500 A
5000 A
Rating Plug (RL)
Plug Rating
Cat. No.
150 A
200 A
250 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
800 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
1200 A
3000 A
4000 A
5000 A
54732
54733
54734
54735
54736
54737
54738
54739
54740
54741
54742
54743
54744
54745
54746
54747
54748
54750
54759
54772
54773
54774
For pricing contact your local
Schneider Electric distributor.
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
a
b
STR58U (long-time = 0.4x1 sensor rating) Includes Residual Type T — and Ammeter — I
External neutral sensor (TCE) b– see page 11-28
M1008H2
M1008H2NG
M10H2
M10H2NG
M1612H2
M1612H2NG
M16H2
M16H2NG
M20H2
M20H2NG
M25H2
M25H2NG
M3230H2
M3230H2NG
M32H2
M32H2NG
M6340H2
M6340H2NG
M6350H2
M6350H2NG
M63H2
M63H2NG
External neutral sensor not included.
External AD module (see page 11-28) is required if load is below 20% or if setting is red zone.
11
NOTE: Mandatory for UL Listed Masterpact MP circuit breakers with STR 28D, STR 38S and STR 58U control
units. Not required on IEC Rated Masterpact circuit breakers.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2G
Discount
Schedule
11-27
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest
175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
Table 11.67: Neutral Sensor for 3ØH4W Systems (TCE)
NOTE: External neutral transformer (TCE) must have the same rating
as the circuit breaker current sensor.
a
Rating
Cat. No.
800 A
54422
1250 A
54426
2000 A
54427
For pricing contact your local
Schneider Electric distributor.
Discount Schedule DE2G.
Table 11.68:
Accessories (Must be ordered as separate items)
Accessory
Description
Power Supply Module (AD)
Discount
Schedule
Cat. No.
Input voltage
24/30 Vdc
For STR 18M to STR 58U
control units
Output voltage: 24 Vdc
54440
48/60 Vdc
10 Vac 50/60 Hz
54441
DE2F
54443
220 Vac 50/60 Hz
54444
380 Vac 50/60 Hz
54446
Battery Module (BAT)
Battery back-up power supply for AD module
Table 11.69:
DE2F
54446
Accessories for Cradle
Accessory
Cat. No.
Position Switches
11
Four SPDT connected position switches (CE)
54590
Two SPDT disconnected position switches (CD)
54591
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Door Escutcheon
Can be used with fixed or drawout circuit breakers
b
11-28
54594b
Discount Schedule DE2F
DE2F
DE2G
DE2
DE5A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest
175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
Table 11.70:
Accessories for Circuit Breaker Frame
Cat. No.
(XF)
Cat. No.
(MX)
110/127
54449
54449
220/250
54503
54503
277 a
54504
54504
24
54495
54495
48
54497
54497
100/110 a
54449
54449
200/220 a
54503
54503
250
54504a
54504
Volts (V)
•
Maximum 2 shunt trips or 1 shunt trip + 1 undervoltage trip.
Closing Coil (XF)/Shunt Trip (MX)
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
Undervoltage Trip (MN)
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
440/480
54481
24
54470
100/110 a
54474
200/220a
54478
110/127
54486
220/250
54488
100/127
54512
Time Delayed Undervoltage Trip (MNR) – Not UL Listed
AC 50/60 Hz
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
200/240
54513
480a
54518
48/60
54511
Two Standard (2a+2b) Auxiliary Switches
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Spring Charging Motor (MCH)—Includes Spring Charged Switch
Standard
Four Auxiliary Switches (OF)
Four changeovers (SPDT)
54525
One Ready to Close Switch (PF)
One ready to close switch
54528
Not available on switch version
11
One Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)
Standard
“OFF” Position Lock by Key Lock
Provision for KIRK key lock
Ronis (1 key lock) with provision
a
VKA
54536
VSRA1
54533
Not UL Listed.
For pricing contact your local
Schneider Electric distributor.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
DE2G
Discount
Schedule
11-29
Obsolescent Circuit
Breakers
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts
www.schneider-electric.us
Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest
175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
Table 11.71:
Spare Parts
Spare Parts
Cat. No.
Clusters for Cradle (Set of 2)
MP25–MP30 3P
MP25–MP30 4P
M20–M25L 3P
M20–M25L 4P
M32H 3P
M32H 4P
M50H 3P
M50H 4P
MP40–MP50 3P
54063 (3)
54063 (4)
54063 (3)
54063 (4)
54063 (6)
54063 (7)
Charging Handle
One piece
685713
One piece
685631
Racking Handle
Vertical UL 489—UL 1066 Connectors
MP25–MP30 3P (set of three top or bottom connectors)
54107 (2)
For pricing contact your local
Schneider Electric distributor.
11
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
11-30
DE2F
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 12
Obsolete Motor Control Centers
Model 4
Branch Feeder Units
12-2
Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units
12-3
Fusible Switch Type Combination Starter Units
12-4
Series 5600
12-5
Branch Feeder Units
12-6
Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units
12-6
12
OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL
CENTERS
General Information
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12-1
Obsolete Motor Control
Centers
Model 4 Branch Feeder Units
Class 8998
www.schneider-electric.us
This section covers Model 4 Motor Control Center (MCC)
unit availability during product obsolescence. All Model 4
orders can be completely defined by price, catalog type,
and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not
required for order entry.
All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. If a NEMA 12 unit is
required, multiply the base price by 1.06. Note the
standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for
important information.
Model 4 structures are no longer available. Transition
sections can be provided to match an existing Model 4
MCC to a Model 6 MCC.
Model 4 to Model 6 Transition
1/2 S.F. Blank Plate
K402b
1 S.F. Blank Plate
68.00
K404b
2 S.F. Blank Plate
106.00
Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder Units a
$ Price
Space
Factor
2150.00
1
2376.00
Price
$ 68.00
Unit support pan included.
Table 12.4:
Fusible Switch Branch Feeder Units—
3-pole c
Max. Fuse Size Unit Type No.
250
600
$ Price
Space
Factor
30
KW408
1214.00
1
60
KX409
1214.00
1
100
KY409
1714.00
1
200
KZ409
2046.00
2-1/2
30
KW409
1214.00
1
60
KX410
1214.00
1
100
KY410
1714.00
1
200
KZ410
2046.00
2-1/2
NOTE: Fusible branch feeders 30-200 amp using Class H fuse clips have a
short circuit rating of 10,000 AIR @ 600 V. If Class R fuse clips are
required, order field installabe kit from Digest.
c
Fuses not included.
Starter Unit Options
Description
Start-Stop PB with 1 Pilot light — Red (On)d
Forward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lightse
High-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lightsf
Hand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot Light — Red (On)d
1 Pilot Light only — Red (On)d
2 Pilot Lights — Red (On)e
d
e
f
Form No.
AP
A1PP
A2PP
CP
P
PP
Price
$284.00
616.00
616.00
284.00
151.00
384.00
Full Voltage Non-Reversing units only.
Reversing units only.
Two-Speed units only.
Table 12.6:
Miscellaneous Units
MT Units (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door)
6336.00
Unit Type No.
Space Factors
Panel Dimensionsg
MT414
1
11-3/4 in. H x 13-5/8 in. W
$450.00
MT415
2
22-1/3 in. H x 13-5/8 in. W
908.00
1-1/2
g
a
Description
K401b
Table 12.5:
Branch Feeder Units and Modifications
Breaker
Unit Type
No. of Poles Trip Rating Frame
Type
No.
15
BW423
20
BW424
30
FH
BW425
40
BW429
50
BW428
60
BW426
70
BW450
3
80
FH
BW451
90
BW452
100
BW427
125
BY405
150
BY406
175
KH
BY409
200
BY407
225
BY408
b
Miscellaneous Items
Unit
Voltage
Provides transition from a Model 4 to a Model 6 MCC. The
transition requires a 12-inch extension on the first section
of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be
ordered with at least one Model 6 section and cannot ship
separately. THE MODEL 6 BUS MUST BE OF EQUAL
OR GREATER AMPACITY THAN THE MODEL 4 BUS.
The transition section includes all required splice bars.
(Reference the Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing
Guide.)
Please supply original Model 4 factory order number,
basic configuration, and Model 4 bus amperage, material,
and plating at time of order.
Compatible structure depths include:
• 15-inch deep Model 6 to 14-inch deep Model 4
• 20-inch deep Model 6 to 20-inch deep Model 4
Table 12.1:
Table 12.3:
Price
Dimensions are in inches — Depth from door to panel is 7.50 inches.
All branch circuit breakers are thermal magnetic with high interrupting
Form Y532.
Table 12.2:
Dual Mounted Units
No. of Poles Trip Rating
3
12
15/15
20/20
30/30
50/50
60/60
100/100
Breaker
Unit Type
Frame Type
No.
BW453
BW454
FH/FH
BW455
BW456
BW457
FH/FH
BW458
$ Price
Space
Factor
3908.00
1-1/2
3988.00
OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL
CENTERS
12-2
PE4
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolete Motor Control
Centers
Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters
1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard)
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 12.7:
Full Voltage Non-Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
C/B Amp
Unit Type
No.
1/4–1
3
EC403
1-1/2–3
7
EC404
15
EC405
EC406
208 V
240 V
480 V
1/4–1/3
1/3
1
1/2–1
1
3
1-1/2–3
3
7-1/2
5–10
NEMA
Starter Size
600 V
1
5
7-1/2
10
—
30
1-1/2–3
3
7-1/2
5–10
15
EC409
5
7-1/2
10
—
30
EC410
30
ED402
5
7-1/2
15
15–20
7-1/2–10
10
25
25
—
15
—
—
5
7-1/2
15
15–20
7-1/2–10
10
25
25
—
15
—
—
10
10
25
25–30
15–25
30
50
40–50
30
40
—
—
40
—
75
100
—
50
100
—
Table 12.8:
1
2
2
3
4
50
ED403
100
ED404
30
ED405
50
ED406
100
ED407
50
EE404
100
EE405
225
EF406
225
EF407
225
EF408
C/B Amp
Unit Type
No.
$ Price With
FTa
$ Price With
SY74
No. of
Thermal Units
Requiredc
1
3480.00
3190.00
3
1-1/2b
4772.00
4475.00
3
1
4695.00
4297.00
3
1-1/2b
5718.00
4884.00
3
1-1/2
6490.00
5884.00
3
2
11615.00
10798.00
3
Full Voltage Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
240 V
1/4–1/3
1/3
1
1/4–1
3
FC408
1/2–1
1
3
1-1/2–3
7
FC409
1-1/2–3
3
7-1/2
5–10
15
FC410
5
7-1/2
10
—
30
FC411
5
7-1/2
15
15–20
30
FD402
7-1/2–10
10
25
25
50
FD403
—
15
—
—
100
FD404
Table 12.9:
480 V
NEMA
Starter Size
208 V
600 V
1
2
Space
Factor
$ Price With
FTa
$ Price With
SY74
No. of
Thermal Units
Requiredc
1-1/2
4877.00
4480.00
3
2
6251.00
5851.00
3
Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
240 V
480 V
600 V
NEMA
Starter
Size
C/B
Amp
One Winding (Consequent Pole)
Unit Type
No.
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ Ta
Two Winding (Separate Winding)
$ Price
w/ SY74
Unit Type
No.
—
—
1/2
1/4–3/4
3
HC415
HC419
1/4–3/4
3/4
2
1–2
7
HC416
HC420
1–2
2
5
3–5
15
HC417
3–5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
30
HC418
—
—
10
10–15
30
HC411
7-1/2
10
20
20
50
HC412
Table 12.10:
1
2
2
4301.00
3846.00
HC421
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ FTa
$ Price
w/ SY74
No. of Thermal
Units
Requiredc
2
7068.00
6240.00
6
2
9489.00
8328.00
6
HC422
2
5947.00
5309.00
HD413
HD414
Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
480 V
600 V
NEMA
Starter
Size
C/B
Amp
One Winding (Consequent Pole)
Unit Type
No.
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ FTa
Two Winding (Separate Winding)
$ Price
w/ SY74
Unit Type
No.
208 V
240 V
1/4–1/3
1/3
1
1/4–1
3
HC407
HC411
1/2–1
1
3
1-1/2–3
7
HC408
HC412
1-1/2–3
3
7-1/2
5–10
15
HC409
5
7-1/2
10
—
30
HC410
5
7-1/2
15
15–20
30
HD405
7-1/2–10
10
25
25
50
HD406
—
15
—
—
100
HD407
a
b
c
1
2
2
4301.00
3846.00
HC413
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ FTa
$ Price
w/ SY74
No. of Thermal
Units
Requiredc
2
7068.00
6240.00
6
2
9489.00
8328.00
6
HC414
HD408
2
5947.00
5309.00
HD409
HD410
Units are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V contol circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74
must be used.
Includes extra 1/2 space factor (additional space only).
Melting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add
form B to unit, price adder is 170.00
NOTE: To get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit.
12
Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker combination starter units through Size 4 are UL Listed for 22,000 AIR @ 600 V. Exception: NEMA Size 3 and 4 when
bimetallic overloads are used are UL Listed for 10,000 AIR @ 600 V.
OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL
CENTERS
208 V
Space
Factor
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE4
Discount
Schedule
12-3
Obsolete Motor Control
Centers
Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units
1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard)
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 12.11:
Full Voltage Non-Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
208 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
5
5
—
—
—
—
10
10
7-1/2
7-1/2
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
—
—
—
—
10
10
10
15
—
—
—
—
25
25
10
15
—
—
—
—
25
25
20
25
—
—
25
30
—
—
—
—
50
50
40
50
—
—
—
—
100
100
Table 12.12:
NEMA
Starter Size
Unit Type
No.
30
NC413
30
NC414
60
NC415
60
NC416
30
NC417
60
ND411
60
ND412
60
ND413
60
ND414
1
1
2
2
3
$ Price With
FTa
$ Price With
SY74
No. of
Thermal Units
Requiredc
1
3345.00
3055.00
3
1-1/2b
4479.00
4029.00
3
1
4509.00
4102.00
3
1-1/2b
5197.00
4715.00
3
6228.00
5618.00
3
10192.00
9369.00
3
100
NE416
200
NE417
1-1/2
3
100
NE418
1-1/2
200
NF409
200
NF410
NEMA
Starter Size
Switch
Ampere
Rating
Unit Type
No.
30
OC417
1
60
OC418
30
OC419
4
Space
Factor
3-1/2
Full Voltage Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
208 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
5
5
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
—
—
—
—
10
10
10
10
—
—
—
—
25
25
Table 12.13:
2
60
OD409
60
OD410
Space
Factor
$ Price With
FTa
$ Price With
SY74
No. of
Thermal Units
Requiredc
1-1/2
4744.00
4349.00
3
2
6069.00
5669.00
3
Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
208 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
5
5
—
—
5
5
—
—
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
—
—
—
—
20
20
Table 12.14:
Switch
Amp Rating
NEMA
Starter
Size
1
2
One Winding (Consequent Pole)
Switch
Amp
Rating
Unit Type
No.
30
QC447
60
QC448
30
QC449
60
QD437
60
QD438
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ FTa
Two Winding (Separate Winding)
$ Price
w/ SY74
Unit Type
No.
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ FTa
$ Price
w/ SY74
No. of Thermal
Units
Requiredc
QC450
2
4016.00
3559.00
QC450
2
6541.00
5712.00
6
2
9016.00
7849.00
6
QC452
2
5712.00
QD439
5074.00
QD440
Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing
Maximum Horsepower At
208 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
7-1/2
7-1/2
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
—
—
—
—
10
10
10
15
—
—
—
—
25
25
a
12
b
c
One Winding (Consequent Pole)
NEMA
Starter
Size
Switch
Amp
Rating
30
QC441
1
60
QC442
30
QC443
2
Unit Type
No.
60
QD433
60
QD434
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ FTa
Two Winding (Separate Winding)
$ Price
w/ SY74
Unit Type
No.
Space
Factor
$ Price
w/ FTa
$ Price
w/ SY74
No. of Thermal
Units
Requiredc
QC444
2
4016.00
3559.00
QC445
2
6541.00
5712.00
6
2
9016.00
8749.00
6
QC446
2
5712.00
5074.00
QD435
QD436
Units are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V control circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74
must be used.
Includes extra 1/2 space factor (additional spaces only).
Melting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add
form B to unit, price adder is 170.00
NOTE: Refer to catalog to get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit.
OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL
CENTERS
Fusible starters Sizes 1–3 using Class H fuse clips have a short circuit rating of 5,000 AIR @ 600 V. Size 4 starters using Class H are rated 10 kAIR @
600 V. If Class R fuse clips are required, order field installable kit from Digest. Fuses are not included.
12-4
PE4
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Obsolete Motor Control
Centers
Series 5600 General Information
www.schneider-electric.us
This section covers Series 5600 Motor Control Center availability during product obsolescence. All Series 5600 orders
can be completely defined by price, catalog type, and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not required for
order entry.
All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. Note the standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for important
information.
Notes:
1. All units are circuit breaker type.
2. All starter units use Square D™ brand Type S starters and contactors.
Telemecanique™ Series 5600 History
The Series 5600 MCC was in production for more than 20 years. In 1970 it was first sold under the ITE Circuit
Breaker/ITE Imperial name. In 1976 ITE Imperial merged with Gould Inc. The MCC was then sold with the Gould ITE
name and later the Gould name. In 1985 the Industrial Controls Division of Gould Inc. was sold to Telemecanique Inc.,
and the MCC was renamed the Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC. Telemecanique, Inc., was acquired by Groupe
Schneider in 1988, and in 1991 Square D Company was purchased by Groupe Schneider.
Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D™ Brand Model 6
Provides transition from Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC to Square D™ brand Model 6 MCC. The transition requires
an extension on the first section of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be ordered with at least one Model 6
section, and cannot ship separately. The ampacity of the Model 6 bus will be equal to or greater than that of the
Series 5600 bus. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep Series 5600. 15 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to
15 in. deep Series 5600. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep back-to-back Series 5600 (units mounted
both front and back), with front only unit mounting on the Model 6 section(s). The transition section includes all required
splice bars. (Reference Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing Guide.)
NOTE: Not Available In NEMA Type 3R Construction.
The Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section is available in two basic configurations:
1. Model 6 on right spliced to Series 5600 on left
2. Model 6 on left spliced to Series 5600 on right
The following information must be provided when ordering a Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Basic configuration (Model 6 Right/Series 5600 Left or Model 6 Left/Series 5600 Right)
Series 5600 bus amperage, material, plating, and dimensions
Model 6 bus amperage, material, and plating
Original Series 5600 factory order number
12
OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL
CENTERS
Please contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for price and availability of transition sections.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12-5
Obsolete Motor Control
Centers
Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type
Combination Starter Units
www.schneider-electric.us
Notes:
1. Bimetallic overload relay included; thermal units
must be priced and ordered separately for NEMA
Sizes 1 and 2.
2. On starter units, the last digits of the unit catalog
number represent the horsepower.
3. All units are NEMA 1 enclosure.
Table 12.15:
4. All units include a control power transformer and are
wired for 120 V control.
5. All starter units are rated for 100 k AIR at 480 V.
6. All starter units are supplied with 1B wiring, 1 N.O.
auxiliary interlock, and 1 N.C. auxiliary interlock.
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
Unit Catalog No.
208 V
1TA.33
1TA1
1TA3
1TA5
1TA10
1TA25
240 V
2TA.33
2TA1
2TA3
2TA7.5
2TA10
2TA30
Table 12.16:
480 V
TA1
TA3
TA7.5
TA10
TA25
TA50
NEMA Size
600 V
6TA1
6TA3
6TA10
—
6TA25
6TA50
2
3
3
7
15
30
50
100
NEMA Size
C/B Amps
1
Unit Catalog No.
240 V
2TC.33
2TC1
2TC3
2TC7.5
2TC10
480 V
TC1
TC3
TC7.5
TC10
TC25
600 V
6TC1
6TC3
6TC7.5
6TC10
6TC25
2
240 V
—
2TH.75
2TH2
2TH5
2TH10
480 V
TH.5
TH2
TH5
TH7.5
TH20
600 V
6TH.75
6TH2
6TH5
6TH7.5
6TH20
208 V
1TE.33
1TE1
1TE3
1TE5
1TE10
240 V
2TE.33
2TE1
2TE3
2TE7.5
2TE10
480 V
TE1
TE3
TE7.5
TE10
TE25
240 V
—
2TI.75
2TI2
2TI5
2TI10
12
OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL
CENTERS
Table 12.20:
1
2
Space Factor
4816.00
1.5
5796.00
1.5
NEMA
Size
C/B Amps
3
7
15
30
50
1
2
$ Price
6572.
Space
Factor
2
2
Constant or Variable Torque
480 V
TI.5
TI2
TI5
TI7.5
TI20
600 V
6TI.75
6TI2
6TI5
6TI7.5
6TI20
208 V
1TG.33
1TG1
1TG3
1TG5
1TG10
240 V
2TG.33
2TG1
2TG3
2TG7.5
2TG10
Single Branch Circuit Breaker
Feeder Units
Trip Rating
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
Frame Type
$ Price
480 V
TG1
TG3
TG7.5
TG10
TG25
600 V
6TG1
6TG3
6TG7.5
6TG10
6TG25
Table 12.21:
Space Factor
FD
2934.00
1
FD
6040.00
1.5
JD
6408.00
1.5
JD
8102.00
1.5
Dual Mounted Branch Circuit Breaker
Feeder Units
Unit Type
Trip Rating
Frame Type
List $ Price Space Factor
TW415
15/15
TW420
20/20
TW430
30/30
FD/FD
5310.00
1
TW450
50/50
TW460
60/60
TW4100
100/100
NOTE: All circuit breaker branch feeder units are rated for 25 k AIR at 480 V.
PE4
Discount
Schedule
NEMA
Size
C/B Amps
1
2
3
7
15
30
50
$ Price
Space
Factor
6082.00
2
7510.00
2
Starter Unit Options
Descriptiona
Form No.
List $ Price
bStart-Stop PB with 1 Pilot Light—Red (On)
AP
540.
cForward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights
A1PP
1164.
dHigh-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights
A2PP
1164.
bHand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot Light—Red (On)
CP
540.
b1 Pilot Light Only—Red (On)
P
286.
cd2 Pilot Lights—Red (On)
PP
722.
a
To order a unit with any of the options listed, add the form number as
a suffix to the unit type number. Only listed combinations of options are
available. Choose only one form number option per starter unit.
b
Full Voltage Non-Reversing units only.
c
Reversing units only.
d
Two-speed units only.
Table 12.22:
NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire
12-6
600 V
6TE1
6TE3
6TE7.5
6TE10
6TE25
Unit Catalog No.
NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire
Unit Type
TW15
TW20
TW30
TW40
TW50
TW60
TW70
TW80
TW90
TW100
TW125
TW150
TW175
TW200
TW225
TW250
4326.00
5632.00
2 Speed 2 Winding Starters
Constant Hp
Table 12.19:
1
Constant or Variable Torque
Unit Catalog No.
Unit Catalog No.
208 V
—
1TI.75
1TI2
1TI5
1TI7.5
3600.00
2 Speed 1 Winding Starters
Unit Catalog No.
Table 12.18:
Space Factor
$ Price
3
7
15
30
50
1
Constant Hp
208 V
—
1TH.75
1TH2
1TH5
1TH7.5
$ Price
Full Voltage Reversing Starters
208 V
1TC.33
1TC1
1TC3
1TC5
1TC10
Table 12.17:
C/B Amps
Misc. Units—Empty Mounting Units
Description
1 Space Factor
2 Space Factor
NOTE: (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door)
Table 12.23:
$ Price
702.00
1020.00
Unit Type
TBD.5
TBD1
TBD2
TGSK
TGAS12
TGAS18
TGAS24
$ Price
282.00
302.00
502.00
152.00
50.00
76.00
100.00
Miscellaneous Items
Description
1• Space Factor Blank Door
2
1 Space Factor Blank Door
2 Space Factor Blank Door
Ground Stab Kit
1 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit
1.5 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit
2 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit
NOTE:
•
•
•
•
Unit Type
TMT1
TMT2
All units are NEMA 1 enclosure.
All operators and pilot lights are 22 mm.
1 space factor = 12 inches
The ground stab kit is field installed and available for all units.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
QMB Fusible Panelboards
Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
13-2
Main Switch Replacement Units
13-3
Branch Switch Replacement
13-4
Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units
13-5
Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units
13-6
Replacement Parts
Trim Clamps and Screws
13-7
Circuit ID Numbers
13-7
Locks
13-7
NQOD Lighting and Appliance Panelboards
Series Rated/Fully Rated Tables
Lighting and Appliance Panelboard Pricing Procedures
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
13-8
13-9
Merchandised 20-Inch Wide Main Lugs Only Panelboards
13-10
Merchandised Accessories
13-11
Merchandised 20-Inch Wide Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards
13-11
NQOD 14-Inch Wide Enclosures
13-12
Merchandised Non-Linear Panel (200% rated neutral)
13-13
Terminal Data
13-14
13-1
13
Obsolescent Panelboards
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Section 13
QMB Fusible Panelboards
Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 4620
www.schneider-electric.us
13
Table 13.1:
QMB Main Lugs Interiors, Boxes and Fronts
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Component Selection
$ Price
Interior, Front
and Box
(less units)
Total Branch Unit
Mounting
Space (Inches)
Ampere
Rating
of Mains
60
225
3478.00
QMB60902
2631.00
QM38902TS
590.00
QM3890B
45
400
3954.00
QMB45754
2894.00
QM38756TS
803.00
QM3875B
45
600
4484.00
QMB45756
3540.00
QM38756TS
687.00
QM3875B
45
800
5448.00
QMB45908
4304.00
QM38908TS
45
1200
6313.00
QMB459012
5169.00
QM389012TS
60
600
6093.00
QMB60906
4949.00
QM38906TS
Interior Assembly—3-pole with Main
Lugs
Catalog No.
Table 13.2:
Front (4-piece Standard)
$ Price
Catalog No.
Box Height
(inches)
Box
$ Price
Catalog No.
Box Width
(inches)
$ Price
90
257.00
38
75
QM3890B
887.00
QM3890B
257.00
90
38
QM3890B
QMB Main Switch Interiors, Boxes and Fronts
Component Selection
Total Branch
Unit Mounting
Space
(inches)
51
45
51
45
$ Price
Ampere
Maximum Interior, Front Interior Assembly—3-pole with Main
Rating of Voltage
(ac)
and
Box
Switch
Mains
(less units)
Catalog No.
$ Price
200
400
240
600
4551.00
QMB5190324M
10173.00
12118.00
200
400
600
600
Front (4-Piece Standard)
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
3704.00
QM38902TS
590.00
QM3890B
QMB4590325M
9029.00
QM38906TS
10974.00
887.00
QM3890B
QMB4590326M
590.00
QM3890B
887.00
QM3890B
5332.00
QMB5190364M
4485.00
QM38902TS
10834.00
QMB4590365M
9690.00
QM38906TS
12940.00
QMB4590366M
11796.00
Box Height Box Width
(inches)
(inches)
Box
$ Price
257.00
90
38
257.00
90
38
0
Table 13.3:
Accessories
Blanks
QMB Layout Information
Solid Neutral Assembly
Height
Catalog No.
1.5
QMB1BLW
$ Price
75.00
Ampere Rating Catalog No.
225
QMB2SN
$ Price
380.00
3
QMB3BLW
80.00
400
QMB4SN
477.00
6
QMB6BLW
87.00
600
QMB6SN
599.00
15
QMB15BLW
120.00
800
QMB8SN
969.00
—
—
—
1200
QMB12SN
1545.00
Branch
Unit
Mounting
Space
Note: Equipment Ground Bar—PK32DGTA, price: $104.00
Table 13.4:
Unit Height
(Inches)
Catalog No.
15 –150
6
QMBHW ab
(1) or (2) 3-pole
1965.00 Mounts
HDL circuit breakers
150 –225
6
QMBJW ac
(1) 3-Pole JDL
2099.00 Mounts
circuit breaker
400
7.5
QMB3400LAW d
(1) 3-Pole LAL
5445.00 Includes
circuit breaker
13-2
$ Price
60 A twin QMB
6 in. H @ 600 V
30/30 @ 240 V or 600 V
or 60/60 @ 240 V
are 4.5 in. high
Wiring Gutter
100 A twin QMB
7.5 in. H @ 600 V
100 A twin QMJ
6 in. H @ 600 V
200 A QMB
9 in. mounting height,
200 A twin QMJ
7.5 in. mounting height
QMB Branch Circuit Breaker Units
600 Vac
Unit Ampere
Rating
a
b
c
d
100 A twin QMB
6 in. H @ 240 V
Description
400 A QMJ 9 in. H,
400 A Class T 9 in. H,
400, 600 or 800 A
QMB all require 15 in. H
38 in.
Circuit breakers not included. Order HDL or JDL circuit breakers from Digest page 7-22.
Order one catalog number S37444 for each circuit breaker.
Order catalog number S37445 with QMBJW.
For trip ratings other than 400 A, contact the nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
QMB Fusible Panelboards
Main Switch Replacement Units
Class 4620
www.schneider-electric.us
Ampere Rating
Standard—Class H, R, K Fuse
Spacing
Catalog No.
Class T Fuse Spacing
$ Price
Catalog No.
Class J Fuse Spacing
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
3-Pole, 240 Vac
100
QMB323MW
2208.00
—
—
—
—
200
QMB324MW
2208.00
—
—
—
—
400
QMB325MW
6923.00
—
—
—
—
600
QMB326MW
8561.00
—
—
—
—
800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3-Pole, 600 Vac
100
QMB363MW
2891.00
—
—
—
200
QMB364MW
2891.00
—
—
—
400
QMB365MW
600
QMB366MW
800
a
QMB367MW
7616.00
9417.00
16974.00
{
{
{
QMB365MWa
7616.
QMB400T6
275.
QMB366MWa
9416.
QMB600T6
291.
QMB367MWa
QMB800T6
{
16974.
701.
—
7616.00
QMB400J
530.00
QMB366MWa
9416.00
QMB600J
591.00
—
—
Both catalog numbers are required for a complete device.
{
Example:
Table 13.6:
QMB365MW
QMB400T6 constitutes a complete device.
Main Switch Interior Lug Data
Mechanical Lugs
Mains
Ampere
Rating
200
400
VCEL Compression Lugs
Conductors
Wire Range
Per
Wire Bending Space per
Phase
NEC Table 373-6
(1)
(2)
#6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
Lug Wire Range
#6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
Conductors
Wire Range
Per
Wire Bending Space per
Phase
NEC Table 373-6
(1)
(2)
#4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
2/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
Catalog No.
Lug Wire Range
VCEL030516H1
#4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL05012H1
2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL06012H1
400–600 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL07512H1
500–750 kcmil Al
600
(2)
3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
(2)
2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL05012H1
3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
800b
(3)
3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
(3)
2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL05012H1
3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
b
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
{
QMB365MWa
Factory assembled only.
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
13-3
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Main Switch Replacement Units (Replaces Series E1)
13
Table 13.5:
QMB Fusible Panelboards
Branch Switch Replacement
Class 4620
www.schneider-electric.us
13
Guidelines
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
STEP 1: Determine the panelboard interior type. If the date of manufacture is not known, compare your switch with the
pictures below to determine the mounting rail direction. Only mounting rails that face outward will accept the Series D2
switch and its required mounting rail extension bracket.
STEP 2: Order a replacement switch from page 13-5.
Table 13.7:
Panelboard Interiors
Illustration No.
Interior Catalog No. Prefix
Designed For Switch Type
Switch Availability/Order Information
1.
Type QM
in 31-inch wide box
built before 1961.
Series 1-4
30–200 A Maximum
NOT AVAILABLE
Series D2 switches are not compatible replacements for this application.
2.
Type QM
in 31-inch wide box
built after 1961
and before 1984.
Series 1-4
30–200 A Maximum
NOT AVAILABLE
Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5.
Series D2
30–200 A Maximum
Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5. (Many still stocked in DS.)
Series 1-4
30–200 A Maximum
NOT AVAILABLE
Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.
Series 1-4
400–600 A
NOT AVAILABLE
QMB3400LA available order only from Lexington.
Series D2
30–200 A Maximum
Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.
Series E1 or E2
30–800 A
Order from Digest page 9-34.
3.
Type QW
in 38-inch wide box
built before 1984.
Type QMB
in 35-inch or 38-inch wide box
built after 1984.
4.
Rail
extension
Mounting rail
Mounting rail
Type QM (31-inch Wide)
Manufactured Before 1961
Type QM (31-inch Wide)
Manufactured After 1961 But Before October 1984
Panelboards manufactured before 1961 have the interior mounting
rails facing inward (toward the bus). Switches and circuit breakers that
fit in this interior type are obsolete.
Panelboards manufactured after 1961 have the interior mounting rails
facing outward (away from the bus). This interior accepts Series 1-4
switches and Series D2 switches (shown above with required rail
extensions). Order the Series D2 switch (includes mounting rail
extensions) from page 13-5.
Plug-on
extension
Rail
extension
Mounting rail
Type QW (38-inch Wide)
Manufactured Before 1984
Type QW panelboards were built to accept bolt-on 400 A and 600 A
Series 1-4 switches. 30-200 A Series D2 switches may be installed as
shown using the plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.
13-4
Type QMB
Manufactured After October 1984
Series E1 panelboards will accept only Series E1 or E2 switches. Order
from Digest page 9-34.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
QMB Fusible Panelboards
Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units
Class 4620
www.schneider-electric.us
30–200 A Obsolescent Switch Units—Series D2
Table 13.8:
Branch Units—Three Pole
Unit Height
(inches)
Obsolescent a
Series 1–4
Catalog No.
Replaced By
Series D2
Catalog No.
30-30
4.50
QMB3203T
QMB321Tb
1139.00
2
HRK30
26.00
60-60
4.50
QMB306T
QMB322TD
1187.00
1
QMB36R
49.00
100-100
6.00
QMB310T
QMB323TD
1808.00
1
QMB100R
95.00
200
9.00
QMB3220
QMB324
2393.00
1
HRK1020
48.00
30-30
4.50
QMB3603T
QMB361Tb
30-30
6.00
1763.00
1
QMB36R
49.00
QMB60R
49.00
HRK1020
48.00
Ampere
Rating
Class R Fuse Kits
$ Price
No. Kits Req’d.
Catalog No.
$ Price
240 Vac
600 Vac
a
b
QMB362T1
60-60
6.00
QMB3606T
QMB362T
1763.00
1
100-100
7.50
QMB3610T
QMB363T
2795.00
2
200
9.00
QMB3620
QMB364
3297.00
1
These switch units are no longer available; the catalog number is provided only for cross referencing to Series D2 units.
When this Series D2 switch is used as a replacement for a Series 1-4 3-inch switch, a blank filler plate is also required. Purchase the blank filler plate
from a local sheet-metal fabricator.
Table 13.9:
Obsolescent Circuit Breaker Units a
Catalog No.
$ Price
QMB3400LAb
a
b
Circuit breaker units are designed for use in all QMB interior types manufactured between 1961 and October 1984.
Includes a 3-pole, LA type circuit breaker. For other ampere ratings, contact the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center.
Table 13.10:
Plug-On Extension
Assembly
7097.00
Plug-On Extension Assemblies a
Ampere Rating
Switch Mounting Height (inches)
Catalog No.
30-30 Switch
3
QMB303LEX
$ Price
203.00
30-30 Switch
4.5
QMB306LEX
207.00
30-30 Switch
6
QMB306EX
239.00
60-60 Switch
4.5
QMB306LEX
207.00
60-60 Switch
6
QMB306EX
239.00
100-100 Switch
6
QMB310LEX
239.00
100-100 Switch
7.5
QMB310EX
567.00
200 Switch
9
QMB320EX
LA Circuit Breaker
7.5
QMB310EX
567.00
a
Bus extensions are required on all 30–200 A switches. They are also required on all circuit breaker units used in switchboards or in QW type panelboards
with a 38-inch wide box.
Table 13.11:
Obsolescent Main Switch Units a
Ampere Rating
Unit Height
(inches)
Catalog No.
Replaces Series 4
Unit Catalog No.
$ Price
3-pole 240 Vac
100
200
QMB323Mb
9
QMB324M
2303.00
QMB3210M
QMB3220M
3-pole 600 Vac
a
b
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
100
9
200
9
QMB363Mb
3017.00
QMB3610M
QMB363MJb
3213.00
QMB3610MJ
QMB364M
3792.00
QMB3620M
QMB364MJb
4038.00
QMB3620MJ
Replace Series 4 Units
Order only from the Lexington plant.
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
13-5
13
All Series D2 switches require that rail extension assemblies be attached to the interior side rails in order to mount the
switch. These rail extension assemblies are packaged with every Series D2 switch. If a rail extension is lost or missing,
contact the nearest Schneider Electric™ sales office to order a replacement.
Plug-on extension assemblies must also be ordered when installing 30–200 A plug-on units in blank spaces of a QW
interior in the 38-inch wide box. These plug-on extension assemblies (which extend the bus) are NOT the same as the
rail extension assemblies packaged with every Series D2 switch (which extend only the mounting rails).
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Available In DS Stock, except where noted.
QMB Fusible Panelboards
Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units
Class 2320
www.schneider-electric.us
13
Application
For use on three-phase ac systems—208, 240, or 480 volts. UL® Listed.
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Starters
Line Voltage Type
•
Non-Reversing—Twin Units
— Sizes 0 through 3—Class 8536, Types SB, SC, SD and SE.
Reversing—Single Units
— Sizes 0 through 3—Class 8736, Types SB, SC, SD and SE.
•
QMB Motor Starter
Panelboard
Table 13.12:
NEMA
Size
Starter Units—Not stocked in DS. Order only from the Peru plant.
Coil
Voltage c
Unit
Height
(Inches)
120
c
Catalog No.
Unit
Height
(Inches)
Single-Starter Unit
(One Reversing Starter)
QMBS873610120W
QMBS8536100208W
1931.00
QMBS8536100240W
QMBS873610208W
9
QMBS873610240W
QMBS8536100480W
QMBS873610480W
QMBS8536111120W
QMBS873611120W
9
QMBS8536111208W
2435.00
QMBS8536111240W
QMBS873611208W
9
QMBS873611240W
480
QMBS8536111480W
QMBS873611480W
120
QMBS8536222120W
QMBS873622120W
208
10-1/2
240
QMBS8536222208W
3813.00
QMBS8536222240W
10-1/2
QMBS873622208W
QMBS873622240W
480
QMBS8536222480W
QMBS873622480W
120
QMBS8536333120W
QMBS873633120W
208
18
240
$ Price b
Catalog No.
120
240
3
$ Price b
480
208
2
a
b
9
240
1
Twin-Starter Unit
(Two Non-Reversing Starters)
QMBS8536100120W
208
0
Class 8736—Types SB, SC, SD and SE a
Reversing
(see Digest page 16-51
Class 8536—Types SB, SC, SD and SEq
Type S—Non-Reversing
(see Digest page 16-16)
QMBS8536333208W
5930.00
QMBS8536333240W
18
QMBS873633208W
QMBS873633240W
2115.00
2295.00
3732.00
6797.00
480
QMBS8536333480W
QMBS873633480W
Space and drilling are provided for field addition of control voltage transformer and fuse base.
Prices include starters, but do not include overload relay thermal units. See Digest page 16-129 for selection procedure (ac magnetic starters—small
enclosure), and order thermal units separately.
See Digest page 16-21 for maximum motor starter ratings.
Table 13.13:
UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings @ 600 V Maximum
Starter Size
Fusible Switch
(with Class R or J fuse)
RMS Sym. Amperes
Thermal-Magnetic
Circuit Breaker
RMS Sym. Amperes
0
1
2
3
100,000
5,000
Selection of Components
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
List required motor starter units (reversing or non-reversing) from the tables above.
Specify the HP, voltage, phase, frequency and full load current rating of the motor.
Specify the unit mounting space.
Determine the circuit breaker or fusible switch rating for motor branch circuits from the selection tables on Digest page 9-34.
For motor starter voltages other than standard voltages of 120, 208, 240 and 480 volts, contact the nearest Schneider Electric sales
office.
Starter Data
•
•
•
•
•
Line voltage coils are furnished as standard on all starters.
Twistouts are provided in starter covers for start-stop push buttons, selector switches and pilot lights. See accessories table below.
Starter door interlocks are furnished with motor starter enclosures.
Type S starter enclosures include drillings for the next smaller size.
All Type S starters have provisions for three overload relay thermal units, as required by NEC® Table 430.37 for three phase ac
motor circuits.
Accessories
Accessories listed below are available for field installation on all units. Go to the sections shown for prices.
Table 13.14:
Field Installable Accessories
Description
Push Buttons and Selector Switches: Class 9001, Type K
Pilot Lights: Class 9001, Type KP
Electrical Interlocks: Class 9999, Types SX6, SX7
Industrial Control Transformers: Class 9070
Type EO1; Starter Size: 0 and 1, Non-Reversing
Type EO2; Starter Size: 0, 1 and 2, Reversing
Type EO3; Starter Size: 3
Type EO4; Starter Size: 4
Control Circuit Fuse Block: Class 9080, Type PF1
13-6
PE1A
Digest Section
Pushbuttons and Operator Interface
NEMA-Definite Purpose Type Contactors and Starters
Supplemental Digest, Transformers
Terminal Blocks
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Replacement Parts
Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks
Class 1600
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 13.15:
Trim Clamps and Screws
Application
Catalog No.
NEHB Panelboards: All fronts up through 400 A
Table 13.16:
PK3TC
$ Price
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Catalog No.
PK3TC
44.00
Circuit I.D. Numbers
NEHB and NEHB
Column Width
Catalog No.
1 through 54
8004332501
$ Price
14.00
13
Circuit Number Description
Table 13.17:
Locks—Type 1 Enclosures
Application
Catalog No.
$ Price
NEHB Panelboards
All main lug fronts and all main circuit breaker fronts up to 225 A
Lock only
PK4FL
Complete assembly
PK7FL
90.00
PK5FL
165.00
All 400 A main circuit breaker fronts
90.00
Telephone Cabinets
PK4FL
(Before November 1997)
Fronts on boxes up to 30 inches wide
90.00
PK22FL
(After November 1997)
Fronts on boxes 36 inches or wider
Catalog No.
PK4FL
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PK5FL
165.00
Catalog No.
PK5FL
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
13-7
Series Ratings
NQOD Panelboards
Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
13
This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for
panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same
Table 13.18:
NQOD Series Ratings
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Maximum System
Maximum Short Circuit
Integral or Remote Main Circuit Breakers
Voltage AC c
Current Rating (RMS Sym.)
and Remote Main Fuses
22k
MG
42k
HD, JD
120/240 1Ø
65k
HG, JG
100k
HJ, JJ
125k
HL, JL
DJ 400 A
120/240 1Ø
208Y/120
100k
QJ
208Y/120
a
b
c
d
e
f
13-8
enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure. NOTE: Where QO(B)
GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD circuit breakers may also be used.
18k
LA/LH (L) 34200MC, LA/LH (L) 34225MC,
LA/LH (L) 34250MC, LA/LH (L) 34400MC
Branch Circuit Breaker Designations and Allowable Ampere Ranges a b
Type
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
QO (B)
15–30 A
—
—
QO (B) PL
15–30 A
15–60 A
15–30 A
QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) VH
QO (B) AFI
QO (B)
QO (B) AS
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) PL
QO (B) VH
QO (B) AFI
15–70 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–125 A
40–60 A
150 A
—
15–125 A
15–30 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
150 A
—
—
—
15–150 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–30 A
35–150 A
—
QO (B)
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
QO (B) AS
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QO (B) PL
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
240
22k
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–100 A
15–30 A
Q2-Hf
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–30 A
QO (B) AS
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QD
QO (B) PL
15–30 A
15–60 A
15–30 A
QO (B) VH
—
150 A
35–150 A
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
ED, FDf
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
240
25k
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
QO
(B)
AS
15–30
A
15–30
A
15–30
A
KDf
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
QO (B) VH
—
—
35–150 A
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
HD, JD
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B) H
—
15–100 A
—
QOB2150VH
—
150 A
—
Q2L-Hf
—
110–225 A
110–225 A
LA, MA
QDL
—
70–225 A
70–225 A
MG
QO (B) VH
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
HD,
JD
QO
(B)
PL
15–30
A
15–60
A
15–30 A
240
42k
QO (B)
15–70 Ad
—
—
LC
QO (B) VH
15–30 A
15–125 A
15–100 A (3P 208 V Max.)
600 A Maximum
QO (B) GFI
15–30 Ae
15–60 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B) VH
15–30 A
15–125 A
15–100 A (3P 208 V Max.)
LC
QO
(B)
GFI
15–30
Ae
—
—
600 A Maximum
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
—
DJ 400 A
QO (B) VH
—
150 A
15–150 A
QO (B) H
—
15–100 A
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
EG, FGf, KGf
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–30 A
QG
QO (B) AS
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
QO (B) VH
—
—
35–150 A
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
240
65k
QG, HG, JG
QO (B) PL
15–30 A
15–60 A
15–30 A
QO (B) AFI
15–30 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
QO
(B)
VH
—
—
35–150
A
HG, JG
QO (B) H
—
15–100 A
—
QOB2150VH
—
150 A
—
FC22__
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–100 A
15–100 A
KC22__
QO (B) AS
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
FC32__
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
KC32__
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B) VH
15–30 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
400 A Max. Class J or T6 Fuses
QOB-VH
—
150 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
FC24__
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–100 A
15–100 A
KC24__
QO (B) AS
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
FC34__
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
KC34__
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
200 A Max. Class T3 Fuses
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
240
100k
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
EJ, FJf
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
HJ, JJ
QO (B) VH
—
—
35–150 A
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QO (B) PL
15–30 A
15–60 A
15–30 A
QO
(B)
AFI
15–20
A
—
—
240
125k
HL. JL
QO (B) H
—
15–100 A
—
QOB2150VH
—
150 A
—
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
QO (B) AS
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
FI, KI
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
QO (B) AFI
15–20 A
—
—
240
200k
QO (B)
15–70 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
Maximum Fuses 200 A
QO
(B)
AS
15–30
A
15–30
A
15–30
A
Class J or T6 400 A Class T3
QO (B) GFI
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
Suffixes HID, SWD and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above, except suffix SWN may NOT be applied in combination with LC main circuit breakers.
Where QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QH (B) circuit breakers may also be used.
For shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.
Only 15–30 A circuit breakers may be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A.
Circuit breakers may not be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A.
Obsolescent. Contact the Schneider Electric local Field Sales Office for the replacement circuit breaker. One-pole FJ circuit breakers are still available.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
NQOD Panelboards
Pricing Procedure Examples
Class 1630 Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
List circuit breakers required, either plug-on or bolt-on. See appropriate pages for catalog numbers.
Determine equivalent number of pole spaces required.
Select proper main lugs interior or main lugs interior and main circuit breaker adapter kit based on equivalent number of poles and
ampere rating from appropriate page. Interiors include solid neutral and are field convertible to top feed.
Select enclosure from appropriate page.
Type 1—Select box and front catalog number corresponding to interior catalog number. Types 3R, 5, 12—Select enclosure, front
included.
For complete price, add the component prices. Include panelboard accessories.
Apply appropriate discount schedule.
Table 13.19:
a
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
13
NQOD Merchandised Example:
208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kAIR, 225 A, MLO, Type 1 surface mount, bolt-on branch circuit
breakers, main sub-feed lugs. a
Branches
Page No.
Catalog Number
Spaces
225 A MLO Interior
13-10
NQOD430L225CU
30
1292.00
Box
13-10
MH32
—
113.00
Cover
13-10
MHC32S
—
497.00
Main Sub-Feed Lugs
13-10
NQOD225SFL
—
203.00
Total Price
2105.00
$ Price
Price branch circuit breakers from page 9-10 of the current Digest.
Example pricing only
Discount
Schedule
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure
13-9
NQOD Merchandised
Panelboards
NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us
13
Table 13.20:
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Max.
No. of
Single Pole
QO™/QOB
Circuit
Breakers
Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers
Mains
Rating
Total Price
Interior
Front and Enclosure
Type 1
Types 3R,
5, 12
20" Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
20
100
1417.00
3050.00
30
1789.00
3383.00
42
2037.00
3623.00
225
42
2464.00
4021.00
54
2278.00
3835.00
30
2483.00
4346.00
42
400
2671.00
4512.00
54
2894.00
4737.00
30
2638.00
4605.00
42
2807.00
4767.00
600d
42
3768.00
5699.00
54
2991.00
4922.00
20" Wide Cabinet —Three Phase 4-Wire
24
1615.00
3248.00
100
30
1769.00
3383.00
30
1902.00
3496.00
42
2170.00
3756.00
225
42
2567.00
4124.00
54
2378.00
3935.00
30
2726.00
4589.00
42
400
2908.00
4749.00
54
3091.00
4934.00
30
2916.00
4883.00
42
3062.00
5022.00
600d
42
4050.00
5981.00
54
3279.00
5210.00
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Interior Only
(Order Branch Circuit
Breakers Separately)
Type 1 Enclosure
Box 20"W x 5.75"Db
Catalog No.a
Price
Catalog No.
NQOD20L100CU
NQOD30L225CU
NQOD42L225CU
NQOD42L225CUTFe
NQOD54L225CU
NQOD30L400CU
NQOD42L400CU
NQOD54L400CU
NQOD30L600
NQOD42L600
NQOD42L600TFLe
NQOD54L600
864.00
1179.00
1418.00
1799.00
1613.00
1737.00
1896.00
2085.00
1863.00
2019.00
2942.00
2165.00
NQOD424L100CU
NQOD430L100CU
NQOD430L225CU
NQOD442L225CU
NQOD442L225CUTFe
NQOD454L225CU
NQOD430L400CU
NQOD442L400CU
NQOD454L400CU
NQOD430L600
NQOD442L600
NQOD442L600TFLe
NQOD454L600
1062.00
1191.00
1292.00
1551.00
1902.00
1713.00
1980.00
2133.00
2282.00
2141.00
2274.00
3224.00
2453.00
Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures
Mono-Flat™ Frontb
Price
Catalog No.
Price
MH23
MH32
MH35
MH41
MH41
MH50
MH53
MH59
MH53
MH56
MH62
MH62
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
MHC23 (
MHC32 (
MHC35 (
MHC41 (
MHC41 (
MHC50V (
MHC53V (
MHC59V (
MHC53V (
MHC56V (
MHC62V (
MHC62V (
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
440.00
497.00
506.00
552.00
552.00
633.00
662.00
696.00
662.00
675.00
713.00
713.00
MH23
MH26
MH23
MH35
MH41
MH41
MH50
MH53
MH59
MH53
MH56
MH62
MH62
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
113.00
MHC23 (
MHC26 (
MHC32 (
MHC35 (
MHC41 (
MHC41 (
MHC50V (
MHC53V (
MHC59V (
MHC53V (
MHC56V (
MHC62V (
MHC62V (
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
440.00
465.00
497.00
506.00
552.00
552.00
633.00
662.00
696.00
662.00
675.00
713.00
713.00
Enclosure 20"W x 6.5"D
Price
Height
(In.)
MH23WP
MH32WP
MH35WP
MH41WP
MH41WP
MH50WP
MH53WP
MH59WP
MH656WP
MH686WP
MH746WP
MH746WP
2186.00
2204.00
2205.00
2222.00
2222.00
2609.00
2616.00
2652.00
2742.00
2748.00
2757.00
2757.00
23
32
35
41
41
50
53
59
53/65
56/68
62/74
62/74
MH23WP
MH26WP
MH32WP
MH35WP
MH41WP
MH41WP
MH50WP
MH53WP
MH59WP
MH656WP
MH686WP
MH746WP
MH746WP
2186.00
2192.00
2204.00
2205.00
2222.00
2222.00
2609.00
2616.00
2652.00
2742.00
2748.00
2757.00
2757.00
23
26
32
35
41
41
50
53
59
53/65
56/68
62/74
62/74
Catalog No.
“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface.
Copper bus standard on 600 A interiors.
Feed-thru lug interior.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
42 circuit MLO panelboard requires MH38 box, 54 circuit panelboard requires MH44 box.
Table 13.21:
NQOD Accessories
Description
Catalog No.
Sub-feed lug kits—main lugs only—1Ø or 3Øg
• 100 A
• 225 A
Sub-feed: Bolt-on: 2-pole
• 3-pole
Equipment ground bars: 12 circuit 225 A max.
• 20 circuit 225 A max.
• 24 circuit 225 A max.
• 30 circuit 225 A max.
• 54 circuit 225 A max.
• 54 circuit 600 A max.
• PK15GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug
• PK18GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug
• PK23GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug
Ground bar insulator kit
NQOD100SFL
NQOD225SFL
QOB2125SL
QOB3125SL
PK9GTA
PK12GTA
PK15GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK27GTA
PK15GTAL
PK18GTAL
PK23GTAL
PKGTAB
Filler plate
Circuit I.D. number strips
1-102 odd/even (left side numbered 1,3,5 ...101)
103-204 odd/even (left side numbered 103,105,107 ... 203)
1-102 sequential (left side numbered 1,2,3 ... 102)
103-204 sequential (left side numbered 103,104,105 ... 204)
Directory cards
Plastic stick-on directory pouch
Lock - for Mono-Flat fronts
Key—NSR-251 (for all locks)
Touch-up paint USAS #49 Gray (Aerosol can)
Handle attachments—branch circuit breakers:
• Handle lock-off
• Handle tie - (QO and QOB only)
• Handle padlock attachment - 1-pole
•
2- and 3-pole
•
Combination handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB)
Neutral or Ground Lugs: #10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu
• #4 to #1/0 Al/Cu
• #1 to #4/0 Al/Cu
Endwalls for MH Boxes
• Blank
• With Knockouts
Elevating Nuts (4 required)
$ Price
Schedule
155.00
203.00
176.00
176.00
13.00
16.00
17.00
19.00
21.00
34.00
35.00
38.00
41.00
44.00
PE1A
PE1A
DE2
DE2
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
QOFP
3.60
DE2A
NQ102OE
NQ204OE
NQ102S
NQ204S
8003115801
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
5.00
PE1A
PE1A
PE1A
PE1A
PE1A
8003115901
PK22FL
LP9618
PK49SP
14.00
93.00
29.00
39.00
PE1A
PE1A
PE1A
DE1
HLO1
QO1HT
QO1PA
QO1PL
QO3HT
QO70AN
Q1100AN
Q1150AN
9.90
3.80
10.70
10.70
13.40
9.90
11.10
32.40
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
8011010501
8011010401
2322000003
41.00
41.00
1.30
PE1A
PE1A
PE1A
NOTE: For Door-in-door (hinged) trim see the Supplemental & Obsolescence Digest, Section 4.
13-10
PE1A
DE2A
DE3A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
NQOD Merchandised
Panelboards
NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us
Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers
Total Price
Interior, Front, Box
and Adapter Kit
Type 1
Main
Circuit Breaker
Adapter Kit
Types 3R, 5,
12
Catalog No.
Price
Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d
Type 1 Enclosure
Interior Only
(Order Branch
Circuit Breakers Separately)
Box
20"W x 5.75"D b
Mono-Flat™
Front b
Price
Catalog
No.
NQOD20M100CU
1446.00
MH26
113.00
MHC26 ( )
465.00
MH26WP
2192.00
26
NQOD30L225CU
1179.00
MH44
113.00
MHC44 ( )
590.00
MH44WP
2603.00
44
NQOD42L225CU
1418.00
MH50
113.00
MHC50 ( )
633.00
MH50WP
2609.00
50
NQOD42L225CUTFf
1799.00
MH56
113.00
MHC56 ( )
675.00
MH56WP
2652.00
56
NQOD54L225CU
1613.00
MH56
113.00
MHC56 ( )
675.00
MH56WP
2652.00
56
NQOD30L400CU
1737.00
MH65
113.00
MHC65V ( )
732.00
MH65WP
2742.00
65
NQOD42L400CU
1896.00
MH68
113.00
MHC68V ( )
756.00
MH68WP
2742.00
68
NQOD42L600TFLf
2942.00
MH77
113.00
MHC77V ( )
777.00
MH77WP
2757.00
77
NQOD54L400CU
2085.00
MH74
113.00
MHC74V ( )
768.00
MH74WP
2757.00
74
NQOD424M100CU
1859.00
MH26
113.00
MHC26 ( )
465.00
MH26WP
2192.00
26
NQOD430M100CU
1985.00
MH29
113.00
MHC29 ( )
477.00
MH29WP
2193.00
29
NQOD430L225CU
1292.00
MH44
113.00
MHC44 ( )
590.00
MH44WP
2603.00
44
NQOD442L225CU
1551.00
MH50
113.00
MHC50 ( )
633.00
MH50WP
2609.00
50
NQOD442L225CUTFf
1902.00
MH56
113.00
MHC56 ( )
675.00
MH56WP
2652.00
56
Price
Catalog
No.
Height
(In.)
Catalog No. a
$ Price
Catalog
No.
Enclosure
20"W x 6.5"D
$ Price
20" Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
54
3181.00
Factory Installed
3638.00 Backfed QOB Main
Circuit Breaker
4562.00
NQODQBe
4807.00
or
NQODJKe
5231.00
$780.
5045.00
30
3362.00
5259.00
42
3545.00
5418.00
4612.00
6479.00
3746.00
5622.00
20
100
2024.00
30
2662.00
42
2944.00
42
42
225
400
54
3367.00
NQOD4e
$780.
20" Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire
24
2437.00
4051.00
2575.00
4178.00
2775.00
4675.00
3077.00
4940.00
3470.00
5334.00
54
3281.00
5145.00
NQOD454L225CU
1713.00
MH56
113.00
MHC56 ( )
675.00
MH56WP
2652.00
56
30
3605.00
5502.00
NQOD430L400CU
1980.00
MH65
113.00
MHC65V ( )
732.00
MH65WP
2742.00
65
3782.00
5655.00
NQOD442L400CU
2133.00
MH68
113.00
MHC68V ( )
756.00
MH68WP
2742.00
68
4894.00
6761.00
NQOD442L600TFLf
3224.00
MH77
113.00
MHC77V ( )
777.00
MH77WP
2757.00
77
3943.00
5819.00
NQOD454L400CU
2282.00
MH74
113.00
MHC74V ( )
768.00
MH74WP
2757.00
74
30
100
30
42
42
42
42
225
400
54
a
b
c
d
e
f
b
NQODQBe
or
NQODJKe
$780.
NQOD4e
$780.
“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
Feed-thru lug interior.
Table 13.23:
a
Factory Installed
Backfed QOB Main
Circuit Breaker
Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a
Circuit
Breaker Frameb
Amperes
Catalog Number
$ Price
225
NQODQB
QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
225
NQODJK
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL
400
NQOD4
LAL, LHL, Q4L
780.00
Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit
breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
Circuit breaker interrupting ratings, see tables starting on Digest page 7-22.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
13-11
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Max.
No. of
One-pole Mains
QO™/
Rating
QOB
Circuit
Breakers
13
Table 13.22:
NQOD Merchandised
Panelboards
NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us
13
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Table 13.24:
Max.
No. of
Single
Pole
QO™/QOB
Circuit
Breakers
Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers
Total $ Price
Interior, Front
and Enclosure
Mains
Rating
Box
14 in. W x 5.75 in. Db
Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures
Mono-Flat™
Front c
Enclosure
20 in. W x 6.5 in. D
Height
(In.)
NEMA
Types
3R, 5, 12
NEMA
Type 1
Type 1 Enclosure
Interior Only
(Order Branch Circuit
Breakers Separately)
Catalog No. a
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
14-inch Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
12
100
20
30
42
225
54
1132.00
—
NQOD12L100CU
734.00
NQB520
117.00
NQC20 ( )
281.00
1271.00
—
NQOD20L100CU
864.00
NQB523
117.00
NQC23 ( )
290.00
1634.00
—
NQOD30L225CU
1179.00
NQB532
117.00
NQC32 ( )
338.00
1882.00
—
NQOD42L225CU
1418.00
NQB535
117.00
NQC35 ( )
347.00
2099.00
—
NQOD54L225CU
1613.00
NQB541
117.00
NQC41 ( )
369.00
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
20
23
32
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
35
41
14-inch Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire
12
1267.00
—
NQOD412L100CU
869.00
NQB520
117.00
NQC20 ( )
281.00
1469.00
—
NQOD424L100CU
1062.00
NQB523
117.00
NQC23 ( )
290.00
30
1616.00
—
NQOD430L100CU
1191.00
NQB526
117.00
NQC26 ( )
308.00
30
1747.00
—
NQOD430L225CU
1292.00
NQB532
117.00
NQC32 ( )
338.00
2015.00
—
NQOD442L225CU
1551.00
NQB535
117.00
NQC35 ( )
347.00
2199.00
—
NQOD454L225CU
1713.00
NQB541
117.00
NQC41 ( )
369.00
24
100
42
225
54
a
b
c
20
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
23
26
32
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
35
41
“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers. Through feed lugs are not available in 14-in. wide enclosures.
Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface.
Table 13.25:
Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers
Max.
Total $ Price
No. of
Interior, Front, Box
One
and
Adapter Kit
Pole
Mains
QO
Rating
QOB
NEMA
NEMA
Circuit
Types
Type 1 3R,
Breakers
5, 12
Interior Only
(Order Branch Circuit
Breakers Separately)
Main Circuit Breaker
Adapter Kit
Type 1 Enclosure
Box
14 in. W x 5.75 in. Dd
Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure
Mono-Flat
Front b
Enclosure
20 in. W x 6.5 in. D
Height
(In.)
Catalog No.
Catalog No. a
$ Price
Catalog No.
NQOD12M100CU
1281.00
NQB523
117.00
NQC23 ( )
290.00
NQOD20M100CU
1446.00
NQB526
117.00
NQC26 ( )
308.00
NQOD30L225CU
1179.00
NQB544
117.00
NQC44 ( )
405.00
NQOD42L225CU
1418.00
NQB550
117.00
NQC50 ( )
419.00
NQOD54L225CU
1613.00
NQB556
117.00
NQC56 ( )
474.00
NQOD412M100CU
1625.00
NQB523
117.00
NQC23 ( )
290.00
NQOD424M100CU
1859.00
NQB526
117.00
NQC26 ( )
308.00
NQOD430M100CU
1985.00
NQB529
117.00
NQC29 ( )
329.00
NQOD430L225CU
1292.00
NQB544
117.00
NQC44 ( )
405.00
NQOD442L225CU
1551.00
NQB550
117.00
NQC50 ( )
419.00
NQOD454L225CU
1713.00
NQB556
117.00
NQC56 ( )
474.00
$ Price
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
14-inch Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
12
100
20
30
1688.00
—
1871.00
—
Factory Installed
QOB
Main Circuit Breaker
2481.00
42
225
54
2734.00
—
2984.00
—
NQODJKc
or
NQODQBc
—
780.00
23
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
26
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
50
44
56
14-inch Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire
12
2032.00
—
2284.00
—
30
2431.00
—
30
2594.00
—
2867.00
—
3084.00
—
24
100
42
225
54
a
b
c
d
b
NQODJKc
or
NQODQBc
—
780.00
23
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
26
29
44
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
for Types 3R, 5, 12
50
56
“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface.
Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers.
Table 13.26:
a
Factory Installed
QOB
Main Circuit Breaker
Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker a)
Amperes
Catalog No.
Circuit
Breaker Frame b
225
NQODQB
QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
225
NQODJK
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL
$ Price
780.00
Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit
breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
Circuit breaker interrupting ratings, see pages 7-2 through 7-9.
13-12
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
NQOD Merchandised
Panelboards
For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral)
Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us
Max.
No. of
Single Pole
QO/QOB
Circuit
Breakers
Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers
Total Price
Interior,
Front and Enclosure
Mains
Rating
Type 1
Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d
Type 1 Enclosure
Main Lugs Interior Only
(Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately)
Types
3R, 5, 12
Catalog No. a
$ Price
Box 20"W x 5.75"D b
MONO-FLAT®
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
$ Price
Enclosure
20"W x 6.5"D
Front c
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Height
(In.)
20" Wide Cabinet—3 Phase 4-Wire
30
100
2096.00
3699.00
NQOD430L100CUNL
1506.00
MH29
113.00
MHC29 ( )
477.00
MH29WP
2193.00
29
42
225
2620.00
4193.00
NQOD442L225CUNL
1977.00
MH38
113.00
MHC38 ( )
530.00
MH38WP
2216.00
38
400
3547.00
5388.00
NQOD442L400CUNL
2772.00
MH53
113.00
MHC53V ( )
662.00
MH53WP
2616.00
53
42
a
b
c
d
“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
Table 13.28:
Max.
No. of
Single Pole
QO/QOB
Circuit
Breakers
Main Circuit Breaker Interiors
Mains
Rating
Total Price
Interior, Front, Box and
Adapter Kit
Type 1
Types 3R, 5,
12
Main Circuit
Breaker
Adapter Kit a
Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d
Type 1 Enclosure
Main Lugs Interior Only
(Order Branch Circuit
Breakers Separately)
Box
20"W x 5.75"D
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No. b
$ Price
Catalog
No.
QOB Main Circuit
Breaker
Enclosure
20"W x 6.5"D
MONO-FLAT Front c
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
Height
(In.)
$ Price
20" Wide Cabinet—3 Phase 4-Wire
30
a
b
c
d
100
2877.00
4471.00
NQOD430M100CUNL
2267.00
MH32
113.00
MHC32 ( )
497.00
MH32WP
2204.00
32
1977.00
MH50
113.00
MHC50 ( )
633.00
MH50WP
2609.00
50
2772.00
MH68
113.00 MHC68V ( )
756.00
MH68WP
2742.00
68
42
225
3503.00
5366.00
NQODJK
NQODQB
NQOD442L225CUNL
780.00
42
400
4421.00
6294.00
NQOD4
780.00 NQOD442L400CUNL
Order main circuit breaker separately
“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
Table 13.29:
a
b
Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a
Amperes
Catalog Number
Circuit Breaker Frame b
225
NQODQB
QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
225
NQODJK
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL
400
NQOD4
LAL, LHL
NQOD Main Neutral Conductors—Required Size and Quantity a
Panelboard Ampacity
Neutral Conductors Requiredb
Actual Lug Wire Range
(2) 1/0 Cu or Al
(2) #4–300 kcmil
225
(2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al
(2) #4–300 kcmil
400
(4) 3/0 Cu or
(4) 250 kcmil Al
(2) 600 kcmil Cu
(2) 750 kcmil Al
(2) 1/0–300 kcmil or
(1) 750 kcmil
100/125
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
780. 00
Order main circuit breaker separately
Main neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain
Table 13.30:
a
b
$ Price
Neutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above.
Main neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain
UL Listing. Requirement is based on heat rise testing.
PE1A
Discount
Schedule
13-13
13
Table 13.27:
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
NQOD 240 Vac Max.
NQOD Panelboards
Terminal Data
Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us
13
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
Table 13.31:
Panel Type
Ampere Rating
NQOD
a
Panel Type
NQOD
13-14
Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6a
Lug Wire Rangea
100
(1) #10–#2/0 Cu or (1) #6–#2/0 Al
(1) #10–#1 Cu or (1) #6–#1 Al
225
(1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu
(1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu
400
(2) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu
(2) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu
600
(2) #4-600 kcmil
(2) #4-500 kcmil
(#) = Number of conductors per phase.
Table 13.32:
b
Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs
Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
Circuit Breaker
Type
Lug Wire Rangeb
Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6b
100
QOB
(1) #4–#2/0 Al/Cu
100
FA, FH, FI
(1) #14–#1/0 Al/Cu
(1) #14–#1 Al/Cu
150
HD, HG, HJ, HL
(1) #14–#3/0 Al/Cu
(1) #14–#3/0 Al/Cu
225
QB, QD, QG, QJ (1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu
225
KI
250
400
600
MA
(1) #4–#1 Al/Cu
(1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu
(1) #6–350 kcmil Al/Cu
(1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu
JD, JG, JJ, JL
(1) #1/0–#4/0 Al/Cu or (1) #3/0–350 kcmil Al/Cu
(1) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu
LA, LH
(1) #1–600 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1–250 kcmil Al/Cu
(1) #4–500 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1–250 kcmil Al/Cu
(3) #3/0–500 kcmil
(3) #3/0–500 kcmil
(#) = Number of conductors per phase.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 14
Busway
Busway Special Purpose Plug-In Units
APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway)
14-2
Capacitor and Transformer Units
14-2
Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line™ Busway)
14-2
Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs
14-2
BUSWAY
Plug-In Style
Feeder Style
14
I-Line II Busway 800–5000 A pp. 14-2
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
14-1
I-Line™ Busway
Special Purpose Plug-In Units
Class 5600
www.schneider-electric.us
APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway)
Table 14.1:
Circuit Breaker Plug-In Units
Breaker
Frame
Trip Rating
Amps
FA
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
100
Table 14.2:
600 Vac 3Ø4W for use on both
3-Pole and 3Ø4W Busway
Catalog
Number
SD75415
SD75420
SD75430
SD75440
SD75450
SD75460
SD75470
SD75416
$ Price
2966.00
2966.00
2966.00
2966.00
2966.00
2966.00
3186.00
3186.00
Breaker
Frame
Trip Rating
Amps
LA
250
300
350
400
600 Vac 3Ø4W for use on both
3-Pole and 3Ø4W Busway
Catalog
Number
SD67428
SD67436
SD67438
SD67446
$ Price
13846.00
13846.00
13846.00
13846.00
100 A Busway Plug-In Unit Circuit Breaker Enclosures and Accessories
1Ø3W & 3Ø4W a
Enclosure Only
(Price Circuit Breaker Separately)
Ground Kit
Floor Operator Attachment
14
Catalog No. $ Pricec
Catalog No.
$ Pricec
Catalog No.
$ Pricec
QO Breaker–70 A Enclosure
PINQO
208.00
PGKQO2
66.00
PI1QO
144.00
QO Breaker/Recpt.–70 A Enclosureb
PINQOR
324.00
PGKQOR
66.00
PI1QO
144.00
FA Breaker–15-100 A Enclosure
PIN100FA
690.00
PGKFA2
66.00
PI1FA
144.00
a
With PIN-QO, use circuit breakers QO215H, QO220H, and QO230H. For higher ratings, use FA enclosures and
circuit breakers.
b
Enclosure with space for three QO circuit breaker poles and provisions for three duplex receptacles.
c
Discount Schedule PE8
Capacitor and Transformer Units
Table 14.3:
3Ø Capacitor Units (Order plug-in units separately)
240 Vac
3Ø
kVAR
BUSWAY
Catalog Number
—
PC3205
PC3207
PC3210
PC3215
—
—
—
2.5
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
Table 14.4:
480 Vac
$ Price
—
5804.00
7276.00
8470.00
10328.00
—
—
—
Catalog Number
PC3402
PC3405
PC3407
PC3410
PC3415
PC3420
PC3425
PC3430
$ Price
2510.00
3752.00
4566.00
5080.00
6098.00
7620.00
9478.00
11206.00
1Ø Transformer Units (Order plug-in units separately)
Primary Voltage
1Ø kVA
240 Vac
480 Vac
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
1
PT2200
2394.00
PT2400
2394.00
1.5
PT2201
2574.00
PT2401
2574.00
2
PT2202
2796.00
PT2402
2796.00
3
PT2203
3312.00
PT2403
3312.00
5
PT2205
4590.00
PT2405
4590.00
7.5
PT2207
5528.00
PT2407
5528.00
10
PT2210
6370.00
PT2410
6370.00
Note: Transformer units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch, circuit breaker or cable tap box.
Standard secondary voltage terminals are provided for 120 V or 240 V 1Ø2W, or 120/240, 1Ø3W connection.
Specify secondary voltage if other than standard.
Note: Capacitor units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch or circuit breaker.
Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway)
Table 14.5:
Combination Fusible Switch (3Ø4W) and Lighting Contactord
Ampere
Ratinge
d
e
Electrically Held — 240 V
Mechanically Held — 80 V
$ Price
$ Price
30
2802.00
60
3564.00
100
4990.00
Order this device by description.
Lighting contactors do not include holding circuit interlock.
Table 14.6:
3014.00
4252.00
5840.00
Combination Starter/Contactor—Line Voltage—Single Speed—
Non-Reversing a
Ampere Fusible Switch (3-Pole) + G
Rating
Starterb
Contactor
Rating
Circuit Breaker (3-Pole) + G
Add for
Amperes
Control
Starter b
Contactor
Trip
Transformer
1
30
2872.00
2778.00
15–20
2950.00
2854.00
448.00
0
30
3042.00
—
—
—
—
448.00
1
60
—
2950.00
15–20
3060.00
2968.00
448.00
2
60
3828.00
—
—
—
—
636.00
2
100
—
3640.00
35–80
4396.00
4088.00
636.00
a
Order this device by description. Special control features also available. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office.
b
Price does not include overload relay thermal units.
NEMA
Size
Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs
Table 14.7:
Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs
240 Vac—3-Pole
Catalog Number
PGD3200G
14-2
PE8
PE7
$ Price
1566.00
Discount
Schedule
600 Vac—3-Pole
Catalog Number
PGD3600G
$ Price
1566.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
www.schneider-electric.us
Section 15
Limit Switches
Obsolete Reed Limit Switches
Miniature Enclosed Reed
9007XA
15-1
Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact
9007C
15-2
Heavy Duty, Industrial
Precision and Oiltight
Type XA
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007
Miniature Enclosed Reed
Type XA is designed for use in applications where contact reliability, environmental immunity, small size, or low cost are
required. Sealed construction keeps contaminants out of the contact area, making it the ideal choice for low voltage, low
current circuits such as Programmable Controllers. a
NOTE: Because reed switches are magnet operated, they should not be installed where strong magnetic fields may be
present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after installation.
Table 15.1:
Class 9007 Type XA
File 42259
CCN NKCR
File LR25490
Class 3211 03
Roller Plunger
Cross Roller Plunger
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
3 ft
XA7303E
XA7503E
XA7303D
XA7503D
XA7303DC
XA7503DC
6 ft
XA7306E
XA7506E
XA7306D
XA7506D
XA7306DC
XA7506DC
9 ft
XA7309E
XA7509E
XA7309D
XA7509D
XA7309DC
XA7509DC
a
b
LIMIT SWITCHES
Straight Plunger
Cable
Lengthb
See the current ratings table in Section 21 of Digest 176 for contact specifications.
Other cable lengths are available. Order by changing the last two digits of the type number to the length desired.
Example: An XA7303E with 15 ft of cable would become an XA7315E.
F (Differential)
E (Pretravel)
Initial
Position
C D
A B
Contacts
Reset
Contacts
Trip
Final
Position
Top Push Rod (Type E) Roller Plunger (Types D, DC)
Initial position (D)
0.690 in.
1.190 in.
Trip position (B)
0.620 in.
1.120 in.
Pretravel (E)
0.07 in.
0.07 in.
Reset position (C) max.
0.655 in.
1.155 in.
Differential (F)
0.015 in.
0.015 in.
Final position (A)
0.492 in.
0.992 in.
Total stroke
0.198 in.
0.198 in.
2.75 lb
2.75 lb
Operating force (max.)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Contacts: The contact is a fully encapsulated hermetically sealed reed,
suitable for controlling solid state loads as well as industrial relays. Switches
can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems. Use of a transient
suppressor will extend life of the switch when using on heavy electrical loads.
Type XA cannot be used in Division 2 locations as the Type C Reed
switches can, since the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires provisions for
conduit connection. The Type C Reed switches have this provision for conduit
and the Type XA does not.
Enclosure Construction: Die cast zinc-baked gray enamel finish.
Meets NEMA Type 2, 4, 4X, 6P, 12 and 13 requirements.
Oiltight, dusttight, watertight, and submersible.
Cable: SJTOWA jacketed cable with 18 gauge wire.
Ambient Temperature Range: –20 to + 140 °F (–28.9 to 60 °C).
NOTE: The XA switch is available with 3 ft of cable and 3 pin Brad
Harrison male connector No. 40904 (or equivalent): Form Y190.
15-1
15
Operating Data
Heavy Duty, Industrial
Reed Contact
Type C
Class 9007/ Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007
www.schneider-electric.us
Heavy Duty Precision Turret Head Type
These switches can be used with standard industrial relays and starters.
UL Listed for Class I, II and III Division 2 Groups B, C, D, F and G hazardous locations.
They can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems.
NOTE: Because reed switches are operated by a magnet, they should not be installed in areas where strong
magnetic fields may be present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after
installation.
Table 15.2:
All 9007C Switches Are Rated NEMA 6P and UL Type 6P
Lever Arm Type
Side Plunger Type
Extra Light
Standard
Low
Operating
Maintained
Pre-travel
Differential
Torque
Contact
Spring Return Spring Return
Spring Return
CW &
CCWa
CW &
CCWa
CW &
CCWa
CW (Trip)
CCW (Reset)
Plug-in
Side RollerSide PushSide PushSide PushPlug-in
Plunger
Rod Plunger Plug-in Unit
Receptacle
Spring Return Rod Plunger Rod Plunger
Maintained
without Head
Spring Return Adjustabled
Only
Verticalb
Spring Return Contact
Roller Type
Select
Turret
Head
Select Basic
Switch
Standard
Box Plug-in
Contacts
Type
Type
C84A2
C86A2
C84N2
C86N2
C84C
C86C
C84F
C86F
C84G
C86G
C84GD
C86GD
C84H
C86H
e
e
CT54 f
CT54 f
A
7°
90°
4°
90°
4 lb-in
(0.45 N•m)
N
13°
90°
7°
90°
25 in-oz
(0.08 N•m)
C
45°
90°
—
—
3 lb-in
(0.34 N•m)
F
G
0.110" (2.8 mm)
0.25" (6.3 mm)
0.07" (1.8 mm)
—
GD
—
—
—
—
—
4 lb (0.45 N•m)
H
0.14" (3.6 mm)
0.25" (6.3 mm)
—
—
7 lb
(0.80 N•m)
—
—
—
—
—
Operating Torque/Force
B
13°
90°
7°
90°
4 lb-in
(0.45 N•m)
—
—
Repeat Accuracy—
Linear travel of cam
1-1/2" (38 mm) lever arm
± 0.006"
(0.15 mm)
± 0.003"
(0.07 mm)
± 0.006"
(0.15 mm)
± 0.006"
(0.15 mm)
± 0.003" (0.07 mm)
—
—
—
Reed
Head Only f
Nominal
Operating
Data
Type
C84B2
C86B2
1 N.O.
1 N.C.
Pre-travel
Total Travel
Differential
Reverse Overtravel
Top Plunger Type
Wobble Stick Type
15
Top Push-Rod
Top RollerTop Push-Rod
Wobble Stick Wobble Stick
Plunger
Palm
Plunger
Plunger
Universal g DELRIN
Wire
Adjustable d Operatedc
Spring Return Spring Return
Extensiong Extension g
Spring Return
Wobble
Stick Coil
Cat
Whisker
Spring
Extensiong
Plug-in Unit Plug-in
without
Receptacle
Head
Only
LIMIT SWITCHES
Select
Turret
Head
Select Basic
Switch
Standard
Box Plug-in
Contacts
Reed
1 N.O.
1 N.C.
Head Only f
Nominal
Operating
Data
Type
C84D
C86D
D
Pre-travel
Total Travel
Differential
Operating
Torque/Force
Repeat Accuracy—
Linear travel of cam
C84E
C86E
Type
C84ED
C86ED
E
ED
0.100" (2.5 mm)
0.25" (6.3 mm)
0.05" (1.3 mm)
C84Rc
C86Rc
C84JKC
C86JKC
Rc
JKC
C84J
C86J
C84K
C86K
J
K
13° (Any Direction)
90°
11°
Type
C84KC
C86KC
C84L
C86L
e
e
CT54 f
CT54 f
KC
L
25°
90°
18°
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4 lb
3 lb-in
7 in-oz
—
—
± 0.003"
—
—
—
—
To order basic switch and head less the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters “CO” for the first “C” in the type number.
ePlug-in Replacement Units
Example: Open type replacement for Type C84B2 is Type CO84B2.
a
These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only.
To order factory converted devices—for CCW only operation, change the “2” at the end of the type number to “1” (Example: C84B2 becomes C84B1);
for CW only operation, delete the “2” at the end of the type number (Example: C84B2 becomes C84B).
b
Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version, add the letter “H” at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type number
(Example: C84F would become C84FH).
c
Price does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately from Section 21 of Digest 176.
d
To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut.
e
Plug-in units less head are not available as separate units. Order complete plug-in replacement units instead. Plug-in replacement units include the plug-in unit and head.
f
These products are currently available.
g
Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices. See Section 21 of Digest 176.
File
CCN
15-2
E10054
NOIV
Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 16
Medical Products
Isolated Power Panels
Operating Room Panels
Surgical Facility Panel, see page 16-4
16-2
ICU/CCU Panels
16-2
Controlled Isolation Power Panels (For X-ray and Laser Receptacles)
16-2
Duplex Panels
Duplex Isolation Power Panel, see page 16-3
16-2
16-3
Duplex Power Panels
16-3
Power/Ground Modules
16-3
Surgical Facility Panels
16-4
Surgical Facility Panels
16-4
Isolation Transformers
16-4
Dual Output Voltage Panels
16-5
Accessories
16-6
Accessories Panels
16-6
X-ray and Laser Receptacles
16-6
Supervisory Modules
16-6
Nurses’ Station Indicator-Alarm Annunciator
16-6
Digital Clock/Timers
16-6
Remote Alarm Indicators
16-6
All Square D™ brand Isolation Power Panels meet or exceed UL 1022 and 1047 and are
cUL Listed.
All products listed in this section are available through standard ordering procedures from
authorized Schneider Electric distributors. For more information, contact your nearest
Schneider Electric sales office or distributor. Call 1-888-Square D (778-2733) or visit
www.schneider-electric.us.
16
MEDICAL PRODUCTS
NOTE: The National Electrical Code® (NEC®) requires audible and visual alarm
indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160).
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
16-1
Medical Products
Isolated Power Panels
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
OR, ICU/CCU, and Controlled Isolation Power Panels—UL Listed
NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160).
The catalog number creates all components needed for a complete panel including eight circuits. All standard panels
are field expandable to 16 circuits for the OR and ICU panels by adding QO™ circuit breakers. All panels come with a
main circuit breaker. All panels are 5 mA and field adjustable. All panels include a remote alarm indicator for panel or
wall mounting. A backbox (single gang) is provided by others. Other options are available for each design. Six-inch
panels are not available for all kVA ratings.
For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor.
Table 16.1:
Catalog Number Matrix (refer to Table 16.2 for the available options for each field)
Basic OR Panel
ICU/CCU Panels
Transformer
kVA
Panel
Mounting
Primary
Voltage
Secondary
Voltage
Panel
Type
1
2
3
4
5
Table 16.2:
1
2
3-4
5
6
7
Total
No. of
Circuits
7
No. of 120 V
Receptacles
8
Type of 120 V
Receptacles
9
10
Controlled Panels
No. of
Ground
Jacks
11
Type of
Control
8
No. of Total No. of 'ON'
Circuits
Circuits
9
Output
Amperes
10
11
Options
Basic OR Panel
Transformer kVA
3
3 (maximum 277 volt primary)
5
5
7
7.5
10
10
15
15
25
25
Panel mounting
F
Flush
S
Surface
Main circuit breaker
Primary and
secondary voltage
5 kVA 7.5 kVA 10 kVA
1
120
60 A
80 A
100 A
2
208
30 A
45 A
60 A
3
240
30 A
40 A
60 A
4
277
25 A
35 A
45 A
5
480
15 A
20 A
30 A
Type of panel
A
Low profile transformer (6 in.)
T
Standard transformer (8 in. or 12 in.)
Type of panel circuit breakers
S
Plug-in QO
B
Bolt-on QOB
Total number of circuits
#
8 standard—16 maximum
Table 16.3:
Circuit
Breaker
Type
6
ICU/CCU Panels
Controlled Panels
Add these options to the basic OR panel
for power / ground outputs.
8
9-10
11
Add these Control options to the basic OR panel.
Number of 120 volt receptacles
8 maximum
Type of 120 volt receptacles
DR
Duplex red
DW
Duplex white
DI
Duplex ivory
SR
Single red
SW
Single white
SI
Single ivory
HR
Hospital-only (Hubbell 23000)
TL
L5-20 twist lock
Number of ground jacks
6 Maximum
Options for this section include a Music Center. The Music
Center consists of an AM/FM radio with cassette, CD single
player, or CD changer. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office for this option.
8
9
Schneider Electric has a variety of designs for Controlled Panels
with more than 8 circuits. For more information, contact your
nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
10
11
For Chicago-code ground for ALL panels, add “C” as the
Catalog No. suffix.
Type of control
M
Mechanical interlock
P
PLC interlock
K
Interposing contact (limit of four circuits)
N
Non-interposing contact
D
No controls or contactors
Total number of circuits in the panel
Enter 1 thru 8
Total number of circuits HOT at one time
1 Minimum
Note: Recommended four maximum
Output ampere
20 to 60 A maximum
International and special voltage codes available. For other
options including “IN USE” Light Control Panels, contact your
nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
Catalog Numbering Example
Basic Panel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5
F
2
1
T
S
12
5 kVA flush-mount, 208 V primary, 120 V secondary, standard transformer, snap-in, 12 circuits
ICU/CCU Options
8
4
9
10
11
D
R
4
4 duplex red receptacles, 4 grounds
Controlled Panel Options
8
P
9
10
8
4
PLC, 8 circuit, 4 of 8 active, 30 A
11
30
16
MEDICAL PRODUCTS
16-2
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Medical Products
Duplex Panels
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
The Duplex Isolation Power Panel is a single enclosure containing two complete 120 V secondary hospital isolation
systems. A divider in the unit’s backbox separates the systems from top-to-bottom and front-to-back.
Each system has its own set of equipment:
•
•
•
•
•
Primary circuit breaker
Square D™ brand isolation transformer
Reference ground bus bar
Square D brand Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM)
Load center
Duplex Power Panel—UL Listed
NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160).
The catalog number creates all components needed for a complete panel, including 8 circuits. All OR panels can be
field expanded to 16 circuits by adding QO circuit breakers. All panels include a main circuit breaker. All panels are
5 mA and field adjustable. All panels include a remote alarm indicator for panel or wall mounting. Single-gang
backboxes can be provided by others. Other options are available for each design.
For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor.
Table 16.4:
Catalog Number Matrix (refer to Table 16.5 for the available options for each field)
Transformer kVA
Left Side
Right Side
1
2
Table 16.5:
1&2
3
4, 5, 6, & 7
8
Panel Mounting
3
Primary Voltage Secondary Voltage
Left Side
4
5
Primary Voltage Secondary Voltage
Right Side
6
7
Chicago Ground
8
Options
Transformer kVA
5
7
10
Panel mounting
F
S
Primary and secondary voltage
1
2
3
4
5
Chicago-type ground
C
5
7.5
10
120
208
240
277
480
5 kVA
60 A
30 A
30 A
25 A
15 A
Flush
Surface
Main circuit breaker
7.5 kVA
80 A
45 A
40 A
35 A
20 A
10 kVA
100 A
60 A
60 A
45 A
30 A
Leave blank for standard ground
Power/Ground Modulea—UL Listed
Table 16.6:
Ordering Information
Description
Duplex/Ground Module
RMDR1204NI
Catalog No.
MEDICAL PRODUCTS
Powerlock/Ground
Module RM1204NI
Dimensions
16 gauge stainless steel trim
4 “Powerlock” / 4 ground receptacle
Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in.
RM1204NI
4 ivory duplex / 4 ground receptacle
Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in.
RMDI1204NI
4 red duplex / 4 ground receptacle
Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in.
RMDR1204NI
4 ground receptacle
Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in.
GS1204NI
Backbox
8 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D
53007BB
8 gang stainless steel trim—box not provided
4 “Hubbellock” / 4 ground receptacle
Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in.
RM504NI
4 ivory duplex / 4 ground receptacle
Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in.
RMDI504NI
4 red duplex / 4 ground receptacle
Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in.
RMDR504NI
4 ground receptacle (4-gang outlet box)
Trim 4.5 in. x 8.19 in.
GS504NI
Master ground module18-point ground bus—16 gauge stainless steel trim
18-point terminal bus
Trim 9.5 in. x 13 in.
GS1200I
Backbox
8 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D
53007BB
Ground cord assembly for power/ground modules
15 ft. w/ lug
—
P751N
15 ft. w/ insulated clip
—
P753N
a
Schneider Electric Medical Products offers many options for power/ground modules. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
16
Ground Module
GS1204NI
Ground Cord
Assembly P753N
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
16-3
Medical Products
Surgical Facility Panels
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
Square D™ brand surgical facility panels combine several required operating room
components in an economical, UL Listed package. Isolated power centers, power outlets,
time clocks and controls, and X-ray film viewers are grouped together in one enclosure that
can be easily installed and maintained. When installed separately, these items require
expensive labor and take up valuable surgical suite space.
Standard Equipment
•
•
•
•
Square D brand Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM)
Primary main circuit breaker
Secondary branch circuit breakers—(16) 20 A, 2-pole
Ground bar
Optional Equipment
Typical Surgical Facility Panel
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5 kVA, 7.5 kVA, or 10 kVA isolation transformer
AM/FM/cassette stereo system
AM/FM/CD (single or multi-play) stereo system
Twin X-ray film illuminator
Portable X-ray film illuminator
Portable X-ray receptacle
Digital or dial clocks and timers
Power receptacles–single, duplex, or locking type “Hospital Use Only”
Ground jacks
Surgical Facility Panel—UL Listed
NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is
used (NEC 517-160).
Table 16.7:
Some items CANNOT be sold
separately. Surgical facility panels
are priced, ordered, and shipped as
three separate parts: the front cover,
the isolation transformer, and the
backbox. Contact your nearest
Schneider Electric sales office for
custom pricing.
Description
Electrical system—Position #1
SF5
5.0 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage)
SF7
7.5 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage)
SF10
10.0 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage)
Primary and secondary voltage codes a
1
2
3
4
5
120
208
240
277
480
Electrical components
Base Price includes Electrical System, Transformer, Backbox, and Remote Alarm Indicator with
PUSH-TO-TEST LIM, Trim, Main Circuit Breaker, 16 (QO220) Secondary Breakers, Ground Bus, and all mounting
provisions for mounting transformer.
Receptacles and switches—Position #2
Snb
Single 20 A, hospital grade; specify color when ordering (each)
Dnb
Duplex, 20 A, hospital grade; specify color when ordering (each)
Pnb
Power-Lock 20 A, hospital-only, available in black only (each)
Hnb
X-ray (Hubbell IN16494) 60 A, with LIM indicator/alarm
Gnb
Ground Jacks 30 A (each)
Tnb
Toggle Switch 20 A, 2-pole, specify color when ordering (each)
Clocks, clock/timers—Position #3
1
MCT12B dual display digital clock/timer
2
MCTCT remote control for MCT12B, includes battery pack
3
MCT14B surgical chronometer
4
MCT4RC remote control for MCT14B, includes battery pack
5
Dial type elapsed time indicator and control
6
Dial type clock, manual adjustment
7
Simplex Celestra digital elapsed time indicator and control—2 in. high digits
8
Simplex Celestra digital clock
Miscellaneous components—Position #4
DX
Double size film illuminator—for x-ray viewing
CA
AM/FM/cassette stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied
CD
AM/FM/single play CD stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied
MP
AM/FM/cassette/multi-play CD stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied
16
a
b
Table 16.8:
Catalog Numbering Example
SF521 D4G4 12 DXCD c
MEDICAL PRODUCTS
Position
Qty.
Description
1
1
5XR21 isolation transformer (5.0 kVA, 208–120 V)
2
4
Duplex receptacles (specify color when ordering)
2
4
Ground jacks
3
1
MCT12B dual display digital clock/timer
3
1
MCTCT remote control
4
1
Double size film illuminator
4
1
AM/FM/CD single player
c
Note use of spacing and position numbering to complete the
catalog number.
16-4
Ordering Information
Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for international and special voltage codes.
“n” indicates number of devices. Maximum of six receptacles and ground jacks (depending on available space).
Table 16.9:
Isolation Transformers
Description
5XR11, 5.0 kVA, 120–120 V
5XR21, 5.0 kVA, 208–120 V
5XR31, 5.0 kVA, 240–120 V
5XR41, 5.0 kVA, 277–120 V
5XR51, 5.0 kVA, 480–120 V
53040BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 8 in. D)
7XR11, 7.5 kVA, 120–120 V
7XR21, 7.5 kVA, 208–120 V
7XR31, 7.5 kVA, 240–120 V
7XR41, 7.5 kVA, 277–120 V
7XR51, 7.5 kVA, 480–120 V
53032BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 12 in. D)
10XR11, 10.0 kVA, 120–120 V
10XR21, 10.0 kVA, 208–120 V
10XR31, 10.0 kVA, 240–120 V
10XR41, 10.0 kVA, 277–120 V
10XR51, 10.0 kVA, 480–120 V
53059BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 12 in. D)
Main
Circuit Breaker
60 A
30 A
30 A
25 A
15 A
80 A
45 A
40 A
35 A
20 A
100 A
60 A
60 A
45 A
30 A
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Medical Products
Dual Output Voltage Panels
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
The dual output voltage hospital isolation panel is a single
ungrounded hospital isolation panel that can supply two different
output voltages simultaneously. Similar to a standard distribution
panel or load center, it can supply either 208/120 or 240/120 volts
of ungrounded, isolated,
Table 16.10:
Interior
single phase power using only one isolation transformer.
Other hospital isolation panels can supply only one output
voltage. The panel is ideally suited for renovation or
surgical center projects.
Table 16.11:
Description
(1) Primary voltage
2 = 208 V
3 = 240 V
4 = 277 V
5 = 480 V
(2) Output voltage
A = 120/208 V
B = 120/240 V
(3) Size rating of 120 V secondary winding (kVA)a
5 = 5.0 kVA
7 = 7.5 kVA
1 = 10.0 kVA
(4) Number of 30 A green ground receptacles
0 = None
1 = One
2 = Two
3 = Three
4 = Four
5 = Five
6 = Six
(5) Number of 120 V power receptacles
0 = None
1 = One
2 = Two
3 = Three
4 = Four
5 = Five
6 = Six
(6) Type of 120 V power receptacles
0 = No 120 V receptacles
R = 20 A, red hospital grade duplex
I = 20 A, ivory hospital grade duplex
B = 20 A, black hospital grade duplex
T = 20 A, brown hospital grade duplex
L = 20 A, black hospital-only locking type receptacle
(Hubbell #23000HG or equivalent)
(7) Configuration of 208 or 240 V receptacle #1b
0 = No 208 or 240 V receptacle
X = Hubbell #IN16 494 (equivalent to Hubbell #25603)
A = NEMA Type #6-15R
B = NEMA Type #6-20R
C = NEMA Type #6-30R
D = NEMA Type #6-50R
E = NEMA Type #L6-15R
F = NEMA Type #L6-20R
G = NEMA Type #L6-30R
(8) Configuration of 208 or 240 V receptacle #2b
0 = No 208 or 240 V receptacle
X = Hubbell #IN16494 (equivalent to Hubbell #25603)
A = NEMA Type #6-15R
B = NEMA Type #6-20R
C = NEMA Type #6-30R
D = NEMA Type #6-50R
E = NEMA Type #L6-15R
F = NEMA Type #L6-20R
G = NEMA Type #L6-30R
a
120 V section of panel interior will be factory loaded with 8-20/2 branch
breakers. This panel section is field expandable to 16 branch breakers
by ordering additional circuit breaker catalog numbers QO220.
b
208 V or 240 V section of panel interior will be factory loaded with the
correct circuit breaker to match the selected receptacle. If no receptacle
is selected, this section of the panel interior is field expandable to 2
branch breakers by ordering catalog number QO220 through QO260.
Note: Total transformer kVA rating is the sum of the 120 V winding and the 208
V (or 240 V) winding.
120 V Winding
Rating (kVA)
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
Table 16.12:
Transformer
Primary
Voltage
208
208
240
240
277
277
480
480
208
208
240
240
277
277
480
480
208
208
240
240
277
277
480
480
Secondary
Voltages
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
208/120
240/120
Catalog
No.
DVT522
DVT523
DVT532
DVT533
DVT542
DVT543
DVT552
DVT553
DVT722
DVT723
DVT732
DVT733
DVT742
DVT743
DVT752
DVT753
DVT122
DVT123
DVT132
DVT133
DVT142
DVT143
DVT152
DVT153
Trim
Catalog No.
DVC
Table 16.13:
Catalog No.
DVBF
DVBS
Backbox
Description
flush mount
surface mount
Dimensions
62 in. H x 34 in. W x 12 in. D
64 in. H x 36 in. W x 12 in. D
NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm
indication where isolation power is used
(NEC 517-160).
Catalog Numbering System Notes and Pricing
Catalog # DVP (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Fill-in parenthesis from selections listed above.
Interior Code Numbers
Interior Catalog Number DVP
(1)
2
(2)
B
(3)
7
(4)
6
(5)
6
(6)
R
(7)
X
(8)
D
MEDICAL PRODUCTS
208/240 V receptacle #2 is
NEMA Type 6-50R
208/240 V receptacle #1 is
Hubbell IN16494
120 V power receptacles are
red in color
Six 120 V power receptacles
16
Six 30 A green ground
receptacles
Size rating of 120 V
transformer secondary is 7.5
Output voltage is 120 V and
240 V
Primary voltage is 208 V
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
16-5
Medical Products
Accessories
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301
Accessories Panel
Table 16.16:
The Accessories Panel accommodates options typically
found in the operating room environment, including
receptacles, clock/timers, and music centers. Other
options include relays for controlling “IN USE” lights for
laser and X-ray.
Table 16.14:
Ordering Information
Unit Part Number
Base Price Catalog Number AP
Receptacle and Indicator
Module XRIAI–XRIADI
Remote Push Button
Station and Alarm 8CIIAI
Dual Display Digital
Clock Timer MCT12B
Component Number
Clock/timer
CT
MCT12B
CR
MCTCT
CB
MCTBP
ST
MCT14B
SR
MCT4RC
Remote alarm indicator
IA
IA1C
MA
M5IAI
MM
MMIAI
RA
RA1
Music center
RC
AM/FM cassette
RP
AM/FM/CD single play CD player
RM
AM/FM/CD multi-play CD player
Receptacles (Maximum of 8)
A-#
5–20R (duplex red)
B-#
5–20R (single red)
C-#
6–20R
D-#
L6–20R
E-#
6–30R
F-#
L6–30R
G-#
Hubbellock
X-#
X-ray
S-#
Special
Ground jacks
N-#
1–8
Relay (For use with controlled power panels only)
R-#
Ice cube relay (1–16)
Instructions: Combine the unit part numbers to build the
desired panel. The catalog number must begin with “AP”
and corresponding number to follow. For example,
APCTCRMARMA4N4 will produce a panel containing a
MCT12B clock/timer with a MCTCT remote control, a
M5IAI remote alarm indicator, a AM/FM/CD multi-play
music center, four HBL8310R receptacles, and four SLR3
ground jacks.
The purchase price includes the appropriate backbox.
Some components may not be able to be installed with
others, and may be considered as special items. Contact
your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for all special
item pricing.
Table 16.15:
X-ray Indicator/Receptacle Module
Supervisory Module for Controlled
Panels
16
Description
Receptacle & indicator module
Receptacle & indicator module w/ switch
Backbox
Remote push button station and alarm c
Backbox
Surgical Chronometer
MCT14B
Receptacles quoted include a Hubbell 50/60 A, X-ray type
25000. For other receptacles, indicate the NEMA
configuration after the Catalog Number. For example,
XRIADINEMAL630R
MEDICAL PRODUCTS
Table 16.16:
Catalog No.
IA2CI
IA3CI
IA4CI
IA5CI
IA6CI
IA7CI
IA8CI
IA9CI
IA10CI
IA11CI
IA12CI
16-6
Dimensions
Catalog No.
13 in. H x 9.5 in. W Trim
XRIAI
13 in. H x 9.5 in. W Trim XRIADI
12 in. H x 8 in. W x 4 in. D 53007BB
13 in. H x 11 in. W Trim
8CIIAI
12 in. H x 10 in. W x 6 in. D 53004BB
Nurses’ Station Indicator/Alarm
Annunciator
Backbox Application
Backbox Dimensions
53008BB
12 in. H X 4 in. W X 4 in. D
53007BB
12 in. H X 8 in. W X 4 in. D
53005BB
12 in. H X 12 in. W X 4 in. D
Catalog No.
IA13C
IA14CI
IA15CI
IA16CI
IA17CI
IA18CI
IA19CI
IA20CI
IA21CI
IA22CI
IA23CI
IA24CI
Table 16.17:
www.schneider-electric.us
Nurses’ Station Indicator/Alarm
Annunciator (continued)
Backbox Application
Backbox Dimensions
53006BB
15 in. H X 12 in. W X 4 in. D
53021BB
18 in. H X 4 in. W X 6 in. D
53011BB
12 in. H X 20 in. W X 6 in. D
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description
1/4 A fuse (Wickman TR5T)
2 mA meter
5 mA meter
Fuseholder/cap (black)
1/4 A fuse (glass fuse)
Green LED
Red LED
Yellow LED
Interior only for 1A-1C (no trim)
SAFE/SILENCE assembly for remote alarm
HAZARD/PUSH-TO-TEST assembly for remote alarm
HAZARD assembly for remote alarm
SAFE/SILENCE replacement lens
HAZARD/PUSH-TO-TEST replacement lens
HAZARD replacement lens
Buzzer only for remote alarm
Accessory –E booster power supply for three or more
remote indicator alarms.
Table 16.18:
Catalog No.
TR5
6301002350
6301060250
2549909510
4319900406
GLED
RLED
YLED
IANC
SSPB
HPPB
HPB
SSLEN
HPLEN
HLEN
4319950001
EXR
Digital Clock/Timers—UL Listed
Description
Catalog No.
Dual display clock/timer
Clock/timer with separate displays
MCT12B
Rechargeable battery pack for MCT12B (Optional)
MCTBP
Remote control unit w/ rechargeable battery pack for
MCTCT
MCT12B (Optional)
Stainless steel trim plate
MCTS95135
Backbox to be used with MCT95135
53007BB
Clock/timer complete with backbox and trim
MCT12BC
Note: A complete clock/timer can be ordered using the catalog number
MCT12BC. This includes the clock/timer, stainless steel trim and
backbox. Remote control or battery pack must be ordered separately.
Note: The battery pack and remote control do not work together.
Surgical Chronometer
Clock and three timers
MCT14B
Backbox
53006BB
Auxiliary control
MCT4RC
Backbox
53008BB
Chronometer complete
MCT14BC
Note: A complete surgical chronometer can be ordered using catalog number
MCT14BC. This includes the chronometer, Remote control and both
backboxes. All of these items are required for one complete unit.
Table 16.19:
Remote Alarm Indicators
Description
Single gang remote with meter display
Included with all new panels
Where Remote
Alarm is
Catalog No.
REQUIRED
Panel- or wallmounted; no face
RA1
plate
Panel-mounted;
RA1PM
includes face plate
Wall-mounted;
RA1WM
includes face plate
Panel-mounted
ORICA
in the room
Green, amber, and red indicating lights
and audible alarm mounted on front trim
Green, amber, and red indicating lights,
PUSH-TO-TEST button, audible alarm, and Panel-mounted
ORICA5C
in the room
milliammeter mounted on front trim c
Wall-mounted backbox not supplied.
Panel-mounted
IA1C
Fits standard 2 gang box (3.5 in. deep)
outside the room
Wall-mounted 53008BB backbox required
Panel-mounted
M5IAI
(backbox 4 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D) c
outside the room
Wall mounted backbox not supplied.
Panel-mounted
M5IAI50
Fits standard 4 gang box (3.5 in. deep) c
outside the room
Note: PUSH-TO-TEST option for any of the above remotes—add PTT after
the catalog number.
c
Includes meter for 5 mA LIM. For 2 mA LIM applications, change to
catalog number ORICAC. 2 mA analog meter available. Contact
Schneider Electric.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
IEC Style Disconnect Switches
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions
17-2
17-5
UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches
Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches
17-8
NEMA Style Disconnect Switches
NEMA Style Door-Mounted Disconnect Switches
17-9
Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage Starter (p. 17-18)
For Square D™ Circuit Breakers
Approximate Dimensions
17-10
17-12
Bracket-Mounted Disconnect Devices
Type T Disconnect Switches
17-13
Flexible Cable Mechanisms
For Circuit Breakers
17-14
Disconnect Switch Accessories
Flange Mounted, Variable Depth
17-15
Reversing Drum Switches
Type A and B
17-17
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters
Description of All Types
How to Order
Autotransformer Starters
Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition)
Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition)
Part Winding Starters
Approximate Dimensions
17-18
17-18
17-19
17-20
17-21
17-22
17-23
Multispeed Magnetic Starters
Application Data
Two-Speed Combination Starters
Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters
Two-Speed Magnetic Starters
Approximate Dimensions
17-24
17-26
17-27
17-28
17-29
Lighting Contactors
Panelboard Lighting Contactors, Type PB
17-30
Well-Guard™ Pump Panel
Reduced Voltage Type
17-31
Factory Modifications (Forms)
Reduced Voltage Starters
17-32
Definite Purpose Contactors
Reversing/Hoist, Type R
17-35
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style
Solid-State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Plus
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
17-36
17-1
17
NEMA Contactors and Starters
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Section 17
IEC Style Disconnect
Switches
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
17
The GS1 part numbers can be identified as follows.
See Catalog 9421CT0301 for specific applications.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Table 17.1:
Identification System
GS1
D
U
3
Model GS1 Fusible (Class J fuse unless noted), LK3 Nonfusible
Current Range, Operator Type (front operator unless noted), Accessory Type
D
30 A front and side operation
T
800 A (Class L if fused)
DD
30 A Class CC front and side operation
U
1000 A
E
30 A
W
1200 A
EE
30 A Class CC
AH
handle
G
60 A
AHT
handle with test
J
100 A
AE
extension shaft
M
200 A
AD
auxiliary contact holder
Q
400 A
AM
auxiliary contact
S
600 A
UL Certification
Poles—Number of Poles, 2 or 3
Note: All fusible switches through 400 A and nonfused switches through 200 A are equipped with a feature to test optional auxiliary contacts without energizing
the load when the appropriate GS1AHT•••• handle is used.
Table 17.2:
Catalog No.
200 A Switch
GS1MU3
Table 17.4:
$ Price
Compact GS1 Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches
GS1DDU3
30 A, 3-pole, Class CC, use 5x5 shaft
GS1DU3
30 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 5x5 shaft
GS1 Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches
GS1EEU3
30 A, 3-pole, Class CC , use 10x10 shaft
GS1EU3
30 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft
GS1GU3
60 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft
GS1JU3ab
100 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft
GS1MU3ab
200 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft
GS1QU3ab
400 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft
GS1SU3ab
600 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 15x15 shaft
GS1TU3ab
800 A, 3-pole, Class L, use 15x15 shaft
Table 17.3:
Catalog No.
30 A Side Handle
GS1EERU30
Fusible Switches
Description
237.00
260.00
237.00
260.00
336.00
536.00
1181.00
2252.00
3377.00
5061.00
Description
$ Price
30 A, 2-pole, Class CC
204.00
GS1EERU30
30 A, 3-pole, Class CC
242.00
GS1AH01
Right side handle for GS1EERU20 & GS1EERU30
b
Nonfusible Switches
Description
$ Price
Compact LK3 Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches
LK3DU3
30 A, 3-pole, 5x5 shaft
LK3 Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches
LK3GU3
60 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft
LK3JU3
100 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft
LK3MU3ab
200 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft
LK3QU3ab
400 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft
LK3SU3ab
600 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft
LK3TU3ab
800 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft
LK3UU3ab
1000 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft
LK3WU3ab
1200 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft
218.00
263.00
458.00
1010.00
1910.00
2873.00
4301.00
5372.00
6450.00
Fusible Switches with
Direct Mount Side Handle
GS1EERU20
a
Catalog No.
46.40
Shipped with line side terminal shrouds; for additional shrouds,
see page 17-4.
Terminal lug must be ordered separately—see page 17-4.
Compact 30 A Switch
LK3DU3
Example of the parts to order to build a complete GS or LK switch:
Choose a Switch
600 A, LK3SU3
+
Shaft
+
Shaft 200 mm, GS1AE6
Handle Assembly
Black Handle, LK3AH150
+
Lugs, if needed
Lugs Kit, GS1AW503
For example:
LK3SU3 (600 A nonfusible switch, use 15x15 shaft) + GS1AE6 (15x15 200 mm Type H shaft) + LK3AH150 (black/black, lockable)
To add auxiliary contacts:
For front-mounted contacts order GS1AD30 (front-mounted auxiliary contact holder) + GS1AM110 (NO contact for GS1AD10, 20, and 30)
17-2
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
IEC Style Disconnect
Switches
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
Pistol Handles for Compact GS1 and LK3 for Use with Shaft Type D
Type
NEMA/UL
IEC
1, 12
GS1AH101
GS1AH102
Type D—alternate handles
for compact switches only
IP54
Table 17.6:
Yes
Padlockable
Color
Yes
Black
Red/Yellow
IEC
Defeatable
Padlockable
1, 3R, 12
IP54
Yes
Yes
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
IP65
Yes
Yes
Compact Shaft Kits
GS1AE7/AE71 Shafts
5 mm x 5 mm
Table 17.7:
Catalog
Number
$ Price
Off/On (O/I)
GS1AH101
GS1AH102
51.00
Color
Operation
Catalog
Number
$ Price
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Off/On (O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
GS1AH110
GS1AH120
GS1AHT110
GS1AHT120
GS1AH410
GS1AH420
GS1AHT410
GS1AHT420
62.00
62.00
117.00
117.00
46.60
46.60
78.00
78.00
Pistol Handles for Standard GS1 and LK3
Type
NEMA/UL
Operation
Pistol Handles for Compact GS1 and LK3 for Use with Shaft Type G
Type
NEMA/UL
Defeatable
IEC
Defeatable
Padlockable
Color
Operation
Catalog
Number
$ Price
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Off/On (O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
GS1AH110
GS1AH120
GS1AHT110
GS1AHT120
GS1AH410
GS1AH420
GS1AHT410
GS1AHT420
62.00
62.00
117.00
117.00
70.00
70.00
117.00
117.00
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Off/On (O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Test/Off/On (T/O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
Off/On (O/I)
GS1AH130
GS1AH140
GS1AHT130
GS1AHT140
GS1AH430
GS1AH440
70.00
70.00
125.00
125.00
78.00
78.00
$ Price
GS1 30–100 A and LK3 60–100 A (3 in. handles)
1, 3R, 12
IP54
Yes
Yes
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
IP65
Yes
Yes
GS1 200–400 A and LK3 200 A (5 in. handles)
GS1AH110
GS1AH120
Type G—Standard Handle Design
1, 3R, 12
IP54
Yes
Yes
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
IP65
Yes
Yes
Use these shaft kits when
using compact switches:
Table 17.8:
Pistol Handles for Use with Shaft Type H
Type
NEMA/UL
IEC
Defeatable
Padlockable
Color
Operation
Catalog
Number
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Off/On (O/I)
LK3AH150
LK3AH160
LK3AH170
LK3AH180
233.00
233.00
386.00
386.00
Off/On (O/I)
LK3AH150
LK3AH160
GS1AH170
GS1AH180
233.00
233.00
386.00
386.00
For LK3 400–1200 A
GS1AE8/AE81 Shafts
5 mm x 5 mm
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
IP65
For GS1 600–800 A
No
Black
No
Red/Yellow
Yes
Yes
Black
Yes
Red/Yellow
Note: Now UL approved for indoor or outdoor applications.
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
Table 17.9:
IP65
Shafts
Length
in.
LK3AH160
GS1AE2/AE21 Shafts
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
GS1AE6
mm
Catalog No.
Shaft 5 mm x 5 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type D
12.6
320
GS1AE7
15.7
400
GS1AE71
Shaft 5 mm x 5 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type G
12.6
320
GS1AE8
15.7
400
GS1AE81
Shaft 10 mm x 10 mm—For Standard GS1 and LK3
12.6
320
GS1AE2
15.7
400
GS1AE21
$ Price
18.60
23.30
18.60
23.30
20.30
24.90
Shaft 15 mm x 15 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type H
7.9
200
GS1AE6
32.60
15.7
400
GS1AE61
40.40
CP1
Discount
Schedule
17-3
17
Table 17.5:
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Handles
IEC Style Disconnect
Switches
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Accessories
Table 17.10:
Auxiliary Contacts
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Type
GS1AD20 +
GS1AM110
GS1AD10 +
GS1AM110
Description
For Compact LK3 / GS1
U = Upper or
Standard products allow up to 4 auxiliary contacts without any extra
Top mounted
contact holders. Contact holder (for 5 to 8 auxiliary contacts)
10 A
1 N.O. Contact Block
600 Vac
1 N.C. Contact Block
For LK3 60–200 A, GS1 30–400 A
U = Upper or
Contact holder required (for 1 to 8 upper auxiliary contacts)
Top mounted
10 A
1 N.O. Contact Block
600 Vac
1 N.C. Contact Block
1 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block (max of two blocks—any mix)
S = Side mounted a
2 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block (max of two blocks—any mix)
1 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block w/ Test (max of two blocks—any mix)
S = Side mounted a
2 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block w/ Test (max of two blocks—any mix)
For LK3 400–1200 A
U = Upper or
Contact holder (for 1 to 4 auxiliary contacts)
Top mounted
10 A
1 N.O. Contact Block
600 Vac
1 N.C. Contact Block
Catalog No.
$ Price
GS1AD10
46.70
GS1AM110
GS1AM101
14.70
14.70
GS1AD20
46.70
GS1AM110
GS1AM101
GS1AN11
GS1AN22
GS1ANT11
GS1ANT22
14.70
14.70
78.00
140.00
93.00
156.00
LK3AD30
46.70
GS1AM110
GS1AM101
14.70
14.70
For GS1 600–800 A
1 N.O./N.C. Contact
GS1AMU3
57.00
Micro-switch
(top mounted)
2 N.O./N.C. Contact
GS1AMU4
83.00
a
Cannot be mixed. A single switch must use all GS1AN11/GS1AN22 contact blocks or all GS1ANT11/GS1ANT22
contact blocks. A GS1AN• • contact block may not be used on the same switch as a GS1ANT• •.
GS1AD30 +
GS1AM110
Table 17.11:
Terminal Lugs
For Use On
Wire Size
Compact GS1/LK3
GS1 30 A CC
GS1 30 A J
GS1/LK3 60 A J
LK3 100 A
GS1 100 A
GS1/LK3 200 A
GS1/LK3 400–600 A b
GS1/LK3 800 A / LK3 1000 A b
LK3 1250 A b
b
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Lugs
per Kit
—
—
—
—
—
6
6
6
6
12
Catalog No.
$ Price
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
GS1AW303
GS1AW403
GS1AW503
GS1AW803
GS1AW903
—
—
—
—
—
59.00
98.00
197.00
246.00
395.00
Terminal Shrouds
For Use On
Terminal Shrouds
Wire Type
GS1 600–800 A and LK3 800–1250 A can receive 1 lug for 3 cables per terminal or 2 lugs for 2 cables per terminal.
Table 17.12:
Terminal Lugs
#14–#10
#14–#10
#14–#10
#10–#3
#14–#2/0
#14–2/0
#6–3/0
2 x 2–2 x 600
3 x 2–3 x 600
4 x 2–4 x 600
# of Wires
per Lug
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
Catalog No.
$ Price
For Line or Load Side c
Compact GS1/LK3
Standard
—
All GS1/LK3 30 A
Standard
—
All GS1/LK3 60 A
Standard
—
LK3 100 A
Standard
—
GS1 100 A d
GS1AP33
101.00
GS1/LK3 200 A d
GS1AP43
132.00
GS1 400 A
GS1AP63
213.00
LK3 400–600 A
LK3AP63
86.00
GS1 600–800 A
GS1AP83
140.00
LK3 800–1250 A
LK3AP83
101.00
c
All GS1 and LK3 switches supplied with line side shrouding.
d
Three-piece kit for either line or load side.
Table 17.13:
For Use On
Shorting Links
Shorting Links
per Kit
Catalog No.
$ Price
3
GS1AU203
GS1AU303
GS1AU403
GS1AU503
GS1AU803
29.60
41.90
62.10
93.00
156.00
GS1 60 A
GS1 100 A
GS1 200 A
GS1 400 A
GS1 600–800 A
Table 17.14:
Shaft Padlocking Kit
For Use On
Compact GS1/LK3
LK3 60–200 A
GS1 30–400 A
LK3 400–1250 A
Catalog No.
Standard
$ Price
—
Shorting Links
17-4
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
IEC Style Disconnect
Switches
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
1.83
Door Drilling
3.75
0.125
96.5
2 ø 4.5
0.59
1.47
2.5
65
1
63
25.6
2.48
ø 31
-OFF
90°
-ON
45
1.78
79.5
FIX 3.125
116
4.56
1.25
2
15
37.3
50
GS1DDU3
Compact CC
30 A
2.75
2.0
0.13
70
Test Position
50
4 ø 4.5
3.0
ø M165
FIX
76.2
3
18.3
0.72
50
17
2.0
65°
o -OFF
3.25
1.25
83.8
ø 31
90°
-ON
GS1AH/AHT110, 120, 410, or 420
1.83
4.13
Door Drilling
46.5
105.5
1.47
2.5
65
0.059
37.3
15
0.13
2 ø 4.5
1.25
3.38
84
4.56
116
28
1.0
2.0
OFF
63
2.48
ø 31
50
GS1DU3
Compact J
30 A
90°
GS1AH110 or 120
-ON
2.75
2.0
0.13
70
2 ø 4.5
FIX
Test Position
50
o -OFF
50
3.88
2.0
0.63
15.8
65°
FIX ø 0.19
3.0
7.62
99
90°
1.25
ø 31
-ON
GS1AH/AHT110, 120, 410, or 420
GS1EEU3,
GS1
CC
30 A
5.69
2.75
144
1.13
70
Fix
29
Door Drilling
0.13
4 Ø 4.5
2.00
50
5.88
133
2.00
149
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
0-OFF
50
2.63
3.00
67
76.2
Ø 31
3.88
62
99
CP1
Discount
Schedule
90°
1.25
2.44
Test Position
65°
Fix 5.25
-ON
Dimensions:
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Dimensions
in.
mm
17-5
IEC Style Disconnect
Switches
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
17
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
GS1EU3/GS1GU3,
GS1
30 A/60 A J
5.63
2.75
143
70
1.50
3.50
38
Door Drilling
89
.13
2.00
4 Ø 4.5
Fix 5.25
133
5.88
50
Test Position
65°
2.00
149
2.63
3.00
67
90°
1.25
76.2
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.19 in. (4.8 mm)
0-OFF
50
Ø 31
-ON
2.75
70
6.75
171
GS1JU3,
GS1
100 A J
2.75
5.63
70
2.06
143
87
0.13
Fix 6.56
167
183
.25
2.00
4 Ø 4.5
7.19
Terminal Lugs 2/0 Max.
Door Drilling
3.44
52
50
2.00
3.00
84
Ø 31
16
.88
90°
1.25
76.2
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.19 in. (4.8 mm)
.63
0-OFF
50
3.31
Ø6.9
Test Position
65°
22
.75
19
-ON
3.31
8.25
84
210
GS1MU3,
GS1
200 A J
6.00
2.75
Fix 2.44
62
152
70
3.44
Door Drilling
87
.13
Fix 7.50
191
8.13
Terminal Lugs 3/0 Max.
.44
2.00
50
4 Ø 4.5
2.00
207
3.75
127
95
1.00
25
0-OFF
50
5.00
11 Ø1 1.6
Test Position
65°
1.50
90°
1.25
Ø 31
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.19 in. (4.8 mm)
38
-ON
1.13
29
3.69
94
9.44
240
GS1QU3,
GS1
400 A J
2.81
Fix 2.81
72
5.56
2.75
72
141
3.44
70
50
4 Ø 4.5
Fix 8.81
224
0-OFF
50
4.44
5.00
112
Ø 31
303
GS1SU3/GS1TU3,
GS1
600 A J
and 800 A L
1.50
3.13
90°
1.25
127
10
Ø 10.2
Test Position
65°
2.00
363
11.94
.38
2.00
0.13
14.31
Terminal Lugs
2 x 600 MCM Max.
Door Drilling
87
38
80
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
-ON
Ø .25
6
2.06
2.88
73
52
Door Drilling
Ø 9.38
2.50
64
Fix 13.63
346
Fix 9.88
251
2.00
3.13
1.50
38
80
7.13
181
19.38
492
4.13
.25 106
7
Locking
55˚
9.88
250 6.00
14.25
2.00
51
51
152
7.50
362
Ø 1.25
31
0.13
Ø 4.5
Terminal Lugs
2X600 MCM Max. 3X600 MCM Max.
Ø 44
Ø .38
2.75
11
10
69
190
2.50
64
3.88
2.38
59
4.75 4.75
120 120
98
4.00
7.50
.50
13
100
20.38
517
190
3.13
80
1.50 3.56
38
1.56
2.88
3.00
91
73
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.38 in. (9.6 mm)
40
76
Dimensions:
17-6
CP1
Discount
Schedule
in.
mm
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
IEC Style Disconnect
Switches
GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
2.59
3.78
96
66
0.59
15
1.94
37
1.00
25
0.75
19
1.00
25
Door Drilling
0.13
2.00
2 Ø 4.5
1.83
116
1.78
Fix 3.13 45
80
1.25
3.84
0-OFF
Ø 31
98
0.56
14
90°
-ON
2.48
63
Fix Ø .19
M5
18
2.75
ø 0.19
3.88
70
FIX 1.50
5
99
Door Drilling
3.50
38
89
2.00
.13
50
Test Position
4 Ø 4.5
FIX 5.25
5.88
2.63
90°
1.25
76.2
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.19 in. (4.8 mm)
0-OFF
50
3.00
67
65°
2.00
133
149
17
0.72
LK3GU3/LK3JU3,
LK3
60 A/100 A
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.19 in. (4.8 mm)
51
46
4.56
Ø 31
-ON
2.75
70
6.69
170
LK3MU3,
LK3
200 A
3.44
2.75
2.44
Ø .19
5
87
70
62
Door Drilling
0.13
Terminal Lugs 3/0 Max.
.44
2.00
4 Ø 4.5
50
Fix 7.50
191
8.13
3.75
127
95
0-OFF
50
5.00
11
Ø11.6
Test Position
65°
2.00
206
1.00
1.50
90°
1.25
Ø 31
25
38
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.19 in. (4.8 mm)
1.13
-ON
29
3.69
94
9.50
241
LK3QU3/LK3SU3,
LK3
400 A/600 A
Terminal Lugs
2 x 600 MCM Max.
6.56
166
3.13
1.56
.38
1.63
5.00
Fix 12.63
320
127
Fix 6.88
175
2.31
2.00
20
51
1.50
38
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
.13
4 Ø 4.5
98
0.56
11.00
80
Ø 31
191
14
3.13
1.25
3.88
0.81
2.00
51
7.50
59
10
Ø 10.2
Door Drilling
41
80
40
2.88
73
Fix 10.06
255
279
LK3TU3/LK3UU3/
LK3WU3,
LK3
800 A/1000 A/1250 A
Door Drilling
6.56
6.81
2.50
173
166
4.75
51
Ø 1.25
31
Ø 4.5
Terminal Lugs
2X600 MCM Max. 3X600 MCM Max.
Ø 44
Ø .38
11
10
330
59
Fix 6.88
175
0.81
7.50
20
20
2.00
51
1.56
0.13
13.00
2.31
0.81
2.00
40
121
64
14.63
2.50
3.88
1.56
40
191
64
98
Fix 13.69
347
3.13
80
1.50 3.56
38
1.56
2.88
3.00
91
Mounting Hole
Dimension:
0.38 in. (9.6 mm)
40
372
73
76
Dimensions:
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount
Schedule
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
LK3DU3,
Compact LK3
30 A
in.
mm
17-7
UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches
Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Vario
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
The Vario Motor Disconnect Switch is also offered as an enclosed switch made of corrosion
resistant material. The 3-pole version makes the Vario switch ideal for manual motor control
applications. The switches are compact, easy to wire and connect, and come undrilled to
allow variable cable entry positions.
NOTE: VCGUN enclosures are UL approved.
Table 17.15:
Non-Metallic Enclosed Switches a
Ampere Size
IEC
Catalog No.
$ Price
20
32
VC1GUN
239.00
25
40
VC2GUN
287.00
45
63
VC3GUN
345.00
63
80
VC4GUN
381.00
100
125
VC5GUN
548.00
115
175
VC6GUN
Assembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle.
845.00
Non-Metallic Enclosure
a
Table 17.16:
.25
Ø 6.2
IP55-PVC 3-Pole, NEMA Type 1 & 12
UL
Non-Metallic Enclosed Switch Dimensions a
Dimensions
No.
of
Poles
Catalog No. a
Legend
Plate
Holder
d a
VC1GU–VC6GU
17-8
c
d
e
f
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
6.7
170
4.1
105
3.2
82
4.8
122
2.1
53
5.0
128
6.7
170
5.3
135
3.3
85
5.1
130
3.7
95
5.2
131
VC5GU–VC6GU
11.0
a
UL Rated, NEMA Type 1, 12, IP55.
280
8.6
220
5.0
126
7.9
201
7.5
190
8.6
203
VC1GU–VC2GU
c
b
in.
VC3GU–VC4GU
e
b
a
3
f
Table 17.17:
Vario Manual Motor Control Switches, IEC
kW Rating
3-Pole Switch Body
Rating (A)
IEC
230 V
240 V
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
20
4
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
11
25
5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
15
32
5.5
5.5
11
11
11
15
40
7.5
7.5
15
15
18.5
15
63
15
15
22
22
30
22
80
18.5
18.5
30
30
37
30
125
22
22
37
37
45
37
175
30
30
45
45
55
45
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
NEMA Style Disconnect
Switches
NEMA Style Door-Mounted Disconnect Switches
Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 17.18:
Disconnect Switches
(without fuse clips or shorting straps)
Table 17.22:
Max. Horsepower Ratinga
Rating
(A)
120 V
0–1
2
3
4
30
60
100
200
5
10
15
25
200–
240 V
10
20
30
50
480 V
600 V
Catalog
Number
20
40
60
100
25
50
75
100
D10S1
D10S2
D10S3
D10S4
$ Price
270.00
292.00
452.00
860.00
a
Rating
(A)
Max. Horsepower Rating a
200–
240 V
10
20
30
50
120 V
0–1
30
5
2
60
10
3
100
15
4
200
25
a
Nonfused ratings.
Line Shield
Table 17.19:
Rating
(A)
480 V
600 V
Catalog
Number
20
40
60
100
25
50
75
100
D10S1H
D10S2H
D10S3H
D10S4H
B F
Complete Kit with
Handle, Shaft, and
Actuator
A E
Centerline
of Switch
Operating
Shaft
I
J
D
C
Enclosure Interior
Depth—Inches
5–6
6–10
10–16
6
12
30,
60,
100,
200
Shaft only
Table 17.20:
$ Price
320.00
352.00
544.00
1154.00
Catalog
Number
D11SF4
D11SF10
D11SF16
D11SH10
D11SH16
$ Price
106.00
118.00
130.00
26.20
32.80
Auxiliary Electrical Interlock
(for mounting on 30–200 A disconnect switch a)
Block Description
(with switch contacts open)
Catalog
Number
D11N0
D11NC
D11N0C
D11N00
D11N0C2
1 N.O.
1 N.C.
1 N.O. and 1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.O. and 2 N.C.
a
One block per switch.
Table 17.21:
Wire Type
#14–#8
#14–#4
#14–#1/0
#6–250 kcmil
Cu
Cu
Al–Cu
Al–Cu
Fuse Clip Kits
Fuse Clip Rating a
Catalog
Number
Amperes
AC Volts
Type
No Fuse
D12C01
0–30
250
H, K
D12C21
0–30
250
R
D12CR21
0–30
600
H, K
D12C61
0–30
600
R
D12CR61
30 A
0–30
600
J
D12CJ1
31–60
250
H, K
D12C22
31–60
600
H, K
D12C62
31–60
600
R
D12CR62
31–60
600
J
D12CJ2
61–100
250
H, K
D12C23
No Fuse
D12D02
0–30
250
R
D12DR21
0–30
600
H, K
D12D61
0–30
600
R
D12DR61
31–60
250
H, K
D12D22
31–60
250
R
D12DR22
60 A
31–60
600
H, K
D12D62
31–60
600
R
D12DR62
31–60
600
J
D12DJ2
61–100
250
H, K
D12D23
61–100
600
H, K
D12D63
61–100
600
J
D12DJ3
61–100
600
R
D12DR63
No Fuse
D12E03
31–60
250
H, K
D12E22
31–60
600
H, K
D12E62
61–100
250
H, K
D12E23
61–100
250
R
D12ER23
100 A
61–100
600
H, K
D12F63
61–100
600
R
D12FR63
61–100
600
J
D12EJ3
D12F24
101–200
250
H, K
101–200
600
H, K
D12F64
101–200
600
J
D12FJ4
No Fuse
D12F04
61–100
600
H, K
D12F63
101–200
250
H, K
D12F24
200 A
101–200
250
R
D12FR24
101–200
600
H, K
D12F64
101–200
600
R
D12FR64
101–200
600
J
D12FJ4
a
Continuous current should not exceed switch rating (size).
Fuse clip kits should be sized to accommodate inrush.
Rotary Handle Operator Kits and Shafts
Description
Wire Range a
D10
Switch Size
Kits include: Handle, Shaft, and Actuator
NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, and 12
G
H
30
60
1
100
200
One conductor per lug.
Table 17.23:
600 V—With Service Entrance Rating
Starter
NEMA
Size
Number
Per Pole
Rating (A)
600 V—Without Service Entrance Rating
Starter
NEMA
Size
Lug Data
$ Price
79.00
79.00
116.00
116.00
130.00
Interrupting and Withstandability
Ratings
Rating
(A)
Interrupting Rating
Amperes Symmetrical
600 Vac, 3Ø
Withstandability I2T
(Amperes2 seconds)
30
1,200
0.38 x 106
60
1,800
1.28 x 106
100
2.000
2.62 x 106
200
3,600
5.25 x 106
$ Price
8.30
16.30
65.00
24.50
65.00
49.30
24.50
49.30
82.50
57.50
65.00
24.50
65.00
24.50
65.00
23.80
82.50
41.00
82.50
57.50
65.00
115.00
106.30
113.80
49.30
41.00
41.00
32.50
115.00
90.00
115.00
115.00
106.30
122.50
140.00
82.50
90.00
106.30
140.00
122.50
135.00
140.00
Note: These switches are for motor circuit applications.
Table 17.24:
Width
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Depth
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Ka
lb
30
7-5/16
4-15/32
5-7/8
3-15/32
6
3-15/32
1-7/8
13/32
5-7/16
3-1/4
4-3/32
4-11/32
60
7-5/16
4-15/32
5-7/8
3-15/32
6
3-15/32
1-7/8
13/32
5-7/16
3-1/4
4-11/32
4-11/32
100
9-27/32
5-11/32
8-3/16
4-5/8
5-13/16
3-13/16
2-11/16
51/64
7-5/16
4-3/16
5-23/32
4-27/32
12-3/16
7-7/32
8-3/16
4-5/8
5-13/16
3-13/16
2-11/16
51/64
7-5/16
4-3/16
5-23/32
4-27/32
200
a
b
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Switch Dimensions (in inches)
Length
Rating
(A)
Maximum depth with largest fuse.
Depth including insulating barrier on service entrance switches.
CP1
Discount
Schedule
17-9
17
The D10 disconnect switch features high I2T rating, longer contact life, visible contact indication, fuse-mounting flexibility, dead-front construction,
and auxiliary interlocks.
A complete installation includes a D10 disconnect switch, D11 handle operator, and D12 fuse clip kit. The D10 accepts Class H, K, J, or R fuses, or
can be used for nonfusible applications. The D10 disconnect switch is operated by a cast metal handle operator that is lockable in the “Off” position
and defeatable in the “On” position.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
File D10
Door-Mounted Operating
Mechanisms
For Square D™ Circuit Breakers
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanisms
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Type L door-mounted, variable-depth operating mechanisms feature heavy duty, all metal construction with trip
indication. All can be padlocked in the “Off” position when the enclosure door is open. Further, the handle assemblies
can be locked “Off” with up to three padlocks, which also locks the enclosure when the door is closed. (The 3” handle
accepts one padlock.) Complete kits are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. They include a handle
assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly.
Table 17.25:
Complete Kits
Complete Kit
Does Not Include Circuit Breaker
No.
of
Poles
Frame
Size
(A)
Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Standard 6 in. Handle
Standard Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price
Depth a
Min. – Max.
Use With
Operating
Mechanism
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
GJL
Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Short 3 in. Handle
Long Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price Depth a
Min. – Max.
3
75, 100
LG1
140.00
5-1/2–10-1/4
LG4
158.00
5-1/2–20-7/8
LG3
FAL, FCL, FHL
2–3
100
LN1
140.00
5-1/2–10-7/16
LN4
158.00
5-1/2–21
LN3
198.00
KAL, KCL, KHL
2–3
250
LP1
171.00
6-1/4–11-3/16
LP4
189.00
6-1/4–21-3/4
LP3
230.00 6-1/4–21-3/4
LJ3
230.00 5-1/2–21-3/8
LALc, LHLc, Q4L
2–3
400
LR1
242.00
6-5/16–10-7/8
LR4
255.00
6-5/16–21-1/2
MEL, MXL
2–3
800
LT1b
242.00
7-3/16–11-5/8
LT4b
255.00
7-3/16–22-1/4
MAL, MHL
2–3
1200
LT1b
242.00
7-3/16–11-5/8
LT4b
255.00
7-3/16–22-1/4
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
2–3
1200
LX1b
242.00
8-1/4–12-3/4
LX4b
255.00
8-1/4–23-3/8
Table 17.26:
198.00 5-1/2–20-7/8
5-1/2–21
3 in. handles are not recommended
for use with these circuit breakers.
Component Parts
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
GJL
Standard
Handle
Assemblies
Type 1, 3R, 12
3 in. Handle
Assemblies
Type 1, 3R, 12
Use With
No.
of
Poles
Frame
Size
(A)
Type
$ Price Type
Operating
Mechanism
(Lockout
Included)
$ Price Type
$ Price
Standard Shaft
(Support Bracket
Not Required)
Mounting
Depth a
Min. – Max.
Long Shaft
(Support Bracket
Included)
Type
$ Price
Mounting
Depth a
Min. – Max.
Type
$ Price
3
75, 100
LH3
90.00
LH6
50.00
LG7
68.00 5-1/2–10-7/16
LS8
21.50
5-1/2–21
LS13
35.60
FAL, FCL, FHL
2–3
100
LH3
90.00
LH6
50.00
LF1
71.00 5-1/2–10-7/16
LS8
21.50
5-1/2–21
LS12
35.60
KAL, KCL, KHL
2–3
250
LH3
90.00
LH6
50.00
LK1
105.00 6-1/4–11-3/16
LS8
21.50
6-1/4–21-3/4
LS12
35.60
3 in. handles
LH6
50.00 LL1
170.00 6-5/16–10-7/8 LS8
21.50 6-5/16–21-1/2
are not
MEL, MXL
2–3
800
50.00 LM1
170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8
21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4
recommended LH8
MAL, MHL
2–3
1200 for use with
LH8
50.00 LM1
170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8
21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4
these circuit
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
2–3
1200 breakers.
LH8
50.00 LX7
170.00 8-1/4–12-3/4 LS8
21.50 8-1/4–23-3/8
a
Mounting depth in inches, measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door.
b
Types LT1, LT4, LX1, and LX4 include an 8 in. handle rather than a 6 in. handle.
c
These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix.
LS10
35.60
LS10
35.60
LS10
35.60
LS10
35.60
LALc, LHLc, Q4L
Table 17.27:
2–3
400
NEMA Type 4 and 4X Handle Assemblies a
Use With
3 in. Handle
Assembly
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
GJL
Standard
Handle
Assembly
Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Standard 6 in. Handle
Long Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price
Depth a
Min. – Max.
Standard Handle Assemblies
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 12
(Painted)
3 in. Handle Version
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 4X, 12
(Chrome Plated)
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 12
(Painted)
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 4X, 12
(Chrome Plated)
No.
of
Poles
Frame
Size
(A)
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
3
75
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
LH43
165.00
LC43
233.00
FAL, FCL, FHL
2–3
100
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
LH43
165.00
LC43
233.00
KAL, KCL, KHL
2–3
250
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
LH43
165.00
LC43
233.00
LAL, LHL, Q4L
2–3
400
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
MEL, MXL
2–3
800
LH48
90.00
LC48
149.00
MAL, MHL
2–3
1000
LH48
90.00
LC48
149.00
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
2–3
1200
LH48
90.00
LC48
a
Due to gasketing, NEMA Type 3 and 4 handle assemblies are not trip indicating.
149.00
Table 17.28:
IEC Style Operating Mechanisms
a
Color
Red/Yellow
Black
Contains support bracket.
Table 17.29:
Operating Mechanism
(Lockout Included)
Type 1, 4, 4X, 12
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
GJL
3 in. handles are not recommended
for use with these circuit breakers.
Type
NW3
$ Price
90.00
NW3B
90.00
Type
LG8
$ Price
71.00
Extension Shafts
Mounting Depth
Type
$ Price
Min.
6-1/8
Max.
10-3/4
NS16
28.70
6-1/8
17-7/8
NS336a
35.60
Electrical Interlock Kits—Class 9999 a
Description
Class
Type
$ Price
Single-Pole, Double-Throw
9999
R47
131.00
Double-Pole, Double-Throw
9999
R48
221.00
a
Optional accessory for use with 9421L operating mechanisms. Not used with GJL, NAL,
NCL, NEL, NXL, NSF, NSJ, PowerPact™ C, D, H, and J circuit breakers; use field-installed
circuit breaker interlocks instead.
17-10
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Approximate
Dimensions
Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms
3.50 Min.
1.38
Refer to NEC
Article 430-10
for minimum
dimension from
top mounting hole
to wall or barrier
X to ensure adequate
wire bending space.
45
1.18
30
.50
13
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
35
L
4.72 1.77
45
120
CLHandle
Mechanism
3.94
100
Screw Driver
Interlock Pin
Location
.45
7 Door Thickness
CLHandle Mechanism
(2) #8-32 Tap
17
.28 Maximum
12
2.38
60
H
Mounting Depth a
Panel drilling for GJL circuit breaker
and operating mechanism
Table 17.30:
Shaft Cutting Dimensions
Class
a
L = Overall shaft length
H = Distance from inside of enclosure door to circuit
breaker mounting surface
Type
Shaft Length
Formula
H = Standard Shaft
H = Long Shaft
Min.
Max.
L = H–2.50
5.50
10.25
9421
LG7, LG1, LG4, LG3
64
140
260
L = H–2.88
5.50
10.44
9421
LF1, LN1, LN3, LN4
73
140
265
L = H–3.63
6.25
11.19
9421
LK1, LP1, LP3, LP4
92
159
284
L= H–3.13
6.31
10.88
9421
LL1, LR1, LR4
79
160
276
L= H–4.00
7.18
11.63
9421
LM1, LT1, LT4
102
182
295
L= H–5.17
8.25
12.75
9421
LX7, LX1, LX4
131
210
324
Mounting depth measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door.
3.25 Minimum
83
(Both Sides)
7.00
4.50
2.25
114
Hinge
Point of
Door
1.50
38
57
.75
19
1.63 R
41
1.56
40
178
Minimum to wall or
barrier to ensure
adequate wire bending
space to lug surface
when maximum wire
size is used with
standard lugs.
Refer to NEC Article
430-10.
CL Handle
Mechanism
Min.
5.50
140
5.50
140
6.25
159
6.31
160
7.18
182
8.25
210
Max.
20.85
530
21.00
533
21.75
552
21.50
546
22.25
565
23.38
594
3.25 Minimum
83
13.50
(Both Sides)
4.50
2.25
114
Hinge
Point of
Door
1.50
38
57
.75
19
1.81
46
343
Minimum to wall or
barrier to ensure
adequate wire bending
space to lug surface
when maximum wire
size is used with
standard lugs.
Refer to NEC Article
430-10.
5.13
7.13
6.00
152
181
CL Handle & Ckt. Bkr. T oggle
(4) #8-32 Tap
CL Handle & Ckt. Bkr. T oggle
130
1.63 R
41
6.00
152
(4) #10-24 Tap
C30080-120
Panel drilling for FAL, FCL, and FHL
circuit breakers and operating mechanisms
Panel drilling for KAL, KCL, and KHL
circuit breakers and operating mechanisms
Dimensions:
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
in.
mm
17-11
Approximate
Dimensions
Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
6.00 Minimum
152 (Both Sides)
Hinge
6.00
Point
3.00 152
of Door
76
487
2.00
2.00 51
.88
22
Minimum to wall or barrier
to ensure adequate wire
bending space to lug surface
when maximum wire size is
used with standard lugs.
Refer to NEC Article 430-10.
51
1.00
8.00 Minimum
203 (Both Sides)
Hinge
4.50
Point
114
of
Door
19.19
25
CL
Circuit Breaker
1.63R
119
3.09
79
(4) 1/4-20 Tap
1.03
.56
CL Handle
(4) #12-24 Tap
1.50
CL
Circuit Breaker
(4) 1/4-20 Tap
9.25
4.68
76
(4) 5/16-18 Tap
A
14
CL Handle
3.00
26
41
235
51
38
125
40
X
Minimum to wall or
barrier to ensure
adequate wire bending
space to lug surface
when maximum wire
size is used. Refer to
NEC Article 430-10.
2.00
42
4.937
116
229
1.66
1.59
4.57
9.00
CL
Handle
3.50
89
2.68
68
.38
CL
Handle
B
10
.44
11
203
11
.38
.44
8.00
10
1.63R
6.00
41
152
5.09
.88
10.19
7.19
22
129
259
183
Panel drilling for LAL, LHL, and Q4L
circuit breakers and operating mechanisms
Panel drilling for MAL, MEL, MHL, and MXL
circuit breakers and operating mechanisms
Dimensions = in. (mm)
Circuit Breaker Type
A
B
MAL, MHL
10.69 (272)
14.00 (356)
MEL, MXL
11.47 (291)
14.75 (375)
C
L
9.00 Minimum (Both Sides)
Handle Mechanism
229
15.00
381
Hinge
3.16
7.50
Point
80
191
of Door
5.00
1.66
127
42
(4) 1/4-20 Tap
2.50
64
12.13
308
9.50
241
CL Handle
Mechanism
8.75
222
1.63R
41
8.00
203
CL
Circuit Breaker
8.50
216
Panel drilling for NAL, NCL, NEL, and NXL
circuit breakers and operating mechanisms
Dimensions:
17-12
in.
mm
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Bracket-Mounted
Disconnect Devices
Type T Disconnect Switches
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 17.31: Bracket-Mounted Operating Mechanisms for Use With Square D™ Circuit Breakers
The circuit breaker operating mechanisms listed below are shipped with the external operating handle assembled to a
bracket. Circuit breakers are not included and must be ordered separately. A trim plate is provided with each kit to
prevent any mounting screws from being accessible from the front and also to provide an attractive installation.The
operating handle is Type A1. These switches can be used with Class 9423 door closing mechanisms.
Operating Mechanism
Use With
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
No. of
Poles
Right Hand
Flange Mounting
Frame Size
(A)
Cat. No.
$ Price
FAL, FHL
2–3
100
BN1
257.00
KAL, KHL
2–3
250
BP1
270.00
LALa, LHLa, Q4L
2–3
400
BR1
543.00
a
These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit
breaker with an MB or MT suffix.
Table 17.32: Electrical Interlock Kits—Class 9999
Optional accessory for use with circuit breaker operating
mechanisms listed to the left and the flexible cable
mechanisms listed below, except GJL.
Description
Single Pole, Double Throw
Double Pole, Double Throw
Class
Type
$ Price
9999
9999
R26
R27
131.00
243.00
Note: Not used with GJL; use field installed circuit breaker interlocks.
0.38
17
Note: Some enclosures may not accept the listed bracket-mounted
operating mechanisms; contact the enclosure manufacturer.
F
10
Table 17.33:
Dimensions
C
A
C
D
Min. Enclosure Deptha
F
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
BG1, BN1
8.75 (222)
7.13 (181)
1.13 (29)
6.50 (165)
8.00 (203)
BP1
9.13 (232)
7.38 (187)
a
The minimum enclosure depth is greater than Dimension D since additional space is needed when mounting
the mechanism.
Note: Back panel support is recommended for Types TFB1, 2, and 3. Other devices may also require support if the
flange is not sufficiently rigid.
Type
D
Disconnect
Device
0.38
10
Disconnect
Device
ON
A E
OFF
0.38
10
Non Fused
and Circuit
Breaker
Fused
(2) 0.38
Dia. Mounting Holes
10
(For back panel support if necessary.)
For use with Square D circuit breakers and Class 9422 A handle operators. Especially designed for tall, deep
enclosures where placement flexibility is required. See Digest 176 page 8-24 for dimensions.
Table 17.34:
Class 9422—Flexible Cable Mechanisms for Use With Square D Circuit Breakers
Cable Mechanism
Cable Length
Catalog No.
36 in.
CGJ30
48 in.
CGJ40
GJL
3
100
60 in.
CGJ50
120 in.
CGJ10
36 in.
CFA30
FAL, FHL
2, 3
100
60 in.
CFA50
120 in.
CFA10
36 in.
CKA30
KAL, KHL
2, 3
250
60 in.
CKA50
120 in.
CKA10
36 in.
CLA30
LALa, LHLa, Q4L
2, 3
400
60 in.
CLA50
120 in.
CLA10
a
These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix.
Circuit Breaker
Type
Table 17.35:
No. of
Poles
Frame Size
(A)
$ Price
273.00
291.00
291.00
333.00
273.00
291.00
333.00
288.00
305.00
347.00
486.00
504.00
548.00
Cable Mechanisms with A1 Handle
Catalog No.
$ Price
CGJ31
417.00
CGJ41
432.00
CGJ51
432.00
CGJ11
476.00
CFA31
417.00
CFA51
432.00
CFA11
476.00
CKA31
431.00
CKA51
446.00
CKA11
489.00
CLA31
630.00
CLA51
647.00
CLA11
689.00
Class 9999 Auxiliary Contact Kits for Disconnect Switches and
Circuit Breakers
SPDT
Class
DPDT
Type
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
R8
87.00
R9
243.00
Disconnect Switches
9422
TF
Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms
9421
LF, LK, LL, LM, LN, LP, LR, LT
R47
131.00
R48
221.00
9422
RM, RN, RP, RR, RT
R26
131.00
R27
243.00
9422
CFA, CKA, CLA, CSF
R26
131.00
R27
243.00
Note: No external auxiliary contacts are available for the following circuit breakers:
GJL circuit breakers must use internal auxiliary contacts, catalog number AAC.
PowerPact D circuit breakers must use internal auxiliary contacts, catalog number AAC.
Note: For additional variations, contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount
Schedule
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
17-13
Flexible Cable
Mechanisms
For Circuit Breakers
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Dual cable operator mechanisms are designed for use with Square D GJL circuit breakers.
The cable mechanisms allow for a single handle operator, Class 9422A1, to operate both
circuit breakers. The cable mechanism is designed especially for tall, deep enclosures
where placement flexibility is required. There are numerous cable arrangements to choose
from to accommodate many applications.
Features
•
•
•
•
•
Separate cables for each circuit breaker
Rugged metal flange handle operator
Maximized flexibility of circuit breaker placement for existing and new applications
Control panel can be fed from two separate supply voltages (if required)
Dual mechanism allows both separate supply voltages to be controlled by a single
handle to improve security features
Table 17.36:
Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms Selection
Circuit Breaker Type
GJL
Table 17.37:
FAL
CP1
Catalog
Number
Frame Size
(max.)
$ Price
36 in. / 914 mm (2)
9422CGJD3
48 in. / 1219 mm (2)
9422CGJD4
585.00
608.00
60 in. / 1524 mm (2)
9422CGJD5
675.00
120 in. / 3048 mm (2)
9422CGJD1
36 in. / 914 mm (1)
60 in. / 1524 mm (1)
9422CGJD8
642.00
60 in. / 1524 mm (1)
120 in. / 3048 mm (1)
9422CGJD9
720.00
100 A
788.00
Special Left-hand Mounted Single Cable Operating Mechanisms
Circuit Breaker Type
17-14
Cable Length
in. / mm (quantity)
Discount
Schedule
Cable Length
in. / mm
(quantity)
Catalog
Number
120 in. / 3048 mm (1)
9422CFAL10
36 in. / 914 mm (1)
9422CFAL30
60 in. / 1524 mm (1)
9422CFAL50
Frame Size
(max.)
$ Price
350.00
100 A
287.00
318.00
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Disconnect Switch
Accessories
Flange Mounted, Variable Depth
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Variable-Depth Mechanisms for Use with Square D™ Circuit Breakers and Schneider Electric™
(formerly Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers
Use With
Circuit Breaker
Frame Size
No. of
Poles
Operating Mechanism
Variable-Depth Mtg.
Range Min.-Max.a
(Inches)
Frame Size
A
Operating Mechanism
Only—Does Not Include
Handle Mechanism
Type
$ Price
Operating Mechanism and Handle Mechanism
Includes Type A1
Handle Mechanism
Type
Includes Type A2
Handle Mechanism
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Square D Circuit Breakers
GJL
3
100
6.00–17.75
RG1
116.00
ARG11
257.00
ARG21
372.00
FAL, FHL
2–3
100
5.38–17.75
RN1
116.00
ARN11
257.00
ARN21
372.00
KAL, KHL
2–3
250
6.38–17.88
RP1
129.00
ARP11
270.00
ARP21
386.00
LALc, LHLc, Q4L
2–3
400
7.44–18.25
RR1
329.00
ARR11
471.00
ARR21
585.00
MEL, MXL
2–3
800
9.00–18.38
RT1
449.00
ART11
593.00
ART21
705.00
MAL, MHL
2–3
1200
9.00–18.38
RT1
449.00
ART11
593.00
ART21
705.00
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
2–3
1200
11.00–18.37
a
Class 9422 Type R2 will extend mounting depth 7 in.
RX1
513.00
—
Table 17.39:
Class
Type
131.00
243.00
Dimensions
Width
(A)
Height
(B)
Distance to Enclosure Flangea
(C)
Bracket Depth
(D)
Circuit Breaker
Frame Size
Type
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
GJL
RG1
5.00
127
4.75
121
6.00
152
17.75
451
4.00
102
FAL, FHL
RN1
6.75
171
8.50
216
5.51
140
17.75
451
4.26
108
125
Minimum
Maximum
mm
KAL, KHL
RP1
7.13
181
10.13
257
6.51
165
17.88
454
4.94
LALc, LHLc, Q4L
RR1
10.19
259
11.00
279
7.44
189
18.25
464
6.00
152
MEL, MXL
RT1
13.38
340
14.00
356
9.00
229
18.38
467
9.69
246
MAL, MHLb
RT1
13.38
340
14.00
356
9.00
229
18.38
467
9.69
246
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
RX1
19.63
499
13.50
343
11.00
279
18.37
467
9.00
229
a
b
—
$ Price
Single Pole, Double Throw
9999
R26a
Double Pole, Double Throw
9999
R27a
a
Not for use with the GJL operating mechanism.
9422R2 will extend the dimension by 7 in. Two required.
Minimum mounting depth when using MAL or MHL circuit breakers can be decreased to 7.63 inches by using the
Class 9422 Type RT1B conversion kit. $23.00
Warning: These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA / LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix.
c
C = Distance from Outside of
Flange to Circuit Breaker
Mounting Surface
Enclosure Door
Enclosure Flange
D
CL
R.H. Handle
CL L.H. Handle
A
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
—
Electrical Interlocks—Class 9999
Description
Table 17.40:
—
CP1
Minimum to wall or barrier.
Right- or left-hand mounting
to ensure adequate wire
bending space to lug
surface when maximum
wire size is used.
Refer to NEC Article 430-10.
Discount
Schedule
B
17-15
17
Table 17.38:
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Designed for installation in custom built control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All
circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for either right- or left-hand flange mounting, convertible on the job.
Disconnect Switch
Accessories
Flange Mounted, Variable Depth
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Remote or Dual Adapter Kit
Switch
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
or
Breaker
For the remote or dual operation of GJL, FAL, FHL, KAL, KHL, LAL, LHL, Q4L, MAL, MHL,
MEL, and MXL circuit breakers.
Remote Operation—permits mounting the Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism
at a lower level than the disconnect device it controls. This arrangement is often required
where the disconnect device is mounted too high for personnel to easily reach a
conventional operator.
Dual Operation—permits controlling two disconnect devices, one in line with, and one
remote from, a single Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism.
NOTE: A Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle (see Digest 176 page 8-15) and the
preferred mounting method must be used.
Table 17.41:
Disconnect Device
Enclosure Mounting Depth
Remote operation shown
(handle mechanism not
included in kit)
Disconnect Device
Type
Min.
$ Price
Max.
Circuit Breaker
GJL
10.50
19.50
FAL, FHL
10.66
19.50
KAL, KHL
11.13
19.50
LAL, LHL, Q4L
12.13
19.88
MAL, MHL,MEL, MXL
13.75
20.25
Table 17.42:
D2
251.00
Air Valve Interlock
Note: Air valve interlocks only accept the specific three-way air valves, manufactured by Parker,
listed in the table below.
Parker Valve Model Numbera
Air valve interlock
mounted on enclosure
a
Air Valve Size
Knob Operated
0.50 NPT
13
M04841885
0.75 NPT
19
M04861885
M08541848
M08561848
Class 9422
Air Valve Interlock
Type
$ Price
G1
513.00
G2
513.00
1.00 NPT
M00080004
G1
513.00
25
Prices do not include air valves or handle mechanism. For more information on the
air valves listed above, contact Parker at c-parker@parker.com, or call 1-800-272-7537.
Table 17.43:
Accessory
Other Accessories
Description
Auxiliary kit recommended for use with 30 A and 60 A disconnect switches
Channel/Flange and FAL, FCL, FHL, KAL KHL, NSF, and NSJ circuit breaker mechanisms
when these devices are to be mounted on the center channel of a multi-door
Support Kit
enclosure or when extra rigidity for the flange is required. Supplied as
Class
Type
$ Price
9422
C1
42.80
Channel/Flange
Support Kit
Alternate Mounting Kit
Auxiliary Lock Plate
17-16
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Reversing Drum Switches
Type A and B
Class 2601 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 17.44:
Reversing Drum Switches
600 Vac Maximum
Class 2601
Ratings
NEMA Type 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
Maximum Horsepower
Voltage
Type AG2
360 Vdc Maximum
NEMA Type 4
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
NEMA Type 3R
Rainproof
Outdoor Enclosure
NEMA Type 1
Maintained &
Momentary a
NEMA Type 13
Oiltight
Flush Mounting
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
AC
Single
Phase
AC
PolyPhase
DC
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
115200/230
230
460/575
1-1/2
—
2
—
—
2
—
2
1/4
—
1/4
—
AG2
158.00
AW2
428.00
AH2
207.00
AG2S2
158.00
AF2
131.00
115200/230
230
460/575
1-1/2
—
3
5
—
5
—
7-1/2
2
—
2
—
BG1
428.00
BW1
590.00
N/A
—
BG1S4
428.00
BF1
356.00
a
Maintained – “Forward”; Momentary – “Reverse”; (not field convertible)
File E42243
CCN NLRV
File LR25490
Class 3211-05
Approximate Dimensions—Class 2601 Reversing Drum Switches
6.89
5.58
3.38
175
142
86
3.81
97
5.50
5.20
132 3.19
81
70
94
(2) 1/2" NPT
Pipe Thread
140
2.77
3.70
1.82
46
2.38
.20
2.87
(4) .17 Mounting Holes
60
Type AW2
3.20
5
73
81
.60
15
Types AW and BW
Type AF2
4.50
6.54
166
4.82
114
122
5.38
4.00 6.62
5.18
2.68
5.95
151 4.50
2.91
3.26
3.25
5.12
114
83
130
3.53
4.61
4.86
2.94
(2) K.O. For 1/ 2" Conduits
75
dimensions (inches) = AG/AH
BG
4.00
102
.20
5
(4) .218 Mounting Holes
Type BF1
Types AG, AH, BG
Dimensions:
Table 17.45:
•
•
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
in.
mm
How to Order
To Order Specify:
Catalog Number
Class Number
Type Number
Class
Type
2601
AG2
CP1
Discount
Schedule
17-17
17
Class 2601 reversing drum switches may be used for across-the-line starting and reversing of AC polyphase, AC single
phase or DC motors, where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. They are compact and
inexpensive but ruggedly constructed. Drum switches are field convertible from maintained-only to momentary-only
operation. This conversion consists of removing the handle screw and handle, turning the shaft 180 degrees, then
replacing the handle and handle screw.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
NEMA Types 1, 3R, 4, and 13 Without Overload
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage Starters
Description of All Types
Class 8600 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
17
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Reduced Voltage
Starting of Squirrel
Cage Motors
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage
Starters
Table 17.46:
A squirrel cage motor draws high starting current (inrush) and produces high starting torque when started at full voltage.
While these values differ for different motor designs, for a typical NEMA design B motor, the inrush will be approximately
600% of the motor full load amperage (FLA) rating, and the starting torque will be approximately 150% of full load torque at
full voltage. High current inrush and starting torque can cause problems in the electrical and mechanical systems, or may
even damage the materials being processed.
When a motor is started at reduced voltage, the current at the motor terminals is reduced in direct proportion to the voltage
reduction, while the torque is reduced by the square of the voltage reduction. If the “typical” NEMA B motor is started at 70%
of line voltage, the starting current would be 70% of the full voltage value (that is, 0.70 x 600% = 420% FLA). The torque
would then be (0.70)2 or 49% of the normal starting torque (that is, 0.49 x 150% = 74% full load torque). Therefore, reduced
voltage starting provides an effective means of reducing both inrush current and starting torque.
If the motor has a high inertia or if the motor rating is marginal for the applied load, reducing the starting torque may prevent
the motor from reaching full speed before the thermal overload relays trip. Applications that require high starting torque
should be reviewed to determine if reduced voltage starting is suitable.
Square D™ offers several types of electromechanical as well as solid-state reduced voltage starters that provide different
starting characteristics. The following describes the 8600 series of reduced voltage starters.
Class 8606—Autotransformer Starter: Autotransformer starters provide reduced voltage to the motor terminals
during starting through the use of a tapped, three phase autotransformer. Taps on the autotransformer allow for
selection of the motor with 50%, 65%, or 80% of line voltage values supplying 50%, 65%, or 80% of the current inrush
seen during a full voltage start. The resulting starting torque will be 25%, 42%, or 64% of full voltage values, as will be
the current draw on the line. Thus, the autotransformer provides the maximum torque with minimum line current.
Class 8630—Wye-Delta Starter: Wye-delta starters can only be used on wye-delta motors which have six leads that
allow for motor winding to be connected in either a wye or delta configuration. During start up, the windings are
connected in the wye, resulting in 58% of line voltage applied across two windings. This reduces both inrush and
starting torque to 33% of the delta connected values. After a set time delay, the motor leads are switched to the delta
connection. The wye-delta starter is available in both open and closed transition configurations. Closed transition
starters are supplied with an additional contactor and resistor bank used to keep the motor windings energized for a
few cycles until the transition from wye to delta is complete.
Class 8640—Part Winding Starter: Part winding starters can be used only with part winding motors. During a part winding
start, only one winding is energized, reducing the inrush current to 60–70% (depending on the motor design) and starting
torque to 50% of normal starting values with both windings energized. Most (but not all) dual voltage 230/460 volt motors are
suitable for part winding starts at 230 volts.
Starter Characteristics
Characteristic
Full Voltage
Autotransformer, Class 8606
Wye-Delta Class, 8630
Part Winding, Class 8640
Voltage at Motor
100%
50% / 65% / 80% (tap setting)
100%
100%
Ramped Up
Line Current (% Full Load Current)
600%
150% / 250% / 380%
200%
390%
150% to 700% (adjustable)
Starting Torque (% Rated Torque)
150%
40% / 60% / 100%
50%
70%
0% to 100% (adjustable)
Start Time (Factory Setting)
—
6–7 seconds
10 seconds / 15 seconds
(open/closed transition)
1–1.5 seconds
10 seconds
(adjustable 1–60 seconds)
Advantages
•
•
•
Simple
Economical
High Starting Torque
•
•
•
High torque/amperage
High inertial loads
Flexibility
•
•
•
High inertial loads
Long acceleration loads
Good torque/amperage
Disadvantages
•
•
Abrupt starts
Large current inrush
•
Large size
•
•
Low torque
No flexibility
Motor
Standard
How to Order
Note: Tables 17.47 and 17.48 are
for 60 Hz; see Table 17.51
for 50 Hz codes.
Table 17.47:
1.
2.
3.
Standard
Special
Table 17.48:
Coil Voltage Codes
Greatest flexibility
Smooth ramp
Solid-state overload relay
Diagnostics
SCR heat dissipation
Ambient limitations
Standard
Table 17.49:
Control
Code
Line
Control
Code
208
240
380
480
600
208
240
380
480
600
V08
V03
V05
V06
V07
208
240
240
480
480
480
600
380
other
120
24
120
24
120
240
120
110/50
specify
V84
V82
V80
V83
V81
V87
V86
V95
V99
17-18
•
•
•
•
•
•
Specify the Class Number and the Type Number.
If all coils are at the line voltage, and not Sizes 6 or 7, select the voltage code from Table 17.47 (Sizes 6 and 7 are supplied with a
fused transformer with 120 Vac as standard).
If the coils are at a different voltage than line supply, or Size 6 or 7, select a voltage code from Table 17.48 and also select a Form
code from Table 17.49 (note that a Form code may be used with any voltage code, except as noted).
Line Voltage Codes
50 Hz Control
Voltage
Simple
Small size
Not suitable for:
• High inertial loads
• Frequent starting
Special
Line
380 Vac, 50 Hz
Starters
•
•
Solid-State ATS46
Table 17.50:
Form Codes
Form Description
Fused CPT for timing relay only
Fused CPT for all coils
Separate control of timing relay only
Separate control for all coils
b
c
Form Code
F4T
F4T40
S
Y195
See Table 17.50 for sizing of 380 V starters.
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7.
380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters, Maxiumum Horsepower Rating
Autotransformer, Class 8606
Wye-Delta, Class 8630
Part Winding, Class 8640
Max. hp
NEMA Size
Max. hp
NEMA Size
Max. hp
NEMA Size
—
25
50
75
150
300
—
2
3
4
5
6
15
40
75
150
250
500
1YD
2YD
3YD
4YD
5YD
6YD
15
40
75
125
250
500
1PW
2PW
3PW
4PW
5PW
6PW
Table 17.51:
Hz
Voltage
60
50
120
110
The Class 8600 starters are available for 380 Vac,
50 Hz applications. Table 17.50 provides maximum
horsepower ratings. To determine the Type Number,
select the second digit based on NEMA size. Select the
fifth digit based on the horsepower requirement. Specify
V05 voltage code. List prices for the same NEMA size
starter apply.
Coil Voltages
Code
Voltage
V02
240
220
Code
Voltage
V03
480
440
Code
Voltage
Code
V06
600
550
V07
The starters in this section can also be operated at
50 Hz at the coil voltages listed in Table 17.51.
For additional coil voltage availability, contact the
Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage Starters
Autotransformer Starters
NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units
(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176
page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 17.52:
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)
3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz
NEMA Type 4a
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
NEMA Type 12/3Rd
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
O.E.M. Kit c
Open Type
NEMA
Size
10
2
SDG1C
8076.00
SDW1C
12491.00
SDA1C
10641.00
SDO1C
7734.00
SDK1C
6786.00
15
20
25
3
SEG1D
SEG1E
SEG1F
9500.00
SEW1D
SEW1E
SEW1F
13914.00
SEA1D
SEA1E
SEA1F
13707.00
SEO1D
SEO1E
SEO1F
8418.00
SEK1D
SEK1E
SEK1F
7493.00
30
40
4
SFG1G
SFG1H
18417.00
SFW1G
SFW1H
26535.00
SFA1G
SFA1H
21834.00
SFO1G
SFO1H
16848.00
SFK1G
SFK1H
13181.00
23223.00
Typeb
200
(208)
50
75
230
(240)
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
5
SGG1J
SGG1L
30330.00
SGW1J
SGW1L
38448.00
SGA1J
SGA1L
34176.00
SGO1J
SGO1L
27167.00
SGK1J
SGK1L
100
125
150
6
SHG1M
SHG1N
SHG1P
56507.00
SHW1M
SHW1N
SHW1P
67190.00
SHA1M
SHA1N
SHA1P
61848.00
SHO1M
SHO1N
SHO1P
51438.00
SHK1M
SHK1N
SHK1P
41481.00
10
15
2
SDG1C
SDG1D
8076.00
SDW1C
SDW1D
12491.00
SDA1C
SDA1D
10641.00
SDO1C
SDO1D
7734.00
SDK1C
SDK1D
6786.00
20
25
30
3
SEG1E
SEG1F
SEG1G
9500.00
SEW1E
SEW1F
SEW1G
13914.00
SEA1E
SEA1F
SEA1G
12207.00
SEO1E
SEO1F
SEO1G
8418.00
SEK1E
SEK1F
SEK1G
7493.00
40
50
4
SFG1H
SFG1J
18417.00
SFW1H
SFW1J
26535.00
SFA1H
SFA1J
21834.00
SFO1H
SFO1J
16848.00
SFK1H
SFK1J
13181.00
27167.00
SGK1L
SGK1M
23223.00
51438.00
SHK1N
SHK1P
SHK1Q
41481.00
75
100
460
(480)
/
575
(600)
a
b
c
d
NEMA Type 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
Max.
HP
5
SGG1L
SGG1M
30330.00
SGW1L
SGW1M
38448.00
SGA1L
SGA1M
34176.00
SGO1L
SGO1M
125
150
200
6
SHG1N
SHG1P
SHG1Q
56507.00
SHW1N
SHW1P
SHW1Q
67190.00
SHA1N
SHA1P
SHA1Q
61848.00
SHO1N
SHO1P
SHO1Q
250
300
7
SJG1R
SJG1S
96786.00
SJW1R
SJW1S
107468.00
SJA1R
SJA1S
102126.00
—
10
15
20
25
2
SDG1C
SDG1D
SDG1E
SDG1F
8076.00
SDW1C
SDW1D
SDW1E
SDW1F
12491.00
SDA1C
SDA1D
SDA1E
SDA1F
10641.00
SDO1C
SDO1D
SDO1E
SDO1F
30
40
50
3
SEG1G
SEG1H
SEG1J
9500.00
SEW1G
SEW1H
SEW1J
13914.00
SEA1G
SEA1H
SEA1J
12207.00
60
75
100
4
SFG1K
SFG1L
SFG1M
18417.00
SFW1K
SFW1L
SFW1M
26535.00
SFA1K
SFA1L
SFA1M
125
150
200
5
SGG1N
SGG1P
SGG1Q
30330.00
SGW1N
SGW1P
SGW1Q
38448.00
250
300
400
6
SHG1R
SHG1S
SHG1T
56507.00
SHW1R
SHW1S
SHW1T
500
600
7
SJG1U
SJG1W
96786.00
SJW1U
SJW1W
—
—
—
7734.00
SDK1C
SDK1D
SDK1E
SDK1F
6786.00
SEO1G
SEO1H
SEO1J
8418.00
SEK1G
SEK1H
SEK1J
7493.00
21834.00
SFO1K
SFO1L
SFO1M
16848.00
SFK1K
SFK1L
SFK1M
13181.00
SGA1N
SGA1P
SGA1Q
34176.00
SGO1N
SGO1P
SGO1Q
27167.00
SGK1N
SGK1P
SGK1Q
23223.00
67190.00
SHA1R
SHA1S
SHA1T
61848.00
SHO1R
SHO1S
SHO1T
51438.00
SHK1R
SHK1S
SHK1T
41481.00
107468.00
SJA1U
SJA1W
102126.00
SJO1W
88250.00
—
—
NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost.Specify as Form G17. See “Modifications & Forms” for price adder.
Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.
No factory modifications (Forms) are available with O.E.M. Kit.
NEMA Type 12 enclosures can be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications.
Note: Class 8606 starters are supplied with a NEMA style medium duty autotransformer.
Medium duty service includes applications to motors which drive loads such as fans, pumps, compressors, and line shafts.
NEMA Sizes 2–5: Autotransformer is rated for fifteen 15-second starts per hour.
NEMA Sizes 6–7: Autotransformer is rated for three 30-second starts per hour.
Contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733 for applications which require frequent starting or jogging, or have extremely high inertia.
OL
2S
L1
OL
T2
OL
T3
2S
100
80
65
50
0
2S
L3
R
1S
Motor
•
•
•
•
TR
1S
R
Catalog Number
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
Form(s)e
Class
Type
Voltage Code
Form(s)
8606
SFG1M
V81
S
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz
e
TR
How to Order
To Order Specify:
1S
R
L2
Table 17.53:
T1
100
80
65
50
0
R
Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•).
See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary
coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
R
1S
1S
2S
2S
To
2 Wire Control Separate
Device (If used) Control
Stop 2 Start
3
1
TR
TR
OL
Typical Autotransformer Starter
Sizes 2–5
Separate Control (Form S)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount
Schedule
17-19
17
www.schneider-electric.us
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Class 8606 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage Starters
Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition)
Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
17
NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units
(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page
16-116 for selection information.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Table 17.54: 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)
Max.
HP
NEMA Type 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
NEMA
Size
NEMA Type 4a
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
(Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD)
NEMA Type 12/3Rd
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
Open Type
O.E.M. Kit c
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
10
1YD
SCG1C
4892.00
SCW1C
6602.00
SCA1C
6317.00
SCO1C
4806.00
—
15
SDG1D
SDW1D
SDA1D
SDO1D
2YD
5790.00
7713.00
7569.00
5562.00
—
20
SDG1E
SDW1E
SDA1E
SDO1E
25
SEG1F
SEW1F
SEA1F
SEO1F
SEK1F
30
3YD
SEG1G
8424.00
SEW1G
11204.00
SEA1G
10562.00
SEO1G
7542.00
SEK1G
40
SEG1H
SEW1H
SEA1H
SEO1H
SEK1H
50
SFG1J
SFW1J
SFA1J
SFO1J
SFK1J
200
4YD
17568.00
21941.00
20417.00
15987.00
60
SFG1K
SFW1K
SFA1K
SFO1K
SFK1K
(208)
75
SGG1L
SGW1L
SGA1L
SGO1L
SGK1L
100
SGG1M
SGW1M
SGA1M
SGO1M
SGK1M
5YD
31584.00
39702.00
35429.00
28422.00
125
SGG1N
SGW1N
SGA1N
SGO1N
SGK1N
150
SGG1P
SGW1P
SGA1P
SGO1P
SGK1P
200
SHG1Q
SHW1Q
SHA1Q
SHO1Q
SHK1Q
250
6YD
SHG1R
67589.00
SHW1R
78272.00
SHA1R
72930.00
SHO1R
62519.00
SHK1R
300
SHG1S
SHW1S
SHA1S
SHO1S
SHK1S
10
1YD
SCG1C
4892.00
SCW1C
6602.00
SCA1C
6317.00
SCO1C
4806.00
—
15
SDG1D
SDW1D
SDA1D
SDO1D
20
2YD
SDG1E
5790.00
SDW1E
7713.00
SDA1E
7569.00
SDO1E
5562.00
—
25
SDG1F
SDW1F
SDA1F
SDO1F
30
SEG1G
SEW1G
SEA1G
SEO1G
SEK1G
40
3YD
SEG1H
8424.00
SEW1H
11204.00
SEA1H
10562.00
SEO1H
7542.00
SEK1H
50
SEG1J
SEW1J
SEA1J
SEO1J
SEK1J
60
SFG1K
SFW1K
SFA1K
SFO1K
SFK1K
230
4YD
17568.00
21941.00
20417.00
15987.00
75
SFG1L
SFW1L
SFA1L
SFO1L
SFK1L
(240)
100
SGG1M
SGW1M
SGA1M
SGO1M
SGK1M
125
5YD
SGG1N
31584.00
SGW1N
39702.00
SGA1N
35429.00
SGO1N
28422.00
SGK1N
150
SGG1P
SGW1P
SGA1P
SGO1P
SGK1P
200
SHG1Q
SHW1Q
SHA1Q
SHO1Q
SHK1Q
250
6YD
SHG1R
67589.00
SHW1R
78272.00
SHA1R
72930.00
SHO1R
62519.00
SHK1R
300
SHG1S
SHW1S
SHA1S
SHO1S
SHK1S
400
SJG1T
SJW1T
SJA1T
SJO1T
7YD
91160.00
101843.00
96501.00
86090.00
—
500
SJG1U
SJW1U
SJA1U
SJO1U
10
SCG1C
SCW1C
SCA1C
SCO1C
1YD
4892.00
6602.00
6317.00
4806.00
—
15
SCG1D
SCW1D
SCA1D
SCO1D
20
SDG1E
SDW1E
SDA1E
SDO1E
25
SDG1F
SDW1F
SDA1F
SDO1F
2YD
5790.00
7713.00
7569.00
5562.00
—
30
SDG1G
SDW1G
SDA1G
SDO1G
40
SDG1H
SDW1H
SDA1H
SDO1H
SEW1J
SEA1J
SEO1J
SEK1J
50
SEG1J
SEG1K
8424.00
SEW1K
11204.00
SEA1K
10562.00
SEO1K
7542.00
SEK1K
60
3YD
460
SEG1L
SEW1L
SEA1L
SEO1L
SEK1L
75
(480)
100
SFG1M
SFW1M
SFA1M
SFO1M
SFK1M
/
125
4YD
SFG1N
17568.00
SFW1N
21941.00
SFA1N
20417.00
SFO1N
15987.00
SFK1N
575
150
SFG1P
SFW1P
SFA1P
SFO1P
SFK1P
(600)
200
SGG1Q
SGW1Q
SGA1Q
SGO1Q
SGK1Q
250
5YD
SGG1R
31584.00
SGW1R
39702.00
SGA1R
35429.00
SGO1R
28422.00
SGK1R
300
SGG1S
SGW1S
SGA1S
SGO1S
SGK1S
400
SHG1T
SHW1T
SHA1T
SHO1T
SHK1T
500
6YD
SHG1U
67589.00
SHW1U
78272.00
SHA1U
72930.00
SHO1U
62519.00
SHK1U
600
SHG1W
SHW1W
SHA1W
SHO1W
SHK1W
800
SJG1Y
SJW1Y
SJA1Y
SJO1Y
7YD
91160.00
101843.00
96501.00
86090.00
—
1000
SJG1Z
SJW1Z
SJA1Z
SJO1Z
a
NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder.
b
Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.
c
No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.
d
NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.
L1
L2
L3
1M
OL
T1
1M
OL
T2
1M
OL
T3
Table 17.55:
T2
Motor
T1 T5
2M
T5
2M
S
T4
2M
S
T6
TR
TR
2M
S
1M
T6
T3
•
•
•
•
6596.00
9300.00
18530.00
39347.00
—
—
6596.00
9300.00
18530.00
39347.00
—
—
—
6596.00
9300.00
18530.00
39347.00
—
Catalog Number
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
Form(s)e
e
—
How to Order
To Order Specify:
T4
$ Price
—
Class
Type
Voltage Code
8630
SFG1M
V06
Form(s)
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz
Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•).
See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary
coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms).
S
1M
S
2 Wire Control Device (If used)
Start
1 Stop 2
3
2M
TR
OL
TR
Typical Wye-Delta Starter Sizes 1–4 (Open Transition)
Common Control (Standard)
17-20
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage Starters
Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition)
NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units
(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page
16-116 for selection information.
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)
3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz
Max.
HP
NEMA Type 4d
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
(Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD)
NEMA Type 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
NEMA
Size
NEMA Type 12/3Rc
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
Open Type
O.E.M. Kit b
Typea
$ Price
Typea
$ Price
Typea
$ Price
Typea
$ Price
Typea
10
1YD
SCG2C
7470.00
SCW2C
9180.00
SCA2C
8895.00
SCO2C
7385.00
—
15
SDG2D
SDW2D
SDA2D
SDO2D
2YD
8454.00
10376.00
10233.00
8226.00
—
20
SDG2E
SDW2E
SDA2E
SDO2E
25
SEG2F
SEW2F
SEA2F
SEO2F
SEK2F
30
3YD
SEG2G
11672.00
SEW2G
14450.00
SEA2G
13809.00
SEO2G
10790.00
SEK2G
40
SEG2H
SEW2H
SEA2H
SEO2H
SEK2H
50
SFG2J
SFW2J
SFA2J
SFO2J
SFK2J
200
4YD
22995.00
27368.00
25844.00
21414.00
60
SFG2K
SFW2K
SFA2K
SFO2K
SFK2K
(208)
75
SGG2L
SGW2L
SGA2L
SGO2L
SGK2L
100
SGG2M
SGW2M
SGA2M
SGO2M
SGK2M
5YD
38363.00
46481.00
42209.00
35202.00
125
SGG2N
SGW2N
SGA2N
SGO2N
SGK2N
150
SGG2P
SGW2P
SGA2P
SGO2P
SGK2P
200
SHG2Q
SHW2Q
SHA2Q
SHO2Q
SHK2Q
250
6YD
SHG2R
85022.00
SHW2R
95702.00
SHA2R
90363.00
SHO2R
79950.00
SHK2R
300
SHG2S
SHW2S
SHA2S
SHO2S
SHK2S
10
1YD
SCG2C
7470.00
SCW2C
9180.00
SCA2C
8895.00
SCO2C
7385.00
—
15
SDG2D
SDW2D
SDA2D
SDO2D
—
20
2YD
SDG2E
8454.00
SDW2E
10376.00
SDA2E
10233.00
SDO2E
8226.00
—
25
SDG2F
SDW2F
SDA2F
SDO2F
—
30
SEG2G
SEW2G
SEA2G
SEO2G
SEK2G
40
3YD
SEG2H
11672.00
SEW2H
14450.00
SEA2H
13809.00
SEO2H
10790.00
SEK2H
50
SEG2J
SEW2J
SEA2J
SEO2J
SEK2J
60
SFG2K
SFW2K
SFA2K
SFO2K
SFK2K
230
4YD
22995.00
27368.00
25844.00
21414.00
75
SFG2L
SFW2L
SFA2L
SFO2L
SFK2L
(240)
100
SGG2M
SGW2M
SGA2M
SGO2M
SGK2M
125
5YD
SGG2N
38363.00
SGW2N
46481.00
SGA2N
42209.00
SGO2N
35202.00
SGK2N
150
SGG2P
SGW2P
SGA2P
SGO2P
SGK2P
200
SHG2Q
SHW2Q
SHA2Q
SHO2Q
SHK2Q
250
6YD
SHG2R
85022.00
SHW2R
95702.00
SHA2R
90363.00
SHO2R
79950.00
SHK2R
300
SHG2S
SHW2S
SHA2S
SHO2S
SHK2S
400
SJG2T
SJW2T
SJA2T
SJO2T
—
7YD
118206.00
128888.00
123548.00
113135.00
500
SJG2U
SJW2U
SJA2U
SJO2U
—
10
SCG2C
SCW2C
SCA2C
SCO2C
—
1YD
7470.00
9180.00
8895.00
7385.00
15
SCG2D
SCW2D
SCA2D
SCO2D
—
—
20
SDG2E
SDW2E
SDA2E
SDO2E
—
25
SDG2F
SDW2F
SDA2F
SDO2F
8226.00
2YD
8454.00
10376.00
10233.00
—
30
SDG2G
SDW2G
SDA2G
SDO2G
—
40
SDG2H
SDW2H
SDA2H
SDO2H
50
SEG2J
SEW2J
SEA2J
SEO2J
SEK2J
60
3YD
SEG2K
11672.00
SEW2K
14450.00
SEA2K
13809.00
SEO2K
10790.00
SEK2K
460
75
SEG2L
SEW2L
SEA2L
SEO2L
SEK2L
(480)
100
SFG2M
SFW2M
SFA2M
SFO2M
SFK2M
/
125
4YD
SFG2N
22995.00
SFW2N
27368.00
SFA2N
25844.00
SFO2N
21414.00
SFK2N
575
150
SFG2P
SFW2P
SFA2P
SFO2P
SFK2P
(600)
200
SGG2Q
SGW2Q
SGA2Q
SGO2Q
SGK2Q
250
5YD
SGG2R
38363.00
SGW2R
46481.00
SGA2R
42209.00
SGO2R
35202.00
SGK2R
300
SGG2S
SGW2S
SGA2S
SGO2S
SGK2S
400
SHG2T
SHW2T
SHA2T
SHO2T
SHK2T
500
6YD
SHG2U
85022.00
SHW2U
95702.00
SHA2U
90363.00
SHO2U
79950.00
SHK2U
700
SHG2W
SHW2W
SHA2W
SHO2W
SHK2W
800
SJG2Y
SJW2Y
SJA2Y
SJO2Y
—
7YD
118206.00
128888.00
123548.00
113135.00
1000
SJG2Z
SJW2Z
SJA2Z
SJO2Z
—
a
Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.
b
No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.
c
NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.
d
NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder.
1M
L1
OL
1M
L2
OL
1M
L3
2 Wire Control
Device (If used)
T2
T4 T2
T3
Motor
R
E
S
R
E
S
T1 T5
R
E
S
T6
2M
1S
T4
2M
1S
T5
T6
•
•
•
•
e
(HI) PRI
PT
(X1) SEC (X2)
GND (If used)
Start
OL
3
1 Stop 2
10142.00
13931.00
25181.00
50319.00
—
—
10142.00
13931.00
25181.00
50319.00
—
—
—
10142.00
13931.00
25181.00
50319.00
—
Catalog Number
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
Form(s)e
T3
—
How to Order
To Order Specify:
2S
2S
2M
OL
2S
Table 17.57:
T1
$ Price
—
17
Table 17.56:
Class
Type
Voltage Code
Form(s)
8630
SFG1M
V81
F4T40
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz
Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8 •).
See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary
coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms).
TR
2S
TR
TR
2M
1S
1M
TR
1S
2S
1M
1S
2M
Typical Wye-Delta Starter
Sizes 1–4 (Closed Transition)
Fused Control Transformer (Form F4T40)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount
Schedule
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
17-21
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage Starters
Part Winding Starters
Class 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
17
NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units
(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176
page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Table 17.58:
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Max.
HP
Typeb
a
b
c
d
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
O.E.M. Kit c
Open Type
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
Typeb
$ Price
1PW
SCG1C
3119.00
SCW1C
4829.00
SCA1C
4544.00
SCO1C
3033.00
—
15
20
2PW
SDG1D
SDG1E
4445.00
SDW1D
SDW1E
6368.00
SDA1D
SDA1E
6224.00
SDO1D
SDO1E
4217.00
SDK1D
SDK1E
2685.00
25
30
40
3PW
SEG1F
SEG1G
SEG1H
6267.00
SEW1F
SEW1G
SEW1H
9045.00
SEA1F
SEA1G
SEA1H
8405.00
SEO1F
SEO1G
SEO1H
5868.00
SEK1F
SEK1G
SEK1H
4359.00
50
60
75
4PW
SFG1J
SFG1K
SFG1L
13404.00
SFW1J
SFW1K
SFW1L
17775.00
SFA1J
SFA1K
SFA1L
16253.00
SFO1J
SFO1K
SFO1L
12662.00
SFK1J
SFK1K
SFK1L
8217.00
100
125
150
5PW
SGG1M
SGG1N
SGG1P
28071.00
SGW1M
SGW1N
SGW1P
36192.00
SGA1M
SGA1N
SGA1P
31919.00
SGO1M
SGO1N
SGO1P
26505.00
SGK1M
SGK1N
SGK1P
18621.00
10
—
1PW
SCG1C
3119.00
SCW1C
4829.00
SCA1C
4544.00
SCO1C
3033.00
—
15
20
25
2PW
SDG1D
SDG1E
SDG1F
4445.00
SDW1D
SDW1E
SDW1F
6368.00
SDA1D
SDA1E
SDA1F
6224.00
SDO1D
SDO1E
SDO1F
4217.00
SDK1D
SDK1E
SDK1F
2685.00
30
40
50
3PW
SEG1G
SEG1H
SEG1J
6267.00
SEW1G
SEW1H
SEW1J
9045.00
SEA1G
SEA1H
SEA1J
8405.00
SEO1G
SEO1H
SEO1J
5868.00
SEK1G
SEK1H
SEK1J
4359.00
60
75
4PW
SFG1K
SFG1L
13404.00
SFW1K
SFW1L
17775.00
SFA1K
SFA1L
16253.00
SFO1K
SFO1L
12662.00
SFK1K
SFK1L
8217.00
100
125
150
5PW
SGG1M
SGG1N
SGG1P
28071.00
SGW1M
SGW1N
SGW1P
36192.00
SGA1M
SGA1N
SGA1P
31919.00
SGO1M
SGO1N
SGO1P
26505.00
SGK1M
SGK1N
SGK1P
18621.00
200
250
300
6PW
SHG1Q
SHG1R
SHG1S
58694.00
SHW1Q
SHW1R
SHW1S
67338.00
SHA1Q
SHA1R
SHA1S
65816.00
SHO1Q
SHO1R
SHO1S
53622.00
—
—
400
7PW
SJG1T
89672.00
SJW1T
98865.00
SJA1T
98217.00
SJO1T
80699.00
—
—
10
15
1PW
SCG1C
SCG1D
3119.00
SCW1C
SCW1D
4829.00
SCA1C
SCA1D
4544.00
SCO1C
SCO1D
3033.00
—
—
—
20
25
30
40
2PW
SDG1E
SDG1F
SDG1G
SDG1H
4445.00
SDW1E
SDW1F
SDW1G
SDW1H
6368.00
SDA1E
SDA1F
SDA1G
SDA1H
6224.00
SDO1E
SDO1F
SDO1G
SDO1H
4217.00
SDK1E
SDK1F
SDK1G
SDK1H
2685.00
50
60
75
3PW
SEG1J
SEG1K
SEG1L
6267.00
SEW1J
SEW1K
SEW1L
9045.00
SEA1J
SEA1K
SEA1L
8405.00
SEO1J
SEO1K
SEO1L
5868.00
SEK1J
SEK1K
SEK1L
4359.00
100
125
150
4PW
SFG1M
SFG1N
SFG1P
13404.00
SFW1M
SFW1N
SFW1P
17775.00
SFA1M
SFA1N
SFA1P
16253.00
SFO1M
SFO1N
SFO1P
12662.00
SFK1M
SFK1N
SFK1P
8217.00
200
250
350
5PW
SGG1Q
SGG1R
SGG1S
28071.00
SGW1Q
SGW1R
SGW1S
36192.00
SGA1Q
SGA1R
SGA1S
31919.00
SGO1Q
SGO1R
SGO1S
26505.00
SGK1Q
SGK1R
SGK1S
18621.00
400
500
600
6PW
SHG1T
SHG1U
SHG1W
58694.00
SHW1T
SHW1U
SHW1W
67338.00
SHA1T
SHA1U
SHA1W
65816.00
SHO1T
SHO1U
SHO1W
53622.00
—
—
700
800
7PW
SJG1X
SJG1Y
89672.00
SJW1X
SJW1Y
98865.00
SJA1X
SJA1Y
98217.00
SJO1X
SJO1Y
80699.00
—
—
—
230
(240)
460
(480)
/
575
(600)
$ Price
NEMA Type 12/3Rd
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
10
200
(208)
460
(480)
/
575
(600)
NEMA Type 4a
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
(Stainless Steel 1PW–4PW)
NEMA Type 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
NEMA
Size
—
NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specifiy as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder.
Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.
No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.
NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.
Table 17.59:
L1
L2
L3
S
OL2
S
OL2
S
OL2
S
OL1
R
OL1
R
OL1
TR
Stop
2
Start
B
C
To Motor
•
•
•
•
E
F
Catalog Number
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
Form(s)e
e
Class
Type
Voltage Code
Form(s)
8640
SFG1M
V06
C
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz
Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•).
See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary
coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms).
S
2 Wire Control
Device (If used)
1
To Order Specify:
A
D
How to Order
TR
3
S
R
TR
OL1 OL2
TR
Typical Part Winding
Sizes 1–4
Common Control (Standard)
17-22
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Electromechanical
Reduced Voltage Starters
Approximate Dimensions
Class 8606, 8630, 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us
Approximate Dimensions—Not for Construction
Class 8606—Autotransformer
NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure
NEMA
Size
2
3 or 4
5
Class 8606
Autotransformer
6
Table 17.61:
NEMA
Size
1YD
or
2YD
3YD
or
4YD
5YD
or
6YD
Class 8630
Wye-Delta
Table 17.62:
NEMA
Size
1YD
or
2YD
3YD
or
4YD
5YD
or
6YD
Table 17.63:
Open
Dim.
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
in.
mm
43
22
8
63
28
9
63
28
9
56
30
14
1092
559
203
1600
711
229
1600
711
229
1422
762
354
Non-Combo or Combo
with Circuit Breaker
in.
mm
52
25
10
70b
32
16
70b
32
16
90b
34
20
1320
635
254
1778
813
406
1778
813
406
2286
864
508
NEMA Type 4 Enclosure
Combo
with Disconnect Switch
in.
mm
52
25
10
70b
32
16
90b
36
16
90b
64
24
1320
635
254
1778
813
406
2286
914
406
2286
1626
610
Non-Combo or Combo
with Circuit Breaker
in.
mm
52
25
10
75b
32
16
75b
32
16
98b
34
20
1320
635
254
1778
813
406
1778
813
406
2489
864
508
Combo
with Disconnect Switch
in.
mm
52
25
10
75b
32
16
95b
36
16
98b
64
24
1320
635
254
1778
813
406
2413
914
406
2489
1626
610
Class 8630—Wye-Delta, Open Transition
NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure
Open
Dim.
Non-Combo
NEMA Type 4 Enclosure
Combo
Non-Combo
Combo
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
21
21
7
42
25
7
62
553
553
178
1067
635
178
1576
25
23
8
48
28
8
90b
635
584
203
1219
712
203
2286
25
23
8
49
30
11
90b
635
584
203
1245
762
279
2286
25
23
8
48
28
8
98b
635
584
203
1219
712
203
2489
—
—
—
49
30
11
98b
—
—
—
1245
762
279
2489
W
D
29
10
737
254
36
16
914
406
36
16
914
406
36
16
914
406
36
16
914
406
Class 8630—Wye-Delta, Closed Transition
NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure
Open
Dim.
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
Non-Combo
NEMA Type 4 Enclosure
Combo
Non-Combo
Combo
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
21
21
14
42
25
14
80
30
12
553
553
354
1067
635
354
2032
762
305
25
23
16
48
28
16
90b
36
16
635
584
406
1219
712
406
2286
914
406
25
23
16
49
30
18
90b
36
16
635
584
406
1245
762
457
2286
914
406
25
23
16
48
28
16
98b
36
16
635
584
406
1219
712
406
2489
914
406
—
—
—
49
30
18
98b
36
16
—
—
—
1245
762
457
2489
914
406
Class 8640—Part Winding
Enclosed—NEMA Type 1 / 4 / 12
NEMA
Size
1PW
or
2PW
3PW
4PW
Class 8640
Part Winding
5PW
6PW
a
b
Open
Dim.
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
Non-Combo
Combo with Circuit Breaker
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
21
21
6
42
26
7
42
26
7
35
22
10
49
24
11
553
553
152
1067
660
178
1067
660
178
889
559
254
1245
610
279
25
23
8
48
28
8
48
28
8
44
24
12
64
28
16
635
584
203
1219
712
203
1219
712
203
1118
610
305
1626
712
406
34
19
11
44
30
12
44
30
12
78ba
36
16
—
—
—
853
483
279
1118
762
305
1118
762
305
1981
914
406
—
—
—
Subtract 8 in. from height for Type 1 or 12 enclosure.
Free standing enclosure.
Combo with Disconnect
Switch
in.
mm
25
23
8
52
25
11
78b
32
16
78ba
36
16
90b
64
24
635
584
203
1321
635
279
1981
813
406
1981
914
406
2286
1626
406
Combination Starter Form Reference
Circuit Breaker: Y791, Y7911
Nonfusible Disconnect Switch: Y792, Y7910
Fusible Disconnect Switch: Y793-Y799
Refer to page 17-32 for a complete listing of Forms for combination devices.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
17-23
17
Table 17.60:
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Note: H = Height, W = Width, D = Depth
Multispeed Magnetic
Starters
Application Data
Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Both separate winding and consequent pole motors are
available in three types: 1) constant horsepower,
2) constant torque, and 3) variable torque. Table 17.64
shows typical applications for these different types of
motors.
NOTE: For detailed information involving the technical
aspects of flexibility of the starters used in the
multispeed controllers, see Classes 8702,
8736, and 8810 application data.
17
Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions:
1) separate winding, and 2) consequent pole. A separate
winding motor has a winding for each speed while a
consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds
(three-speed motors have two windings). The motor
connections (and thus the types of controllers) for two
speed starters are exemplified by the schematic diagrams
shown below. Note that consequent pole two-speed
controllers involve a 5-pole and a 3-pole starter, while
separate winding controllers have two 3-pole starters.
Verify the type of motor before ordering. Field
modification of starters to match the motor may not
be possible.
Separate winding motors are usually chosen when
flexibility is important, since the speeds of a consequent
pole motor are usually limited to a 2/1 ratio; a broad range
of speeds can be obtained on a separate winding motor.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Table 17.65:
Table 17.64:
Typical Applications
Constant HP
Constant Torque
Variable Torque
A. Spindles
B. Cutting Tools
1. Lathes
2. Saws
A. Conveyors
B. Mills
C. Dough Mixers
D. Reciprocating Pumps
A. Fans
B. Centrifugal Pumps
Typical Schematic Diagrams
HIGH 4
1 STOP
LOW
L
5 H
OL OL
HIGH 4
1 STOP
LOW
L
HIGH
3 L
2
H
L1
L2
L3
L2
L3
L
OL OL OL
HIGH 4
1 STOP
H
H
OL OL
L
H
H
T2 T3
T6
L
OL
L
OL OL
H
H
H
H
L2
L3
H
L
OL OL OL
T2
T3
T6
T4
L
L
OL OL
1 STOP
HIGH 4
L
2
HIGH
3 L
H
LOW
5 H
L
OL OL
1 STOP
HIGH 4
L
H
2
HIGH
3 L
H
H
ON
L
H
17-24
T2 T3
H
H
L
H
OL OL OL
T11 T12 T13
2-Speed
Separate Winding
Constant HP, Constant Torque
and Variable Torque
NEMA Size 0–4
Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry
The stop button must be pressed before it is possible to
change from a higher to a lower speed.
(Not available with Form R1.)
Form R3 Decelerating Relay/Timer. This is similar in
action to Form R2 accelerating relays, except that they
function to prevent immediate transfer from a higher to a
lower speed. A definite time interval, preset on the timer,
must elapse between each speed change.
Form R10 Antiplugging Relays/Timers. This Form
imposes a time delay when transferring from the forward
to the reverse direction or reverse to forward, for
reversing multispeed starters. This provides up to a
60 second delay in the transfer of the direction of the
motor, and can help prevent damage which could result
from plugging.
Form Y81 (Low Speed) Overload Relay Modification.
For NEMA size 3 and 4, when the low speed full load
current does not appear on the appropriate thermal unit
selection tables, include Form Y81 (low speed) (no charge
for this Form). This Form modifies the overload relay block
to accept Type B thermal units. For assistance on thermal
unit selection, contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at
1-888-778-2733.
Special Pilot Lighting
HIGH 4 LOW 5 H
L
L
OL OL OL
2-Speed
Consequent Pole
Constant or Variable Torque
NEMA Size 0–4
Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry
General. Some applications require special relays to
control the speed change and/or starting of the motor.
The descriptions that follow cover the four common relay
schemes for these applications.
Form R1 Compelling Relay. This relay requires the
motor to be started at low speed before any higher speed
can be selected. This arrangement ensures that the motor
will always start the load at low speed. The stop button
must be pressed before it is possible to change from a
higher to a lower speed. (Not available with Form R2.)
Form R2 Accelerating Relay/Timer. With Form R2
accelerating relays, the ultimate speed is determined by
the button which is pressed, but the starter will start the
motor at low speed and automatically accelerate it through
successive steps until the selected speed is reached.
Definite time intervals must elapse between each speed
change. Individual adjustable timing relays are provided
for each interval.
1 STOP
H
T5
Additional Features—Special Relays for
Non-Reversing and Reversing Multispeed
Starters
Table 17.66:
HIGH L
3
OLOL
H
L
OL
T1
T5
2-Speed
Consequent Pole
Constant Horsepower
NEMA Size 0–4
Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry
L
L1
L
T4
H
5
2
T1
T1
LOW
H
L1
L
OL OL
L
HIGH
3 L
2
H
L
L
5 H
L
H
2
LOW
5 H
L
L
H
HIGH
3 L
H
H
OFF
1 STOP HIGH 4
OL OL
LOW
L
5 H
L
1 STOP
L
2
L
H
L
HIGH
3 L
H
H
OL OL
HIGH 4
LOW
5 H
L
H
2
ON
OFF
HIGH
3 L
L
OL OL
H
H
H
L
H
OFF
To Power Circuit
To Power Circuit
To Power Circuit
To Power Circuit
To Power Circuit
One pilot light “On”
One pilot light “Off”
Two pilot lights
“L” and “H'”
Two pilot lights
“On” and “Off”
Three pilot lights
“L”, “H”, and “Off”
“L”, “H” and “Off”
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Multispeed Magnetic
Starters
Application Data
Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions: 1) consequent pole, and 2) separate winding. A separate
winding motor has a winding for each speed while a consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds
(three-speed motors have two windings).
3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip
thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 17.67:
Class 8810—Non-Combination Type
Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings
Type of
Motor
Constant
Horsepower
Motors
NEMA
Size
200 V
Constant
HP
Constant
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
Constant
HP
b
Constant
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
b
Constant
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
Constant
HP
b
Constant
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
b
460–
575 V
200 V
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60
100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
10
25
40
75
150
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
20
40
75
150
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
150
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60
100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
10
25
40
75
150
225
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
20
40
75
150
300
450
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
150
—
Table 17.68:
Constant
HP
230 V
NEMA Type 1
General
Purpose
Enclosure
Constant Torque
or Variable
Torque Motors
230 V
460–
575 V
Type
$ Price
NEMA Type 4 & 4X
Watertight and
Dusttight
Enclosure
(Stainless Steel)
(304)
(Sizes 0—5)
Sheet Steel
(Size 6)
Type
$ Price
Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole
—
—
SBG1c
2199. SBW1c
3567.
—
—
SCG1c
2370. SCW1c
3708.
—
—
SDG1c
4307. SDW1c
5958.
—
—
SEG1c
6501. SEW1c
8837.
—
—
SFG1c
17352. SFW1c
22365.
—
—
SGG1c
34286. SGW1c
46008.
—
—
SHG1c
77286. SHW1c
93308.
3
5
SBG2c
2199. SBW2c
3567.
7-1/2
10
SCG2c
2370. SCW2c
3708.
15
25
SDG2c
4307. SDW2c
5958.
30
50
SEG2c
6501. SEW2c
8837.
50
100
SFG2c
17352. SFW2c
22365.
100
200
SGG2c
34286. SGW2c
46008.
200
400
SHG2c
77286. SHW2c
93308.
Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb
—
—
SBG3c
1571. SBW3c
2939.
—
—
SCG3c
1772. SCW3c
3110.
—
—
SDG3c
3167. SDW3c
3231.
—
—
SEG3c
4962. SEW3c
7412.
—
—
SFG3c
12168. SFW3c
17181.
—
—
SGG3c
28718. SGW3c
40440.
—
—
SHG3c
58755. SHW3c
66090.
—
—
SJG3c
76032.
—
—
3
5
SBG4c
1571. SBW4c
2939.
7-1/2
10
SCG4c
1772. SCW4c
3110.
15
25
SDG4c
3167. SDW4c
3231.
30
50
SEG4c
4962. SEW4c
7412.
50
100
SFG4c
12168. SFW4c
17181.
100
200
SGG4c
28718. SGW4c
40440.
200
400
SHG4c
58755. SHW4c
66090.
300
600
SJG4c
76032.
—
—
NEMA Type 4Xd
Watertight,
Dusttight
and Corrosion
Resistant
Enclosure
NEMA Type 12/3Rf
Dusttight and
Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
Open Type
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
SBW51c
SCW51c
SDW51c
—
—
—
—
SBW52c
SCW52c
SDW52c
—
—
—
—
4100.
4278.
6557.
—
—
—
—
4100.
4278.
6557.
—
—
—
—
SBA1c
SCA1c
SDA1c
SEA1c
SFA1c
SGA1c
SHA1c
SBA2c
SCA2c
SDA2c
SEA2c
SFA2c
SGA2c
SHA2c
2640.
2811.
4932.
7925.
20172.
46008.
83753.
2640.
2811.
4932.
7925.
20172.
46008.
83753.
SBO1c
SCO1c
SDO1c
SEO1c
SFO1c
SGO1c
SHO1c
SBO2c
SCO2c
SDO2c
SEO2c
SFO2c
SGO2c
SHO2c
2142.
2285.
4050.
6101.
15786.
31197.
70799.
2142.
2285.
4050.
6101.
15786.
31197.
70799.
SBW53c
SCW53c
SDW53c
—
—
—
—
—
SBW54c
SCW54c
SDW54c
—
—
—
—
—
3384.
3567.
3564.
—
—
—
—
—
3384.
3567.
3564.
—
—
—
—
—
SBA3c
SCA3c
SDA3c
SEA3c
SFA3c
SGA3c
SHA3c
SJA3c
SBA4c
SCA4c
SDA4c
SEA4c
SFA4c
SGA4c
SHA4c
SJA4c
2015.
2213.
2529.
6386.
14988.
40440.
65195.
82826.
2015.
2213.
2529.
6386.
14988.
40440.
65195.
82826.
SBO3c
SCO3c
SDO3c
SEO3c
SFO3c
SGO3c
SHO3c
SJO3c
SBO4c
SCO4c
SDO4c
SEO4c
SFO4c
SGO4c
SHO4c
SJO4c
1515.
1686.
1956.
4590.
11429.
26994.
51848.
69195.
1515.
1686.
1956.
4590.
11429.
26994.
51848.
69195.
Class 8810—Combination Circuit Breaker Type (Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers)ae
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60
100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
10
25
40
75
150
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60
100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
10
25
40
75
150
225
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
a
b
c
d
e
f
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole
—
—
CBG1c
4206. CBW1c
6429. CBW51c
6962. CBA1c
4676.
—
—
—
CCG1c
4377. CCW1c
6566. CCW51c
7140. CCA1c
4867.
—
—
—
CDG1c
6758. CDW1c
10089. CDW51c
10089. CDA1c
7497.
—
—
—
CEG1c
9162. CEW1c
13836.
—
— CEA1c
10787.
—
—
—
CFG1c
22224. CFW1c
29460.
—
— CFA1c
26753.
—
—
—
CGG1c
43758. CGW1c
57816.
—
— CGA1c
56847.
—
—
—
CHG1c
91229. CHW1c
68843.
—
— CHA1c
65841.
—
3
5
CBG2c
4206. CBW2c
6429. CBW52c
6962. CBA2c
4676.
—
7-1/2
10
CCG2c
4377. CCW2c
6566. CCW52c
7140. CCA2c
4867.
—
15
25
CDG2c
6758. CDW2c
10089. CDW52c
10089. CDA2c
7497.
—
30
50
CEG2c
9162. CEW2c
13836.
—
—
CEA2c
10787.
—
50
100
CFG2c
22224. CFW2c
29460.
—
—
CFA2c
26753.
—
100
200
CGG2c
43758. CGW2c
57816.
—
—
CGA2c
56847.
—
200
400
CHG2c
91229. CHW2c
68843.
—
—
CHA2c
65841.
—
Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb
3
—
—
—
CBG3c
3581. CBW3c
5801. CBW53c
6251. CBA3c
4050.
—
7-1/2
—
—
—
CCG3c
3780. CCW3c
5972. CCW53c
6429. CCA3c
4248.
—
20
—
—
—
CDG3c
5616. CDW3c
8379. CDW53c
8879. CDA3c
6357.
—
40
—
—
—
CEG3c
7626. CEW3c
12297.
—
— CEA3c
9248.
—
75
—
—
—
CFG3c
17040. CFW3c
16182.
—
— CFA3c
14379.
—
150
—
—
—
CGG3c
38190. CGW3c
52248.
—
— CGA3c
51278.
—
300
—
—
—
CHG3c
72629. CHW3c
84306.
—
— CHA3c
80199.
—
450
—
—
—
CJG3c
95358.
—
—
—
— CJA3c
103217.
—
3
3
5
CBG4c
3581. CBW4c
5801. CBW54c
6251. CBA4c
4050.
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
CCG4c
3780. CCW4c
5972. CCW54c
6429. CCA4c
4248.
—
—
10
15
25
CDG4c
5616. CDW4c
8379. CDW54c
8879. CDA4c
6357.
—
—
25
30
50
CEG4c
7626. CEW4c
12297.
—
— CEA4c
9248.
—
—
40
50
100
CFG4c
17040. CFW4c
16182.
—
— CFA4c
14379.
—
—
75
100
200
CGG4c
38190. CGW4c
52248.
—
— CGA4c
51278.
—
—
150
200
400
CHG4c
72629. CHW4c
84306.
—
— CHA4c
80199.
—
—
—
300
600
CJG4c
95358.
—
—
—
— CJA4c
103217.
The NEC 1300% maximum setting for instantaneous trip circuit breakers may be inadequate for multispeed motors.
Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected.
When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown for three phase consequent pole motor starters.
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown on page 17-18.
NEMA Type 4X hubs are included with each starter at no additional cost.
Not available in Mag-Gard versions.
NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications.
See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.
3
7-1/2
20
40
75
150
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
150
CP1
Discount
Schedule
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
17-25
17
www.schneider-electric.us
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
Multispeed Magnetic
Starters
Two-Speed Combination Starters
Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units.
Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6).
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Table 17.69:
Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.
Class 8810—Combination Disconnect Switch Type (Class H Fuse Clips)
Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings
Type of
Motor
Constant
Horsepower
Motors
NEMA
Size
200 V
0
1
2
Constant
Horsepower
3
4
5
6
0
1
Constant
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
Constant
Horsepower
a
3
4
5
6
0
1
Constant
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
a
2
3
4
5
6
230 V
Constant Torque
or Variable
Torque Motors
460–
575 V
200 V
230 V
Fuse
Clip
Size
A
460–
575 V
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA Type 12/3Rc
Dusttight and
Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
Type
Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole
None
UBG1b
3537.00
UBW1b
5759.00
UBA1b
2
2
3
—
—
—
30d
DBG1b
3765.00
DBW1b
5988.00
DBA1b
None
UCG1b
3708.00
UCW1b
5903.00
UCA1b
5
5
7-1/2
—
—
—
30d
DCG1b
3936.00
DCW1b
6129.00
DCA1b
None
UDG1b
6015.00
UDW1b
8751.00
UDA1b
7-1/2
10
20
—
—
—
60
DDG1b
6129.00
DDW1b
8864.00
DDA1b
None
UEG1b
8666.00
UEW1b
13337.00
UEA1b
20
25
40
—
—
—
100
DEG1b
8837.00
DEW1b
13508.00
DEA1b
None
UFG1b
19517.00
UFW1b
27693.00
UFA1b
30
40
75
—
—
—
200
DFG1b
20970.00
DFW1b
25964.00
DFA1b
None
UGG1b
39644.00
UGW1b
35799.00
UGA1b
60
75
150
—
—
—
400
DGG1b
40154.00
DGW1b
54212.00
DGA1b
None
UHG1b
87789.00
UHW1b
99824.00
UHA1b
100
150
300
—
—
—
600
DHG1b
91085.00
DHW1b
103121.00
DHA1b
None
UBG2b
3537.00
UBW2b
5759.00
UBA2b
—
—
—
3
3
5
30d
DBG2b
3765.00
DBW2b
5988.00
DBA2b
None
UCG2b
3708.00
UCW2b
5903.00
UCA2b
—
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
30d
DCG2b
3936.00
DCW2b
6129.00
DCA2b
None
UDG2b
6015.00
UDW2b
8751.00
UDA2b
—
—
—
10
15
25
60
DDG2b
6129.00
DDW2b
8864.00
DDA2b
None
UEG2b
8666.00
UEW2b
13337.00
UEA2b
—
—
—
25
30
50
100
DEG2b
8837.00
DEW2b
13508.00
DEA2b
None
UFG2b
19517.00
UFW2b
27693.00
UFA2b
—
—
—
40
50
100
200
DFG2b
20970.00
DFW2b
25964.00
DFA2b
None
UGG2b
39644.00
UGW2b
35799.00
UGA2b
—
—
—
75
100
200
400
DGG2b
40154.00
DGW2b
54212.00
DGA2b
None
UHG2b
87789.00
UHW2b
99824.00
UHA2b
—
—
—
150
200
400
600
DHG2b
91085.00
DHW2b
103121.00
DHA2b
Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Pole
None
UBG3b
2910.00
UBW3b
5133.00
UBA3b
2
2
3
—
—
—
30d
DBG3b
3140.00
DBW3b
5360.00
DBA3b
None
UCG3b
3110.00
UCW3b
5304.00
UCA3b
5
5
7-1/2
—
—
—
30d
DCG3b
3338.00
DCW3b
5531.00
DCA3b
None
UDG3b
4877.00
UDW3b
7640.00
UDA3b
7-1/2
10
20
—
—
—
60
DDG3b
4991.00
DDW3b
7754.00
DDA3b
None
UEG3b
7127.00
UEW3b
11798.00
UEA3b
20
25
40
—
—
—
100
DEG3b
7866.00
DEW3b
11969.00
DEA3b
None
UFG3b
15159.00
UFW3b
22509.00
UFA3b
30
40
75
—
—
—
200
DFG3b
17324.00
DFW3b
23021.00
DFA3b
None
UGG3b
34073.00
UGW3b
48131.00
UGA3b
60
75
150
—
—
—
400
DGG3b
34586.00
DGW3b
48644.00
DGA3b
None
UHG3b
69188.00
UHW3b
80868.00
UHA3b
100
150
300
—
—
—
600
DHG3b
72485.00
DHW3b
84164.00
DHA3b
None
UBG4b
2910.00
UBW4b
5133.00
UBA4b
—
—
—
3
3
5
30d
DBG4b
3140.00
DBW4b
5360.00
DBA4b
None
UCG4b
3110.00
UCW4b
5304.00
UCA4b
—
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
30d
DCG4b
3338.00
DCW4b
5531.00
DCA4b
None
UDG4b
4877.00
UDW4b
7640.00
UDA4b
—
—
—
10
15
25
60
DDG4b
4991.00
DDW4b
7754.00
DDA4b
None
UEG4b
7127.00
UEW4b
11798.00
UEA4b
—
—
—
25
30
50
100
DEG4b
7866.00
DEW4b
11969.00
DEA4b
None
UFG4b
15159.00
UFW4b
22509.00
UFA4b
—
—
—
40
50
100
200
DFG4b
17324.00
DFW4b
23021.00
DFA4b
None
UGG4b
34073.00
UGW4b
48131.00
UGA4b
—
—
—
75
100
200
400
DGG4b
34586.00
DGW4b
48644.00
DGA4b
None
UHG4b
69188.00
UHW4b
80868.00
UHA4b
—
—
—
150
200
400
600
DHG4b
72485.00
DHW4b
84164.00
DHA4b
a
Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding
Table 17.70: Coil Voltage Codes
motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected.
When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown
Voltage
for three phase consequent pole motor starters.
Code
b
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard
60 Hz
50 Hz
voltage codes shown below.
24fe
—
V01
c
NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor
120f
110
V02
non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See
208
—
V08
Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.
240
220
V03
d
When separate control is specified, use V8x (see page 32) voltage
—
380
V05
codes to specify motor and control voltages.
480
440
V06
600
550
V07
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17-28
Specify
Specify
V99
Refer to the following Digest 176 pages for:
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-109
17-26
NEMA Type 4 & 4X
Watertight
and Dusttight Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0–5)
Sheet Steel (Size 6 not 4X)
NEMA Type 1
General
Purpose
Enclosure
CP1
Discount
Schedule
$ Price
4008.00
4235.00
4179.00
4406.00
6758.00
6870.00
10287.00
10458.00
24987.00
22500.00
34622.00
52446.00
95324.00
98621.00
4008.00
4235.00
4179.00
4406.00
6758.00
6870.00
10287.00
10458.00
24987.00
22500.00
34622.00
52446.00
95324.00
98621.00
3380.00
3609.00
3581.00
3807.00
5616.00
5732.00
8751.00
9491.00
19803.00
21852.00
50439.00
50952.00
76766.00
80063.00
3380.00
3609.00
3581.00
3807.00
5616.00
5732.00
8751.00
9491.00
19803.00
21852.00
50439.00
50952.00
76766.00
80063.00
$ Price Adder
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60
e
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V
coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (for
example, order as 8810UBG1V01S).
f
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge)
(for example, order as 8810UCG1V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 17-32.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is
available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Multispeed Magnetic
Starters
Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters
Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 17.71:
Class 8810—Reversing
Maximum Polyphase Ratings
Type of
Motor
Constant
Horsepower
Motors
NEMA
Size
Single
Winding
Constant
Horsepower
Single
Winding
Constant
Torque or
Variable
Torque
Two Winding
Constanta
Horsepower
Two Winding
Constanta
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
200 V
230 V
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
10
25
40
75
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
10
25
40
75
—
—
—
—
—
—
Reversing In One Speed Only (Specify High or Low)b
NEMA Type 1
General
Purpose
Enclosure
Constant Torque
or Variable
Torque Motors
460–
575 V
3
7-1/2
20
40
75
150
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
20
40
75
150
—
—
—
—
—
—
200 V
230 V
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
15
30
50
100
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
15
30
50
100
460–
575 V
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
10
25
50
100
200
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
10
25
50
100
200
Type
SBG21c
SCG21c
SDG21c
SEG21c
SFG21c
SGG21c
SBG22c
SCG22c
SDG22c
SEG22c
SFG22c
SGG22c
SBG23c
SCG23c
SDG23c
SEG23c
SFG23c
SGG23c
SBG24c
SCG24c
SDG24c
SEG24c
SFG24c
SGG24c
$ Price
3936.
4248.
6984.
10260.
20457.
46449.
3936.
4248.
6984.
10260.
20457.
46449.
3252.
3452.
5817.
9005.
15929.
37335.
3252.
3452.
5817.
9005.
15929.
37335.
NEMA Type 12
Dusttight
and Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
Open
Type
Type
$ Price
Type
SBA21c
SCA21c
SDA21c
SEA21c
SFA21c
SGA21c
SBA22c
SCA22c
SDA22c
SEA22c
SFA22c
SGA22c
SBA23c
SCA23c
SDA23c
SEA23c
SFA23c
SGA23c
SBA24c
SCA24c
SDA24c
SEA24c
SFA24c
SGA24c
5261.
5574.
8522.
13892.
28290.
58172.
5261.
5574.
8522.
13892.
28290.
58172.
4577.
4778.
7353.
12639.
22338.
49058.
4577.
4778.
7353.
12639.
22338.
49058.
SBO21c
SCO21c
SDO21c
SEO21c
SFO21c
SGO21c
SBO22c
SCO22c
SDO22c
SEO22c
SFO22c
SGO22c
SBO23c
SCO23c
SDO23c
SEO23c
SFO23c
SGO23c
SBO24c
SCO24c
SDO24c
SEO24c
SFO24c
SGO24c
Reversing In Both Speeds
NEMA Type 1
General
Purpose
Enclosure
NEMA Type
12/3Rf
Dusttight
and Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
Open
Type
$ Price Type
$ Price Type
$ Price
Type
3851.
4121.
6501.
9662.
19718.
42164.
3851.
4121.
6501.
9662.
19718.
42164.
3167.
3324.
5432.
8267.
15188.
33048.
3167.
3324.
5432.
8267.
15188.
33048.
4563.
4926.
8522.
13508.
26810.
56946.
4563.
4926.
8522.
13508.
26810.
56946.
4193.
4620.
8067.
12027.
21284.
49455.
4193.
4620.
8067.
12027.
21284.
49455.
6330.
6728.
10517.
17139.
33390.
68679.
6330.
6728.
10517.
17139.
33390.
68679.
5958.
6386.
10061.
15885.
27693.
59396.
5958.
6386.
10061.
15885.
27693.
59396.
SBO31c
SCO31c
SDO31c
SEO31c
SFO31c
SGO31c
SBO32c
SCO32c
SDO32c
SEO32c
SFO32c
SGO32c
SBO33c
SCO33c
SDO33c
SEO33c
SFO33c
SGO33c
SBO34c
SCO34c
SDO34c
SEO34c
SFO34c
SGO34c
SBG31c
SCG31c
SDG31c
SEG31c
SFG31c
SGG31c
SBG32c
SCG32c
SDG32c
SEG32c
SFG32c
SGG32c
SBG33c
SCG33c
SDG33c
SEG33c
SFG33c
SGG33c
SBG34c
SCG34c
SDG34c
SEG34c
SFG34c
SGG34c
SBA31c
SCA31c
SDA31c
SEA31c
SFA31c
SGA31c
SBA32c
SCA32c
SDA32c
SEA32c
SFA32c
SGA32c
SBA33c
SCA33c
SDA33c
SEA33c
SFA33c
SGA33c
SBA34c
SCA34c
SDA34c
SEA34c
SFA34c
SGA34c
$ Price
4449.
4791.
8010.
11997.
24930.
52659.
4449.
4791.
8010.
11997.
24930.
52659.
4077.
4449.
7554.
11228.
20487.
43388.
4077.
4449.
7554.
11228.
20487.
43388.
3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip
thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 17.72:
Type
of
Motor
Class 8810—Non-Reversing, Vertically Arranged, Open Type, Two-Speed Starters
Maximum HP Ratings
NEMA
Size
Constant
Horsepower
Constant
Torque
or
Variable
Torque
200 V
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
4
a
b
c
230 V
380 V
For Consequent Pole Motors
460-575 V
Type
$ Price
For Separate Winding Motors
Type
$ Price
2
2
3
3
SBO11c
2142.00
SBO13c
1515.00
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
SCO11c
2282.00
SCO13c
1686.00
7-1/2
10
20
20
SDO11c
4050.00
SDO13c
2939.00
20
25
40
40
SEO11c
6101.00
SEO13c
4563.00
30
40
60
75
SFO11c
15786.00
SFO13c
11429.00
3
3
5
5
SBO12c
2142.00
SBO14c
1515.00
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
SCO12c
2282.00
SCO14c
1686.00
10
15
25
25
SDO12c
4050.00
SDO14c
2939.00
25
30
50
50
SEO12c
6101.00
SEO14c
4563.00
40
50
75
100
SFO12c
15786.00
SFO14c
11429.00
Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected. When motor
windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown for consequent pole motor starters.
Specify the speed which requires reversing by adding an L (low) or an H (high) after the type number, e.g., a Class 8810 Type SBG21 with reversing in
low only would be ordered as a Class 8810 Type SBG21L.
Voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
Table 17.73:
Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
60 Hz
50 Hz
24ed
120e
208
240
—
480
600
Specify
—
110
—
220
380
440
550
Specify
Code
V01
V02
V08
V03
V05
V06
V07
V99
$ Price Adder
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (for example, order as 8810SCG21V01S).
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (for example, order as 8810SDG21V02S).
NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated
applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 17-18.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage.
Form S is supplied at no charge.
e
f
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17-28
Refer to the following Digest 176 pages for:
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-109
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount
Schedule
17-27
17
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6).
Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz
Multispeed Magnetic
Starters
Two-Speed Magnetic Starters
Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Table 17.74:
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
SBG and SCG
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure (see Figure 1)
Type
A
D
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
11-7/8
11-7/8
7-17/32
9-3/4
1-1/16
1-1/16
9-3/4
5/16
SDG
14-7/8
14-1/8
7-21/32
12-3/4
1-1/16
1-1/16
12
5/16
SEG3 & 4 and SFG3 & 4
18-5/32
29-5/32
9-15/64
15-1/2
1-11/32
1-11/32
26-1/2
7/16
SEG1 & 2 and SFG1 & 2
22-5/32
39-5/32
10-15/64
19-1/2
1-11/32
1-11/32
36-1/2
7/16
SGG1, 2, 3, 4
20-7/32
65-3/4
16-29/64
31
2-1/8
2-1/8
42
9/16
SHG1, 2, 3, 4
36-7/32
62-7/32
19-15/32
SJG3 & 4
A
B
J
C
D
7-13/16
4-1/4
4-3/16 19/32
8-1/4
4-1/4
5-5/16
SEW3 & 4 and SFW3 & 4 18-5/32 32-7/32
8-19/64
12
SEW1 & 2 and SFW1 & 2 22-5/32 42-7/32
9-49/64
SGW1, 2, 3, 4
12-1/8
SBW and SCW
12-5/8 14-11/16
SDW
14-7/8
15-3/4
35-7/32 49-7/32
RESET
Floor Mount
NEMA Type 4 Enclosure (see Figure 1)
Type
C
GB
RESET
Consult Square D
Table 17.75:
E
E
F
Figure 1:
NEMA Type 1, 4, and 12 Enclosures
G
H
I
J
13-1/2
5/16
1-21/32
2-5/16
15
5/16
2-1/32
2-5/8
3-5/64 55/64
30-1/2
7/16
2-37/64
3-3/16
16
3-5/64 55/64
40-1/2
7/16
2-21/64
2-57/64
27
4-3/32 39/64
48
9/16
2-63/64
3-1/2
3/8
I
F
(4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes
A
Table 17.76:
Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
11-7/8
13-1/2
7-3/4
4-1/4
3-13/16
3/8
12-3/4
5/16
14-7/8
15-3/4
7-7/8
4-1/4
5-5/16
3/8
15
5/16
SEA3 & 4 and SFA3 & 4
18-5/32
31-1/2
9-19/32
16
3-3/32
1/2
30-1/2
7/16
SEA1 & 2 and SFA1 & 2
22-5/3
41-1/2
10-19/32
16
3-3/32
1/2
40-1/2
7/16
SGA1, 2, 3, 4
35-7/32
49
13-7/64
27
4-7/64
1/2
48
9/16
SHA1, 2, 3, 4
36-7/32
62-7/32
19-15/32
I
H
RESET
RESET
Consult Square D
NEMA
Size
0 and 1
2
B
N
P
L
K
Floor Mount
Fig.
No.
C
H
SDA
Table 17.77:
G
F
SBA and SCA
SJA3 & 4
E
D
NEMA Type 12/3R Enclosure (see Figure 1)
Travel
M
J
Figure 2:
Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 0, 1, and 2
Non-Reversing, Open Type
Mtg.
Holes
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
SBO1, 2
SCO1, 2
4
9-5/8
7-11/32
5-5/16
8
5/8
—
7/32
6-29/32
—
7/32
4-3/4
2-1/4
5-1/16
19/32
SBO3, 4
SCO3, 4
3
7-1/8
6-29/32
5-5/16
—
—
3-13/32
15/32
6-7/32
—
7/32
3-9/16
1-5/8
5-1/16
19/32
SDO1, 2
6
12-1/32
8-17/32
6-1/32
10-3/8
1/2
—
1/4
8-1/8
6-1/4
5/32
5-3/4
2-13/16
5-5/32
25/32
SDO3, 4
3
9
8-1/16
6-1/32
—
—
4-1/2
3/8
7-1/2
—
3/16
4-11/32
2-5/32
5-5/32
25/32
SEO1, 2
4
18
14-7/16
17
12-1/4
1-1/2
11/16
1/2
6-7/16
7-3/8
1-21/32
2-5/32
—
—
—
SEO3, 4
4
12-3/4
12-9/32
11-3/4
10-3/4
1-1/32
1/2
1/2
2-1/2
6-3/4
1-5/32
1-5/32
—
—
—
SFO1, 2
4
18-5/8
15-19/32
17
12-1/4
1-27/32
1-1/2
1-1/8
6-7/16
7-21/32
1-21/32
1-21/32
—
—
—
Type
2
3
3
4
4
SFO3, 4
4
14-1/4
14-19/32
13-1/4
12-1/4
1-27/32
1/2
1/2
2-15/16
7-3/8
1-21/32
1-21/32
—
—
—
SGO1, 2a
4
29-9/32
20-9/32
9-3/8
5-13/32
1-9/32
28
5/8
12-9/16
19
5/8
22-17/32
1/2
2-13/32
6-5/8
5
4
6b
—
7c
SGO3, 4
4
19-9/32
20-9/32
9-3/8
5-13/32
1-9/32
18
5/8
2-5/8
19
5/8
12-17/32
1/2
2-13/32
6-5/8
SHO1, 2a
4
29-17/32
22-7/16
9-17/32
6-31/32
3-13/16
28
3/4
11-5/8
21-3/16
5/8
9-7/8
9/16
3-1/32
9-5/16
4
19-17/32
22-7/16
9-17/32
6-31/32
3-13/16
18
3/4
21-3/16
1-11/16
5/8
9-7/8
9/16
3-1/32
9-5/16
SHO3, 4
SJO3, 4
Consult the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733.
a
Consequent pole type starters consist of two 3-pole starters as pictured in Figure 4 and an additional 2-pole shorting contactor (not shown),
all on a common baseplate, horizontally mounted.
b
Current transformers used with Size 1 overload relay blocks.
c
Solid-state overload relays and special current transformers.
A
C
A
F
E
7.00
178
.50
13
E
G
C
.50
13
D
B
I
B
K
RESET
RESET
J
NOTE: Illustrations are intended for
dimensional information only
and may not represent the
actual enclosure. Dimensions
are shown in inches.
17-28
G
H
I
.50 F
Prov. for (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Screws 13
8
.56
14
Reset
Travel
6.25
159
Figure 3: Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 3 and 4
D
H
M
M
K
M
M
N
J
(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes
Figure 4: Class 8810 NEMA Size 5 and 6
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Multispeed Magnetic
Starters
Approximate Dimensions
Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
NEMA
Size
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, Figure 1
Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 1
Class
Top & Bottom
Sides
Type
A
B
C
13-7/8
23-1/8
D
E
F
21
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
W
X
Y
1-1/4
7/8
1/2–3/4–1
1/2–3/4–1
1/2
1–1-1/4
1/2–3/4
1/2
0–1
8810
CBG UBG DBG
CCG UCG DCG
19-9/32
1-7/8
1-7/8
2
8810
CDG UDG DDG
15-5/32 28-29/32 9-9/16 11-5/8 26-1/4 21-13/16
2-3/16
2
4
2-5/8
3a
8810
CEG UEG DEG
22-1/8
42-5/8
2-11/32
2-1/8
4-1/4
2-5/8
1-1/4
3-19/64
2-1/4
7/8
3/4 1–1-1/4–1-1/2 1/2–3/4
1/2
4a
8810
CFG UFG DFG
22-1/8
50-1/8 10-3/16 18-5/8 47-1/2 29-3/16
2-29/32 2-11/16 5-3/8
2-5/8
1-5/16
3-19/64
2-1/4
7/8
3/4
1/2
Table 17.79:
8-1/4 10-5/8
10-1/8 18-5/8
40
29-1/8
3-3/4 2-5/16
1-1/16
3-19/64 2-3/16
1-21/64 3-19/64 2-7/32 1-17/64 29/32
2-1/2
1/2–3/4
NEMA Type 4 Enclosure, Figure 2
Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 2
NEMA
Size
Class
Type
0–1
8810
CBW UBW DBW
CCW UCW DCW
Top &
Bottom
Bottom
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
W
X
13-7/8
8-21/64
25-3/16
3-19/64
2-9/16
8-3/4
24
19/32
3-61/64
1-5/8
2-5/16
18-17/32
3/4 Hub
1 Hub
1-1/2 Hub
2
8810
CDW UDW DDW
15-1/8
9-37/64
30-15/16
3-19/64
2-9/16
10
29-3/4
19/32
3-61/64
2
2-5/8
21-11/32
3/4 Hub
3a
8810
CEW UEW DEW
22-1/8
10-1/8
46-1/4
3-19/64
3
16
44
5/8
3-15/16
1-3/4
2-5/8
29-1/8
3/4 Hub
2 Hub
4a
8810
CFW UFW DFW
22-1/8
10-3/16
53-3/4
3-19/64
3
16
51-1/2
5/8
3-15/16
2-9/32
3-3/16
29-3/16
3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
Table 17.80:
NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, Figure 3
Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 3
NEMA
Size
Class
0–1
8810
Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
CBA UBA DBA
CCA UCA DCA
13-7/8
10-3/32
24-3/4
3-19/64
2-9/16
8-3/4
24
3/8
3-61/64
20-9/32
23-7/16
2
8810
CDA UDA DDA
15-5/32
10-31/32
31-1/4
3-19/64
3-5/64
9
30-1/4
1/2
4-53/64
3a
8810
CEA UEA DEA
22-1/8
10-1/8
45
3-19/64
3
16
44
5/8
3-15/16
29-1/8
4a
8810
CFA UFA DFA
22-1/8
10-3/16
52-1/2
3-19/64
3
16
51-1/2
5/8
3-15/16
29-3/16
a
Size 3 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with FA, KA circuit breaker or 100 A disconnect switch.
Size 4 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with KA circuit breaker or 200 A disconnect switch. Size 3 & 4 (3-Pole–3-Pole) enclosures may be smaller.
Consult the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733 for additional dimensional information.
HANDLE
SWING
L
A
D
M
HANDLE
SWING
HANDLE
SWING
C
A
F
N
K
D
E
A
F
B
H
D
E
B
H
O
Y
E
B
G C
G C
(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES
8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2)
(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES
8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2)
Y
COVER OPEN 90°
(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES
8
(for Size 0, 1, & 2)
COVER OPEN 90°
F
J
L
X W
W
W
G
J
X
J
I
I
H
I
Figure 1:
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
K
Figure 2:
NEMA Type 4 Enclosure
Figure 3:
NEMA Type 12 Enclosure
NOTE: Illustrations are intended for dimensional
information only and may not represent the
actual enclosure. Dimensions are shown
in inches.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
17-29
17
Table 17.78:
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Type
Lighting Contactors
Panelboard Lighting Contactors, Type PB
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
General Information
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Panelboard lighting contactors, sometimes called remote
control switches, are designed for use with lighting
panelboards and motor control centers where either panel
or bus mounting is desired. Type PB lighting contactors
can be used in a retrofit or new project without increasing
the panelboard depth. They can be used to directly
replace many inoperative existing switches.
Table 17.81:
Class 8903 Type PB Lighting Contactors
Description
Bus Mount
Panel Mount (Includes Lugs)
Size (A)
Poles
Type
30
2
3
PBM 10Ba
PBM 11Ba
2129.00
2403.00
PBM 10a
PBM 11a
2640.00
2973.00
60
2
3
PBP 10Ba
PBP 11Ba
2237.00
2573.00
PBP 10a
PBP 11a
2762.00
3185.00
75
2
3
PBN 10Ba
PBN 11Ba
2237.00
2573.00
PBN 10a
PBN 11a
2762.00
3185.00
100
2
3
PBQ 10Ba
PBQ 11Ba
2541.00
2978.00
PBQ 10a
PBQ 11a
3119.00
3546.00
150
2
3
PBR 10Ba
PBR 11Ba
3162.00
4055.00
PBR 10a
PBR 11a
3897.00
4787.00
200
2
3
PBV 10Ba
PBV 11Ba
3551.00
4496.00
PBV 10a
PBV 11a
4409.00
5360.00
3909.00
4958.00
PBW 10a
PBW 11a
4964.00
5990.00
Panel Mount
File E78427
CCN NRNT
The features include: mechanically held; compatible with
Square D panelboards; short-circuit ratings to 100 kA;
compact arc suppression; bus or panel mounted; fits in
standard-depth lighting panelboards; easy manual
operation; standard coil clearing contacts; and operates in
any position.
$ Price
2
PBW 10Ba
3
PBW 11Ba
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard
voltage codes listed below.
225
a
Table 17.82:
AC Coil Voltage Codes
Table 17.86:
60 Hz
Voltage Code
120
208
240/277
480
V02
V08
V39
V28
Table 17.83:
Class 8903—Auxiliary Contacts
Type
Description
PBX1
PBX2
X11
X22
Description
$ Price
158.00
314.00
Dimensions (Panel Mount)
240 V
277 V
480 V
#14
#12
#10
550
900
1425
1650
2700
4275
2200
3600
5700
2925
4700
7550
8800
14400
22800
Max. Volts
100,000
22,000
65,000
600
600
240
Table 17.88:
30–100 A
150–225 A
#1/0 Max.
350 MCM Max.
#18–#10
#18–#10
2.25
57 7.38 187 2.25 57
9.25 235
8.31
2.88
73 8.50 216 3.00 76 10.50 267
150–
225
C
E
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
b
A
Dimensions (Bus Mount)
Dimensions
150–
14.50 368 7.50 191 3.88 98
225
B
Maximum Wire Size (AWG)
Control Wire
(Cu Only)
30–
100
A
Class J Fuses
Circuit Breaker—Square D—Type LHL
Circuit Breaker—Square D—Type LHL
Power Wire
(Cu/Al)
30–
11.75 298 7.50 191 3.88 98
100
D
Short Circuit
Protection Device Recommended
Current Range
in.
W
Short-Circuit Ratings
RMS Sym.
Current (A)
Amperes
Amperes
208 V
Table 17.89:
Dimensions
H
Maximum Distance (feet)
120 V
Table 17.87:
243.00
485.00
(1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT
(2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT
Table 17.85:
Control Distance
Wire Gauge
AWG
Factory Modifications
Form
H
W
D
A
B
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
211
7.50
191
3.38
86
2.25
57
7.38
187
9.50
241
7.50
191
3.38
86
2.88b
73
8.50
216
Slotted mounting holes suitable for 2.88–3.19 in. mounting centers.
A
A
H
$ Price
$ Price
(1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT
(2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT
Table 17.84:
Type
A
B
E
B
H
W
C
W
17-30
D
D
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Well-Guard™ Pump Panel
Reduced Voltage Type
Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
60 Hz
Code
50 Hz
$ Price Adder
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 2–3, where 24 V
coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified.
This voltage code must include Form S (no charge).
24c
120d
208
240
—
480
600
Specify
c
d
—
110
—
220
380
440
550
Specify
V01
V02
V08
V03
V05
V06
V07
V99
Closed Transition Autotransformer Type, 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)
Note: The prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
Motor
(Starter)
Volts
Max. HP
Polyphase
15
25
30
50
75
100
25
30
50
75
100
150
200
300
400
600
230
(240)
460
(480)
Table 17.92:
Coil
Voltage
Fusible Disconnect Type
NEMA
Size
Fuse Clip
Typeb
Amperesa
2
60
RD4DV03
100
RE4FV03
3
200
RE1GV03
240@ 60 Hz
220@ 50 Hz
4
200
RF4JV03
400
RG1LV03
5
400
RG1MV03
2
60
RD2FV06
100
RE2GV06
3
100
RE2JV06
200
RF2LV06
4
200
RF2MV06
480 @ 60 Hz
440 @ 50 Hz
400
RG3PV06
5
400
RG3QV06
—
—
6
—
—
7
—
—
a
Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
Circuit Breaker Type
$ Price Circuit Breaker
Typeb
$ Price
11928.00
FAL36080
VD1DV03
11928.00
17055.00
FAL36100
VE1FV03
17055.00
17342.00
KAL36100
VE2GV03
17342.00
26657.00
KAL36200
VF1JV03
28107.00
43946.00
LAL36250
VG2LV03
43946.00
46083.00
LAL36350
VG2MV03
46083.00
12555.00
FAL36070
VD1FV06
12555.00
17085.00
FAL36080
VE1GV06
17085.00
18197.00
FAL36100
VE1JV06
18197.00
26657.00
KAL36125
VF1LV06
27872.00
28278.00
KAL36200
VF1MV06
28278.00
42735.00
LAL36250
VG4PV06
46340.00
48860.00
LAL36350
VG4QV06
51237.00
—
MAL36600
VH1SV06
79338.00
—
MAL36900
VH2TV06
79338.00
—
MAL361000
VJ1WV06
123134.00
b
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to
standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.90.
Part Winding Type, 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)
Note: The prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
Motor
(Starter)
Voltage
Combination Fusible Disconnect Type
Max. HP
Polyphase
230
(240)
460
(480)
25
30
50
75
100
125
150
30
40
60
75
100
150
200
250
350
Coil
Voltage
NEMA
Size
Fuse Clip
(2 Sets)
Typed
(A)c
2PW
60
MD4FV03
60
ME5GV03
3PW
100
ME6JV03
240 @ 60 Hz
4PW
200
MF1LV03
220 @ 50 Hz
200
MG3MV03
5PW
400
MG1NV03
400
MG1PV03
30
MD5GV06
2PW
60
MD2HV06
60
ME7KV06
3PW
100
ME3LV06
480 @ 60 Hz
200
MF3MV06
440 @ 50 Hz
4PW
200
MF3PV06
MG4QV06
200
200
MG4RV06
5PW
400
MG2TV06
c
Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
Table 17.93:
Part Winding—Reduced Voltage Type
Type
Figure
PD
MD
PE, PF
ME
MF
PG, MG
PH
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
Table 17.94:
Type
A
in.
19.00
23.00
30.00
25.00
36.00
36.00
38.00
B
mm
483
584
762
635
914
914
965
in.
34.50
25.50
47.00
52.50
93.00
73.00
93.00
C
mm
876
648
1194
1334
2362
1854
2362
in.
12.25
10.60
13.25
12.13
19.25
19.25
19.25
D
mm
311
269
337
308
489
489
489
in.
13.00
17.00
22.00
19.00
33.75
33.75
35.75
E
mm
330
432
559
483
857
857
908
in.
33.50
24.50
46.00
51.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
F
mm
851
622
1168
1308
318
318
318
in.
0.44
0.44
0.56
0.44
0.69
0.69
0.69
mm
11
11
14
11
18
18
18
Autotransformer—Reduced Voltage Type
Figure
RD, VD
3
RE, VE, RF, VF
4
RG
4
VG
4
VH
4
VJa
4
a
Cabinet has double doors.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Combination Circuit Breaker Type
Circuit Breaker
$ Price
(2 Bkrs.)
Typed
$ Price
Frame Size
7536.00
FAL36070
PD1FV03
7923.00
11609.00
FAL36080
PE3GV03
11322.00
11609.00
FAL36100
PE3JV03
11322.00
21821.00
KAL36150
PF3LV03
23400.00
43326.00
KAL36175
PG2MV03
43326.00
43326.00
LAL36250
PG3NV03
43326.00
43326.00
LAL36250
PG3PV03
43326.00
7536.00
FAL36040
PD1GV06
7293.00
7536.00
FAL36050
PD1HV06
7293.00
11609.00
FAL36070
PE3KV06
12822.00
11609.00
FAL36090
PE3LV06
11322.00
23400.00
FAL36100
PF2MV06
23400.00
23400.00
KAL36125
PF3PV06
23400.00
43326.00
KAL36175
PG2QV06
43326.00
43326.00
KAL36225
PG3RV06
43326.00
43326.00
LAL36300
PG3TV06
43326.00
d
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to
standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.90.
A
in.
25.00
32.00
36.00
32.00
34.00
64.00
B
mm
635
813
914
813
864
1626
CP1
in.
52.50
72.50
93.00
72.50
93.00
93.00
Discount
Schedule
C
mm
1334
1842
2362
1842
2362
2362
in.
11.13
19.25
19.25
19.25
23.25
27.25
NOTE:
D
E
F
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
283
19.00
483
51.50
1308
0.44
11
489
29.75
756
12.50
318
0.68
17
489
33.75
857
12.50
318
0.69
17
489
29.75
756
12.50
318
0.68
17
591
31.75
806
16.50
419
0.69
17
692
61.75
1568
17.25
438
0.81
21
Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are
intended for dimensional information only.
17-31
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Type VG4V06K15
Table 17.91:
Table 17.90:
Class 8940 reduced voltage panels in NEMA 3R
enclosures are specifically designed for pumping
applications. Extra space is provided for field installation of
auxiliary equipment.
• Type S contactors/starters provided as standard
• All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE
ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”
• Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch and Start
push button
For How to Order Information, see Digest 176 page 16-12
and Digest 176 page 16-125 for selection information.
17
www.schneider-electric.us
Factory Modifications
(Forms)
Reduced Voltage Starters
Classs 8606, 8630, 8640
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Table 17.95:
Reduced Voltage Controllers Only
Classes 8606, 8630, 8640
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
NEMA Size
Factory Modifications
Enclosure
Type
Form
1, 4, 12
1
1PW
1 YD
2
2 PW
2 YD
3
3 PW
3 YD
A
336.00
336.00
336.00
4
4 PW
4 YD
5
5 PW
5 YD
6
6 PW
6 YD
7
7 PW
7 YD
33600
336.00
336.00
336.00
Push Buttonsa
Start-Stop
Selector Switches
Hand-Off-Auto
1, 4, 12
C
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
On-Off
1, 4, 12
C6
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
1, 4, 12
P
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
Pilot Lights (specify color)b
One light On
Separate Control Circuitde
TR coil only (at control voltage)
1, 4, 12
S
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
All coils (at control voltage)
1, 4, 12
Y195
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Fused Control Circuitcdef
Pilot Devices in Cover and
Control Circuit
Reduced Voltage
Controllers Only
Classes
8606
8630
8640
8647
8650
One fuse
1, 4, 12
F
314.00
314.00
314.00
314.00
314.00
N/Ch
N/Ch
Two fuses
1, 4, 12
F4
314.00
314.00
314.00
314.00
314.00
N/Ch
N/Ch
Control Circuit Transformercde
Standard Capacity (50 or 60 Hz)
Fuses
Primary
Secondary
2—
0—
1, 4, 12
F4T
684.00
882.00
1112.00
1254.00
1395.00
N/Ch
N/Ch
2..
1—
1, 4, 12
FF4T
1026.00
1197.00
1425.00
1566.00
1710.00
314.00
314.00
2—
0—
1, 4, 12
F4T40
912.00
1182.00
1938.00
2079.00
3803.00
3803.00
3803.00
2—
1—
1, 4, 12
FF4T40
1224.00
1497.00
2250.00
2393.00
4116.00
4116.00
4116.00
100 VA additional capacity
1, 4, 12
T11
300.00
300.00
300.00
300.00
300.00
300.00
300.00
200 VA additional capacity
1, 4, 12
T12
570.00
570.00
570.00
570.00
570.00
570.00
570.00
300 VA additional capacity
1, 4, 12
T13
1139.00
1139.00
1139.00
1139.00
1139.00
1139.00
1139.00
400 VA additional capacity
1, 4, 12
T14
2421.00
2421.00
2421.00
2421.00
2421.00
2421.00
2421.00
500 VA additional capacity
1, 4, 12
T15
2721.00
2721.00
2721.00
2721.00
2721.00
2721.00
2721.00
Additional capacity (50 or 60 Hz)g
Substitute nonstandard single primary and/or single secondary
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
Voltage rating on the control transformerc
1, 4, 12
T1i
71.00
71.00
71.00
71.00
71.00
—
—
All push buttons are momentary contact.
For pilot light details, refer to the pilot light table in Digest 176 page 16-100.
See Table 17.96 below.
As standard, Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with common control. If Form S or T is specified, only the TR coil will be at control voltage.
Specify Form Y195 or T40 (Ex. Form F4T40) if all coils must be at control voltage. Refer to page 17-18 for control circuit arrangements.
Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with two control circuit fuses for conductors at line voltage. Additional fusing may be supplied if a fused control
circuit transformer or separate control is specified.
Must be used with Form specifying separate control (Ex. Form FS).
Add Form letters and price to that of standard control transformer. (Example: For Size 1, Form F4T, plus 100 VA becomes F4T11, $984.00
Form F4T40 plus 100 VA becomes F4T41, $807.00).
Size 6 and 7 controllers come with Form F4T as standard.
Must be used in conjunction with a variation of Form of F4T. (Ex. Standard capacity transformer required, 208–24 V. Order as Form F4TT1, 208–24 V.)
Table 17.96:
Selection of Control Circuit Transformers
Voltage
60 Hz (Primary–Secondary)
Code
120–12
120–24
208–120
240–24
240–120
277–120
480–24
480–120
480–240
600–120
Specify
V88
V89
V84
V82
V80
V85
V83
V81
V87
V86
V99
The standard primary and secondary voltages for control circuit transformers are indicated in Table 17.96.
To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer Form designation. Then convert the previously
selected voltage code (V••) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the transformer. The secondary voltage
should equal the previously selected coil voltage of the device. (24 Vac coils for NEMA Sizes 4–7 are not available).
Example:
You previously selected a Class 8606SDG1V02S. The designation V02S means that you need a coil voltage of
120-60/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480
volt primary, 120 volt secondary. The new, complete Class, Type, Voltage Code, and Form are:
j
17-32
Class
Type
Voltage Code
Formj
8606
SDG1
V81
FF4T
Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order.
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Factory Modifications
(Forms)
Reduced Voltage Starters
Class 8606, 8630
www.schneider-electric.us
Class 8606 Reduced Voltage Starters Only
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b
Nonfusible disconnect switch
Atuomatic molded case switch
NEMA Size
Enclosure
Type
Form
5
6
7
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
Y791
Y791
Y791
Y792
Y792
Y792
Y7910
Y7910
Y7910
2010.00
2862.00
2037.00
1340.00
2195.00
1368.00
—
—
—
2451.00
3533.00
2564.00
1710.00
2793.00
1823.00
—
—
—
2664.00
4886.00
2862.00
2165.00
4388.00
2366.00
—
—
—
4872.00
7092.00
6579.00
2991.00
5327.00
4815.00
—
—
—
9471.00
11808.00
10839.00
5355.00
7691.00
5925.00
—
—
—
13944.00
18216.00
15012.00
—
—
—
12293.00
16565.00
13361.00
18320.00
23601.00
20397.00
—
—
—
13004.00
17276.00
14072.00
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
Y793
Y793
Y793
Y794
Y794
Y794
Y795
Y795
Y795
Y796
Y796
Y796
Y797
Y797
Y797
Y798
Y798
Y798
Y799
Y799
Y799
1566.00
2421.00
1596.00
1566.00
2421.00
1596.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1566.00
2124.00
1596.00
1823.00
2885.00
1938.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2066.00
3609.00
2280.00
2336.00
4559.00
2537.00
2885.00
5129.00
3105.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2574.00
5021.00
2943.00
3596.00
4340.00
5327.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5868.00
8190.00
6438.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11039.00
15354.00
12861.00
13802.00
18075.00
14871.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15425.00
19697.00
17562.00
1 YD
2 YD
3 YD
1
2
3
4
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a
30 A clips
Circuit
Breaker
or
Disconnect
Switch
60 A clips
100 A clips
200 A clips
400 A clips
Automatic Molded Case Switch
with 600 A fuse clips
Automatic Molded Case Switch
with fuse clips 1200 A or less
a
b
Fuses not included.
Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended.
Table 17.98:
Class 8630 Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyd
Factory Modifications
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker e
Nonfusible disconnect switch
Atuomatic molded case switch
NEMA Size
Enclosure
Type
Form
4 YD
5 YD
6 YD
7 YD
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
Y791
Y791
Y791
Y792
Y792
Y792
Y7910
Y7910
Y7910
2451.00
3533.00
2564.00
1710.00
2793.00
1823.00
—
—
—
2664.00
4886.00
2856.00
2165.00
4388.00
2366.00
—
—
—
4872.00
7092.00
6579.00
2991.00
5327.00
4815.00
—
—
—
9471.00
11808.00
10839.00
5355.00
7691.00
5925.00
—
—
—
13944.00
18216.00
15012.00
—
—
—
12293.00
16565.00
13361.00
18320.00
23601.00
20397.00
—
—
—
13004.00
17276.00
14072.00
32759.00
37031.00
33827.00
—
—
—
29483.00
33755.00
30551.00
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
1
4
12
Y793
Y793
Y793
Y794
Y794
Y794
Y795
Y795
Y795
Y796
Y796
Y796
Y797
Y797
Y797
Y798
Y798
Y798
Y799
Y799
Y799
1823.00
2421.00
1938.00
1823.00
2421.00
1938.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1823.00
3771.00
1938.00
2066.00
3609.00
2280.00
2336.00
4559.00
2537.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2574.00
5021.00
2943.00
2885.00
5129.00
3105.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3596.00
5840.00
5327.00
6510.00
8204.00
6438.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11039.00
15354.00
12861.00
13802.00
18075.00
14871.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14513.00
18786.00
15227.00
15425.00
19697.00
17562.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30195.00
34704.00
31095.00
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clipsc
30 A clips
Circuit
Breaker
or
Disconnect
Switch
60 A clips
100 A clips
200 A clips
400 A clips
Automatic Molded Case Switch
with 600 A fuse clips
Automatic Molded Case Switch
with fuse clips 1200 A or less
c
d
e
Fuses not included.
Wye-Delta motor starters typically have higher current ratings per NEMA Size than full voltage motor starters. Care must be taken in selecting the appropriate short circuit protection.
The table on Digest 176 page 7-33 will assist in selecting proper protection based on motor full-load current.
Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount
Schedule
17-33
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Factory Modifications
17
Table 17.97:
Factory Modifications
(Forms)
Reduced Voltage Starters
Class 8640, 8606, 8630
www.schneider-electric.us
17
NOTE: To comply with Section 430-3 of the National Electrical Code®, combination part-winding starters are
provided as follows:
1.
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
2.
3.
Table 17.99:
Circuit breaker: two thermal-magnetic, adjustable-trip circuit breakers—one for each motor winding. In the smaller controllers that
use the FA and KA frames, a single external operating mechanism operates the two circuit breakers simultaneously. In the larger
controllers that use the KA and LA frames, each circuit breaker has its own operating mechanism.
Nonfusible disconnect switch: a single 3-pole unfused disconnect switch of the proper rating for both windings. The user must
provide proper short-circuit protection external to the starter, using only Class J fuses.
Fusible disconnect switch: a single unfused disconnect switch with two sets of fuse clips (each set of the rating indicated) to provide
short-circuit protection for each winding.
Class 8640 Reduced Voltage Starters Only
Factory Modifications
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b
NEMA Size
Enclosure
Type
Form
1
Y7911
3014.00
3675.00
3996.00
7307.00
14207.00
—
4
Y7911
4293.00
5300.00
7329.00
10641.00
17711.00
—
12
Y7911
3056.00
3846.00
4293.00
9872.00
16259.00
—
1
Y7931
2006.00
2006.00
—
—
—
—
4
Y7931
2664.00
2664.00
—
—
—
—
12
Y7931
2132.00
2132.00
—
—
—
—
1
Y7941
—
2273.00
2570.00
—
—
—
4
Y7941
—
3969.00
5013.00
—
—
—
12
Y7941
—
2507.00
2790.00
—
—
—
1
Y7951
—
2570.00
2831.00
3176.00
—
—
4
Y7951
—
5013.00
5525.00
5642.00
—
—
12
Y7951
—
2790.00
3239.00
3416.00
—
—
1
Y7961
—
—
3176.00
3959.00
6456.00
—
—
1 PW
2 PW
3 PW
4 PW
5 PW
6 PW
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a
30 A clips (two sets)
60 A clips (two sets)
Circuit
Breaker
or
Disconnect
Switch
100 A clips (two sets)
200 A clips (two sets)
400 A clips (two sets)
Automatic molded case switch
with 600 A fuse clips (two sets)
Automatic molded case switch
with fuse clips 601–1200 A or less (two sets)
a
b
c
4
Y7961
—
—
5642.00
6425.00
9026.00
12
Y7961
—
—
3416.00
5859.00
7082.00
1
Y7971
—
—
—
6456.00
15182.00 c
—
15596.00 c
4
Y7971
—
—
—
9026.00
19881.00 c
20082.00 c
12
Y7971
—
—
—
7082.00
16356.00 c
16592.00 c
1
Y7920
—
—
—
—
—
15965.00
4
Y7920
—
—
—
—
—
20664.00
12
Y7920
—
—
—
—
—
16748.00
1
Y7921
—
—
—
—
—
16968.00
4
Y7921
—
—
—
—
—
21668.00
12
Y7921
—
—
—
—
—
19319.00
Fuses not included.
Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended.
Consists of automatic molded case switch with two sets of 400 A fuse clips.
Table 17.100: Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyc
Classes 8606, 8630, 8640
NEMA Size
Factory Modifications
Non-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays
Three Element
Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2)
Types SE-SG (Sizes 3–5)
Type SH (Size 6)
Overload
Relays
Ambient Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays
Three Element
Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2)
Types SE-SF (Sizes 3 & 4)
Types SG-SH (Sizes 5–6)
Overload Relays General
Substitute 9999SO4 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay
Substitute 9999SO5 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay
Motor Logic™ Overload Relaysde
Miscellaneous
a
b
c
d
e
17-34
Add for thermal protector Class 8606
Coil transient suppressor per coil
Addition of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired).
Wired, per terminal, each
Unwired, per terminal, each
Enclosure
Type
Form
Any
Any
Any
B2
B5
B2
57.00
—
—
57.00
—
—
—
57.00
—
—
57.00
—
—
57.00
—
—
—
57.00
—
—
— b
1, 4, 12
Any
Any
B
Y59
B
86.00
—
—
86.00
—
—
—
107.00
—
—
107.00
—
—
—
86.00
—
—
86.00
—
—
— b
Any
Any
Y342
Y344
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
179.00
— b
— b
Any
Any
H10
H20
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
57.00
57.00
57.00
57.00
1, 4, 12
Any
Y116
Y145
—
158.00
570.00
158.00
570.00
158.00
570.00
158.00
570.00
158.00
570.00
—
—
—
1, 4, 12
1, 4, 12
G56a
G50a
116.00
57.00
116.00
57.00
116.00
57.00
116.00
57.00
116.00
57.00
116.00
57.00
116.00
57.00
1
1PW
1 YD
2
2 PW
2 YD
3
3 PW
3 YD
4
4 PW
4 YD
5
5 PW
5 YD
6
6 PW
6 YD
7
7 PW
7 YD
Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. The number of circuits is the same as the ending of the Form number. (Example: G505 is 5 wire terminal block.) Available in groups
of 5 only. Order in increments of 5. The number of circuits is the same as the ending of the Form number. (Example: G505 = 5 unwired terminals, G510 is 10 unwired terminals.)
Size 7 uses a solid-state overload relay. See Class 8536 for complete details.
NEMA Type 7 and 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices.
Motor Logic overload relays are not available on Class 8640 Size 1PW to 4PW starters.
See Motor Logic overload relays in the Full Voltage section on the bottom of Digest 176 page 16-83 for additional Form options of Motor Logic overload relays.
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Definite Purpose
Contactors
Reversing/Hoist, Type R
Class 8965 reversing hoist contactors meet the small
space requirements found in electrical hoists, light duty
cranes, door operators, and related products. They are
designed to perform in the short periods of jogging
experienced in hoist service. Note that these contactors
must be mounted upright on the vertical plane; the
contactors will not operate properly when mounted in any
other position.
Table 17.101: AC Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum
Horsepower Ratings
No. of
Poles
Type RO10V02
115 V
1Ø
230 V
1Ø
230 V
3Ø
Power
Terminals
460/575 V
3Ø
Witha
Jumper Straps
Withouta
Jumper Straps
Open Type
Open Type
$ Price
Quick Connect
RO10c
RO11c
3-Pole
1
1-1/2
3
3
Polyphase
Pressure Wireb
RO12c
RO13c
a
Jumper straps connect the line side power terminals of the same phase between the forward (up) and reverse (down) contactors in common;
i.e., L1 to L1, L2 to L2, and L3 to L3.
b
Coils rated 120 Vac or less are supplied with quick connect terminals only.
c
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.105.
998.00
Table 17.102: Miscellaneous Hoist Contactor Kits For Use With Class 8965
Type
Series
Description
RO10
Armature Kit
RO11
A&B
Contact
RO12
Carrier
RO13
d
CP10 discount schedule.
e
One armature per kit.
Class
9998
Type
RP1e
Series
Description
Armature Kit
C
Contact
Carrier
Order as Part Number
3100206050
Class
9998
Type
RP2e
$ Priced
29.40
Order as Part Number
3100208150
39.40
Table 17.103: Class 8965 Replacement Contact Kits
Device
Type
Device
Series
Class 9998
Kit Type
Device
Series
Class 9998
Kit Type
RO10
RA10
RA14
RO11
RA11
RA15
A&B
RO12
C
RA12
RO13
RA16
RA13
RA17
Terminals
1 N.O.
Each Side
Quick Connect
Screw
Quick Connect
Screw
1 N.C.
Each Side
Class 9999
Type
R10
R12
R11
R13
236.00
B
F
$ Price
E
Replacement
Part Number
3100240319g
3100240340g
3100240047h
3100240049h
3100240058hi
3100240060h
D
50.00
A
Table 17.106: Approximate Dimensions
(3 Poles per Contactor)
Table 17.105: Coil Table
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
60 Hz
50 Hz
Code
24
—
V01
120
110
V02
208/220
—
V21
240
220
V03
480
440
V06
600
550
V07
f
CP10 Discount Schedule.
g
Tape wound coils, 2 per package.
h
Molded coil, 1 per package.
i
Suitable for 440 V 50 Hz applications.
G
202.00
Table 17.104: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Module
Description
C
Provisions for
(3) #8 Mounting Screws
$ Price
$ Pricef
119.00
119.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
83.00
Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
RO10, 11
3.31
84
3.31
84
3.03
77
2.69
68
1.34
34
1.56
40
2.66
68
RO12, 13
3.31
84
3.69
94
2.69
68
2.69
68
1.34
34
1.56
40
2.66
68
Table 17.107: Cross Reference—Obsolete Devices
Obsolete
Device
Class
8702
or
8965
8965
Type
HO3
HO4
HO5
HO6
HO7
HO8
RG2S1
RG5S1
RG5S2
RO1
RO1S1
RO1S2
RO1S3
RO1S4
RO1S5
RO1S6
Replacement
Device
Class
Auxiliary Contact
Required
Type
RO12
RO12
RO12
RO12
RO12
RO12
RO10
RO12
RO12
RO10
RO11
RO10
RO11
RO10
RO10
RO10
8965
8965
Class
—
9999
9999
—
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Burden
Type
—
R12
R13
—
R12
R13
R10
R12
R12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Class
Type
8965
RO2
RO2S1
RO2S2
RO3
RO3S1
RO3S2
RO3S3
RO4
RO4S1
RO5
RO5S1
RO5S2
RO6
RO6S1
RO6S2
Replacement
Device
Auxiliary Contact
Required
Class
Type
Class
Type
8965
RO10
RO11
RO10
RO10
RO11
RO10
RO10
RO12
RO13
RO12
RO13
RO12
RO12
RO13
RO12
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
—
—
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
R10
R10
R10
R11
R11
R11
R11
—
—
R12
R12
R12
R13
R13
R13
Table 17.108: How to Order
Application Data
Coils
Obsolete
Device
Duty: Hoist Duty—H4 Intermittent
Voltage Range: AC coils only; +10%, –15% of nominal
Inrush 76 VA, Sealed 27 VA
To Order Specify:
•
•
•
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage and Frequency
Catalog Number
Class
Type
Voltage and
Frequency
8695
RO10
V02
Approvals
UL Component Recognized: File E78351, CCN NLDX2
CSA Certified: File LR60905, Class 3211 04
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
CP10
Discount
Schedule
17-35
17
www.schneider-electric.us
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Class 8965 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
Thermal Overload
Relays—NEMA Style
Solid-State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Plus
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
17
Motor Logic Plus—Class 9065
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
The Motor Logic Plus solid-state overload relay is
separately powered and fully programmable. It is designed
to protect 3-phase AC motor applications, 200–480 Vac or
600 Vac. The SSOLR has one Form C relay output rated
for 300 Vac maximum.
Motor Logic Plus
Lug-Lug Kit
This kit can be field installed on separately mounted
Motor Logic Plus overload relays.
Table 17.111: Lug-Lug Kit
For Use With
Table 17.109: Motor Logic Plus
Class 9065 SP Solid-State Overload Relay
$ Price
200 to 480 V
600 V
Current Range
SPB4
SPB6
0.5–2.3 A
SPC4
SPC6
2.0–9.0 A
SP14
SP16
6.0–27.0 A
SP24
SP26
10.0–45.0 A
957.00
SP34
SP36
20.0–90.0 A
SP44j
SP46j
60.0–135.0 A
SP54k
SP56k
120.0–270.0 A
SP64l
SP66l
240.0–540.0 A
j
Must use 150:5 external current transformer, purchased separately.
k
Must use 300:5 external current transformer, purchased separately.
l
Must use 600:5 external current transformer, purchased separately.
Table 17.110: Forms for factory addition to 8536
Open Style only
Class & Type
NEMA Size
8536 SA-SH
1–6
9065 SP
1–6
Class 9999
Type
$ Price
Lug-Lug Kit
MLPL
80.00
Software Kit
Solutions software program allows an IBM PC compatible
computer (with Windows 95 or greater) to communicate
with a Motor Logic Plus overload relay connected to an
RS-485 network using Modbus protocol.
Table 17.112: Software Kit
For Use With
Alpha Character
B
Motor Logic Plus Overload Relay
Class & Type
First Digit
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Current Ranges
0.5–2.3 A
2.0–9.0 A
6.0–27.0 A
10.0–45.0 A
20.0–90.0 A
60.0–135.0 A
120.0–270.0 A
240.0–540.0 A
8536 SA–SH
Second Digit
0
2
4
6
Parts Kit
Description
NEMA Size
Parts Kit
Description
Class 9999
Type
1–6
Software Kit
MLPS
9065 SP
$ Price
1295.00
Communication Module
This module allows the Motor Logic Plus overload relay to
support RS-485 electrical communications standards. Up
to 99 Motor Logic Plus overload relays can be controlled
and monitored from one remote personal computer.
Modifications
No modification for 200–480 V
Add communication module for 200–480 V
No modification for 600 V
Add communication module for 600 V
Table 17.113: Communication Module
For Use With
Example
Class & Type
Form B 4 2
Motor Logic Plus overload relay with a current range of
6–27 A and modifications to add communication module
for an open style starter package.
NEMA Size
8536 SA-SH
1–6
9065 SP
Parts Kit
Description
Class 9999
Type
Modbus
Communication
Module
MB22
$ Price
171.00
Table 17.114: How to Order
To Order Specify:
•
•
Catalog Number
Class Number
Type Number
Class
Type
9999
AC04
1.20
30
2.20
56
3.10
4.70
79
119
5.05
2.14
128
2.65
2.03
67
52
54
2.28
58
3.05
77
.70
18
3.60
.25
91
6
3.85
.20
5
.34
9
98
4.37
111
Motor Logic Plus Solid-State Overload Relay
17-36
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale
Coordinated Projects
NOTE:The following Conditions of Sale are subject to change. All transactions for all products sold by Schneider Electric USA
("Schneider Electric") including all Schneider Electric brand products, such as Square D and Telemecanique brand
products, are subject to the latest published Conditions of Sale of Schneider Electric and to any Special Conditions of
Sale which may be contained in applicable Schneider Electric quotations and acknowledgments.
Schneider Electric Standard conditions of Sale will apply in all transactions between
customers and Schneider Electric, unless Schneider Electric elects to use the Standard
Coordinated Project Conditions of Sale. The Coordinated Project Conditions of Sale
will be used on appropriate project jobs only.
GOVERNING PROVISIONS AND ACCEPTANCE: All quotations are subject to these
conditions of sale. Acceptance of an order by Schneider Electric shall be expressly
conditioned on Purchaser's assent to these conditions. Purchaser's direction to
proceed with engineering, manufacture or shipment by Schneider Electric shall be
deemed evidence of this assent. No modified or other conditions will be applicable
unless those conditions are so stated in Schneider Electric's proposal or are specifically
agreed to in writing and signed by an authorized official of Schneider Electric. Failure to
object to provisions contained in any Purchase Order or other communication from the
Purchaser (including, without limitation, penalty clauses of any kind) shall not be
construed as a waiver of these Conditions nor an acceptance of any other provisions.
These terms are a complete statement of the parties' agreement and may only be
modified in writing signed by both parties. These terms may not be modified by course
of dealing, course of performance or usage of trade. These terms supersede all
previous written or oral quotations, statements or agreements. Any contract for sale by
and between the parties shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of
the State of Illinois without regard to its rules on the conflict of laws. The Convention on
the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded.
QUOTATIONS: Quotations shall be valid for no more than thirty (30) days from their
date, unless otherwise stated in the quotation. All quotations are subject to change by
Schneider Electric Company at any time upon notice to Purchaser. Quotations are
made based on Schneider Electric's interpretation of the plans and specifications
submitted to Schneider Electric by the Purchaser. It is Purchaser's obligation to review
the quotation carefully and to immediately advise Schneider Electric of any differing
interpretation Purchaser has so any necessary change can be made.
ORDER ENTRY: A complete, signed purchase order must be received before entry of
an order into Schneider Electric's system. Considerable detail is involved in the
manufacture of power equipment. To facilitate timely shipment, complete details and
information, including Purchaser's requested on-site dates must be provided at the time
of order entry. Shipment dates are approximate and are based upon timely receipt of all
necessary information from the Purchaser. Lack of complete information may result in
delays of drawings or manufacture. Such delays shall relieve Schneider Electric from
compliance with the quoted delivery dates and may lead to price escalation. Failure to
provide a complete signed purchase order within twenty (20) days of notification of
award may result in renegotiation of price or shipment dates.
APPROVAL DRAWINGS: When required by a specific Purchase Order, drawings will
be submitted for approval per agreed upon schedules to assure Schneider Electric has
designed the equipment as described in Purchaser's specifications, as modified by
Schneider Electric's quotation. If at time of drawing approval Schneider Electric has not
designed the equipment to meet the specifications, as modified by Schneider Electric's
quotation, Schneider Electric will make the appropriate changes at no charge to
Purchaser. Where the Purchaser's specification is not definitive, Schneider Electric
shall have the right to design the product in line with good commercial practice, without
further obligation to Purchaser. If at drawing approval, Purchaser makes changes
outside the design as stated in the specifications, such changes shall be treated as a
change order as provided below.
PRICE POLICY: Quoted prices are firm provided: A) The order is received with
complete engineering details and is released for manufacture within thirty (30) calendar
days from the originally anticipated release date. B) All required approval drawings are
returned and equipment released by Purchaser no later than thirty (30) calendar days
from the original date of mailing of approval drawings by Schneider Electric. The
returned drawings must be released for manufacture for shipment on the agreed date.
Drawing re-submittals which are required for any reason other than to correct
Schneider Electric errors will not extend the thirty (30) day deadline. If the Purchaser
causes delay of shipment in any way or returns approval drawings beyond the time
stated above, Purchaser may be subject to charges which shall not exceed 1% of the
purchase order price for each full month or fraction thereof that shipment is delayed, as
compensation to Schneider Electric for expenses created by such delay and not as a
penalty. If shipment is delayed through the fault of Purchaser for more than 12 months
from the originally anticipated release date, the price must be renegotiated.
PRICING-PURCHASER CHANGES: All prices cover a bill of material as described in
Schneider Electric specifications or quotations to be designed and manufactured to
Schneider Electric standard designs, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the
parties. Purchaser may make minor changes not affecting the time or cost of
performance without charge prior to the start of manufacture. If any changes are
requested by the Purchaser after submission of the original Purchase Order which
affect the cost or time of performance, additional billing will be made with the amount of
price adder dependent on the change and status of the order when the change is
made. Changes may also result in an extension of time for shipment. All changes will
be agreed to by the parties, in writing, prior to implementation. Purchaser's
rescheduling shipment will be considered a change. All expenses incurred by
Schneider Electric in connection with the storage of equipment, including demurrage,
packing, storage charges, insurance and handling charges by Schneider Electric will
be paid by the Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Schneider Electric.
Schneider Electric will issue price changes for any change requested by the Purchaser
that affects modification of equipment, changes the bills of material, engineering or
drawings or delivery schedule as follows: A) If Purchaser makes a change to an order
prior to being released to engineering, the net price will be adjusted by re-pricing the
equipment with prices in effect at the time of the change. A commensurate delay in the
shipping date will be based on the changes involved. B) For changes made after the
order is released to engineering, the net price and ship date will be adjusted as
described in paragraph A above. An additional charge based on Schneider Electric
standard engineering billing charges and cost of parts ($250 minimum) will be made to
cover any extra engineering and drafting, scrap or rework of parts, or cost of
modification. C) If during the drawing approval process, the Purchaser makes changes
outside the design covered by the specifications, Schneider Electric will be reimbursed
as described in paragraph A and B above, plus any additional charges for any extra
cost incurred as a direct result of the changes and allowed a commensurate delay in
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
shipping date based on the changes involved. Changes to the order can not be
processed until a formal change order is received from the Purchaser.
SUBSTITUTION: Schneider Electric may furnish suitable substitutes for material
unobtainable because of priorities or regulations established by governmental authority
or non-availability of materials from suppliers, provided such substitutions do not
adversely affect the technical soundness of the equipment. Schneider Electric
assumes no liability for deviation from published dimensions and descriptive
information not essential to proper performance of the product.
TAXES: Any manufacturer's tax, retailer's tax, occupation tax, use tax, sales tax,
excise tax, (except federal excise tax on vehicles), duty, customs, inspecting or testing
fee, or other tax, fee or charge of any nature whatsoever, imposed by any
governmental authority or measured by any transaction between Schneider Electric
and Purchaser, shall be paid by the Purchaser in addition to the prices quoted or
invoiced, and such charges will appear as a separate line item on the invoice. In the
event Schneider Electric will be required to pay any such tax, fee, or charge, Purchaser
shall reimburse Schneider Electric or, in lieu of such payment, Purchaser shall supply
Schneider Electric at the time the order is submitted with an exemption certificate or
other document acceptable to the tax authority. Purchase Orders must state the
existence and amount of any such tax, fee or charge for which Purchaser claims an
exemption.
TERMS OF PAYMENT: Acceptance of all Purchase Orders is subject to Purchaser
meeting Schneider Electric credit standards. Terms are subject to change for failure to
meet such standards. Terms are net thirty (30) days from date of invoice of each
shipment, unless otherwise stated in Schneider Electric's quotation. For an authorized
distributor or authorized reseller order, applicable terms of payment are stated in the
quotation or applicable discount schedule. Schneider Electric reserves the right at any
time to demand full or partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale if, in its
sole judgment, as a result of changes in the financial condition of the Purchaser the
terms of payment originally specified are no longer justified.
PAYMENTS: If delivery is delayed or deferred by the Purchaser beyond the scheduled
date, payment shall be due in full when Schneider Electric is prepared to ship. The
equipment may be stored at the risk and expense of the Purchaser. If the Purchaser
defaults when any payment is due, then the whole contract price shall become due and
payable upon demand, or Schneider Electric at its option, without prejudice to other
lawful remedies, may defer delivery or cancel the contract for sale. If Purchaser
become insolvent, or bankrupt or in the event any proceeding is brought against the
Purchaser, voluntarily or involuntarily under the bankruptcy or any insolvency law,
Schneider Electric may cancel any order then outstanding at any time and recover its
proper cancellation charges from the Purchaser or the Purchaser's estate.
DELIVERY:
F.O.B. POINT OF SHIPMENT: When the Schneider Electric quotation is based on
delivery F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed for delivery within the
continental United States, Product is sold F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and
allowed for orders over $2000 net. Delivery by Schneider Electric to the point of
shipment constitutes delivery to the Purchaser; and title and all risk of loss or damage
in transit shall pass to the Purchaser at time of delivery at the F.O.B. point. Schneider
Electric is not responsible for breakage or delays by carrier after having received "in
good order" receipts from the carrier. Purchaser is responsible for pursuing any
damage claims with the carrier. For orders under $2000 net the above terms apply
except freight is prepaid not allowed. No allowance will be made in lieu of transportation
if the Purchaser accepts shipment at factory, warehouse or freight station or otherwise
supplies its own transportation. Freight prepaid is defined as: a) Shipments to
destinations within the continental United States to the accessible common carrier point
nearest the first destination. b) Shipments to U.S. destinations outside the continental
United States shall be to the common carrier free delivery point in the United States
nearest the original port of embarkation. All charges associated with F.A.S., C.I.F., or
other charges such as pier transfer, lift, ocean freight, and marine or war insurance
shall be paid by the Purchaser, unless otherwise specifically agreed in a specific
Purchase Order. In no event will Schneider Electric be responsible for demurrage or
detention charges.
DELIVERY: F.O.B. DESTINATION: When the Schneider Electric quotation is based
on delivery F.O.B. Destination, for shipments for delivery within the continental United
States, Schneider Electric will retain title and all risk of loss or damage in transit to the
common carrier free delivery point in the United States nearest the first destination for a
price addition of 2% of the net price. If the Purchaser elects this Option, Purchaser's
obligations shall be as follows: a) Purchaser shall have the responsibility of inspecting
the equipment for apparent loss or damage immediately upon its arrival at the free
delivery point. b) In the event of apparent shipping loss or damage, Purchaser shall
make written notation of the loss on the carrier's delivery receipt and, within 72 hours of
delivery shall notify the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center. Purchaser
shall not remove product from the point of examination and shall retain the shipping
container and packing material. Purchaser shall request the carrier to make an
inspection and send Schneider Electric a copy of the carrier's inspection report. c) In
the event of concealed damage which occurred during transit and is discovered by the
Purchaser after delivery, Purchaser shall report such damage immediately, but in no
event later than 15 days after delivery, to the delivering carrier, and within 72 hours of
discovery, shall notify the local Schneider Electric field office. If such notification is not
made, Schneider Electric shall not be liable for loss or damage in transit.
SHIPMENT AND ROUTING: Square D shall select the point of origin of shipment, the
method of transportation and the routing of the shipment. Purchasers that request
expedited or special modes of transportation or routing involving air, premium or any
other non-standard Square D shipping shall be assessed additional charges for
shipping, handling, freight and expediting. Any rebates, allowances, discounts, or
incentives received by Square D from its carriers shall be retained by Square D. All
prices include domestic packaging only. When other than domestic packaging is
required, contact your local Square D field office. Purchaser specified packaging and
marking may be subject to additional charges.
A-1
Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale
Coordinated Projects
SHORTAGES: Claims for shortages or errors must be submitted to Schneider Electric
within 30 days after invoice date, and failure to give such notice shall constitute
unqualified acceptance and a waiver of all such claims by the Purchaser.
INSTALLMENTS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to make shipments in
installments, unless otherwise expressly stipulated in a specific Purchase Order; and all
such installments when separately invoiced shall be paid for when due per invoice
without regard to subsequent shipments. Delay in shipment of any installment shall not
relieve Purchaser of its obligation to accept remaining shipments.
FORCE MAJEURE: Schneider Electric shall not be liable for any damages as a result
of any delays due to any causes beyond Schneider Electric's control, including, without
limitation, an act of God; act of Purchaser or Schneider Electric supplier; embargo or
other governmental act, regulation or request; fire; accident; strike; slowdown; flood;
fuel or energy shortage; sabotage; war; riot; delay in transportation and inability to
obtain necessary labor, materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources. In the
event of any such delay, the date of delivery shall be extended for a period of time
reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of such delay.
STANDARD WARRANTY: Schneider Electric warrants equipment manufactured by it
and sold through authorized sales channels to be free from defects in materials and
workmanship for eighteen (18) months from date of invoice by Schneider Electric or its
authorized sales channel. If within such period, any such equipment shall be proved to
Schneider Electric's satisfaction to be non-conforming, such equipment shall be
repaired or replaced at Schneider Electric's option. This warranty shall not apply (a) to
equipment not manufactured by Schneider Electric, (b) to equipment that has been
repaired or altered by other than Schneider Electric so as, in its judgment, to affect the
same adversely, or (c) to equipment that has been subjected to negligence, accident,
or damage by circumstances beyond Schneider Electric's control, or improper
operation, maintenance or storage, or to other than normal use or service. With respect
to equipment not manufactured by Schneider Electric, the warranty obligations of
Schneider Electric shall in all respects conform and be limited to the warranty actually
extended to Schneider Electric by its supplier. Non-conforming products must be
returned at Schneider Electric's expense for evaluation unless this is waived in writing.
Replacement products may be new or reconditioned. The foregoing warranties do not
cover reimbursement for labor, transportation, removal, installation, temporary power,
or any other expenses that may be incurred in connection with repair or replacement.
OPTIONAL WARRANTIES: (Only available on equipment to be located in the U.S.)
Option 1 - Extended-2 to 5 years from Shipment. If requested by the Purchaser and
specifically accepted in writing by Schneider Electric, the standard warranty will be
extended to two (2) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 1% of the net face
value of the Purchase Order, will be extended to three (3) years from date of invoice for
a price addition of 3% of the net face value of the Purchase Order, will be extended to
four (4) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 5% of the net face value of the
Purchase Order, or will be extended to five (5) years from date of invoice for a price
addition of 7% of the net face value of the Purchase Order. Option 2-Special Warranty:
If requested by the Purchaser and specifically accepted in writing by Schneider Electric,
the standard warranty will be extended, for a price addition of 3% of the net face value
of the Purchase Order, to cover reimbursement of the direct costs of: a) Removal of
non-conforming equipment or part thereof; b) Transporting equipment or parts to and
from the place of repair; c) Off-loading of truck and reinstallation at the original site.
Such special warranty, which may be chosen to cover a period not exceeding that of
the standard or extended warranty (see above) selected, will not include the cost of
providing temporary power or removing or replacing other apparatus or structures, or
costs of transportation beyond a common carrier free delivery point in the continental
United States. Further, the obligation of Schneider Electric for expenses and costs
arising under this special warranty coverage will not exceed 50% of the net invoice
price on the equipment being repaired. This warranty does not change or affect the
allocation of risk or loss during shipment. Option 3-Extended Warranty-Preventative
Maintenance Agreements: If requested by the Purchaser, and specifically accepted by
Schneider Electric, a Preventative Maintenance Agreement is available to provide
preventative maintenance on equipment covered by the agreement. Terms of the
preventative maintenance agreement shall be as defined in a separate Services
Agreement agreed to by the parties.
SOFTWARE: Any software or computer information, in whatever form, provided with
equipment manufactured by Schneider Electric is licensed to Purchaser solely
pursuant to standard licenses of Schneider Electric or its supplier of such software or
computer information, which licenses are, hereby incorporated by reference. Schneider
Electric does not warrant that such software or computer information will operate error
free or without interruption, and warrants only that during the warranty period applicable
to the equipment that the software will perform its essential functions. If such software
or computer information fails to conform to such warranty, Schneider Electric will, at its
option, provide an update to correct the non-conformance or replace the software or
computer information with the latest available version containing a correction.
Schneider Electric shall have no other obligation to provide updates or revisions.
LIMITATIONS: These disclaimers and limitations of remedies apply to all warranties
offered to Purchaser and to all Purchase Orders. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH
ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES (EXCEPT WARRANTIES OF TITLE), INCLUDING, BUT
NOTLIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except as may be expressly provided in an
authorized writing by Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric shall not be subject to any
other obligations or liabilities whatsoever other than as stated above with respect to
equipment sold or services rendered by Schneider Electric. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary herein contained SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC, ITS CONTRACTORS AND
SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR LOST
TIME, LOST PROFITS, OR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. The remedies of the
Purchaser are exclusive and the total cumulative liability of Schneider Electric, its
contractors and suppliers of any tier, with respect to this contract or anything done in
connection therewith, such as the use of any product covered by or furnished under the
contract, whether in contract, in tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise,
shall not exceed the price of the product, part, or service on which such liability is
based.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: As to equipment proposed and furnished by Schneider
Electric, Schneider Electric shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against
Purchaser so far as based on a claim that such equipment constitutes an infringement
of any copyright, trademark or patent of the United States.
This obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have made all payments then
due hereunder and if Schneider Electric is notified promptly in writing and given
A-2
authority, information, and assistance at Schneider Electric's expense for the defense
of the same. In the event the use of such equipment by Purchaser is enjoined in such a
suit, Schneider Electric shall, at its expense, and at its sole option, either (a) procure for
the Purchaser the right to continue using such equipment (b) modify such equipment to
render it non-infringing (c) replace such equipment with non-infringing equipment, or (d)
refund the purchase price (less depreciation) and the transportation and installation
costs of such equipment. Schneider Electric will not be responsible for any compromise
or settlement made without its written consent. The foregoing states the entire liability of
Schneider Electric for patent, trademark or copyright infringement, and in no event shall
Schneider Electric be liable if any infringement charge is based on the use of Schneider
Electric equipment for a purpose other than that for which it was sold by Schneider
Electric. As to any equipment furnished by Schneider Electric to Purchaser and
manufactured in accordance with designs proposed by Purchaser, the Purchaser shall
indemnify Schneider Electric against any award made against Schneider Electric for
patent, trademark, or copyright infringements.
WITNESS OF TESTS AND FACTORY INSPECTIONS: Normal production schedules
do not provide the opportunity for Purchaser to witness routine factory tests on
equipment or make factory inspections. Witnessing of tests or factory inspections by
the Purchaser may result in delays of production for which Schneider Electric will not be
responsible. Witness testing and factory inspections must be requested at time of
quotation and confirmed at order entry. Standard Schneider Electric factory testing and
inspection will apply. Schneider Electric will notify Purchaser fourteen (14) calendar
days prior to scheduled witness testing or inspection. In the event Purchaser is unable
to attend, the Parties may mutually agree on a rescheduled date. However, Schneider
Electric, at its sole option, may consider the witness tests and/or inspection waived, and
ship and invoice the Products. Purchaser will be responsible for paying for all
scheduled witness testing, whether or not Purchaser attends.
RETURN OF EQUIPMENT: NO EQUIPMENT MAY BE RETURNED WITHOUT
FIRST OBTAINING SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC'S WRITTEN PERMISSION AND A
RETURNED MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION TAG. Returned equipment must be of
current manufacture, in the original packaging, unused, undamaged and in saleable
condition, securely packed to reach Schneider Electric without damage and labeled
with the return authorization number. Any cost incurred by Schneider Electric to put
equipment in first class condition will be charged to the Purchaser. Returns will be
credited at price invoiced by Schneider Electric less a restocking fee of 25% invoice
price. Special Order and Custom equipment is not returnable. Schneider Electric shall
bear the cost of returns resulting from Schneider Electric error, and method and route
of return will be at the discretion of Schneider Electric. Costs incurred by failure to follow
Schneider Electric direction will be borne by the Purchaser.
NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Unless otherwise agreed
in writing by a duly authorized representative of Schneider Electric, products sold
hereunder are not intended for use in or in connection with any nuclear facility or
activity. If so used, Schneider Electric disclaims all liability for any damage, injury or
contamination; and Purchaser shall indemnify Schneider Electric against any such
liability, whether arising as a result of breach of contract, warranty or tort (including
negligence) or otherwise.
PATTERNS AND TOOLS: Notice will be given if special patterns or tools are required
to complete any order. Charges for such patterns or tools do not convey title thereto or
the right to remove them from Schneider Electric's plant. If patterns or tools are not
used for a period of two years, Schneider Electric shall have the right to scrap them
without notice.
PRODUCT NOTICES: Purchaser shall promptly supply the user (including its
employees) of the product with all Schneider Electric supplied product notices,
warnings, instructions, recommendations and similar materials.
ERRORS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to correct errors or omissions in
quotations, acknowledgments, invoices, or other documents.
OSHA COMPLIANCE: Compliance with OSHA or similar federal, state or local laws
during the operation or use of the product(s) is the sole responsibility of the Purchaser.
TERMINATION: Any order may be terminated by the Purchaser only upon written
notice to Schneider Electric and upon payment of reasonable and proper termination
charges based on the price of the terminated order and reimbursement of all direct
costs and expenses associated with the order caused by such termination and shall
include a reasonable profit. Special or custom ordered equipment is not cancelable
after commencement of manufacturing.
CANCELLATION: Schneider Electric shall have the right to cancel any order or
contract at any time by written notice for any material breach of the contract by the
Purchaser, including material delays in releasing equipment for manufacture or
approval drawings and excessive changes to specifications or drawings.
0100PL0043R11/11 November 30, 2011
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale
Standard
NOTE:The following Conditions of Sale are subject to change. All transactions for all products sold by Schneider Electric USA
("Schneider Electric") including all Schneider Electric brand products, such as Square D and Telemecanique brand
products, are subject to the latest published Conditions of Sale of Schneider Electric and to any Special Conditions of
Sale which may be contained in applicable Schneider Electric quotations and acknowledgments.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
GOVERNING PROVISIONS AND ACCEPTANCE: All quotations are
subject to these conditions of sale. Acceptance of an order by Schneider
Electric shall be expressly conditioned on Purchaser's assent to these
conditions. Purchaser's direction to proceed with engineering, manufacture
or shipmen by Schneider Electric shall be deemed evidence of this assent.
No modified or other conditions will be applicable unless those conditions
are so stated in Schneider Electric's proposal or are specifically agreed to in
writing and signed by an authorized official of Schneider Electric. Failure to
object to provisions contained in any Purchase Order or other
communication from the Purchaser (including, without limitation, penalty
clauses of any kind) shall not be construed as a waiver of these Conditions
nor an acceptance of any other provisions. These terms are a complete
statement of the parties' agreement and may only be modified in writing
signed by both parties. These terms may not be modified by course of
dealing, course of performance or usage of trade. These terms supersede all
previous written or oral quotations, statements or agreements. Any contract
for sale by and between the parties shall be governed by and construed
according to the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its rules on the
conflict of laws. The Convention on the International Sale of Goods is
expressly excluded.
QUOTATIONS: Quotations shall be valid for no more than thirty (30) days
from their date, unless otherwise stated in the quotation. All quotations are
subject to change by Schneider Electric Company at any time upon notice to
Purchaser. It is Purchaser's obligation to review the quotation carefully and
to immediately advise Schneider Electric of any differing interpretation
Purchaser has so any necessary change can be made.
PRICE POLICY: All prices are subject to change without notice. In the event
of a net price change and unless otherwise agreed to in writing, prices for
orders scheduled for immediate release shall be those in effect at time of
order entry. Prices for orders placed for future shipment without an agreed
price and ship date will be billed at the pricing in effect as of the shipment
date. All clerical errors are subject to correction.
SUBSTITUTION: Schneider Electric may furnish suitable substitutes for
material unobtainable because of priorities or regulations established by
governmental authority or non-availability of materials from suppliers,
provided such substitutions do not adversely affect the technical soundness
of the equipment. Schneider Electric assumes no liability for deviation from
published dimensions and descriptive information not essential to proper
performance of the product.
TAXES: Any manufacturer's tax, retailer's tax, occupation tax, use tax, sales
tax, excise tax, (except federal excise tax on vehicles), duty, customs,
inspecting or testing fee, or other tax, fee or charge of any nature
whatsoever, imposed by any governmental authority or measured by any
transaction between Schneider Electric and Purchaser, shall be paid by the
Purchaser in addition to the prices quoted or invoiced, and such charges will
appear as a separate line item on the invoice. In the event Schneider Electric
will be required to pay any such tax, fee, or charge, Purchaser shall
reimburse Schneider Electric or, in lieu of such payment, Purchaser shall
supply Schneider Electric at the time the order is submitted with an
exemption certificate or other document acceptable to the tax authority.
Purchase Orders must state the existence and amount of any such tax, fee
or charge for which Purchaser claims an exemption.
TERMS OF PAYMENT: Acceptance of all Purchase Orders is subject to
Purchaser meeting Schneider Electric credit standards. Terms are subject to
change for failure to meet such standards. Terms are net thirty (30) days
from date of invoice of each shipment, unless otherwise stated in Schneider
Electric's quotation. For an authorized distributor or authorized reseller
order, applicable terms of payment are stated in the quotation or applicable
discount schedule. Schneider Electric reserves the right at any time to
demand full or partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale if, in
its sole judgment, as a result of changes in the financial condition of the
Purchaser the terms of payment originally specified are no longer justified.
PAYMENTS: If delivery is delayed or deferred by the Purchaser beyond the
scheduled date, payment shall be due in full when Schneider Electric is
prepared to ship. The equipment may be stored at the risk and expense of
the Purchaser. If the Purchaser defaults when any payment is due, then the
whole contract price shall become due and payable upon demand, or
Schneider Electric at its option, without prejudice to other lawful remedies,
may defer delivery or cancel the contract for sale. If Purchaser becomes
insolvent, or bankrupt or in the event any proceeding is brought against the
Purchaser, voluntarily or involuntarily under the bankruptcy or any
insolvency law, Schneider Electric may cancel any order outstanding at any
time and recover its applicable cancellation charges from the Purchaser or
the Purchaser's estate.
DELIVERY:
A: F.O.B. POINT OF SHIPMENT: When the Schneider Electric quotation is
based on delivery F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed for
delivery within the continental United States, product is sold F.O.B. point of
shipment, freight prepaid and allowed. A shipping and handling charge of fifty
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
dollars ($50) will be added to all orders having a total net invoice price of less than
one thousand dollars ($1,000). Delivery by Schneider Electric to the point of
shipment constitutes delivery to the Purchaser; and title and all risk of loss or
damage in shall pass to the Purchaser at time of delivery at the F.O.B. point
Schneider Electric is not responsible for breakage after having received "in good
order" receipts from the carrier. Purchaser is responsible for pursuing any damage
claims with the carrier. No allowance will be made in lieu of transportation if the
Purchaser accepts shipment at factory, warehouse or freight station or otherwise
supplies its own transportation. Freight prepaid is defined as: A) Shipments to
destinations within the continental United States to the accessible common carrier
point nearest the first destination. B) Shipments to U.S. destinations outside the
continental United States shall be to the common carrier free delivery point in the
United States nearest the original port of embarkation. All charges associated with
F.A.S., C.I.F., or other charges such as pier transfer, lift, ocean freight, and marine
or war insurance shall be paid by the Purchaser, unless otherwise specifically
agreed in a specific Purchase Order. In no event will Schneider Electric be
responsible for demurrage or detention charges.
B: DELIVERY: F.O.B. DESTINATION: When the Schneider Electric quotation is
based on delivery F.O.B. Destination, for shipments for delivery within the
continental United States, Schneider Electric will retain title and all risk of loss or
damage in transit to the common carrier free delivery point in the United States
nearest the first destination for a price addition of 2% of the net price. If the
Purchaser elects this option, Purchaser's obligations shall be as follows: A)
Purchaser shall have the responsibility of inspecting the equipment for apparent
loss or damage immediately upon its arrival at the free delivery point. B) In the
event of apparent shipping loss or damage, Purchaser shall make written notation
of the loss on the carrier's delivery receipt and, within 72 hours of delivery shall
notify the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center. Purchaser shall not
remove product from the point of examination and shall retain the shipping
container and packing material. Purchaser shall request the carrier to make an
inspection and send Schneider Electric a copy of the carrier's inspection report. C)
In the event of concealed damage which occurred during transit and is discovered
by the Purchaser after delivery, Purchaser shall report such damage immediately,
but in no event later than 15 days after delivery, to the delivering carrier, and within
72 hours of discovery, shall notify the local Schneider Electric field office. If such
notification is not made, Schneider Electric shall not be liable for loss or damage in
transit.
C: SHIPMENT AND ROUTING: Schneider Electric shall select the point of origin
of shipment, the method of transportation and the routing of the shipment.
Purchasers that request expedited or special modes of transportation or routing
involving air, premium or any other non-standard Schneider Electric shipping shall
be assessed additional charges for shipping, handling, freight and expediting. Any
rebates, allowances, discounts or incentives received by Schneider Electric from
its carriers shall be retained by Schneider Electric. All prices include domestic
packaging only. When other than domestic packaging is required, contact your
local Schneider Electric field office. Purchaser specified packaging and marking
may be subject to additional charges.
9. SHORTAGES: Claims for shortages or errors must be submitted to
Schneider Electric within 30 days after invoice date, and failure to give such
notice shall constitute unqualified acceptance and a waiver of all such claims
by the Purchaser.
10. INSTALLMENTS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to make shipments
in installments, unless otherwise expressly stipulated in a specific Purchase
Order; and all such installments when separately invoiced shall be paid for
when due per invoice without regard to subsequent shipments. Delay in
shipment of any installment shall not relieve Purchaser of its obligation to
accept remaining shipments.
11. FORCE MAJEURE: Schneider Electric shall not be liable for any damages
as a result of any delays due to any causes beyond Schneider Electric's
control, including, without limitation, an act of God; act of Purchaser or
Schneider Electric supplier; embargo or other governmental act; regulation
or request; fire; accident; strike; slowdown; flood; fuel or energy shortage;
sabotage; war; riot; delay in transportation and inability to obtain necessary
labor, materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources. In the event
of any such delay, the date of delivery shall be extended for a period of time
reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of such delay.
12. STANDARD WARRANTY: Schneider Electric warrants equipment
manufactured by it and sold through authorized sales channels to be free
from defects in materials and workmanship for eighteen (18) months from
date of invoice by Schneider Electric or its authorized sales channel. If within
such period any such equipment shall be proved to Schneider Electric's
satisfaction to be non-conforming, such equipment shall be repaired or
replaced at Schneider Electric's option. This warranty shall not apply (a) to
equipment not manufactured by Schneider Electric, (b) to equipment that
has been repaired or altered by other than Schneider Electric so as, in its
judgment, to affect the same adversely, or (c) to equipment that has been
subjected to negligence, accident, or damage by circumstances beyond
Schneider Electric's control, or improper operation, maintenance or storage,
or to other than normal use or service. With respect to equipment not
manufactured by Schneider Electric, the warranty obligations of Schneider
Electric shall in all respects conform and be limited to the warranty actually
extended to Schneider Electric by its supplier. Non-conforming products
must be returned at Schneider Electric's expense for evaluation unless this
is waived in writing. Replacement products may be new or reconditioned.
A-3
Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale
Standard
The foregoing warranties do not cover reimbursement for labor, transportation,
removal, installation, temporary power, or any other expenses that may be
incurred in connection with repair or replacement.
13. OPTIONAL WARRANTIES: (Only available on equipment to be located in
the U.S.) Option 1 - Extended-2 to 5 years from Shipment. If requested by
the Purchaser and specifically accepted in writing by Schneider Electric, the
standard warranty will be extended to two (2) years from date of invoice for a
price addition of 1% of the net face value of the Purchase Order, will be
extended to three (3) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 3% of
the net face value of the Purchase Order, will be extended to four (4) years
from date of invoice for a price addition of 5% of the net face value of the
Purchase Order, or will be extended to five (5) years from date of invoice for
a price addition of 7% of the net face value of the Purchase Order. Option 2 Special Warranty: If requested by the Purchaser and specifically accepted in
writing by Schneider Electric, the standard warranty will be extended, for a
price addition of 3% of the net face value of the Purchase Order, to cover
reimbursement of the direct costs of: A) Removal of non-conforming
equipment or part thereof; B) Transporting equipment or parts to and from
the place of repair; C) Off-loading of truck and reinstallation at the original
site. Such special warranty, which may be chosen to cover a period not
exceeding that of the standard or extended warranty (see above) selected,
will not include the cost of providing temporary power or removing or
replacing other apparatus or structures, or costs of transportation beyond a
common carrier free delivery point in the continental United States. Further,
the obligation of Schneider Electric for expenses and costs arising under this
special warranty coverage will not exceed 50% of the net invoice price on
the equipment being repaired. This warranty does not change or affect the
allocation of risk or loss during shipment. Option 3 - Extended Warranty Preventative Maintenance Agreements: If requested by the Purchaser, and
specifically accepted by Schneider Electric, a Preventative Maintenance
Agreement is available to provide preventative maintenance on equipment
covered by the agreement. Terms of the Preventative Maintenance
Agreement shall be as defined in a separate Services Agreement agreed to
by the parties.
14. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT: NO EQUIPMENT MAY BE RETURNED
WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC'S WRITTEN
PERMISSION AND A RETURNED MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION TAG.
Returned equipment must be of current manufacture, in the original
packaging, unused, undamaged and in saleable condition. Returned
equipment must be securely packed to reach Schneider Electric without
damage and labeled with the return authorization number. Any cost incurred
by Schneider Electric to put equipment in first class condition will be charged
to the Purchaser. Returns must originate from the original purchaser account
number. Returns will be credited at the original price paid as indicated on the
invoice or purchase order associated to the equipment being returned as
provided by the Purchaser. If no invoice number or purchase order number
is provided, then credit will be issued based on the into stock price in effect
12 months prior to date of return authorization and will also have an
additional 25% processing fee applied.
Schneider Electric stocked equipment (which is defined as equipment
stocked within Schneider Electric's Distribution Center) and non-stocked
equipment, which are listed in the current product list as returnable and
which are accepted for credit, not involving a Schneider Electric error, shall
be assessed a restocking fee of 25% of the invoice price.
NOTE:
Special Order and Custom equipment is not returnable.
Each line item returned must have an extended line item value of $25.00 or
greater. Schneider Electric shall bear the cost of returns resulting from Schneider
Electric error, and method and route of return will be at the discretion of Schneider
Electric. Costs incurred by failure to follow Schneider Electric direction will be
borne by the Purchaser.
15. SOFTWARE: Any software or computer information, in whatever form that is
provided with equipment manufactured by Schneider Electric, is licensed to
Purchaser solely pursuant to standard licenses of Schneider Electric or its
supplier of such software or computer information which licenses are hereby
incorporated by reference. Schneider Electric does not warrant that such
software or computer information will operate error free or without
interruption, and warrants only that during the warranty period applicable to
the equipment that the software will perform its essential functions. If such
software or computer information fails to conform to such warranty,
Schneider Electric will, at its option, provide an update to correct the nonconformance or replace the software or computer information with the latest
available version containing a correction. Schneider Electric shall have no
other obligation to provide updates or revisions.
16. LIMITATIONS: These disclaimers and limitations of remedies apply to all
warranties offered to Purchaser and to all Purchase Orders. THE
WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF
ALL OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES (EXCEPT
WARRANTIES OF TITLE), INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except as may be expressly provided in an
authorized writing by Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric shall not be
subject to any other obligations or liabilities whatsoever, other than as stated
above with respect to equipment sold or services rendered by Schneider
Electric. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained
A-4
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC COMPANY, ITS CONTRACTORS AND
SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, IN
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE FOR LOST TIME, LOST PROFITS, OR SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND
WHATSOEVER. The remedies of the Purchaser are exclusive and the total
cumulative liability of Schneider Electric, its contractors and suppliers of any
tier, with respect to this contract or anything done in connection therewith,
such as the use of any product covered by or furnished under the contract,
whether in contract, in tort (including negligence or strict liability) or
otherwise, shall not exceed the price of the product, part, or service on which
such liability is based.
17. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: As to equipment proposed and furnished by
Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric shall defend any suit or proceeding
brought against Purchaser so far as based on a claim that such equipment
constitutes an infringement of any copyright, trademark or patent of the
United States. This obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have
made all payments then due hereunder and if Schneider Electric is notified
promptly in writing and given authority, information, and assistance at
Schneider Electric's expense for the defense of the same. In the event the
use of such equipment by Purchaser is enjoined in such a suit, Schneider
Electric shall, at its expense, and at its sole option, either (a) procure for the
Purchaser the right to continue using such equipment (b) modify such
equipment to render it non-infringing (c) replace such equipment with noninfringing equipment, or (d) refund the purchase price (less depreciation) and
the transportation and installation costs of such equipment. Schneider
Electric will not be responsible for any compromise or settlement made
without its written consent. The foregoing states the entire liability of
Schneider Electric for patent, trademark or copyright infringement, and in no
event shall Schneider Electric be liable if any infringement charge is based
on the use of Schneider Electric equipment for a purpose other than that for
which it was sold by Schneider Electric. As to any equipment furnished by
Schneider Electric to Purchaser and manufactured in accordance with
designs proposed by Purchaser, the Purchaser shall indemnify Schneider
Electric against any award made against Schneider Electric for patent,
trademark, or copyright infringements.
18. WITNESS OF TESTS AND FACTORY INSPECTIONS: Normal production
schedules do not provide the opportunity for Purchaser to witness routine
factory tests on equipment or make factory inspections. Witnessing of tests
or factory inspections by the Purchaser may result in delays of production for
which Schneider Electric will not be responsible. Witness testing and factory
inspections must be requested at time of quotation, are subject to additional
costs and must be confirmed at order entry. Standard Schneider Electric
factory testing and inspection will apply. Schneider Electric will notify
Purchaser fourteen (14) calendar days prior to scheduled witness testing or
inspection. In the event Purchaser is unable to attend, the Parties may
mutually agree on a rescheduled date. However, Schneider Electric, at its
sole option, may consider the witness tests and/or inspection waived, and
ship and invoice the Products and the witness testing charges. Purchaser
will be responsible for paying for all scheduled witness testing, whether or
not Purchaser attends.
19. NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Unless otherwise
agreed in writing by a duly authorized representative of Schneider Electric,
products sold hereunder are not intended for use in or in connection with any
nuclear facility or activity. If so used, Schneider Electric disclaims all liability
for any damage, injury or contamination; and Purchaser shall indemnify
Schneider Electric against any such liability, whether arising as a result of
breach of contract, warranty or tort (including negligence) or otherwise.
20. PATTERNS AND TOOLS: Notice will be given if special patterns or tools
are required to complete any order. Charges for such patterns or tools do not
convey title thereto or the right to remove them from Schneider Electric's
plant. If patterns or tools are not used for a period of two years, Schneider
Electric shall have the right to scrap them without notice.
21. PRODUCT NOTICES: Purchaser shall promptly supply the user (including
its employees) of the product with all Schneider Electric supplied product
notices, warnings, instructions, recommendations and similar materials.
22. ERRORS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to correct errors or
omissions in quotations, acknowledgments, invoices, or other documents.
23. OSHA COMPLIANCE: Compliance with OSHA or similar federal, state or
local laws during the operation or use of the product(s) is the sole
responsibility of the Purchaser.
24. TERMINATION: Any order may be terminated by the Purchaser only upon
notice to Schneider Electric and upon payment of reasonable and proper
termination charges based on the price of the terminated order and
reimbursement of all direct costs and expenses associated with the order
caused by such termination and shall include a reasonable profit. Special or
custom ordered equipment is not cancelable after final acceptance of
approval drawings for the commencement of manufacturing.
25. CANCELLATION: Schneider Electric shall have the right to cancel any
order or contract at any time by written notice for any material breach of the
contract by the Purchaser, including material delays in releasing equipment
for manufacture or approval drawings and excessive changes to
specifications or drawings.
0100PL0041R11/11 November 30, 2011
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Conductor Ampacity Based on the 2011 National Electrical Code®
Correction Factors
Ampacity based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(16) (Formerly Table 310.16) –
Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Up to and Including
2000 Volts, 60° Through 90°C (140° Through 194°F), Not More Than Three
Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway, Cable, or Earth (Directly Buried),
Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F)*
Based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(2)(a)[Formerly Table 310(16)]
– Ambient Temperature Correction Factors Based on 30°C
(86°F)
For conduit fill see 2011 NEC Annex C.
For Information on Temperature Ratings of Terminations to Equipment
See NEC 110 .14(C).
Size
Temperature Rating of Conductor. [See Table 310.104(A).]
60°C
(140°F)
75°C
(167°F)
AWG or Types TW,
kcmil
UF
90°C
(194°F)
60°C
(140°F)
Types
Types
TBS, SA, SIS,
RHW,
FEP, FEPB, MI,
THHW,
RHH, RHW-2,
THW,
THHN,
THWN, THHW, THW-2,
XHHW, THWN-2, USEUSE, ZW 2, XHH, XHHW,
XHHW-2, ZW-2
Copper
Types
TW, UF
75°C
(167°F)
Size
90°C
(194°F)
Types
Types
TBS, SA, SIS,
RH, RHW, THHN, THHW,
THHW,
THW-2,
THW,
THWN-2, RHH,
THWN, RHW-2, USE-2,
XHHW,
XHH, XHHW,
USE
XHHW-2,
ZW-2
AWG
or kcmil
Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
18
—
—
14
—
—
—
—
16
—
—
18
—
—
—
—
14**
15
20
25
—
—
—
—
12**
20
25
30
15
20
25
12**
10**
30
35
40
25
30
35
10**
8
40
50
55
35
40
45
8
6
55
65
75
40
50
55
6
4
70
85
95
55
65
75
4
3
85
100
115
65
75
85
3
2
95
115
130
75
90
100
2
1
Ambient
Temperature
(°C)
Temperature Rating of Conductor
60°C
75°C
90°C
Ambient
Temperature
(°F)
10 or less
1.29
1.20
1.15
50 or less
11–15
1.22
1.15
1.12
51–59
16–20
1.15
1.11
1.08
60–68
21–25
1.08
1.05
1.04
69–77
26–30
1.00
1.00
1.00
78–86
31–35
0.91
0.94
0.96
87–95
36–40
0.82
0.88
0.91
96–104
41–45
0.71
0.82
0.87
105–113
46–50
0.58
0.75
0.82
114–122
51–55
0.41
0.67
0.76
123–131
56–60
—
0.58
0.71
132–140
61–65
—
0.47
0.65
141–149
66–70
—
0.33
0.58
150–158
71–75
—
—
0.50
159–167
76–80
—
—
0.41
168–176
81–85
—
—
0.29
177–185
Adjustment Factors – See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(3)(a)
Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a
raceway or cable exceeds three, the allowable ampacities
shall be reduced as shown in the following table:
Number of
Conductors***
Percent of Values in Table 310.15(B)(16) through
Table 310.15(B)(19) as Adjusted
for Ambient Temperature if Necessary
80
1
110
130
145
85
100
115
1/0
125
150
170
100
120
135
1/0
4 through 6
2/0
145
175
195
115
135
150
2/0
7 through 9
70
3/0
165
200
225
130
155
175
3/0
10 through 20
50
4/0
195
230
260
150
180
205
4/0
21 through 30
45
250
215
255
290
170
205
230
250
31 through 40
40
300
240
285
320
195
230
260
300
41 and Above
35
350
260
310
350
210
250
280
350
400
280
335
380
225
270
305
400
500
320
380
430
260
310
350
500
600
350
420
475
285
340
385
600
700
385
460
520
315
375
425
700
750
400
475
535
320
385
435
750
800
410
490
555
330
395
445
800
900
435
520
585
355
425
480
900
1000
455
545
615
375
445
500
1000
1250
495
590
665
405
485
545
1250
NEC 240.4 Protection of Conductors
1500
525
625
705
435
520
585
1500
1750
545
650
735
455
545
615
1750
2000
555
655
750
470
560
630
2000
Conductors, other than flexible cords, flexible cables, and
fixture wires, shall be protected against overcurrent in
accordance with their ampacities specified in 310.15, unless
otherwise permitted or required in 240.4(A) through (G).
* Refer to 310.15(B)(2)(a) for the ampacity correction factors where the ambient temperature is other than
30°C (86°F).
** See Section 240.4 (D) for conductor overcurrent protection limitations.
Ratings for 120/240 volts, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling
Services— See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(7)
These are permitted ratings for Dwelling Unit service and feeder conductors
which carry the total load of the dwelling.
Rating
(amps)
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
Copper
4
3
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
Aluminum
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
300
350
400
250 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil
250 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 600 kcmil
NEC 210.19 Conductors — Minimum Ampacity and Size
(A) Branch Circuit Not More Than 600 Volts.
(1) General. Branch-circuit conductors shall have an ampacity not less than the
maximum load to be served. Where a branch circuit supplies continuous loads or
any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the minimum branchcircuit conductor size, before the application of any adjustment or correction
factors, shall have an allowable ampacity not less than the noncontinuous load
plus 125 percent of the continuous load.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
*** Number of conductors is the total number of conductor in the raceway or cable
adjusted in accordance with 310.15 (B)(5) and (6).
NEC 210.20(A) Continuous and Noncontinuous
Loads
Where a branch-circuit supplies continuous loads or any
combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the
rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the
noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load.
NEC 240.4 (D) Small Conductors
Unless specifically permitted in 240.4(E) or (G), the
overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by (D)(1)
through (D)(7) after any correction factors for ambient
temperature and number of conductors have been applied.
NEC 430.22(A) Direct-Current Motor-Rectifier
Supplied.
For dc motors operating from a rectified power supply, the
conductor ampacity on the input of the rectifier shall not be
less than 125 percent of the rated input current to the rectifier.
For dc motors operating from a rectified single-phase power
supply, the conductors between the field wiring output
terminals of the rectifier and the motor shall have an ampacity
of not less than the following percentages of the motor fullload current rating:
(1) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, half-wave type
is used, 190 percent.
(2) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, full-wave type
is used, 150 percent.
Have questions? Need technical
support or on-site service?
Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the
information you need.
1-888-778-2733
Customer Care Center
Schneider Electric Services
www.schneider-electric.us
Schneider Electric USA, Inc.
This document has been
printed on recycled paper
Document Number 0100PL1202
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Author : rr096603 Create Date : 2013:04:02 15:51:19-05:00 Modify Date : 2013:04:02 15:51:19-05:00 Title : Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Metadata Date : 2013:04:02 15:51:19-05:00 Creator Tool : Acrobat 10.0.0 Format : application/pdf Creator : rr096603 Document ID : uuid:5a092330-df89-cf47-8576-d2af18a1eb4b Instance ID : uuid:0db62766-a8c3-a24b-b2fa-c861cbf7a461 Producer : Acrobat 10.0.0 Page Count : 204EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools